USCG ME Exam - General Knowledge

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 262
At a glance
Powered by AI
The document discusses questions and answers related to marine engineering topics such as pumps, valves, refrigeration, and MODU construction.

A striker or doubler plate provides a surface for the application of force, or the installation of machinery.

A high reading at a salinity cell located in the loop seal between two stages of a flash type evaporator would indicate chill shocking is necessary to remove scale.

United States Coast Guard

Question Number Answer BOOK

Marine Engineer Exam Questions

General Knowledge

Question

Choice A lacing wire allowed working pressure Line 1 key

Choice B

Choice C set screw

Choice D lock washer

Illustration See illustration number(s): GS-0143

11 11 11 11 11

1 B The shaft coupling for the pump illustrated is prevented from rotating on the shaft by a ____________. 2 D Tubing is sized by _______________________. 3 B Which line on the graph shown in the illustration indicates latent heat of fusion? 4 B Short cycling of a refrigeration compressor refers to _____________. 5 D The emergency bilge suction valve is typically used _____________.

cross-section area Line 2

nominal inside diameter nominal outside diameter Line 3 running too fast Line 4 running too slow See illustration number(s): SG-0001

frequently grounding out frequently starting and stopping to inject cleaning when the main additives when the bilges condenser becomes are extremely dirty fouled, in order to provide additional cooling water circulation gums, varnishes, and acids builder's documentation Union

to connect the rose box if the bilges become to the independent bilge flooded and they can not suction be emptied by any other means

11

6 B The by-products of oxidation, as a result of water contamination removed by cellulose of hydraulic oil, are generally ____________. type filters 7 D A record of the types and strengths of steels used on a MODU must be included in the ______________. 8 B Which of the fittings listed should be used for the installation of piping to permit removal of the pump for servicing? 9 A A continuous watertight bulkhead on a MODU may also be a/an _____________. 10 B Which of the following describes the purpose of a striker or doubler plate? general plans Coupling

always neutralized by oil harmless and have no additives effect on system components Certificate of Inspection Quick disconnect construction portfolio Nipple

11 11

11 11

structural bulkhead Provides a surface for the application of force, or the installation of machinery.

exterior bulkhead

centerline bulkhead

joiner bulkhead Prevents valve stem over travel.

Provides landing surface Absorbs machinery for the sounding bob of a vibration. tank sounding tape.

11

11 D A high reading at a salinity cell located in the loop seal between chill shocking is two stages of a flash type evaporator would indicate __________. necessary to remove scale 12 C Regarding MODU construction, bulkheads in the quarters are generally __________. 13 D In machine shop practice, a center gage is used for checking the angle of ______________. 14 A On all vessels equipped with refrigeration units of over 20 cubic foot capacity, _____________. structural drill points a gas mask suitable for protection against each refrigerant used, or a self contained breathing apparatus must be provided

leakage at the secondstage condenser watertight screw threads it is the sole responsibility of the chief engineer to ascertain that all members of the engineering department are familiar with the use of gas masks or breathing apparatus

faulty operation of the brine overboard pump non-structural screw thread pitch

carryover in the firststage continuous 60 thread cutting tools

11 11 11

spare charges shall be all of the above carried for at least 50% of each size and variety of gas masks and/or self contained breathing apparatus

11

15 C A portion of the cargo of an LNG carrier boils off during each voyage. How is the cargo boil off normally handled?

Compressed, Vented to the condensed, and return to atmosphere. the cargo tanks.

Burned in the boilers.

Mixed with nitrogen and recirculated through the primary barrier.

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11 11 16 D Air leaking into a flash type distilling plant could occur through ___________. 17 B The construction portfolio may be included as part of the MODU ___________. 18 C Which of the following statements represents the proper relative direction of flow through a globe valve? gasketed joints general plans

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


valve stems operating manual gage glass packing builders documentation all of the above Coast Guard file Direction of flow should be from above the seat.

General Knowledge

Direction of flow through Direction of flow through Direction of flow should the valve is unimportant. the valve depends upon be from below the seat. the type of seat design used in the valve. bulkheads suction line 1 2 joiner work bilge system 3

11 11 11

19 B Vertical partitions providing strength and compartmentation on a decks MODU are called _____________. manifold 20 A The shaded portion of the diagram shown in the illustration represents a ____________. 21 B The illustrated drawing shows a correct front "F" and top "T" view of an object. Of the views labeled "1","2","3", and "4", the one that correctly represents the right side view for a third angle projection is _________________. Ball float 22 D Which of the listed types steam traps operates on the principle that hot water flashes to steam when its vapor pressure is rapidly reduced? 23 B The lathe tool shown as "Q" in the illustration is a ____________. cutting-off tool 24 C The heat gained per pound of refrigerant in the evaporator is known as the _____________. 25 C A squealing sound occurring from within an operating reciprocating air compressor is an indication of __________. 26 B A mooring winch should be equipped with mechanical brakes capable of holding ________________. latent heat of vaporization compressor overload

walls branch line See illustration number(s): GS-0125 4 See illustration number(s): GS-0132

11

Thermostatic

Bimetallic

Impulse

11 11 11

left hand side facing tool right hand turning tool sensible heat motor overload refrigerating effect tight compressor bearings

universal turning tool specific heat of vaporization badly leaking unloaders

See illustration number(s): GS-0090

11

half the breaking strength of the mooring line

the full breaking strength the maximum expected of the mooring line tension of the mooring line

50% over the working tension of the mooring line Certificate of Inspection thermodynamic float type See illustration steam trap type steam number(s): GS-0005 trap overpressurization

11 11

27 C The requirements for special welding procedures to be used on a vessel plans Coast Guard file construction portfolio MODU must be contained in the ____________. 28 A The trap illustrated operates as a ____________. thermostatic bellows type thermodynamic impulse thermostatic bi-metalic steam trap type steam trap bellows type steam trap 29 C Bulkheads forming part of the tanks on a MODU are stiffened to withstand _______________. 30 D The operation of a thermostatic steam trap depends upon the ______________. deck loads from above action of a float within a chamber dynamic forces while afloat difference in movement of two dissimilar bimetallic strips not fastened together hydrostatic pressure

11 11

fact that hot water under change in the amount of pressure tends to flash vapor produced within an into steam when its enclosed chamber vapor pressure is rapidly reduced 2 3 4 See illustration number(s): GS-0003

11

31 D Of the views labeled "1", "2", "3", and "4", select the one that correctly represents the right side view of the unnumbered object in the illustration. 32 A The operation of a thermostatic steam trap depends upon the ____________. 34 B The process of removing moisture from air is known as _____________. 35 D The relative position of the journal and bearing at operating speed is illustrated by figure __________. thermal expansion of a fluid humidification A

11

position of a float

tendency of hot water to flow characteristics of a flash into steam liquid as it passes through an orifice vaporization C evaporation D See illustration number(s): GS-0121

11 11

dehumidification B

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


0.650 inch Provides overpressure protection. 0.680 inch Purifies the air. 0.750 inch Acts as an accumulator.

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): GS-0081

37 C The reading on the micrometer scale shown in figure "B" in the 0.560 inch illustration is ____________. 38 D Which of the following describes the function of the air receiver in Condenses moisture. the compressed air system on a MODU? 39 D Fluctuations in the pressure and temperature of the steam supplied to the first-effect of a low pressure submerged tube distilling plant will cause ___________. 40 B A centrifugal bilge pump requires priming ________________.

11

decreased priming and increased heat levels throughout the entire unit lower salinity distillate

first effect scale pressure and formation to be loosened temperature fluctuations in the entire unit to initially unload the in order to overcome the pump by having its head potential energy of water pressure equal to in the discharge line discharge pressure drain line from a high point in the main steam line expansion loop Worn wearing rings. vacuum drag line from the atmospheric drain tank to the main condenser Heavy fluid in the flow stream. a manned location

11

primarily to lubricate the due to the inability of this shaft seals type of pump to lift water to cover the suction (eye) of the impeller steam supply line to a horizontal run of drain line from the lowest point feedwater heater at the outlet of the heat exchanger Vapor pockets formed in Rough casing volute the suction flow stream. surfaces. the chief steward's berthing quarters the galley

11

41 A A suitable location for the installation of an impulse type steam trap would be in the ____________.

11

42 A Which of the listed conditions can lead to cavitation in a centrifugal pump? 44 D Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) require refrigerated spaces that can be locked from the outside and cannot be opened from the inside to have an audible alarm to sound in ______.

11

the wheelhouse

11 11

45 A The method of framing shown in the illustration utilizes the type of transverse construction termed _____________. 46 A The hydraulic oil most likely to thin out when hot and thick when cold would have a viscosity index of _________________. 47 C The decks of a MODU are supported by transverse members called _______________. 48 B Why is electrical power preferred over mechanical power for driving heavy machinery on drilling rigs? 49 C On a MODU, the keel is the primary strength member of the lower hull form and is laid in which direction? 50 B How is water traveling along the shaft of a centrifugal pump prevented from entering the shaft bearing? 51 A Which drawing view or projection is shown in the illustration? 52 C Which of the following descriptions best identifies the operating principal of a flash-type evaporator? trusses More fuel efficient. Transverse Shaft seal cross-sectional

web 20 40

Isherwood 60

longitudinal 80

See illustration number(s): GS-0086

11 11 11 11 11 11

deck longitudinals More flexible. Diagonal Water flinger orthographic

deck beams Lighter. Longitudinal Drain hole isometric

web frames Less maintenance. Vertical Lantern ring oblique Sea water is forced through a heated eductor. adiabatic cooling See illustration number(s): GS-0001

Sea water is heated to Sea water is passed over Heated sea water is boiling temperature while heated plates in a thin injected into a vacuum under a vacuum. film. chamber. cooling only cooling and humidifying cooling and dehumidifying

11

54 C If air at 95F dry bulb temperature and 50% relative humidity is conditioned to 75F dry bulb temperature and 50% relative humidity, it is an example of _____________. 56 D The volatility of any oil may be indicated by _____________. 57 A A simplified construction plan may be included in the MODU construction portfolio provided it adequately defines the __________________.

11 11

the flash point areas where special materials are used

the fire point hazardous areas

the autogenous ignition point location of emergency repair equipment

All of the above. type and strength of materials used

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 58 C What is a function of the wearing rings used in most centrifugal pumps?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


Absorb erosion of high velocity discharge stream. Seal pump shaft against Isolate the discharge entry of air. side from the suction side. web frames Dampen the turbulent discharge flow. deck stringers

General Knowledge

11 11 11

59 A Between the side frames of a MODU, support for the deck beams stanchions brackets is provided by _________________. 60 B A pneumercator tank gage utilizes ______________. a Bourdon tube indicator a balance chamber 61 D A tank of a MODU, with a volume of 2,000 cubic feet, is pressed 54 kips up with sea water weighing 64 pounds per cubic foot. What is the weight, in kips, of the liquid? 62 C For MODU's operating under the U.S. flag, the construction portfolio must contain _____________. detailed construction plans 67 kips

an electronic sensing line all of the above 78 kips 128 kips

11

chemical and physical properties of ABS approved steels cutting-off tool superheating

approved welding loading conditions and procedures and welding limitations test procedures round nose tool overflowing left hand facing tool recycling See illustration number(s): GS-0009

11 11

63 C The lathe tool shown as figure "B" in the illustration is called a ____________. 64 A When liquid reaches the compressor of a refrigeration system through the suction line, the condition is called _____________. 65 D In the illustration, item "5" represents a ______________. 66 B The term "pour point" is defined as the lowest temperature at which lubricating oils will flow ____________. 67 A In the MODU construction portfolio, materials which do not conform to ASTM or ABS specifications must also include the ____________.

right hand roughing tool flooding back

11 11

diaphragm pump rapidly

rotating vane pump by gravity

positive displacement pump through a standard orifice at a specified temperature

centrifugal pump at a rate of 60cc per second

See illustration number(s): GS-0125

11

chemical and physical name of the alternative the ASTM or ABS manufacturer or origin of properties of the material standard or specification specification the material the material approximates outer race vertically Charpy only inner race transversely Charpy and Brinell cage intermittently Rockwell and Brinell See illustration number(s): MO-0001

11 11 11

68 C The part labelled "A" of the illustrated bearing is called the thrust ring ___________. 69 C Deck beams on a MODU are generally spaced at equal intervals longitudinally and run ___________. 70 B Which of the listed methods used for testing a metal, measures Brinell only the ability of a metal to absorb the energy of a load rapidly applied to the member? 71 D An acetylene pressure regulator should never be adjusted to maintain pressures exceeding 15 psig (103.4 kPa) because ____________. 72 A The suction nozzle classification of the pump shown in the illustration can best be described as ___________. 73 D The valve stem shown in illustration "GS-0140 A" needs to be replaced. Which lathe tools in illustration GS-0090 should be used to turn a piece of stock for this job? 74 C The pressure range between the system cut in and cut out pressures in a refrigeration unit is known as _____________. the relief valve will lift

11

the fusible plug will blowout side suction L, S, U, N, and Q

rapid depletion of acetylene is hazardous bottom suction M, Q, S, U, and L

this gas become extremely unstable under this condition top suction V, O, T, U, and P See illustration number(s): GS-0012 See illustration number(s): GS-0090 GS140

11 11

end suction R, T, N, L, and O

11

opposing operational drag

pressure distribution

differential

system purge

11 11

75 B In the diagram illustrated, the direction of flow through the check from right to left valve is ____________. 76 C Prior to the burning or welding of a fuel tank on a MODU, a marine chemist regulations require that an inspection be made. An entry in the unofficial logbook is required if this inspection is made by ______________. 77 C A welding procedure used for joining dissimilar metals used in the welding plan construction of a MODU would be recorded in the ______________.

from left to right the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection

in either direction the Master or person in charge of the MODU

dependent on discharge See illustration pressure number(s): GS-0125 the National Fire Protection Association

11

ASTM specifications

construction portfolio

Coast Guard file

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 78 A The record of tests and inspection of fire fighting equipment on board a MODU must include _____________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


the name of the person conducting the test the weight of the charge recommendations for the all of the above next test stanchions 0.9500 inch One year frames 0.9680 inch Three years beams 0.9910 inch Until the next inspection for certification 4.360 inches belts are too tight humidification every event occurring on board cylinder body

General Knowledge

11 11 11

79 D The deck plating on a MODU is supported primarily by deck girders longitudinals and deck ________________. 0.9180 inch 80 C The reading on the micrometer scale shown in figure "A" in the illustration is ____________. 81 C How long must the records of tests and inspections of fire fighting Six months equipment for a MODU be retained on board? 82 A The reading on the vernier caliper scale shown in figure "E" in the illustration is _____________. 83 C A reciprocating air compressor is running roughly and vibrating excessively, indicating that the ____________. 84 D Increasing the moisture content of conditioned air is known as _____________. 85 A The master or person in charge of a MODU is required to log _______________. 86 C In a radial piston pump, reversal and control of fluid flow are accomplished by moving the _____________. 87 A What must be entered in the unofficial logbook by the master or person in charge of a mobile offshore drilling unit after conducting a fire drill? 3.360 inches compressor is overloaded moisturizing the date and hour of each fire drill central valve

See illustration number(s): GS-0081

11 11 11 11

3.610 inches motor is overloaded dehumidification

3.925 inches foundation bolts are loose dampening

See illustration number(s): GS-0082

the names of all persons only casualties which on board occur while underway radial plunger floating ring

11 11

The condition of all fire The location of the unit at fighting equipment, the time each drill is watertight door conducted. mechanisms, and valves used during each drill. the names of crew members who participated in the drill

The name of each crew All of the above. member who participated in the drill and their responsibilities.

11

88 B After conducting a boat drill, the master or person in charge of MODU shall log _______________.

the length of time the the time it took to lower the length of time that lifeboat was in the water the boat each motor propelled lifeboat was operated in the drill hull excessive operating hours without carrying out preventive maintenance stringers the compressor running too fast plates excessive discharge pressure

11 11

89 A The deck loads on a MODU are distributed through the deck frames beams to the ______________. 90 B One cause of leaky valves in a low pressure air compressor may running with an air filter be attributed to _________________. element different from that required by the original manufacturer's specifications 91 C To maintain design discharge pressure from a centrifugal pump, the design clearance must be maintained between the ______________. 92 B In the illustration shown, what is the distance indicated by dimensions "I"? 93 B Which of the following statements represents the difference between a four-jaw independent chuck and a three-jaw universal chuck? shaft and impeller

11

motor and pump shaft

casing and impeller wearing rings 1 7/8 inches

lantern ring and impeller

11 11

1 1/2 inches The jaws on the threejaw chuck can be individually adjusted.

1 3/4 inches

2 inches Since the three-jaw universal chuck is automatically selfcentering, it is always more accurate than the four-jaw independent chuck. swaging

See illustration number(s): GS-0001

The jaws on the four-jaw The three-jaw chuck will chuck can be individually hold square, round, and adjusted. irregular shapes in either a concentric or an eccentric position.

11

94 D Enlarging one tube end so the end of another tube of the same size will fit inside is termed ____________.

belling

stretching

flaring

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 95 A Stern tube and strut bearings lined with hardwood or rubber composition materials are lubricated with _____________. 96 A The purpose of annealing any metal is to make the metal _______________. 97 B When the longitudinal strength members of a MODU are continuous and closely spaced, the vessel is ____________. saltwater

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


graphite light lubricating oil heavy lubricating oil

General Knowledge

11 11

softer transversely framed

smoother longitudinally framed

harder intermittently framed

tougher web framed

11

98 C Lifeboat winches on a MODU are required to be inspected and an The time required to entry made in the logbook. What should this entry include? lower a lifeboat. 99 A A fluctuating and unsteady vacuum in an evaporator may be caused by _____________. 101 D If a radial piston hydraulic pump fails to deliver rated fluid volume, the cause can be _______________. 102 B Pipe threads are cut with a taper to ____________. wet steam entering the air ejector nozzle contaminated fluid

The time required to raise a lifeboat. pinhole leaks in the evaporator tube nests pitted thrust rings

The date of inspection and condition of the winch. rapid scaling on the evaporator tube nests worn pintle bearings permit easy joint disassembly There is no fluid flow.

All of the above.

11 11 11 11

prevent overtightening provide a leakproof fit the joint 103 C When the tilting box of a variable stroke axial-piston pump is The pistons reciprocate. The "B" end cylinder barrel rotates. perpendicular to the pump shaft, which of the following conditions will exist? 104 C Which of the refrigerants listed is considered safe and ideal for most marine applications? 105 A The dual pressure-temperature regulator, shown in the illustration, is adjusted by turning the stem "L" clockwise (as viewed from the top) and the adjusting ring "B" counterclockwise (as viewed from the top). This will result in _______________. R-21 Ammonia

high water levels in the last effect obstructed suctions passage produce a fine even thread Power is transmitted hydraulically. Sulfur dioxide no change See illustration number(s): GS-0045

11 11

R-12 a higher outlet pressure with a lower fluid outlet temperature

a higher outlet pressure, a lower outlet pressure, with a higher controlled with a corresponding fluid outlet temperature decrease in the controlled fluid outlet temperature Texture of the grease under load. Temperature at which the grease softens or melts. have side walls which extend from the eye to the outer edge of the vane tips

11

106 C Which of the following statements is used to describe the term "base" in reference to greases?

Type of soap used in its Temperature below production. which the grease will be ineffective as a lubricant. have small impeller eyes are not vented above the impeller eye

11

107 B Closed impellers differ from open impellers in that closed impellers __________.

allow liquid to enter the eye from one direction only

11

108 A The floating end of a shell-and-tube type cooler utilizes a packing prevent leakage past the dissipate heat ring to ____________. floating end tube sheet 109 B A MODU having continuous closely spaced transverse strength longitudinally framed members is _____________. 110 A With respect to centrifugal pump impellers, which of the following Single stage or descriptions represents the correct centrifugal pump multistage classification? 111 D What is the length of the stud used to secure the packing gland shown in the illustration? 112 C Which of the listed pipe sizes is not commonly used? 113 C As shown in the illustration, the maximum shaft diameter is ____________. 114 C When using a sling psychrometer to determine relative humidity, the indicated difference between the dry bulb and the wet bulb reading is the _____________. 1 inch 3/8 inch 0.562 inches relative humidity transversely framed High pressure or low pressure 1 1/4 inches 1/2 inch 0.622 inches dew point

baffle cooling water so it modify to a mixer type can be directed on a cooler multiple pass cellular framed Open or close coupled web framed Horizontal or vertical

11 11

11 11 11 11

1 1/2 inches 5/8 inch 0.625 inches wet bulb "depression"

2 1/2 inches 3/4 inch 0.628 inches partial saturation temperature

See illustration number(s): GS-0012 See illustration number(s): GS-0016

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 115 A The static suction head of a pump is the _____________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


distance of the suction liquid level above the center line of the pump fills only 10% of all void spaces within the bearing is an indication of the amount of noncombustible material present in the oil 36" plating 3.355 inches distance the suction liquid level is below the center line of the pump has a high grease penetration number (is hard) force necessary to overcome frictional losses in the pump and piping amount in inches of mercury the total suction head is below atmospheric pressure

General Knowledge

11

116 B A grease lubricated ball bearing or roller bearing will run cooler if the grease _____________. 117 A The ash content of a fuel oil is significant to the operating engineer because it _____________.

is thinned with a suitable is heated prior to packing lubricating oil the bearing

11

indicates the quantity of is useful for determining reflects the overall energy released by proper atomization thermal efficiency of the burning a unit amount of temperatures fuel oil service system the fuel 30" beam 3.715 inches 24" stiffener 4.340 inches 18" stanchion 5.340 inches See illustration number(s): GS-0082

11 11 11 11

118 B What is the diameter of a cylinder whose cross-sectional area is 706.86 square inches? 119 A On a MODU, the deck stringer is the outboard most deck ________________. 121 C The reading on the vernier caliper scale shown in figure "C" in the illustration is _____________. 122 D Which pipe listed has the largest outside diameter?

A 3/4" pipe with a A 3/4" pipe with an extra A 3/4" pipe with a double All have the same outside diameter. standard wall thickness. strong wall thickness. extra strong wall thickness. 2.505 inches total heat 2.650 inches residual heat 3.125 inches specific heat shell foundation bolts 3.210 inches superheat See illustration number(s): GS-0082

11 11 11 11

123 A The reading on the vernier caliper scale shown in figure "F" in the illustration is _____________. 124 A The sum of the sensible heat and the latent heat of any substance is known as ____________. 125 B Expansion of the tube bundle in a shell-and-tube type cooler may be provided for by the _______________. 126 C The pressure produced within the oil wedge of a rotating journal is ____________.

packing and lantern rings floating end tube sheet the same as the pressure in the lubricating system

directional transverse baffles less than the pressure in greater than the pressure highest at the oil groove the lubricating system in the lubricating system location Figure C Figure D See illustration number(s): GS-0081

11

127 C The reading indicated on the micrometer scale shown in the Figure A illustration is .3350 inches. Which of the figures listed represents this reading? 128 B Which combination of the main shaft segments listed below, that Line shaft and thrust are located furthest from the main engine, are connected by the shaft inboard stern tube shaft coupling? 129 A Compared to internal structural plating, the exterior hull plating on a MODU is usually _____________. 130 C The gasket and the broken studs have been replaced on a tank manhole cover. Which of the following methods is satisfactory for testing the repair? stronger Pressurize the tank with 10 psig air, soap the repaired area, watch for visible signs of leakage or bubbles. 34 5/8 inches inside diameter centerline of the pump and the level of the liquid in the suction well when the source of liquid is below the pump

Figure B

11

Line shaft and stern-tube Thrust shaft and sternshaft tube shaft thinner

Stern-tube shaft and tail shaft

11 11

more corrosion resistant a lower grade steel Fill the tank via the ballast pump until water flows from the vent line opening on deck.

Hose test the repaired Fill the tank with water via the ballast pump until area with a minimum of 100 psig water pressure. the innage reading corresponds to the maximum depth of the tank. 35 inches wall thickness 35 5/8 inches outside diameter

11 11 11

131 D What is the distance between the center of the discharge outlet and the top of the motor illustrated? 132 C Piping cross-sections over 12 inches in diameter are sized by the __________. 133 A The static suction lift of a pump is the difference in elevation between the _____________.

36 inches threaded diameter liquid levels of the suction and discharge

See illustration number(s): GS-0011

centerline of the pump centerline of the pump and the suction liquid and the level of the level when the source of discharge liquid liquid is above the pump

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11 134 A The heat identified by only a change in temperature is known as sensible heat ____________. 135 B Referring to the table shown in the illustration, your vessel has just taken aboard 30,000 gallons of fuel with an API gravity of 35.2 at 60F. Your vessel's specific fuel consumption at full power is 0.5 lbs. per Hp-Hr. How many hours will the fuel last if it is all burned in the 10,000 hp main engine? 137 B A fuel tank on your vessel is 20 feet high, 20 feet long and 20 feet wide. If it is filled 100% with fuel having an API gravity of 35.7 at a temperature of 60F, how many long tons of fuel are in the tank? 138 C The usual number of single-acting pistons used in a variable stroke axial-piston pump is _____________. 139 A Which device shown in the illustration should be used to check valve clearances in a diesel engine fitted with solid lifters? 140 B Regarding the oil cooler shown in the illustration, the purpose of the internal shell baffles is to ______________. 3 or 5 A

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


latent heat 36.2 42.4 total heat 48.6 residual heat

General Knowledge

54.8 See illustration number(s): GS-0149

11

177.76

188.25

196.47

210.84 See illustration number(s): GS-0149

11 11

5 or 7 B

7 or 9 C

9 or 11 D See illustration number(s): GS-0073 See illustration number(s): GS-0122

11

allow the water to make four passes over the tubes

prevent erosive tube allow the oil to make four prevent oxidation and passes over the tubes coking of the lube oil as it failure due to highvelocity flow in the core passes through the cooler 45 5/16 inches 53 5/8 inches 57 5/8 inches

11

141 D In the pump shown in the illustration, what is the distance from the 45 1/4 inches bottom of the inlet to the bottom end of the motor shaft? 142 B Piping cross-sections ranging from 1/8 inch to 12 inches in wall strength diameter, are sized by ____________. 143 B An axial piston pump differs from a radial piston pump as the radially from the shaft pistons of an axial piston pump are positioned _____________. 144 B In reference to air conditioning, when air attains the maximum superheated amount of moisture it can hold at a specific temperature, it is said to be _____________. 146 C Positive displacement, helical gear pumps are well suited for pumping oil because _____________. stuffing boxes eliminate the leakage problems usually associated with other gear pumps Reduce turbulence

See illustration number(s): GS-0011

11 11

nominal inside diameter outside diameter parallel to each other and to the shaft saturated

threaded diameter

parallel to each other but at an angle to each other at a right angle to the and to the shaft shaft condensed convected

11

11

it is not necessary to closely maintain design clearances with this pump Help with lubrication

they are essentially self- these pumps are priming and produce a designed with extreme high suction lift tooth angles

11

147 A The conical steel or composition cone installed on a propeller, known as a fairwater cone, provides which of the following benefits? 148 B The exposed portion of the outboard propeller shaft is protected against seawater corrosion by ________________.

Protect against electrolytic corrosion a corrosion-resistant paint

All of the above

11

a heavy lubricant

a covering of plastic, rubber, or shrunk-on composition sleeve

a layer of oxidation formed when the metal of the shaft is exposed to seawater

11

149 B Why are removable sleeves installed on centrifugal pump shafts? They make it easier to replace the pump shaft packing. 150 A In order for the reducing valve, shown in the illustration, to properly function, a control port is utilized between ______________. 151 A If a reciprocating air compressor has a knock occurring in frequency with its operating RPM, the cause is probably ____________. the underside of diaphragm "E" and the outlet misalignment or worn main bearings

They increase the They can be They can be removed economically replaced as when it is necessary to strength of the shaft. they wear out. lighten the weight of the pump. the inlet side and the outlet side insufficient cylinder lubrication the underside of diaphragm "E" and the inlet the top of piston "H" and See illustration the outlet number(s): GS-0044

11

11

defective or poorly fitted all of the above valves

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 152 C Piping is sized by its nominal _________________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


inside diameter regardless of other parameters free from all chemical additives superheated outside diameter regardless of other parameters quickly chemically oxidized saturated inside diameter from 1/8 inch to 12 inches, and over 12 inches by its outside diameter resistant to permanent emulsification condensing inside diameter from 1/8 inch to 24 inches, and over 24 inches by its outside diameter readily saponified with water evaporating

General Knowledge

11 11

153 C A good quality oil used in main propulsion engine lubrication systems should be _____________. 154 B When air at a given temperature, contains the maximum amount of moisture for that temperature, the air is said to be ______________.

11 11 11

155 A Which type of space heating systems is shown in the Steam heating illustration? 156 C Which of the listed types of pumps is NOT likely to be installed in Reciprocating pump a main drainage or evacuation system? 157 D In the illustration, which of the listed valves would be omitted from Return check valve a unit heater installed in an occupied space? 158 B In a compression type grease cup, the lubricant is forced into the gravity flow bearing by ____________. 159 C The term referring to the number of teeth per inch on a hacksaw set blade is known as the _____________. 160 D The valve shown in the illustration uses port "J" to open the auxiliary valve ____________.

Circulated hot water heating Centrifugal pump Gate valve

Electric element heater High pitch rotary vane pump Blow-off cock valve

Forced hot air heating Eductor pump

See illustration number(s): GS-0150

Pneumatically controlled See illustration supply valve number(s): GS-0150 a zerk fitting thread gauge See illustration allow downstream pressure to be sensed by number(s): GS-0044 diaphragm "E" radius on one end of the See illustration tool number(s): GS-0016 Rotary pumps eliminate discharge slippage of the pumped liquid, while this does not hold true for a reciprocating pump.

11 11 11

spring force rake open the main valve

a pressure gun pitch bleed off downstream pressure beneath the operating piston 45 chamfer on both ends of the tool Rotary pumps occupy only one-half the space of reciprocating pumps.

11 11

161 D In the illustration shown, the notation 1/8"R indicates a one-eighth inch ____________. 162 B Which of the following statements represents the advantage of rotary pumps as compared to reciprocating pumps?

recess on one end of the tool The high discharge pressure of the rotary pumps permits a larger volume of fluid per unit time than the reciprocating pump. Solar gain

rough finish on both ends of the tool Rotary pumps are capable of pumping more fluid than reciprocating pumps of the same weight.

11

163 B Which of the following factors will have the greatest effect on the heating load within a conditioned space?

Infiltration and ventilation Occupants inside the air space Heat of compression Superheat

Entertainment equipment within the space All of the above

11

164 D Which of the following terms represents the form of heat removed Latent heat of from the refrigerant in the condenser of a refrigeration system? vaporization 165 C Which of the devices listed should be used to reshape a grinding wheel? 166 D Water leaking through the stern tube stuffing box is used to accomplish which of the following actions? 167 B Water hammer in a steam heating system can be caused by ____________. A round nose tool Cooling

11 11 11

An oil stone Lubrication

A wheel dressing tool Flushing

A sharp nose tool All of the above

filling the auxiliary boiler steam admitted to a cold filling the auxiliary boiler draining a soot blower with cold water pipe with hot water line before cracking the steam supply valve so as to never be integral with a sloped bottom with the main engine foundation only of nonferrous, noncorrosive metals with drain/return lines terminating just above or at the designed normal level

11

168 B Main propulsion engine lube oil sumps should be constructed ____________.

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


the requirement for short the requirement to laterals run minimize conflict with headroom and other services total suction head discharge head all of the above

General Knowledge

169 A A major controlling factor in the location of the condensate return the requirement for a piping from a heating system is/are ____________. gravity return

11

170 D If the existing vapor pressure is subtracted from the indicated pressure at the pump suction, the remainder is the ______________.

pump head

apparent net positive suction head Figure D See illustration number(s): GS-0081

11

171 A The reading indicated on the micrometer scale shown in the Figure A illustration is .9680 inches. Which of the figures listed represents this reading? 172 D A first stage unloader installed in a low pressure air compressor is unable to completely retract. This will result in _________________. 173 C Item #68 as shown in the pump illustration is identified as the ________. 174 C The heat removed from the refrigerant in the condenser of a refrigeration plant is the _____________. 175 C The discharge side of the pump illustrated is identified by the letter "_____." 176 C When conducting a hydrostatic test on the distillate cooler shell of a flash type evaporator, liquid appears well inside one of the tubes. In order to correct this, you should _____________. overheating of the discharge valve shaft sleeve

Figure B

Figure C

11

loss of moisture in the air frequent lifting of the charge in the receiver intercooler relief valve wearing ring bearing retainer or spacer heat of compression C plug the tube

an abnormally low intercooler pressure journal bearing all of the above D all of the above would be considered satisfactory as a temporary repair until permanent repairs may be conducted a scored valve stem See illustration number(s): GS-0129 See illustration number(s): GS-0143

11 11 11 11

latent heat of expansion sensible heat of condensation A B reroll the tube seal weld the tube

11

177 D Excessive leakage and premature failure of valve packing is a result of ____________.

opening a valve too quickly

jamming a valve in the closed position Hunting due to fast response. lantern rings

low pressure fluid flow through the pipeline Hydraulic oil film breakdown. water flingers

11

178 D Which of the following problems may be encountered by using an External seal leakage. oil having a viscosity higher than that specified for an operating hydraulic system? 179 C Water leaking from a pump packing gland is kept away from the bearing housing by the use of ______________. 180 B An inadequate reciprocating bilge pump discharge is most often caused by ___________. 181 A Which of the following statements is correct regarding the device shown in the illustration? shaft sleeves defective intake valves

Increased power consumption. water seals clogged drain valves All the 0.03 under cuts must be taken into account when adjusting lengths to meet the specified tolerances. See illustration number(s): GS-0008

11 11 11

clogged suction strainers scarred cylinder walls If the piece is symmetrical about the 3/16 hole, the threaded ends have longitudinal tolerance dimensions of 0.789 inch to 0.825 inch.

The areas dimensioned The areas dimensioned 0.64 in length are flats on 0.64 in length are steps the shaft. in the shaft diameter.

11

182 D Which of the listed problems could produce a high absolute pressure within a flash type evaporator? 183 B Which of the following conditions should be used to support the need to change the lube oil when there has been an increase in the neutralization number?

production of high salinity distillate A decrease in the viscosity of the oil

seawater feed a leak in the first stage temperature below 165F demister An increase in the viscosity of the oil A change in the cloud point

a cracked distillate pump vent line A change in the floc point

11

11 11

184 D The dew point of air is reached when the wet bulb temperature is twice the dry bulb _____________. temperature 185 B The purpose of bilge keels is to _____________. lower the center of gravity of the ship

10F above the dry bulb 5F above the dry bulb temperature temperature reduce the amplitude of reduce pitching roll

equal to the dry bulb temperature reduce yawing

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 186 D A casing drain is provided for axial piston and bent axis variable stroke pumps to ___________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


vent off any accumulated drain off any air from the system accumulated water from the pump casing prior to its being started assist the complete removal of hydraulic oil from the system prior to opening for major or minor repairs carriage stop clamp is tightened Decreased clearances prevent damage due to agitation and overheating of oil accumulated in the casing as a result of minor internal leakage thread dial indicator is zeroed Decreased slippage

General Knowledge

11 11

187 B Before the longitudinal carriage feed of a lathe is engaged, you must be certain the _____________. 188 B Increasing the speed of a rotary pump above its rated speed will result in which of the following conditions to occur? 189 C The function of lubricating oil is to ______________.

spindle clutch is disengaged Loss of suction

carriage clamp screw is loosened Increased clearances

11

maintain even distribution of bearing wear notch and keyway

maintain a constant oil temperature spring

maintain a pressurized remove entrained water fluid film between moving surfaces bellows seal retaining ring See illustration number(s): GS-0071 See illustration number(s): GS-0007

11

190 B Which of the devices listed is used to maintain a snug interface between the rotating and stationary seal members shown in the illustration? 191 B The illustration is drawn to a scale of 3/8 inch = 1 inch. What is the full size dimension of "X", if the scale lengths for "E" = 5/8", "F" = 1 3/8", "G" = 2 1/8", and "H" = 5 3/4"? 192 A The tendency for lubricating oil to thin out at high temperatures and thicken at low temperatures will be characterized by a ________________.

11

1.625 inches

4.333 inches

6.094 inches

15.333 inches

11

low viscosity index

high viscosity index

high neutralization number Judge by feeling the gland for an increase in heat as it is being tightened up. psychometric temperature receive exhaust air from pneumatic accessories straining the spindle

low demulsibility quality

11

193 B After packing is added to the stern tube stuffing box, which of the Listen for a smooth, following procedures should be observed to insure even regular sound. tightening of the gland?

Measure the distance between the gland and the stuffing box with a rule. condensation temperature minimize the system's line pulsations undersized holes

Open the drain connection to allow seawater to flow in and make the distance even. absolute humidity temperature remove all traces of oil from the air dulling the drill

11 11

194 A The temperature at which water vapor in the atmosphere begins dew point temperature to condense is called the ____________. 195 B One function of the air receiver in a compressed air system is to dry the air discharged _____________. from the intercooler 196 A If a drill press is used to completely bore through a metal plate, feed pressure on the drill bit should be eased as the bit breaks through the bottom of the hole to prevent ________________. 197 B Which of the following statements describes the purpose of the split inflatable seal installed aft of the primary seal assembly for the propeller shaft? drill bit breakage

11

11

To serve as a seal when To allow repair or adding packing to the replacement of the stuffing box. primary seal elements when the ship is waterborne. To prevent the unexpected. The time required to close the appliances. To protect the equipment. The reason for opening or closing each appliance.

To eliminate leakage via To provide a ready the propeller shaft when means for the entry of the shaft is not rotating. cooling water.

11

198 D Why should a person performing maintenance on an air compressor wire and tag the system valves closed? 199 B With regard to the opening and closing of watertight appliances not fitted with a remote operating control or alarm system, which of the following is the master or person in charge of a MODU required to enter in the logbook? 200 C One of the main differences between the various types of screw pumps is in the __________.

To protect the operator performing the maintenance.

Each of the above is correct.

11

The name of the person The fact that the hull performing the opening indicators functioned or and closing of such not. appliances. pitch of the screws type of driving gears

11

stuffing box diameter

direction of rotation of the screws

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 201 B The shaft shown in the illustration has an overall length of 42 inches in addition to the following dimensions of "A" = 8", "B" = 8", "C" = 10", and "D"=8 3/16" The tapered length "X" is _____________. 6.375 inches

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


7.812 inches 8.185 inches 8.312 inches

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): GS-0133

11

202 A In the spring-loaded, steam pressure, reducing valve shown in the acts to close the main illustration, the high pressure steam _____________. valve "K"

acts to open the auxiliary acts directly on the lower bleeds pressure off the See illustration valve "D" part of the main piston controlling diaphragm "E" number(s): GS-0044 "H" via the high pressure port "C" Whitworth thread place a crow bar in the flywheel of the unit 30 to 50 ft Acme thread Sharp V-thread See illustration number(s): GS-0087

11 11

203 D The thread form shown in the illustration is called a/an __________. 204 A The FIRST thing to do to ensure that a refrigeration unit will not start while undergoing repairs, is to ____________.

Buttress thread secure and tag the electrical circuit

inform all persons in the make a log book entry area not to start the unit 40 to 60 ft 50 to 70 ft

11

205 C Propeller pumps are used primarily where there is a need to move 20 to 40 ft a large volume of liquid. However, their use is limited by a maximum total head of ____________. 206 B The reading on the vernier caliper scale shown in figure "D" in the 1.815 inches illustration is _____________. 207 B Which of the components listed is used to connect several Inboard stern tube sections of line shafting? couplings

11 11

1.820 inches Bolts fitted through flange type couplings forged integral with the shaft sections. Fuel oil strainer

2.115 inches Muff type outboard couplings

2.820 inches All of the above types

See illustration number(s): GS-0082

11 11

208 B At which of the following locations would a duplex pressure gage most likely be located? 209 C Why is the discharge pressure of a herringbone gear pump steadier than the discharge pressure of a simple spur gear pump?

Fuel oil service pump discharge flange Clearance between the gear teeth and casing is smaller.

Fuel oil heater

Fuel oil flow meter The herringbone gear pump has four spur gears instead of two.

The gear teeth are One discharge phase smaller than those of the begins before the simple spur gear pump. previous discharge phase has been completed. outer race The drain connection is left opened. inner race

11 11

210 B The part labeled "B" of the illustrated bearing is called the ___________. 211 C Which of the following actions, pertaining to saltwater lubricated stern tube stuffing boxes, is usually observed when the ship is expected to be in port for an extended period? 212 A A bourdon tube-type steam pressure gage is fitted with a siphon loop to prevent damage from ____________. 213 C The thread form shown in the illustration is called a/an ________________. 214 D In a refrigeration system, the refrigerant absorbs the latent heat of vaporization in the _____________. 215 A The convector shown in the illustration, should have a circulation air space of approximately ____________. 216 D Oil emulsification in engine lubricating oils will tend to ________________. 217 B In the system illustrated, which of the following readings should be indicated on the pressure gage, if the load (x) is 8000 lbs (3632 kg) and the piston area (y) is 10 sq. in (64.5 sq. cm)? 218 C The conical steel or composition cone installed on a propeller, known as a fairwater cone, provides which of the following benefits?

thrust ring The stuffing box is continually flushed.

cage

See illustration number(s): MO-0001

The stuffing box gland is The packing is adjusted tightened. for greater cooling or replaced. pressure shock Acme thread receiver 5.0" differential expansion rates Standard thread evaporator The air space demension See illustration is not given. number(s): GS-0150 displace lubricating oil required in areas of friction See illustration number(s): GS-0062

11 11 11 11

extreme thermal stress Whitworth thread compressor 0.5"

the admission of condensate Square thread condenser 0.6"

See illustration number(s): GS-0088

11

decrease sludge formation in lubricating oil 80 psi (5.63 kg/cm2)

cause water to separate improve the lubricating from the oil oil viscosity 800 psi (56.31 kg/cm2)

11

8,000 psi (563.1 kg/cm2) 80,000 psi (5631 kg/cm2)

11

Reduces turbidness

Helps with lubrication

Protects the nut

All of the above

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 219 C While at normal sea speed, rudder movement suddenly stops but is restored after changing over the power units. At the earliest opportunity, the faulty power unit is restarted with the following results: Movement of the helm causes all of the solenoids to energize as required, however the rotary actuator does not rotate. Control of the rudder does not exist with the use of the trickwheel, even though the main pump appears to be operating normally. The probable cause is _____________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


the failed power unit was pump "G" is unable to left in the "non-follow-up" produce required mode when the steering discharge gear was tested pump "I" is unable to produce required discharge leakage of the servo actuators at the main pump

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): GS-0123

11 11 11 11

line up corresponding holes in adjacent parts 222 A Which of the gasket materials and/or types listed is typically used Spiral wound on high pressure steam flange joints? composition asbestos 223 A The taper produced by a lathe taper attachment is determined by guide (swivel) bar setting the _________. 224 B The only means of removing the latent heat of condensation from passing it through the a refrigerant in the normal refrigeration cycle is by _________. expansion valve

220 A An aligning punch is used to ___________.

completely loosen a jammed bolt Wire-impregnated sheet asbestos automatic cross feed

mark centers and lines in make a starting mark for layout work a drill Rubber Wire-impregnated rubber tailstock off center compound rest angle maintaining a high pressure on the system's receiver

condensing refrigerant in passing the gaseous the system condenser refrigerant through the heat interchanger on the suction side of the compressor hot water circulating pump discharge line low oil demulsibility Pump rod

11

225 D The converter pneumatic control bypass valve, shown in the illustration, receives its high pressure signal from the _____________. 226 C One characteristic of a lubricating oil adversely affecting the results of centrifuging is ____________. 227 D Which of the listed devices is used to control the admission of steam to the steam cylinder of a reciprocating pump? 228 D In the illustration, the temperature of the hot-water heating system is controlled by the temperature of the hot water supply and the temperature of the ___________. 229 A Which of the devices listed prevents water from entering a ship's hull via the propulsion shaft? 230 A With reference to a vessel's structural integrity, the most significant characteristic of a cryogenic liquid is its ______________.

hot water return manifold converter

hot water supply line

See illustration number(s): GS-0151

11 11

high TBN value Valve operating differential central station

low oil floc point Crosshead arm

low oil neutralization number Pilot valve and operating rod outside air See illustration number(s): GS-0151

11

room being heated

hot water return

11 11

Stern tube packing or mechanical shaft seal capability of causing brittle fractures

Deflector ring and drain highly corrosive action on mild steel stroke control linkage has mechanically failed with "M"

Spring bearings

Oiler rings

vapor cloud which reacts toxicity at atmospheric violently with saltwater pressure solenoid coil #3 in component "F" has burned out replenishing circuit relief See illustration valve is stuck open number(s): GS-0123

11

solenoid coil #2 in 231 A While at normal sea speed the rudder movement stops, but is component "F" has restored after changing over power units. At the earliest opportunity the faulty power unit is placed in operation with the burned out following results: The main pump discharge/return pressures are equal and there is no rotation of the rotary actuator, regardless of the direction of helm input. The probable failure is the __________. 232 A A boiler forced draft pressure gage indicates 6 inches of water. This corresponds to a pressure of ____________. 233 A To obtain a 1/2 inch per foot taper on an 18 inch workpiece, the tailstock of the lathe must be setover ________________. 234 A The heat required to change a substance from a solid to a liquid while at its freezing temperature, is known as the latent heat of _____________. 235 D A wrench that completely surrounds a nut, or bolt head is a/an ____________. .216 psi 3/8 inch

11 11

.288 psi 1/2 inch

.433 psi 3/4 inch

.688 psi 7/8 inch

11

fusion

vaporization

condensation

sublimation

11

adjustable wrench

open end wrench

tappet wrench

box wrench

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 236 C Which of the following problems occurring in a hydraulic system can be caused by the use of an oil having a viscosity lower than specified? 238 B The degree to which the viscosity of an oil will change with a change in temperature is indicated by the _______________. 239 D Which of the listed reciprocating pump parts control the position of the pilot slide valve? 240 A Which of the processes listed consumes the greatest amount of power while producing the greatest amount of heat? 242 B The reading indicated on the micrometer scale shown in the illustration is .680 inches. Which of the figures listed represents this reading? 243 D Which of the following guidelines is considered to reflect good design practices of shipboard steam heating systems?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


Seal deterioration Fast response and hunting viscosity index Increased power consumption pour point Oil film breakdown

General Knowledge

11

weight designation

thermal change value

11

Moving tappets

Adjusting of the tappet collars Overcoming rolling friction Figure B

Stay rods

Movement of the main piston through the steam cylinder

11

Overcoming sliding friction Figure A

Overcoming fluid friction Overcoming oil wedge friction Figure C Figure D See illustration number(s): GS-0081

11

11

Provide constant steam service for equipment operating throughout the year.

Provide either a common Run all piping so it may be drained by gravity. or individual reducing station for each group of units requiring the same operating pressure. vaporization sublimation

All of the above.

11

244 B The heat required to change a substance from a liquid to a gas without experiencing a temperature change, is defined as the latent heat of _____________. 246 C A distinguishing feature of an eductor, when compared to other pumps, is the ______________. 247 B While at normal sea speed the rudder movement stops, but is restored after changing over power units. At the earliest opportunity the faulty power unit is restarted with the following results: the rudder can be remotely swung in only one direction, however using the trick wheel equal movement of the variable stroke control device from neutral is available. The probable cause is _____________. 248 C When securing a flash-type evaporator for an extended period of time, you should _____________. 249 B The portion of a hydraulic hose that determines its overall strength, is the _____________. 250 D Which features of a centrifugal pump reduce the need for renewing worn impellers and pump casings? 251 B A centrifugal pump may fail to deliver water when first started if the _________. 252 D A weight of 1,000 kips is equivalent to __________. 253 A Which of the devices listed is common to all types of pumps? 254 C Heat which brings about a change in the physical state of a substance without a change in temperature, is called _____________. 255 C The hulls of most modern towing vessels constructed today are fabricated from _______________. 256 B A roller bearing should normally be filled to what fraction of its space cavity?

fusion

condensation

11

discharge end being small size of impeller smaller than the suction end only the solenoid coil "F3" has burned out either solenoid coil "F1" or "F2" has burned out

lack of moving parts

ease at which the wearing rings may be changed See illustration number(s): GS-0123

11

shaft "K" has developed that pump "G" can not a fault in the mechanical develop adequate linkage discharge

11 11 11

fill the unit with saltwater fill the unit with descaling completely drain the unit tightly seal the unit to compound exclude air inner tube braided inner layer(s) outer cover outer armor Close radial clearance between impeller hub and casing water seal pipe is plugged 1,000 pounds A power end and fluid end specific heat Low rotational speed of impeller pump is not primed Removable end plate Replaceable impeller and casing wearing rings impeller is flooded 500 short tons A turbine and piston ambient heat

11 11 11 11

seal ring is improperly located 2,000 short tons 2,240 pounds A propeller and educator A volute and impeller sensible heat latent heat

11 11

wrought iron Less than 1/4

high alloy steel 1/3 to 1/2

mild steel 1/2 to 3/4

corrosion resisting steel More than 3/4

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11 11 257 A Which of the listed parts is used in a lobe-type rotary pump to reduce the wear of the lobe edges? 259 A A boiler forced draft pressure gage indicates 8 inches of water. This corresponds to a pressure of ___________. 260 B The size of flexible hose used in a hydraulic system is indicated by _____________. Gibs .288 psi

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


Spur gears .433 psi Casing gears .688 psi Liner plates .833 psi the thickness of the tube wall reversed pump coupling Spanner wrench 320F to 360F

General Knowledge

the inside diameter of the the numerical a color code on the tube designation found on the armor "skin" of the hose a bent shaft Crescent wrench 260F to 280F

11 11 11

261 C If a centrifugal pump vibrates and is noisy when operating, the worn gland sealing shaft worn wearing rings cause could be _____________. 262 B Which of the wrenches listed is least likely to slip off a bolthead or Open end wrench Box end wrench nut? 263 B Expansion tanks used in a hot water heating system may be of 180F to 212F 220F to 240F the open or closed type. In a closed type system, what would be the normal temperature range of the water? 264 D Latent heat can be defined as the heat which must be added to a solid to liquid substance in order to change it from a _____________. 265 C The designation "schedule 80 extra strong " refers to weight of steel plate ____________. Figure A 266 A The reading indicated on a vernier micrometer caliper scale is .2610 inches. Which of the figure in the illustration represents this reading? 267 D Tapping threads into a blind hole should be finished by using a ____________. 268 D Distilled water from an evaporator may be discharged into a potable water tank _____________. 269 D The factors that determine the service life of packing in a pump will include which of the following conditions? 271 D If the capacity of a centrifugal pump decreases gradually over a long period of time, you should replace the ____________. short tap through a detachable hose connection type of pump packing gland liquid to vapor

11

solid to vapor

all of the above

11 11

tensile strength of bolts Figure D

piping wall thickness Figure E

tubing bursting strength Figure G See illustration number(s): GS-0083

11 11

taper tap

plug tap

bottoming tap through a solenoid operated three-way valve all of the above wearing rings

after passing through an after chemical analysis activated charcoal filter shows it is fit for consumption condition of the shaft mechanical seals length of time in use lantern rings

11 11

11 11

272 D What is the reading of the vernier micrometer caliper scale shown 0.4258 inch in figure "C" in the illustration? 273 D To absorb the wear resulting from impeller rotation and abrasives lantern rings in the liquid, a centrifugal pump is usually fitted with _______________. 274 A Personnel working with refrigeration systems, and subject to the exposure of refgerants should wear ________________. 275 C The ability of a metal to be hammered, or rolled out is called its ___________. 276 C A pressure reading of 00.0 psig is theoretically equal to _____________. 277 C If the foundation bolts of a reciprocating air compressor are loose, which of the conditions below will occur? 278 A Hot water heating system converters are selected for the heating load required plus about 50% excess capacity to allow for ____________. 279 D Gate valves should not be used for throttling as __________. face shield

0.4528 inch bearings

0.4628 inch casing volutes

0.4678 inch wearing rings

See illustration number(s): GS-0083

11

a respirator

rubber gloves

an all purpose gas mask

11 11 11 11

ductibility 30.0 inches of vacuum The drive belts will squeal start-up and scaling

elasticity

malleability

fusibility 00.0 psia

300 millimeters of water 14.7 psia The unloaders will jam shut unusual high demand on the system

The compressor will The intercooler will leak vibrate increase capacity during increase steam and times of peak demand water contact for better efficiency the installation of an equalizing line will be necessary wire drawing of the disc will result

11

the pressure drop will be air binding will develop excessive

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11 11 280 C To finish tapping a blind hole, it is best to use a _____________. taper tap

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


finishing tap Countersink drain water from the cylinders specific humidity bottoming tap Counterdrill plug tap Spotface

General Knowledge

282 C Which of the listed types of "hole" is represented by "B" as shown Counterbore in the illustration? 283 C The purpose of an air compressor unloading device is to drain water from the air _____________. receiver 284 D The amount of moisture in a given sample of air, when compared absolute humidity with the amount of moisture the air could hold if totally saturated at the existing temperature of the sample, is called ____________. 285 D Which of the copper alloys listed is commonly used in heat exchangers and possesses a high resistance to corrosion? Red brass

See illustration number(s): GS-0015

delay the compression check pump alignment process until the motor is up to speed effective humidity relative humidity

11

11

Manganese bronze

Copper beryllium

Cupro-nickel

11

286 C Antifriction bearings can be removed undamaged from a shaft by ring gage using an arbor press, or wheel puller with a________. 288 A Which of the following statements is correct relative to distillation plant operation? Distillation is the process of boiling seawater to produce vapor which is condensed into fresh water.

split die

split washer or backup ring

jack screw

11

Brine is the result of Evaporation is the condensed sea water second part of the distillation process where vapor. brine is removed.

Distillate is the product resulting from the evaporation of fresh water vapor.

11 11 11

289 A A leaking steam trap located in the return lines from a heating drain tank steaming system is indicated by excessive _____________. 290 D The minimum length of dimension "C" shown in the illustration is 27/32 inch ____________. 291 C If a centrifugal pump is driven by a constant speed electric motor excessive pump speed and produces a discharge pressure less than designed, the cause is probably _______________. 292 C At high pressures, an O-ring has a tendency to extrude into the Double seal ring clearance space between the mating parts of a hydraulic actuator. Which of the listed components is used to prevent extrusion? 293 C The bearings for the illustrated pump are lubricated by _________. a small self-contained forced feed pressurized oil system

scale returning from the convectors 11/16 inch excessive suction head

steam pressure in the convectors 21/32 inch worn wearing rings

water in the heating system 33/64 inch gross pump misalignment Static washer

See illustration number(s): GS-0014

11

Lathe cut ring

Backup ring

11

packed grease

oil feed rings rotating through an oil bath specific humidity

a drip feed oiler cup

See illustration number(s): GS-0129

11

294 B The ratio of the weight of moisture contained in a given volume of absolute humidity air, to the weight of moisture that the same sample would hold if saturated, is called the _____________.

relative humidity

total humidity

11 11

295 B Which of the listed chemicals can be routinely used to maintain Hydrochloric acid Chlorine Sulfuric acid Zinc chromate the hygienic quality of potable water? 296 D Which of the following statements concerning antifriction bearings The inner race should be The outer race should be Alignment is not a critical They are usually pressed installed on pumps is true? free to turn on the shaft. free to turn its housing. factor in their installation. on to their shafts. 297 C The steam coils in a high pressure evaporator used for saltwater a needle gun service should be descaled with _____________. 298 D The packing installed in the pump stuffing box is lubricated by ____________. 299 C If you were operating a centrifugal water service pump with worn wearing rings, the _______________. soap and water a wirebrush a chipping hammer

11

11 11

gravity and feed oil cups grease cups pump would be very noisy pump would vibrate excessively

hand during installation pump would develop insufficient flow

leakage through the stuffing box stuffing box would leak excessively

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11 301 D The included angle of the chamfer in the knurled portion of the tube sizing tool illustration is ____________. 302 C Which of the listed materials have been used to manufacture piping available in standard weight, extra strong, and double extra strong wall thickness? 303 C A lathe dog, fitted with a headless set screw, is known as a ____________. 304 A The moisture sensitive element of a humidistat can be made of _____________. 305 C Which of the following statements is correct regarding an oil with a high viscosity index? 5 Plastic

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


10 Copper 20 Iron 30 All of the above

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): GS-0014

11 11 11

clamp lathe dog hair A large change of viscosity occurs with a minor change in temperature. machinery bearings subjected to high temperatures no iron

standard lathe dog copper No change in viscosity occurs with any change in temperature. antifriction bearings on general service pumps

safety lathe dog plastic Very little change in viscosity occurs with a significant change in temperature. bearings subject to fluctuating loads a large percentage of iron The rudder bearing clearances.

common lathe dog steel The viscosity of the oil increases with an increase in temperature. line shaft bearings

11

306 A An organic solid lubricant, such as graphite, is suitable as an oil additive when used in _____________. 307 C Ferrous metals are metals containing ___________. 308 C Which of the following clearance readings should be taken and recorded in drydock?

11 11

a large percentage of copper The clearances between The clearances between the propeller blade tips the propeller hub and the fair water cone. and the hull. salinometer 1.5 times the wall thickness

a large percentage of aluminum The clearances between the stern tube packing gland and the retaining ring. sphygmomanometer 2.5 times the wall thickness

11 11

309 B Brine density in a distilling plant is measured with a/an psychrometer _____________. the wall thickness 310 C For the various sizes of tubing and wall thickness used in a hydraulic system, the inside diameter can be determined if it is remembered that the inside diameter equals the outside diameter less _____________. 311 D In the illustrated drawing, the feature indicated by the measurement 1/8" is an example of _______. 312 C Which of the following statements is correct regarding grades of pipe? camber Stainless steel pipe is manufactured in four general grades.

anemometer 2 times the wall thickness

11 11

radius Brass pipe is manufactured in three common grades.

taper Copper pipe is manufactured in two common grades.

chamfer The term "extra strong" is normally associated with schedule 160 steel pipe.

See illustration number(s): GS-0016

11

313 A Which of the following definitions accurately describes "tool feed" The distance the tool when referring to lathe work? advances with each revolution of the work.

The distance from the bottom of the cut to the uncut surface of the workpiece. use rubber gloves

The chip length that will The distance the workpiece circumference be removed from the moves past the cutting work in one minute. tool point in one minute. circulate the oil through a remove the oil with a filter drier portable charging cylinder do not create pressure drops in the lube oil system filler to smooth surface irregularities attract or have liquid contaminants stick to the surface of the filter media coolant to carry away heat

11

314 B When handling contaminated oil from a hermetically sealed refrigeration compressor unit that has burned out its motor, you should _____________.

store the oil in a clean refrigerant drum

11

315 B The greatest difference between absorbent and adsorbent filters will remove additives is that absorbent filters ____________. from the lube oil

soak up liquid contaminants directly into the filter media moisture barrier

11

316 C The graphite in a bearing lubricant compound of graphite grease, low temperature sealer acts as a ___________.

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 317 B Which of the following statements describes the function of an alarm annunciator on an engine room alarm panel?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


An alarm condition causes a light and siren to come on which remain on until the machinery is secured. A flashing light comes on, followed by an audible alarm. When an alarm acknowledge button is depressed, the audible alarm is silenced and light stays on. An alarm condition gives an audible and visual alarm signal, both of which are secured when the alarm acknowledge button is depressed. An alarm condition causes a flashing light to come on, followed by an audible alarm. When the alarm acknowledge button is depressed, the warning light is extinguished.

General Knowledge

11

318 C When replacing ball bearings on an electric motor shaft, you should _______________.

tap the outer race with a apply even pressure to mallet the outer race

apply even force to the inner race

apply pressure evenly to both the inner and outer races

11

319 D The pump packing gland has been repeatedly tightened by small Replace all of the packing. increments until the gland has bottomed. Which of the actions listed should be carried out next if the leakage continues to be excessive? 320 B Copper is sometimes used for fluid power lines because it ______________. 321 C Excessive lost motion in the valve mechanism of a duplex reciprocating pump will cause the _____________. has good resistance to high temperatures pump to short stroke continuously at both ends of the stroke for both cylinders

Replace with larger cross-Replace the soft packing Continue to add more sectional turns of with packing turns that turns of packing. packing. are covered with lead wrap. has high resistance to corrosion pistons to stop in midstroke withstands heavy vibration under heavy system loads pump to operate sluggishly resists hardening under stress cushioning valves to wear

11

11

11

322 D One of the main functions of wearing rings, as used in a centrifugal pumps, is to _____________.

maintain radial alignment absorb all impeller shaft prevent water leakage to prevent wear of the end thrust the atmosphere pump casing and/or between the pump impeller and casing impeller the gland stud nuts are under more pressure 125F sediment collects in the bonnet 150F the packing will not properly adhere to the stem 175F

11

323 C An inverted gate valve (stem pointing downward) may be subject the gate's full weight is to wear sooner than a similar valve installed in the upright position upon the stem because ______________. 324 B For safe storage, the maximum allowable temperature to which refrigerant bottles should be exposed is _____________. 325 D Adsorption filters are not commonly used in steam turbine or diesel engine lubricating systems because they ____________. 100F

11

11

are only effective at utilize exotic and expensive filtering media temperatures below making them too costly 100F for use. to smooth surface irregularities cause an alarm condition secure power to the indicator raceway The filters and strainers should be checked frequently. as a mild abrasive

can adsorb no more than remove additives from five times their weight in the lube oil water to lower the friction coefficient secure power to the monitored device inner race All system pressure should be readjusted. all of the above automatically reclose within 10 seconds retainer plate The system should be drained and renewed with a fluid of different operating characteristics. loss of air charge in the pump discharge plenum chamber

11 11

327 D A filler commonly mixed with grease, such as graphite, acts ______________. 328 A Main engine room control console alarms are to be of the self monitoring type, meaning that an open circuit to a particular alarm circuit will _____________.

11 11

329 C When removing roller bearings from a shaft, the force of the puller outer race should be applied to the bearing _____________. 330 B After installing a new hydraulic pump in a system, what special The relief valves in the attention should be given to the hydraulic system? system should be readjusted.

11

331 C A pounding noise occurring in one cylinder of a steam reciprocating general service pump could be caused by ________________.

lower than normal supply lower than normal supply improper adjustment of steam temperature steam pressure steam cushion valves

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 332 D An unloader is installed on an air compressor to __________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


bypass the high pressure prevent excessive stage to the low pressure interstage pressure stage on 100% of the air buildup compressors in service control compressor discharge pressure remove all but the frictional load during starting

General Knowledge

11

333 C Which of the speeds listed represents the synchronous speed rating of the lube oil pump motor shown in the illustration? 334 D People familiar with ammonia refrigeration systems become accustomed to its odor and may forget that the vapors _____________. 335 B The speed of a radial piston hydraulic MOTOR is controlled by varying the _________. 336 A A thread chaser is a hand tool that should only be used for ______________. 337 B Which of the following statements best describes an oil lubricated stern tube bearing installation?

1,000 RPM

1,150 RPM

1,200 RPM

1,250 RPM

See illustration number(s): GS-0011

11

in a low concentration can cause death

will dissolve in perspiration and cause caustic burns

will burn or explode

all of the above

11

amount of cylinder block fluid flow rate discharged length of the motor piston stroke on the offset with respect to the to the motor power cycle rotor restoring damaged threads It receives its oil supply from a branch line of the main lube oil system. enlarging existing threads No shaft liner is needed in the area of the babbitted bearing surface. cutting original threads

pintle discharge rate to the suction side of the pump

11 11

straightening tapered threads For precise regulation of The system pressure the bearing temperature, must be lowered when maneuvering in port to the system is required to prevent blowing the outer have its own oil cooler. oil seal. Distilling plant and shaft alley door replace the bearing with a new one an open snifter valve Shaft alley door and fixed CO2 release apply a light oil to the bearing housing misalignment of the crosshead guide Monkey wrench centrifugally cast pipe all of the above

11 11 11

338 A Which of the following is operated from the main engine room console on an automated vessel? 339 C The best method of fixing a winch motor bearing of the sealed type that is running hot is to ____________. 341 D When piston rod packing persists in leaking on a reciprocating steam pump, the cause may be _____________. 342 B Which of the wrenches listed practically eliminates the possibility of its slipping off while tightening a nut or bolt? 343 A Which of the pipe materials listed has the best resistance to internal and external corrosion? 344 D Ammonia when used as a refrigerant is valuable because of its high efficiency, it is however _____________. 345 B Which of the following valve arrangements permits the reciprocating pump liquid piston to take suction from the suction chamber, and simultaneously discharge through the discharge chamber during the up and down strokes? 346 D A thread die will be easier to start if the end of the piece of material to be threaded is slightly ____________. 347 C On tankers using manually operated tank valves, the deck hand wheel indicator registers the ____________.

Fire pump and lube oil pump add grease through the zerk fitting a loose tappet collar

Lube oil pump and distilling plant allow the winch to run at slower speeds only clogged suction strainers

11 11 11 11

Open end wrench cast iron pipe toxic Two sets of suction and discharge valves in the liquid cylinder.

Box end wrench cast steel pipe flammable

Crescent wrench spiral welded pipe explosive

Two sets of valves, one One set of valves in the Two relief valves, one on set each for suction and water chest and another each of the liquid discharge located in the set in the liquid cylinder. cylinder. water chest. reamed oxygen content of the tank center drilled approximate number of turns the tank valve has been opened shaft sleeve chamfered level of oil in the tank

11 11

peened exact lift position of the tank valve disk, through 100% of its operation packing gland

11 11

348 A Item "B" in the pump illustration is the _________.

stuffing box

wearing ring

See illustration number(s): GS-0129

349 A After adding grease to a ball bearing with a handheld grease gun, run the machine with the you should _____________. bearing housing drain plug open for a short while

close the bearing remove the grease fitting save the used grease for housing drain and add a and leave open to allow chemical analysis little extra grease to excess grease to escape compensate for air pockets in the bearing

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11 350 A Which of the following terms is used to identify the pressure of the liquid entering a pump? 351 A Which of the following conditions would prevent a steam reciprocating pump from delivering its rated capacity? Suction head

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


Pump head Air trapped in the discharge expansion chamber outside threads on both ends Methyl chloride Discharge head Total head

General Knowledge

Excessive suction lift

A leaking snifter valve All of the above allowing air to enter the suction side of the pump a left-hand twist inside threads on both ends Sulphur dioxide

11

353 D A pipe coupling is a fitting having ______________.

outside threads on one end and inside threads on one end CO2

11

354 C When subjected to high heat from a open flame, or an electric heating element, which of the listed refrigerants will break down and produce phosgene gas? 355 B The construction of the main propulsion engine lube oil sump should ________________.

R-22

11

have no plating joints of 90

retain the lube oil as long as possible before it recirculates through the system

provide drain/return lines be provided with only a that are no greater than perfectly horizontal 24 inches from the pump bottom suction an emulsion of different grades of oil top of the piston and bottom side of the head at TDC as compared to that which exists between the top of the piston and bottom side of head at BDC all of the above

11

356 A Demulsibility of a lube oil is defined as _________________.

the ability of oil to separate from water

the temperature at which a measure of the water oil flows rapidly in a lube oil system bottom of the piston and bottom side of the head at TDC, regardless of upper ring location and valve placement

11

357 B The clearance volume for a single stage compressor is defined as the space created between the _____________.

piston and head, top of the piston and bottom side of head, with including the space around the piston to the the piston at BDC top of the upper ring and under the valves, with the piston at TDC

11

358 D Admitting steam to an improperly drained heating system could result in _____________.

cutting valve seating surfaces

high velocity slugs of water in motion in the system just beginning to rotate

damage due to water hammer

11

359 B Figure "C" shown in the illustration correctly identifies the position just at the moment prior of the journal when the shaft is _________. to being stopped 360 D New piping and tubing to be installed in a hydraulic system can be alcohol safely degreased by using _________. 361 B If the discharge valve is closed before the drive motor is stopped, Centrifugal which of the following types of pumps will most likely be damaged? 362 B Over pressurization of an air compressor intercooler is prevented by the _____________. 363 D When the relief valve opens it discharges high pressure refrigerant vapor to the _____________. 364 B Dichlorodifluoromethane when vaporized in the presence of an open flame, will form ____________. 365 C The main lube oil sump of a main propulsion engine should be constructed of ___________. 366 D The ability of an oil to separate cleanly from an oil and water mixture is referred to as its ____________. aftercooler relief valve liquid strainer carbon dioxide gas coated steel plating to reduce corrosion precipitation number

increasing its speed to operating at its normal required operating speed operating speed a special petroleum solvent Turbine

See illustration number(s): GS-0121

11 11

a water-based detergent carbon tetrachloride Gear Propeller

11 11 11 11

intercooler relief valve refrigerant inlet of the condenser phosgene gas

last-stage unloader

first-stage unloader

inlet side of the suction side of the evaporator compressor trichlorodifluoromethane sulphur dioxide pinchback plating

nonferrous metal plating clean steel plating to prevent corrosion neutralization number pour point

11

demulsibility

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 367 C Which of the following statements is true concerning the overall efficiency of air compressors?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


High pressure compressors are more efficient than low pressure compressors. Mechanical efficiency divided by compressor efficiency will equal the overall efficiency of the compressor unit. proportional band Two stage compressors The volumetric efficiency are generally more is decreased in efficient than single multistage compressors. stage compressors.

General Knowledge

11

368 C The vessel's steering gear is a classic example of a positioner type automation system. The variable input is provided through the steering wheel, and the rudder position is fed back to the operating mechanism. The difference between the input signal and the follow-up signal, until matched and cancelled, is the _____________. 369 A You would close the illustrated valve "A" by ___________.

system differential

error

command input

11

turning the handwheel clockwise, as viewed from the top

first loosening part #4, closing the valve, then retightening part #4

turning the handwheel counterclockwise, as viewed from the top

first loosening part #8, then turning the handwheel clockwise as viewed from the top poor heat transfer foot-pounds per rate of input flow drain connection

See illustration number(s): GS-0140

11 11 11 11

370 C Erosive tube failure in a heat exchanger can result from _____________. 371 B The torque rating of a fluid power motor is expressed in _______________. 372 D In addition to a pressure gage and a relief valve, an air receiver should be fitted with a _____________. 373 A The device shown in the illustration is used to _______.

high temperature

waterside fouling

RPMs under a given load inch-pounds at a given condition pressure sight glass and manhole thermometer and sight glass unload the cylinders of reduce the pressure in an air compressor the ship's service air system

excessive cooling water velocity foot-pounds per piston stroke thermometer and manhole grind sewage prior to entering the sewage treatment plant

maintain correct tension See illustration on the drive belts while number(s): GS-0029 the compressor is in operation carbon monoxide

11

374 B In the presence of an open flame or hot surfaces, chlorinated petroleum crystals flourocarbon refrigerants decomposes and form _____________. 375 D If the refrigeration system shown in the illustration has only one liquid strainer, the strainer will be located between points ___________. 376 B The illustrated device operates on the principle that the height of the column is _________. 1 and G

phosgene gas

water vapor

11

G and C

J and F

D and K

See illustration number(s): RA-0012 See illustration number(s): GS-0066

11

directly equal to the directly proportional to height of the liquid in the the pressure developed tank at D horizontally mounted never fitted with intake filters proportional action

equal to the fluid pressure supplied at B

equal to the pressure of the square root of the height of liquid H, times .833 operated in an unloaded condition at all times rate action

11

377 C To obtain maximum efficiency, two stage air compressors are usually ____________. 378 B In a pneumatic automation system, a unit producing a signal to govern the position of the controller of the measured variable, relative to the value of the measured variable, is said to have _______________. 379 C To make the pieces shown as "A" in the illustration a locational interferance fit _________.

fitted with intercoolers

11

reset action

two position action

11

the piece with the hole must be heated until the inside diameter of the hole is .245 inches +/.001

do nothing, this is a close turn down a new shaft sliding fit but there is no with a diameter of .250 way to make it a inches +.001/-.000 locational interferance fit and a close sliding fit is an acceptable alternative

hone the shaft until the roughness value is 50 microinches (.005 inch clearance)

See illustration number(s): GS-0019

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 380 D The function of the hydraulic telemotor transmitter used in an electro-hydraulic steering gear system is to ___________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


transmit the rudder angle prevent the control automatically purge all to the bridge indicator linkage from striking the entrained air from the stops when hard over system A radial piston pump houses sliding pistons in a stationary cylinder block through which passes a rotating pintle or ported shaft. send hydraulic signals to the receiving unit

General Knowledge

11

381 A Which of the following statements is/are true regarding hydraulic Variable volumes can be pumps in general? obtained with gear pumps only by variation of the pump drive speed.

The amount of fluid All of the above. displaced per revolution of an axial piston rotary pump is dependent on the angle formed between the cylinder block and valve plate. away from the oil pressure being sealed heated to the boiling point absolute pressure away from the bearing housing recess all of the above See illustration number(s): GS-0152

11

382 A Spring reinforced oil seals are generally installed with the tail or lip of the seal facing ______________. 384 B R-12 is generally considered to be a safe, nontoxic, nonflammable, and nonexplosive refrigerant. It can, however, become highly toxic when _____________. 385 C The difference between the pressure at a point being measured and that of a perfect vacuum is known as _________. 386 B The diameter of a hole drilled for tapping threads into a piece of stock should be _____________. 387 B In a low pressure air compressor, the loss of volumetric efficiency normally results from _______________. 388 D The seal piping obtains liquid from the discharge side of the pump and directs the liquid to the _____________. 389 A While attempting to read a tank level indicator, the mercury column drops rapidly. This may indicate ____________. 390 C Lint from cleaning rags can be harmful to hydraulic systems because the lint ___________. 391 D In the hydraulic transmission shown in the illustration, the "B" end is a ____________. 392 D An important point of consideration when replacing a dry type intake filter on an air compressor is to ____________.

toward the oil pressure being sealed

toward the bearing preload washer

11

superheated outside the in contact with an open system flame internal pressure gauge pressure

11

external pressure

11 11

larger than the tap diameter adiabatic compression in the intercooler packing gland a leak in the gage line can cause rusting of internal parts low pressure hydraulic pump use the same wetting oil on the element as is used in the compressor lubrication system

smaller than the tap the same size as the tap diameter diameter heating of the air leaving inaccurate valve timing the cylinders wearing ring free surface effect in the tank breaks down hydraulic fluid variable displacement hydraulic pump install a smaller size filter to allow for expansion of the element stuffing an improperly calibrated gage can clog filters and promote component leakage constant speed hydraulic motor install only a filter consisting of a treated paper element

the same size as the bolt diameter constant enlargement of the clearance expansion volume lantern ring excess air in the balance chamber solidifies and causes cracked lines fixed displacement See illustration hydraulic motor number(s): GS-0057 select the proper size filter so that air flow is not restricted

11 11 11

11 11

11 11

393 D A refrigeration system contaminated with moisture can be acid formation affected by _____________. 394 D Some chloronated flourocarbon refrigerants may decompose into stored at temperatures a toxic irritating gas if it is ____________. below 60 degrees Fahrenheit 395 D Which of the following statements describes the relationship between viscosity and specific gravity? Liquids with different viscosities will always have the same specific gravity.

sludge formation charged into a system having copper fittings Liquids with different viscosities will never have the same specific gravity. tilting box

ice in the expansion valve allowed to mix with compressor oil Viscosity and specific gravity are directly proportional.

all of the above exposed to an open flame or hot surface Viscosity and specific gravity are not related in that one does not define or limit the other. reaction ring

11

11

397 B The delivery rate of a variable stroke axial piston hydraulic pump slide block is controlled by varying the position of the ______________.

pintle

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 398 B Biasing, in a pneumatic automated combustion control system, control pressure refers to a set amount of increase or decrease in the _________. 399 D If you suspect that a gage is sticking and giving an inaccurate reading, you should ___________. 400 D One advantage of a triple-effect low pressure submerged tube distilling plant over a double-effect unit is _____________. 401 A In the illustration shown, which of the listed types of hole is represented by "C"? 402 B Which of the following descriptions could be applied to short lengths of pipe called nipples?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


loading pressure supply pressure rate relay pressure

General Knowledge

11

blow out the gage line with compressed air better water purity

tap the gage body with a remove the gage bezel wrench and slightly move the needle less scale formation less internal corrosion

replace the gage or have it calibrated greater evaporator efficiency Spotface See illustration number(s): GS-0015

11

11 11

Counterbore

Countersink

Counterdrill

Fully threaded, half Close, short, long, and threaded, long, and short tank

Standard, extra-strong, Cast, wrought, stainless, double extra-strong, and and brass schedule 80 clamp morse sleeve

11

403 B To drill a hole in round stock, perpendicular to the axis of the piece, the stock should be mounted in a _____________.

collet

V-block

11

404 A For the proper control of the air temperature in an air conditioning Chilled water system system using chilled water circulation, which of the listed supply temperature. conditions should remain constant regardless of load changes? 405 B Which of the following is NOT an identifiable characteristic of a steam reciprocating pump? 406 B The pressure of a liquid leaving the pump can be referred to as the ___________. 407 C Obstructed suction passages in the casing or pintle of a radial piston hydraulic pump will cause the _____________. 408 B Potable water piping systems installed aboard ships must be _______. 409 C A pressure gage pointer responding sluggishly to changes in pressure, should be repaired by ______________. 410 B Tube leaks in the distillate cooler of a two stage flash evaporator will result in _____________. 411 B The device illustrated is known as a _____________. Direct-acting total head pump back pressure to decrease

Chilled water system return temperature.

Compressor discharge temperature.

Compressor suction pressure.

11 11 11

Diffuser discharge head pump return and discharge pressures to equalize

High-pressure

Vertical

net positive suction head suction head pumped fluid volume to decrease pump discharge flow to drop to zero

11

disinfected monthly with independent of all other a chlorine compound piping systems tapping the gage housing lightly loss of second stage vacuum semi-balanced rudder bending the needle to free the linkage contamination of the distillate unbalanced rudder

cadmium lined to prevent flushed each time internal corrosion potable water is taken onboard cleaning the residue from greasing the hair spring gear teeth lower feed inlet contamination of the temperature second stage condenser horn-hung rudder balanced rudder See illustration number(s): GS-0101

11 11

11 11 11

412 C The threaded pipe fitting called "street elbows" have male threads only female threads only _______________. 413 D Increasing the feed pressure on a drill as its point begins to break break cleanly through the cut an elongated hole in through the bottom of the workpiece will cause the drill to bottom of the workpiece the bottom of the workpiece ___________. 414 C Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) require a method for the relief The relief valve from the The relief valve settings of an overpressurized refrigeration system. Which of the following receiver must relieve to shall be 1 1/4 times the statements complies with these regulations? the condenser first. maximum allowable working pressure. 415 C Air leakage between the shaft and stuffing box packing in a a compressed packing centrifugal pump is prevented by ______________. gland 416 D The suction-force principle of operation is a typical characteristic centrifugal pumps of _______________.

male and female threads interrupted threads on each end form a tapered hole in dig into the workpiece the bottom of the and tend to whirl it workpiece around A rupture disk may be fitted in series with the relief valve. The rupture disk shall burst at a pressure not higher than 10% above the relief valve setting. the stuffing box gland reciprocating pumps

11

11 11

lantern rings between the a liquid seal packing rings jet pumps propeller pumps

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 418 C In an automation system, increasing or decreasing the loading pressure by a set amount is known as _____________. positioning

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


proportioning biasing controlling

General Knowledge

11

419 B A fuel oil tank pneumercator will give an inaccurate reading if the pneumercator is ____________. recharged with the air supply open 420 B Which of the following statements represents an advantage of a triple-effect submerged tube evaporator compared to a singleeffect submerged tube evaporator?

pneumercator balance pressure in the system is chamber bleed orifice is allowed to equalize blocked by the oil being measured Less scale formation

operating cock is placed in the "vent" position when the system is not in use Less complex to maintain and operate volute type closures gaging chuck motion

11

Greater purity of distillate Lower consumption of steam per pound of distillate produced

11 11 11

421 C Hydraulic pumps most commonly used in steering systems are of lobe type screw type the ____________. 422 A Fittings used to close the ends of pipe are called "pipe caps ells _____________". 423 B When drilling blind holes with a standard drill press, the proper moving the working table using a depth stop method of stopping the progress of the drill boring through the work is by __________. 424 D In a direct expansion type multi-box refrigeration system, the pressurestat compressor is set up to cycle on and off by the _____________. 425 C An additive used to improve the ability of a lube oil to reduce friction is known as a/an ____________. 427 B One advantage of a flash distilling plant when compared to a submerged tube distiller is _____________. suppressant additive high pressure cutout

axial piston type tees adjusting the spindle return spring solenoid valve

11

low pressure cutout switch viscosity improver additive less feedwater is required for equal plant capacity may be connected if they are used only for wash water C+D When the rudder angle is different from the position of the helm. Quad ring thread only on one end Fuel oil service booster system Decreasing the suction pressure Feet of water for both positive and negative heads Seconds Saybolt Universal number See illustration number(s): GS-0111

11 11

dispersant additive

greater distillate purity cold shocking for scale through high temperature removal is not required evaporation may be temporarily interconnected with a removable spool A+D

extreme pressure additive less internal corrosion because of lower brine density

11

428 C Potable and non-potable water systems aboard vessel ______.

are permanently may never be interconnected through a interconnected by any double stop valve means B+D C+A When the ram relief valves lift.

11 11

429 D The term, whole depth of the gear, shown in the illustration, is equal to _______. 430 D In an electro-hydraulic steering gear system, when will the variable displacement pump be placed on stroke?

When the helm is at any When the six-way valve angle other than is opened. amidships. Cup seal

11 11 11 11 11

threaded along the entire shorter than the nipple length outside diameter 433 B Which of the pumping systems listed for use aboard ship will most Fluid power transmission Main circulating system Steering gear system likely use a propeller type pump? system 434 C Which of the listed operations will cause an automatically Closing of the solenoid Closing of the expansion An increase in the controlled refrigeration compressor to restart? valve valve suction pressure 435 D Which of the units of measurement listed below are used to Inches of mercury for Feet of water for positive Inches of mercury for express positive and negative suction heads when calculating positive head and feet of head and inches of both positive and pump head or hydraulic horsepower? water for negative head mercury for negative negative heads head 436 B The ability of lubricating oils to resist viscosity changes during temperature changes is indicated by the ____________. American Petroleum Institute number viscosity index number Seconds Saybolt Furol number

431 D In application, which of the listed sealing devices is most similar to V-ring an O-ring? 432 B A "close nipple" is a piece of pipe that is _____________. less than 1/2 inch long

U-ring

11

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 437 D The necessity of the six-way valve, as used on many older steering gears, has been replaced by ___________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


a simpler two-way valve check valves installed in servo control units the discharge/return lines installed on the main of the steering gear steering gear units pumps Emulsifiers at the turn of the bilge Suppressants the keel strake Depressants the drop strake an automatic method of remotely changing over steering gear pumps Extreme pressure the sheer strake

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): GS-0123

11 11

438 B Which of the additives listed is used to reduce the foaming tendency of lube oil? 439 D In ship construction, the shell plating is arranged in strakes and assigned letter designations. If the strakes were lettered "A" through "K", the "K" strake will be ______________. 440 D The suction side of the illustrated pump is identified by the letter "_____." 441 B The illustrated valve, figure A, needs to be repaired due to a leak across the valve disk. To disassemble the valve you should ___________?

11 11

first fully loosen part #8, turn the hand wheel clockwise as viewed from then turn the handwheel clockwise to separate the the top, using a pipe bonnet from the body wrench for assistance

first fully loosen part #8, tighten part #4 then turn the handwheel counterclockwise to separate the bonnet from the body coupling tee

See illustration number(s): GS-0129 See illustration number(s): GS-0140

11 11

442 B To connect two lengths of pipe previously set in place, you should nipple use a pipe _____________. 443 B One of the steps required to increase the drilling speed of a drill move the drive belt to a press is to _____________. smaller diameter motor pulley 444 C Saltwater is typically provided to a refrigeration system to cool the expansion valve _____________. 445 D Which of the following propeller materials will not require stress Manganese bronze relief treatment after minor repairs, straightening of the tips or the thinning of the blade edges? 446 A Which of the figures illustrated correctly identifies the position of the journal while it is stopped? 447 D As the designated rudder angle is being achieved, as a result of the original command input, the steering gear follow-up mechanism is ____________. 448 C Which of the additives listed is used to lower the pour point of a lubricating oil? 449 B In ship construction, the strakes are given letter designations beginning with the letter "A." The "A" strake is adjacent to the ___________. 450 A The clutch band of a constant tensioning mooring winch must be set up tight enough to drive the winch drum and should slip only when _____________. 451 C Under normal operating conditions, the rudder is hydraulically locked unless _____________. A in motion, providing a null input

union

change to a larger move the drive belt to a change the terminal smaller diameter spindle connections of the drive diameter spindle motor pulley prevent refrigerant superheating Nickel manganese bronze B not in motion, thus providing a null input condense the refrigerant prevent motor gas overheating Manganese nickel Nickel aluminum bronze aluminum bronze C in motion, providing an input to place the main pump on maximum stroke Depressants turn of the bilge strake D in motion, providing an input to place the main pump at null stroke Extreme pressure sheer strake See illustration number(s): GS-0121

11 11

11 11

11 11

Emulsifiers deck edge strake

Suppressants keel

11

excessive loads are placed on the winch

minimum pull is being exerted by the winch

automatic operation of the winch is desired

wire is being retrieved at the maximum rate an electric power system failure occurs at the steering gear permanent Certificate of Inspection is issued leather mallet back pressure regulating valve

11

the manual trick wheel is the variable stroke pump a rudder order is given engaged for steering is off stroke by the control system Minerals Management Service approval is issued drill drift compressor suction valve classification society approval is issued vice grip solenoid bypass

11

452 D Temporary Certificates of Inspection for offshore drilling units are Operations Manual is approved effective until the ______________. 453 B A tapered shank drill is removed from the drill press spindle with taper punch a _____________. 454 D In a direct expansion type cargo refrigeration system, a box is hand expansion valve normally changed from chill to freeze by adjusting the _____________.

11 11

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 455 C Lead wrapped flexible packing, rated for temperatures of up to 450F and shaft speeds up to 1000 RPM, will not be suitable for use with _________________. 456 B Which of the following statements is correct concerning the viscosity of lubricating oil?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


monel metal shafts steel shafts bronze shafts cast iron shafts

General Knowledge

11

Viscosity will increase as Viscosity is a measure of Viscosity will decrease temperature increases. a fluid's internal as temperature resistance to flow. decreases. not be in motion, thus a null input be in motion providing an input to place the variable stroke pump on maximum stroke Water content Tightening the gland in all the way and then backing it off slightly.

Viscosity is not dependent on temperature. be in motion providing an See illustration input to place the number(s): GS-0123 variable stroke pump at null stroke Acid content Operating the pump slowly and applying oil freely to the shaft until the packing is properly seated. opened hydraulically and held open by spring action whenever the electrical supply is secured

11

457 A A command signal input to the steering gear has initiated rudder be in motion with a null movement for 20 right rudder. The follow-up mechanism at the input beginning of the rudder movement will ____________. 458 B The pour point of lubricating oils is affected the most by which of the following? 459 A To prevent overheating and scoring of the shaft after repacking the stuffing box, which of the following procedures should be carried out? Extensive centrifuging Tighten the packing in small increments while the pump is operating.

11 11

Wax content Lubricate the packing with cylinder oil before installing new turns of packing.

11

460 A When the hydraulic control lever for a deck winch is placed in the engaged by spring action released by spring action and hydraulically locks neutral or off position, the spring set brake on the fluid motor drive and only released by the winch when the drum hydraulic pressure shaft is _____________. ceases rotating

engaged by spring action and is insured to be locked in place by hydraulic pressure

11

461 B Which of the valve arrangements listed can be used to modify the Close valves "C3", "C4", Close valves "C2", "C4", Close valves "C1", "C3", Close valves "C1", "C2", See illustration four ram hydraulic steering gear system, shown in the illustration, and open valves "B1", and open valves "B2", and open valves "B1", and open valves "B3", number(s): GS-0067 to a working two ram system? "B2" "B4" "B2", "B3" "B4" 462 B The type of shaft coupling used on the pump illustrated is best described as a ___________. 463 A To remove a hand held right-handed straight cut reamer after it has gone all the way through a hole, you should __________________. 464 C A pressure drop in the liquid line of a refrigeration system may cause _____________. 465 D Moisture and impurities can be removed from pneumatic systems by using ______________. 466 B The viscosity of an oil is a measure of its _______________. 467 B The purpose of the propeller fairwater cone is to ________. flexible grid coupling turn the tap wrench clockwise, simultaneously raising the reamer the solenoid valve to seize air intake heaters weight solid coupling gear coupling jaw coupling work the reamer side to side to dislodge it See illustration number(s): GS-0143

11 11

tap the reamer out with a turn the tap wrench softfaced hammer counterclockwise, simultaneously raising the reamer the compressor to hunt desiccated suction strainers internal friction flash gas to form in the liquid line multi-orificed suction valves demulsibility eliminate axial thrust are reduced in temperature to just above the pour point ceilings Figure F

11 11 11 11 11

the expansion valve to freeze open blowdown valves and filters S.A.E. number eliminate cavitation become extremely agitated or aerated

lock the propeller nut in minimize water position turbulence 468 B Although lube oils used in the main lubricating service systems are exposed to a vacuum come in contact with should have a relatively high flash point to avoid ignition, they can extremely hot surfaces create smoke and fire hazards when they __________. 469 B Vertical transverse structures in the double bottom are known as pillars _________. 470 B The reading indicated on a vernier micrometer caliper scale is Figure A .8046 inches. Which of the figure in the illustration represents this reading? 471 D When the helm is turned on the navigation bridge, which of the The pumps go to full listed actions will be the FIRST response in the steering room on stroke. a ship equipped with an electro-hydraulic steering gear? floors Figure B

11 11

stanchions Figure G See illustration number(s): GS-0083

11

The six-way valve aligns Both port and starboard itself with the running cables are energized. pump.

The synchronous receiver turns, duplicating the helm motion.

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 472 C Item "B" shown in the illustrated hydraulic circuit is used to _________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


act as a power source to act as a power source to shut down the remotely operate the pumps operate the pump operated electric motor indicated as "F" indicated as "E" driven pump when the watertight door has closed tap the holes without cutting oil 12 months wearing rings

General Knowledge
shut down the operation See illustration of pump "E" when the number(s): GS-0103 watertight door has closed

11 11 11

473 A If you are hand tapping holes in cast iron, you should _____________. 474 B Certificates of Inspection for offshore drilling units are issued for a period of ____________. 475 B Permanent centrifugal pump shaft damage due to erosion, corrosion, and wear at the stuffing box is usually prevented by ________________. 477 D On vessels using reach rods to manually control the tank valves, one turn of the handwheel on deck will produce how many turns of the valve stem at the valve? 478 D The flash point of most lube oils used in a main lubricating system should be approximately ____________. 479 D The structural member shown in the illustration by the letter "M" is identified as a _____________. 480 D Hydraulic cranes must be properly warmed-up before being operated because _____________.

flood the tap with mineral chamfer the edges of the start tapping with a plug oil holes tap 24 months 36 months 48 months renewable sleeves a hardened sprayed metal coating Three-fourths of a turn internally flooded lantern rings One turn

11

One-fourth of a turn

One-half of a turn

11 11 11

80F to 100F swash plate

140F to 160F deck frame or girder

250F to 300F bilge bracket

350F to 450F floor hydraulic fluid must be at the proper viscosity See illustration number(s): GS-0086

warm-up allows the relief hydraulic strainers warm-up allows the operate only during the valves to be properly hydraulic system to warm-up period become charged with oil tested closing of the six-way valve driving the rams up against the stops

11

481 D In an electro-hydraulic steering gear, any change in relative the pump going to full position between the synchronous receiver and the follow-up gear stroke will result in _____________. 482 B Keyless propeller hubs secured to tailshafts by "pilgrim nuts", are removed by _____________. 484 B What is the reading of the vernier micrometer caliper scale shown in figure "B" in the illustration? 485 D Which of the following statements describes the function of an air compressor intake filter? spring-loaded jacks 0.7996 inch

a corresponding slowing or increasing of the pumped flow rate hydraulic lever arms 0.8550 inch Protects against the damaging effects of airborne solid particles. See illustration number(s): GS-0083

11 11 11

hydraulic pressure 0.8046 inch

heating with a torch 0.8460 inch Prevents lubricating oil contamination of the compressed air supply.

Protects against suction Provides a positive valve float. pressure on the air inlet valves. Ash content, carbon residue, and gravity Roughness electrical inductance of water Viscosity, acidity, and demulsibility Deep ridges

11

486 B Which of the listed characteristics of lube oil are the most important to the engineer from an operational standpoint? 487 A Which of the following conditions will indicate a need for a finishing cut to be taken on the pump shaft? 488 B A salinity indicating system functions on the basic principle of measuring the _____________.

Pour point, flash point, Autoignition point, and precipitation number viscosity index, and film strength Corrugations All of the above hydrogen ion concentration of water sheer strake

11 11

electrical conductivity of specific gravity of water water garboard strake bilge strake

11

489 B In ship construction, the shell plating is arranged in strakes, with keel strake four of the strakes being specifically identified by name. The strake next to the keel is identified as the ____________. 490 A The number of screw threads per inch for a Standard National Coarse 1/2 inch bolt is ______________. 491 A In the steering gear system shown in the illustration, if the maximum working pressure is applied to the face of the ram, the total force on the piston will be ____________. 13 209,230 lbs

11 11

16 836,920 lbs 836,920 in.lbs

18 24,000,000 in.lbs

20 See illustration number(s): GS-0104

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


The name of the The location of the The time it took to lower lifeboatman in charge of vessel at the time of the the boat. each lifeboat. drill. Figure B Figure D Figure G

General Knowledge

492 A After conducting a boat drill on a mobile offshore drilling unit, The condition of the which of the following is the master or person in charge required equipment used during to enter into the logbook? the drill. 493 D The reading on a vernier caliper scale is indicated as 2.368 inches. Which of the figures shown in the illustration represents this reading? 494 A What class of bulkhead is required around the galley on a MODU? 495 C In a flash type evaporator, all saltwater headers are vented through individual vent cocks to the _________. 496 B What is the reading of the vernier micrometer caliper scale shown in figure "E" in the illustration? 497 C An axial piston, variable stroke pump is used in a vessel's hydraulic steering gear. Under pressure, oil continually leaks out from between the valve plate/ cylinder barrel and will ___________. 499 C The garboard strake is located ____________. Figure A

11

See illustration number(s): GS-0082

11 11 11 11

Class A saltwater heater shell 0.3001 inch cause loss of hydraulic oil from the system

Class B

Class C

Class D second-stage flash chamber 0.3251 inch result in the system high side pressure to substantially drop off at the turn of the bilge

second-stage condenser atmosphere 0.3101 inch result in extreme damage to the pump 0.3151 inch cause damage to the pump if not continually drained from the pump casing

See illustration number(s): GS-0083

11 11

at the very bottom center just under the sheer line at each side of the keel

weld counterweights to drill holes through the 500 C A centrifugal pump vibrates excessively during operation. Upon the light side of the heavy side of the disassembling the pump it is found that the impeller is out of balance. Without an available spare, you should ____________. impeller until it balances impeller 501 C Which of the tolerances listed is allowed on the outside diameter .060 inch of the bushing illustrated? 502 A In the steering gear unit shown in the illustration, which of the Ram cylinder "A" is actions listed will occur as "left rudder" is being attained? under hydraulic pressure. 503 B Lantern rings are provided on centrifugal pumps to ________. allow illuminated inspection of shaft and packing .002 inch Ram cylinder "H" is relieving hydraulic pressure. provide a passage for the stuffing box sealing liquid

acid wash and scrape remove metal from the heavy side by machining the heavy side until it balances in a lathe .0005 inch Ram cylinder "D" is under hydraulic pressure. adjust leakage at the shaft gland 1.6015 inches All of the above. See illustration number(s): GS-0017 See illustration number(s): GS-0104

11 11

11

allow for distortion of the wearing rings

11

504 D Moisture is removed from a refrigeration system by _____________. 505 A Why will a two stage flash type distilling plant tend to operate more efficiently when operating in cold seawater?

bleeding refrigerant from opening a drain petcock condensing the water in using a dehydrator the condenser on the oil separator the heat exchanger cartridge The colder seawater passing through the condenser tube bundles of the various stages increases evaporator vacuum. 65 Fewer noncondensable The amount of heated gases are created by the feedwater discharged flow of colder seawater. from the feedwater heater aftercondenser is increased. 80 90 More seawater is allowed to pass through the first stage overflow weir.

11

11

506 D Pipe friction during oil transfer will be the greatest during the transfer of a lubricating oil at 130F with a viscosity index of ________.

100

11

508 B To maintain the design discharge pressure of a centrifugal pump, impeller and lantern ring impeller and casing the clearance between the ____________. is critical wearing rings is critical 509 D The garboard strake shown in the illustration is identified by the B letter "____." 510 C Which of the listed pumps, shown in the illustration, is fitted with a Bilge pump relief valve on its discharge side? 511 D The tolerance of the largest diameter of the tool shown in the .006 inch maximum illustration is __________. D Ballast pump .003 inch maximum

packing box and packing gland seal and packing gland is critical gland is critical E General service pump + .003 inch F All of the above + .000 or - .003 inch See illustration number(s): GS-0086 See illustration number(s): GS-0042 See illustration number(s): GS-0016

11 11 11

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 512 A The steering gear unit shown in the illustration, which of the conditions listed will occur as "left rudder" is being obtained and only the "No. 1" steering gear pump is running? 513 C A lantern ring is _____________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


Cylinder end "H" is under Cylinder end "A" is pressure. relieving. Cylinder end "E" is under Cylinder end "F" is pressure. relieving.

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): GS-0104

11

the bottom ring in a set of piston rings

the oil slinger on a spring used to distribute seal bearing water throughout the pump stuffing box freeze in the king valve

the lifting ring on each running light clog the oil trap

11

514 A Moisture in the refrigerant may _____________.

freeze on the expansion emulsify the oil in the valve seat and reduce condenser the flow of liquid refrigerant Steam carryover between stages is reduced. Figure A Evaporator vacuum is increased. Figure D

11

515 B Why would a flash type distilling unit be more efficient when operated in cooler seawater temperatures? 516 B The reading on a vernier caliper scale is indicated as 1.820 inches. Which of the figures shown in the illustration represents this reading? 517 A When comparing a bent-axis, axial piston, variable stroke hydraulic pump, to a variable angle tilting box, axial piston pump where the number, diameters, and rotating speed of the pistons are the same, the significant difference is the ___________. 518 C When using the draw file method, which of the listed types of files will produce a fine finish? 519 C The end joint formed by adjoining plates in a hull plating strake is properly identified as a ____________. 520 C In which of the following descriptions would centrifugal pump impeller cavitation most likely occur if the impeller diameters, rotating speed, and liquid temperature are the same?

The amount of available Feedwater flow from the feedwater heater is flash steam is increased. decreased. Figure F Figure G See illustration number(s): GS-0082

11

11

maximum capacity

maximum pressure

minimum pressure

minimum capacity

11 11 11

A double cut file bracket

A bastard file scarph

A single cut file butt A single-stage impeller with curved vanes.

A second cut file seam A two-stage pump with an operating speed 100 RPM less than specified.

In the second stage of a A single-stage impeller two-stage pump. with straight vanes.

11

522 A Which of the following precautions should be observed Deterioration of paints, Fluid viscosity always increases as a normal concerning the introduction of a fire resistant fluid into a hydraulic seals, metals, and system? electrical insulation may result of its use. occur. 523 A Marine sanitation devices installed on vessels must be certified by the ___________. U.S. Coast Guard American Bureau of Shipping Figure D

Decreased wear rates of Only chemically active components is an filters may be used. advantage of its use. Society of Naval Architects and Marine Engineers Figure F Enviromental Protection Agency Figure G See illustration number(s): GS-0083

11

11

524 B The reading indicated on a vernier micrometer caliper scale is Figure C .5260 inches. Which of the figure in the illustration represents this reading? 525 B The condensers located in the various stages of a flash evaporator are cooled by _____________. 526 C When cutting external threads on a steel pipe with a die, you should _____________. distillate start the die at a slight angle with the work to create tapered threads

11 11

seawater

brine

air

tap the die with a continue turning until the never use a lubricant hammer to break up the end of the pipe has gone chips through the die and is flush with the die face Thermal valve Pressure switch Low lube oil pressure switch Rapid closing of a spring closed basin faucet. See illustration number(s): GS-0119

11

527 B Which of the components listed could cause the device shown in Compresser discharge the illustration to go into a complete automatic shutdown? temperature switch 528 D Which of the following conditions is most likely to cause water hammer in the potable water system? The hydro-pneumatic tank being properly charged.

11

The starting of the potable water pump.

A low water level in the potable water storage tank.

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11 11 529 D The welded joint located between two plates in the same strake of hull plating is called a _____________. 530 B The tendency of a flammable liquid to vaporize is indicated by its ____________. 531 A Which of the conditions listed does the blueprint symbol shown in the illustration represent? 532 B When responding to a "right rudder" command from the amidships position, which parts of the steering gear system illustrated will be subjected to the highest pressure? 533 B On many modern tankers, which of the following devices is used to reduce cargo pump leakage to the pump room bilge? 534 D Moisture entering a typical refrigeration system will most likely _____________. 535 C In a two stage flash distilling plant, which of the pumps listed is vented to the shell of the second stage in order to remove vapor from the pump suction? 536 B The component which is used to thoroughly separate small, fine, dust-like particulate contamination from hydraulic fluid is a/an _____________. 537 C When discharge air pressure from the device shown in the illustration exceeds 110 psi, the compressor will __________________. 538 D Short cycling of the potable water pump is avoided by the proper use of a ________. bracket

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


scarf flash point A groove must be machined at the points designated. "E" and "B" lap flammable range The thread form to be machined on the bolt. "F" and "E" butt convection index The surface should be finished with a welded overlay. "B" and "C"

General Knowledge

ignition temperature All surfaces are to be finish machined. "C" and "F"

See illustration number(s): GS-0028 See illustration number(s): GS-0137

11

11

Flinger rings

Mechanical seals

Shaft sleeves

Clipper seals

11

boil in the condenser

be removed by the liquid cause sweating and frost freeze in the expansion line strainers on the evaporator coils valve Feedwater heater drain pump filter Distillate pump Air ejector condenser drain pump strainer

11

Condenser circulating water pump accumulator

11

separator

11

electrically shut down regardless of the discharge air temperature hydro-pneumatic tank completely filled with compressed air at system operating pressure pillars

release excess air via component "E"

unload excess air from the receiver via component "D" charge of air, at 20 psi (137.9 kPa) above system pressure with the hydro-pneumatic tank one quarter full of water columns

unload excess air from the receiver via component "B" charge of air, at system pressure, when the hydro pneumatic tank is half full of water

See illustration number(s): GS-0120

11

hydro-pneumatic tank filled with water

11

539 D Structural members used to support and transmit the downward force of the load and distribute that force over a large area, are called ______________.

stanchions

all of the above

11

540 B Thermostatic steam pressure reducing valves are used in the fuel double bottom fuel oil oil service system to control the ______________. tank temperature 541 B When the propeller blades are integral with the hub, the propeller is called a _____________. 542 B The best gasket material to use in cargo fuel oil lines is _____________________. 543 C When fire safe or fire resistant fluid is to be used in a hydraulic system, it is important that _____________. built up propeller sheet asbestos the resultant pressure, due to the increase in fluid viscosity, is not excessive freezing the expansion valve closed

heater supply steam flow pressure of the fuel supplied to the burners solid propeller controllable pitch propeller cork sheet packing

attemperator steam flow in the heater discharge circuit suction back propeller unvulcanized packing separate lube oil supply be furnished for the hydraulic pump

11 11 11

oil-resistant sheet packing the fluid does not the fluid be compatible dissipate too much heat with all seal materials used

11

544 D Moisture in a refrigeration system can cause _____________.

corrosion of system piping Figure D

improper temperature regulation Figure E

all of the above

11

545 A The reading indicated on a vernier micrometer caliper scale is Figure C .4678 inches. Which of the figure in the illustration represents this reading?

Figure F

See illustration number(s): GS-0083

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 547 D During the operation of the device shown in the illustration, the required compressed air output has stabilized within a pressure range of 100-110 psi. Which of the following statements of operating conditions is correct? 548 B The process of grinding, shredding, or reducing the size of sewage particles is known as ________. 549 D In ship construction, which of the listed strengthening members act to support the decks? 550 D The lowest temperature at which fuel combustion becomes selfsustaining in the presence of a source of ignition, is defined as the ____________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


Component "B" is closed and will open when output pressure had dropped below 50 psi. detension Pillars autoignition point Component "D" is open and will close when output pressure rises above 110 psi. maceration Girders flash point

General Knowledge

Component "F" will force Component "E" is See illustration "E" to be driven to the full modulated proportionally number(s): GS-0120 open position. in response to the required output. bulking Bulkheads burning temperature chlorinating All of the above fire point

11 11 11

11

Figure B 551 C The reading indicated on a vernier micrometer caliper scale is .6383 inches. Which of the figure in the illustration represents this reading? 553 C What is the reading of the vernier micrometer caliper scale shown in figure "D" in the illustration? 554 C Which of the problems listed could be indicated if a sight glass in the refrigerant liquid line is full of bubbles? 555 B When the air compressor is idle, the illustrated device should be in a functional position as "G" is ___________. 0.5110 inch

Figure D

Figure F

Figure G

See illustration number(s): GS-0083 See illustration number(s): GS-0083

11 11 11

0.5160 inch

0.5260 inch Insufficient refrigerant

0.5290 inch

Proper refrigerant charge Faulty expansion valve expanded, "E" is compressed, "E" is seated and "F" is vented unseated and "F" is vented to the to the atmosphere atmosphere designate the type of weldment disks and seats should be checked and lapped if necessary designate the welding specifications bonnet, flange gaskets should be renewed if they were cut or torn

Solenoid valve stuck open See illustration compressed, "E" is expanded, "E" is unseated and "F" directs unseated and "F" directs number(s): GS-0029 compressed air from the compressed air from the receiver to the area at receiver to the area at "A" "A" See illustration number(s): GS-0030

11 11

557 B Using the information in the illustration shown, the tail of the welding symbol will _______. 558 D During routine maintenance the bilge manifold valves are removed. Prior to resecuring the valve bonnets, the valve ________.

specify the size of specify the direction of weldment welding stem packing should be all of the above renewed if the packing has hardened, the glands have bottomed out, or the glands cannot be tightened stanchions 3 ft brackets None of the above the bottom of the sump should be integral with the shell plating

11 11 11

559 A Vertical support members used to strengthen bulkheads are called _____________. 560 A In diagram "A", shown in the illustration, at what draft does the vessel displace 3000 tons? 561 A Design characteristics of lubricating oil sump tanks will include _____________.

stiffeners 9 ft installation of baffles to prevent excessive sloshing of oil

panels 6 ft

See illustration number(s): SF-0024

cooling coils made of sufficient capacity to contain all the lube oil in welded seamless steel pipe the system except for the contents of the gravity tank first loosening part #4, opening the valve then retightening part #4 turning the handwheel counterclockwise, as viewed from the top

11

562 C You would open the illustrated valve "A" by _______________.

turning the handwheel clockwise, as viewed from the top

first loosening part #8, then turning the handwheel counterclockwise as viewed from the top all of the above

See illustration number(s): GS-0140

11

563 D When changing to a fire resistant hydraulic fluid in a system, it is seals important to check the compatibility of the new fluid with the system's _____________. 564 B Some refrigeration systems have chemical moisture indicators installed in conjunction with the sight glass in the liquid line. If excess moisture is present in the system, the indicator will _____________. activate the driers

metals and plating

paint

11

change color

secure the compressor

add a predetermined amount of liquid drier

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11 566 D Which of the following statements describes the functions of a reservoir used in a hydraulic system? 567 C The advantages of flash type evaporators, as compared to submerged tube type evaporators, include _____________. Dissipate heat

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


Trap foreign matter higher temperature evaporation for lower salinity of the distillate produced Place 20 gals. (75.7 L) of fuel oil tank-wash into the affected bilge well for one hour to dissolve the stoppage. doubler plating installed over the flat keel plate field weld operates at a lower efficiency at a fixed speed "C" Separate air from the oil All of the above less scale formation in a less feedwater required flash evaporator for a flash evaporator

General Knowledge

less internal corrosion because of lower brine density List the ship to port in order to pump out the bilges for the remainder of the voyage.

11

568 C The aft, starboard bilge-well can not be pumped out, and back flushing has not been successful. The next practical solution will be to carry out which of the following actions?

Take all necessary steps to properly and safely pump out the affected bilge well, then manually "muck" it out. a watertight boundary formed by the inner bottom all around weld produces the same torque at lower engine power "E"

Change over and use one of the two remaining bilge pumps to dewater the starboard bilge well.

11

569 D The double bottom in a vessel is a space comprised of ______________. 571 C The welding symbol as shown in the illustration uses a circle to indicate a/an _______. 572 A Compared to a constant pitch propeller, a controllable pitch propeller _____________. 573 C While responding to a right full rudder command from the amidships position, which of the cylinders illustrated will be fully pressurized on the face of the pistons? 574 A A liquid indicator sight glass is useful in determining whether or not a refrigeration system is sufficiently charged. It is generally located in the ____________. 575 C The tool best suited for cutting pipeline flange gaskets to the correct size is ____________. 576 D A hand hacksaw blade is normally installed in the saw frame with the teeth pointing away from the saw handle, because ____________.

plating forming the engine room tank top plug weld more efficiently uses available engine power "B"

compartments between the inner and outer bottoms round fillet weld develops its rated power at a lower speed "A" See illustration number(s): GS-0104 See illustration number(s): GS-0030

11 11

11

11

high pressure liquid line

low pressure liquid line

high pressure vapor line low pressure vapor line

11 11

a pair of tin snips the blade will always break if installed otherwise

a jack knife cutting fluid must flow down the teeth scale formation is not a severe problem

a gasket cutter

a ball peen hammer

the blade will overheat if cutting pressure is most installed otherwise easily put on the forward stroke cold shocking is more effective in removing scale water purity is greatly increased at high capacity Transfer half the contents of a drum of degreaser into the bilge well and pump out the bilge well with the system. reduce liquid movement within a tank 30 feet 08 inches

11

577 B One distinct advantage of flash type evaporators, as compared to high temperature most other evaporators, is that in a flash evaporator ________. distillate can be recirculated to induce additional flashing 578 B The bilge system is unable to pump out the aft starboard engine room bilge-well due to the bilge-well suction being fouled. With two feet of water over the top of the bilge-well, which of the following actions should be carried out? Send the wiper into the bilge-well with a scoop and pail.

11

Simultaneously operate Remove the effected bilge manifold valve and all available bilge pumps. attempt to back flush the line.

11

579 D The purpose of swash bulkheads is to ____________.

minimize the effect of a listing condition 30 feet 00 inches

restrict flooding within a tank 30 feet 02 inches

separate cargoes in a common tank 30 feet 04 inches

11

580 C A vessel has a mean draft of 28 feet 08 inches. If the TPI immersion is 50 and the final forward draft is 30 feet 00 inches, what will be the after draft after taking on nine hundred tons of fuel oil? 581 D Which of the following statements is correct concerning the operation of the bucket type steam trap shown?

11

The bucket will not open Condensate will flow from the valve opened by the valve until the trap the rising bucket. has been completely filled with condensate.

Condensate flow is continuously controlled by the permanently maintained operating level of the bucket.

The valve is opened by the sinking bucket.

See illustration number(s): GS-0048

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 582 B A hacksaw blade is normally placed in the saw frame with the ______________. 583 B Dual electro-hydraulic steering units usually operate _____________. 584 C If a liquid sight flow indicator in a refrigeration system shows gas bubbles in motion passing inside of the glass, there is _____________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


maximum possible tension on the blade with both pumps on line at the same time too much refrigerant in the system teeth pointing away from blade tooth set adjusted teeth angled toward the the handle for maximum cutting saw handle width with one pump on standby oil entrained in the refrigerant lapping in with the follow-up gear disconnected less than a full charge of refrigerant in the system refacing only when the rudder is moved amidships ice crystals forming in the refrigerant spotting in

General Knowledge

11 11

11

585 B Very small irregularities on the seat and disk of a globe valve may honing be manually repaired with the valve in place by the process known as _____________. 586 B Diamond point chisels are best used for cutting ___________. oil grooves in bearings

11 11

V-grooves and inside sharp angles Open the bilge pump for Remove each of the 588 D The bilge system has been performing well; however, the aft manifold valves. starboard engine room bilge-well suddenly fails to be pumped out. inspection. Which of the following should be done first to determine the cause? 589 D In ship construction, the hull frame members extending athwartship are called ____________. 590 B How can you determine the date that the pressure vessels on your ship will require a hydrostatic test or internal inspection? deck frames Check the boiler equipment list. stringer frames

holes through metal plate keyways having square corners Attempt to pump out Remove only the another bilge well to manifold valve to the determine if the entire affected bilge-well. system is affected. longitudinal frames transverse frames Check the pressure vessel addenda to the vessel's SOLAS certificate.

11 11

Check the ABS class Check the pressure certificates. vessel block on the Certificate of Inspection.

11

591 B An S-type trap and drain is used _____________.

for all lavatory sink whenever the "gray" installations, as no other water drain system drain type is useable connection is located in the deck

whenever the "gray" as a condensate drain water drain system for superheaters connection is located in a bulkhead blade should be kept loose in the frame standby pump blade should be 10 inches in length telemotor

11 11

592 B To properly install a new blade in a hand hacksaw frame, the teeth should point toward teeth should point away _______________. the handle from the handle 593 C If one hydraulic pump of an electro-hydraulic steering unit fails, trick wheel accumulator the vessel's steering can be initially and best maintained by using the _____________. 594 B A sight glass is installed in the liquid line to indicate the condition condition of the of the refrigerant charge and may also indicate the expansion valve _____________. 595 C To accurately cut the proper size gasket for installation in a pipeline, you should use _____________. 596 A Which of the figures shown in the illustrations depicts an orthographic projection? 598 B If one of the bilge system manifold valves does not properly seat, the ________. tin snips A bilge well connected to that valve, plus the second bilge well being pumped will be completely emptied moisture in the system

11

condition of the compressor suction valves a gasket cutter C bilge well aft connected to that valve will siphon its contents to the forward bilge wells valve handwheel

condenser temperature

11 11 11

a jack knife B bilge system will lose vacuum and prevent the other bilges from being pumped out engine order telegraph

a pair of nail clippers D all of the above See illustration number(s): GS-0142

11

599 B The portion of a mechanism that utilizes manual positioning, or rheostat automatic indexing, is known as a detent. An example of a detent used aboard ship can be found in a/an ____________. 600 A In certain circumstances, weldments are preheated before each pass to _____________.

fuel/air ratio control knob

11

reduce internal stresses increase the temperature allow the use of smaller gradient in the weld area welding rods fitup of flange parts flange surface finish roughness

eliminate the need for post heating type of flange material See illustration number(s): GS-0018

11

601 D The sectional lines drawn within the flange sections, shown in the direction of machine illustration, indicate the ____________. cutting

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 602 C The primary function of the device illustrated is to _____.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


intensify the pressure developed by an air compressor during its normal running operation Simplex the system is fully charged open and close the remove all but the suction valves during the frictional load at start up compressors operation to supply compressed air Duplex there is air leaking in from the condenser honing Canister ice crystals are forming in the refrigerant lapping-in

General Knowledge
precharge the cylinders See illustration of an air compressor number(s): GS-0029 prior to the start-up of the unit Bypass the system contains less than a full charge of refrigerant refacing

11 11

603 B Which of the filter/strainer units listed permits you to clean the element while leaving the system on the line? 604 D A liquid sight flow indicator in a refrigeration system is examined and gas bubbles are noted in motion with the fluid flow. This means _____________.

11

605 C A manual process used to remove small irregularities by grinding spotting-in the contact surfaces together of a valve, is called _____________. 606 C The thickest deposit of scale in a flash evaporator is most likely to distillate cooler occur in the tubes of the ____________. 607 A During the normal operation (air supply 50-100 psi) of the device B shown in the illustration, which of the components listed below will be open? zero 608 D When a linear actuator (cylinder) is being retracted without an applied load, the pressure on the oil leaving the "cap end" will be __________. 609 D A recirculating line is provided in the potable hot water system to maintain uniform inlet __________. conditions for the constant speed supply pumps 610 D Which of the figures illustrated correctly identifies the position the A journal will assume in its bearing after it has attained operating speed? 611 D For cutting thin tubing or sheet metal, the proper hacksaw blade should have ______________. 612 B The reading on the vernier caliper scale shown in figure "G" in the illustration is _____________. 613 A The action necessary to transfer the steering control from the wheelhouse to local control in order to use the steering gear room trick wheel, is to _____________. the teeth pointing towards the handle 2.308 inches

11 11

first stage condenser D

saltwater feed heater G

flash chamber H See illustration number(s): GS-0120

11

inversely proportional to inversely proportional to increased as the speed of retraction increases the speed of retraction the flow rate at the rod end maintain flow rates which return overflow from the maintain the desired pressure tanks back to temperature range will eliminate fluid film formation in the piping the potable water tanks throughout the system B C D See illustration number(s): GS-0121

11

11

11 11 11

the blade and teeth of "all-hard" quality 2.368 inches

14 teeth per inch 2.380 inches

32 teeth per inch 3.368 inches See illustration number(s): GS-0082

align the trick wheel to set the six-way control the rudder angle position valve in the trick wheel position be blue Scoring may result.

open the power transfer always place the rudder switch before engaging in the midship position to the trick wheel engage the trick wheel be light green Valve seat will be damaged. show bubbles Bonnet corrosion may result. the incoming feed is at a higher temperature E See illustration number(s): GS-0120

11 11

614 D In an operating refrigeration system low on refrigerant, a liquid be clear line sight glass will _____________. 615 B Why should the use of metallic or semi-metallic packing hooks or Heat transfer is pullers be avoided on bronze or brass shafts, rods, plungers, or restricted. sleeves? 616 B Less scale formation occurs in a flash evaporator than in a submerged tube evaporator because ____________. the distillate produced has greater purity

11

no boiling occurs on heat evaporation occurs at a transfer surfaces higher rate C D

11

617 D Which of the components listed will be open during the start-up B mode (air supply 0-50 psi) of the device shown in the illustration? 618 D As a rule of thumb, when pressure is applied to hydraulic oil, the oil will _____________. 619 A The inner bottom of a ship is the _____________. not be compressed, as liquids are not compressible plating forming the engine room tank top

11

reduce in volume by 1% increase in volume by for every 100 psi 1% for every 1,000 psi increment increment doubler plating installed over the flat keel plate

reduce in volume by 1/2% for every 1,000 psi increment

11

watertight boundary compartment between formed by the skin of the the tank top and skin of ship the ship

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


sympathetic speed critical speed breakaway speed

General Knowledge

620 C When the rotating shaft frequency and the natural vibrating synchronous speed frequency become synchronized at a particular speed, that speed is known as the _____________. 621 D When listed by pitch, which of the hacksaw blades listed would be 14 teeth per inch the most suitable for cutting thin tubing? 622 B Vessel propellers are classified as being right hand or left hand. A the bow right hand propeller turns clockwise when viewed from _______________. 623 B Flanged joints in hydraulic system piping are commonly made leak proof by _______________. 624 B Which of the listed reasons could cause frost to form on the suction line of a refrigeration compressor? 625 B To properly remove packing from a valve stuffing box, you should use a _____________. 626 A The primary reason low pressure evaporators produce distillate more efficiently, and with less scale formation, than high pressure evaporators is ____________. 627 D The air compressor shown in the illustration uses _________. seal welding the mating flange surfaces

11 11

18 teeth per inch the stern

24 teeth per inch the port side

32 teeth per inch the starboard side

11

installing suitable gaskets or O-rings

leather wipers installed with the flange seals

enclosing the flanged connection in a container

11

Shortage of refrigerant in Expansion valve is stuck Liquid line service valve Condenser cooling water the system. open. is closed. temperature is too high. sharpened rod of silver solder evaporation is accomplished in a vacuum packing puller due to the higher temperature of the incoming feed chisel and hammer due to the latent heat of evaporation principle screw driver evaporation in a submerged medium produces more distillate See illustration two lobes rotating in opposite directions, with number(s): GS-0119 the air being compressed due to resistance to flow at its outlet stealer plate dry hydrogen

11 11

11

twin, horizontal pistons to two lobes rotating in the two lobes rotating in opposite directions, with compress air same direction to the air being compress air compressed between the lobes rider plate pure water outer plate pure oxygen margin plate dry nitrogen

11 11

629 C The outer strake of the inner bottom on each side of the ship is called the ____________. 631 C The rubber bladder or separator bag installed in a hydraulic accumulator should only be filled with __________. 632 B When drilling holes larger than 1/2 inch, a smaller pilot hole should be drilled first to ___________.

11

ensure the maximum cut provide a path for the by the large drill dead center of the drill Only hose "J" will be placed under pressure during this maneuver.

allow the use of a drill with a lesser lip clearance angle The starboard ram will extend aft.

increase the cutting speed of the drill bit The six-way valve "N" will See illustration be opened. number(s): GS-0137

11

633 C Which of the following actions will occur with the steering system The rudder stock "G" shown in the illustration when responding to a left rudder turns counterclockwise. command from amidships? 634 C If the refrigeration compressor crankcase is sweating, the cause may be due to _____________. 635 A Copper tubing is best cut with a ________________________. 636 C The illustration shown is called an exploded drawing and is intended to show the __________.

11

a shortage of refrigerant the compressor running continuously tubing cutter internal shape of all component parts hand hacksaw total number of parts in the assembled component volume will increase

liquid refrigerant returning to the compressor pipe cutter parts aligned in the correct order of reassembly volume will decrease

the compressor short cycling on the high pressure cutout flare cutter See illustration disassembled component in a one point number(s): GS-0025 perspective view pour point will be reduced brackets

11 11

11

638 C When normal operating pressure is applied to the hydraulic oil used in a high-pressure system, the oil _______________.

viscosity will decrease

11

639 B In a longitudinally framed ship, the longitudinal frames are held in stringers place and supported by athwartship members called ________________.

web frames

pillars

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 641 C Which of the listed components of a hydraulic system would Modulator enable the pump to be temporarily shutdown, and yet still provide an instantaneous source of hydraulic force? 642 C To cut angle iron and heavy pipe with a hand hacksaw, you should use a blade with what number of teeth per inch?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


Pressure compensator valve Accumulator Sump actuator

General Knowledge

11

14

18

24

32

11

643 C The figures shown in the illustration shows two different positions Changing from position I of the same steering gear hydraulic pump. Which of the following to position II will change statements is correct? the direction of pump rotation. thermal bulb coming 644 A If the suction line between the evaporator and compressor is frosting up, the cause may be due to the thermal expansion valve loose from the suction _____________. line 645 C The tool used to expand and "bell" the ends of small diameter adjustable tube roller copper tubing is a/an _____________. 646 B Most solenoid valves are actuated by _________. a spring 647 B The air compressor shown in the illustration, when used aboard a an on-off cycle unit vessel is typically operated as ____________.

Position I is changed to position II by the followup gear as the desired rudder angle is approached. needle valve is stuck closed adjustable belling tool an electromagnet a constant capacity unit

Changing from position I to position II will always reverse the direction of fluid flow. thermal bulb is in a cold air stream flaring tool the force of gravity a diesel engine air start unit only

Changing from position I See illustration to position II requires a number(s): GS-0102 position change of the six-way valve. all of the above

11

11 11 11

tubing expander refrigerant pressure a constant pressure unit See illustration while operating under all number(s): GS-0119 load conditions

11

648 D Increased internal leakage, in addition to poor hydraulic system response, and inadequate lubrication, is the result of ____________. 649 C The structural members of the hull extending in a fore and aft direction are called _________. 650 D The minimum number of crew members permitted by law to operate your vessel can be determined by checking the _______________. 653 C When there is no movement of the rams on an electrohydraulic steering gear, the tilting box of the running pump is _____________. 654 D If a refrigeration compressor crankcase is sweating, the trouble could be caused by _____________. 655 B Prussian blue is used to _____________.

pump bearings in poor condition frames Station bill

excessively worn actuator-piston packing joiners A. B. S. Certificate

broken directional control low hydraulic oil viscosity valve centering springs longitudinals Master's crew list knees Certificate of Inspection

11 11

11

set for maximum torque

on the purge and vent stroke a minor amount of air in the system

in the neutral position

rotating backwards

11

excessive superheat

normal oil circulation with the expansion valve the refrigerant being stuck in the open position check for leaks in a R-12 trace condensate flow in system if a Halide torch an impulse steam trap is not available all-soft blade hollow core blade

11

check heat exchangers check the fit of a seat for leaks in the waterside and disc of a valve flexible blade temporarily discharging the compressed air to the atmosphere all-hard blade

11 11

656 B The best hacksaw blade to use for cutting brass is the _____________. 657 C The initial unloading (at start-up) of the device shown in the illustration is accomplished by ____________.

the use of an intercooler See illustration holding open the high discharging the relief device number(s): GS-0119 pressure stage reed-type compressed air to the suction valves receiver with the minimum pressure valve closed Cloud point Vacuum designed size of the beams, stiffeners, and shell plating Pressure ICE strength classification of the hull

11 11

658 D Which characteristic or condition will have the greatest effect on increasing a hydraulic oil's viscosity? 659 C In merchant ship construction, the term "scantlings" refers to the ____________.

Pour point

factor of safety involved hull girder strength in with the hog and sag terms of the standard characteristics of the hull model

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11 11 660 C Before boring a blind tapered hole, a good shop practice to follow is to ______________. 662 B When coming to the end of a cut using a hand hacksaw, you should _____________. 663 D Rotation of the steering wheel on the navigation bridge initiates oil pressure being applied to the steering gear rams by _____________. 664 B Frosting or sweating of the suction line of a reciprocating refrigeration compressor indicates a condition which could result in severe damage due to _____________. 665 B A knocking sound from one cylinder of an operating air compressor indicates ____________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


drill to the large diameter of the taper stop applying the cutting reduce cutting speed and fluid pressure regulating the oil flow moving the automatic with the six-way valve differential valve use a tapered reamer drill to the small diameter of the taper change to a finer cut blade moving the receiving telemotor which regulates the two-way valve insufficient refrigerant bore a straight hole increase cutting speed and pressure varying the angle of a tilting box or eccentricity of a floating ring a failed heat interchanger no compression

General Knowledge

11

minor amounts of oil in the refrigerant a defective or broken high pressure unloader

liquid slugging

11

a loose valve plate

excessive overload

11

666 B In order to take suction on the lube oil drain tank cofferdam with One the bilge pump shown in the illustration, how many suction side valves must be open? 668 B Sluggish response or action of the hydraulic actuators may be a result of _____________. 669 D The shaft coupling for the illustrated pump is rotated by the motor coupling using a/an ____________. 670 C The valve labeled "V-4", for the illustrated device, is the ________. 671 D The purpose of an accumulator in a hydraulic system is to ______________. insufficient load

Two

Three

Four

See illustration number(s): GS-0042

11

excessively high oil viscosity

relief-valve pressure setting too high

reservoir level being maintained two inches above normal special bolts and flexible See illustration rubber inserts number(s): GS-0143 flow control valve See illustration number(s): GS-0113 store potential energy in the form of hydraulic fluid under pressure in the system allow flow in one direction only follow-up gear takes the hydraulic pump off stroke

11 11 11

wire serpentine grid pump suction valve collect any dirt in the system

interlocking flexible claws internal gear ring oily water inlet valve collect fluid from any small leak clean water discharge valve preheat the fluid during cold weather

11 11

672 D A swing check valve is used in a pipeline to _____________. 673 D When the desired rudder angle is attained by a typical double ram electro-hydraulic steering gear, the ___________. 674 C A refrigeration system compressor crankcase is sweating or unusually cold. This is an indication of _________________. 675 D A hacksaw blade will start a cut more easily if you _____________. 676 D Operating a rotary pump at speeds in excess of design requirements could cause ____________. 677 B One of the functions of the component labeled "E", shown in the illustration, is to _________________. 678 A A solenoid, direct-acting, three-position, spring-centered, directional control valve is used in a hydraulic system to control a linear actuator. Midway through extension, the push button is released, but the actuator continues to extend slowly. Which of the following conditions represents the probable cause?

maintain a preset pressure on the line ram relief valves bypass oil to stop rudder movement

closely regulate the amount of flow six-way valve shifts to the neutral flow position

relieve excessive pressure on the line steering pump electric motor is de-energized by the transfer switch

11

a shortage of refrigerant air in the system in the system apply maximum pressure coat the saw blade with at the start of the cut soap before starting the cut decreased clearances between rotating parts act solely as a heat exchanger A centering spring has broken and jammed the spool movement preventing the spool from recentering. decreased slippage to the suction side of the pump act as a lube oil sump

an accumulation of liquid a shortage of oil in the refrigerant in the crankcase crankcase. turn the saw blade at right angles to the saw frame air binding in the discharge ports provide storage for compressed cryogenic gases file a nick where the cut is to be started erosion and excessive wear act as a cyclonic pneumatic dehydrator The detent mechanism has failed, preventing the valve from operating. See illustration number(s): GS-0119

11

11

11

11

One of the two solenoids The pump coupling has has sustained an open in been damaged its respective coil. preventing the pump from developing its required operating speed. stringers girders

11

679 A In ship construction, structural hull members installed athwartship deck beams are _____________.

breasthooks

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


Seeing that all lifeboat winch control apparatus including motor controllers, limit switches, etc. are examined at least once in each 3 months. be difficult to turn by hand but easy to turn with a wrench swing check valve Obtaining a sample of all All of the above. fuel oil received on board to be used as fuel along with ascertaining all particulars such as vendor, producer, flash point, etc. require less torque than specifications call for require a hydraulic torque wrench to obtain the specified torque butterfly lift valve

General Knowledge

680 C In accordance with the Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR), which Ensuring that the of the following situations requires an official logbook entry and is emergency lighting and considered the responsibility of the chief engineer? power systems are operated and inspected at least once in each week the vessel is navigated. 681 B If a matching nut and bolt have a "Class 4" or "No. 4" fit, they will be loose and only _____________. suitable for rough construction work 682 B The illustrated valve is known as a _________. lift gate valve

11

11 11

swing globe valve

See illustration number(s): GS-0056

683 C When the helm demands a 20 right rudder movement from an The six-way valve opens. The steering service pump motor is stopped. electro-hydraulic steering gear, which of the listed actions will be the FIRST action to happen when this rudder position is attained? 684 B Refrigeration system compressor crankcase sweating is an indication of _________. 685 D Which of the following is/are true concerning the pump shown in the illustration? insufficient lube oil circulating through the system For classification purposes the pump would be termed end suction. excessive circulation of lube oil through the system

The follow-up gear takes The cylinder relief valves the pump off stroke. bypass oil to the suction side of the pump. insufficient refrigerant in an overworked the system compressor See illustration number(s): GS-0143

11

11

The impeller wearing ring The casing is of a double All of the above. would be identified by volute design. piece #25. splash-type lubrication provided in the compressor The pump coupling is damaged and pump is unable to turn at its required speed.

11

687 A The device shown in the illustration is lubricated by _____________. 688 D A solenoid direct-acting three-position spring-centered directional control valve is used in a hydraulic system to control a linear actuator. When the remote push button is depressed to extend the actuator it fails to move, even though the pump is in operation. Which of the following statements represents the cause? 689 C A vertical shaft having a rudder attached to its lower end and having a yoke, quadrant, or tiller fitted to its upper portion by which it may be turned, is the _________________.

air pressure forcing lube a small spur gear pump oil to areas of friction A spring at one spool end has broken and jammed, preventing the spool from shifting. The "extend" solenoid coil has developed an open.

gravity feed provided by See illustration component "A" number(s): GS-0119 Any one of the above will cause the actuator to not move.

11

11

rudder frame

rudder post

rudder stock

stern post

11 11 11

690 D Which bearing will carry the load on two small points diametrically Needle opposite to each other? 691 B The notation "10-24 tap" appears on a drawing. The number "24" number of holes involved indicates the ____________. 693 A To charge a bladder type hydraulic accumulator ____________. remove all hydraulic system pressure and bring the pneumatic pressure to the accumulator preload pressure

Tapered roller number of threads per inch remove all hydraulic system pressure and bring the pneumatic pressure to the system's design pressure

Roller size of hole

Ball tightness of fit

increase the pneumatic allow the accumulator to completely fill with gas pressure until the hydraulic system reaches charge at atmospheric pressure, shut off the air its design pressure chamber, and add hydraulic fluid until proper pressure is reached

11

694 D Sweating of the refrigeration system compressor crankcase is caused by _____________.

too much superheat

insufficient superheat

suction pressure too low excessive refrigerant returning to the compressor

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11 11 11 695 C The pump shown in the illustration is a ___________________. 696 B An increase in rotor clearances in a rotary pump will _________________. 697 B Lubricating oil is added to the device shown in the illustration by using the component labeled "______." 698 B Air entrained in the hydraulic fluid, or trapped in an actuator will cause the actuators to move with a jerky motion. This action is a result of ________________. piston pump

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


diaphragm pump centrifugal pump

General Knowledge
reciprocating pump with See illustration piston valve gear number(s): GS-0012 decrease reaction ring clearance R See illustration number(s): GS-0119 air providing better lubrication of internal components, found in Hydraulic Systems, than hydraulic fluids

increase discharge pressure D the trapped air being compressed to a pressure above the maximum pump discharge pressure, then re-expanding and lowering in pressure after the actuator moves

decrease pump capacity decrease pump cavitation F M the trapped air being air being capable of compressed to operating moving loads more system pressure, then effectively than a liquid dropping in pressure as the actuator moves, allowing the air to reexpand, then repeating the process

11

699 A A temporary Certificate of Inspection, Form CG-854, may be issued to a self propelled cargo vessel __________.

when the immediate issuance of a Certificate of Inspection is not possible at the completion of an inspection

until all minor deficiencies (CG-835's) found by the CG inspector during a biannual inspection are corrected, at which time a regular certificate may be issued

under all of the above to cover an expired permanent Certificate of situations Inspection provided that the certificate did not expire within 15 days after the vessel left the last port of the U. S.

11

700 A The internal force of a material, which tends to resist deformation stress when subjected to external forces, is known as ___________________. 701 C The needle valve (piece #3) shown in the illustration, is held in the press fit test valve body (piece #2) by a _____________. 703 B In an electro-hydraulic steering system, rudder movement is maintained in close synchronization with the steering wheel position by means of the _____________. 704 C Crankcase sweating in a refrigeration system is caused by _____________. 705 D The letters "NC" in "1/4-20 NC" indicates the bolt is _____________. 706 B The pump shown in the illustration can best be described as a centrifugal ___________. 707 C The device shown in the illustration is used to ___________. trickwheel

strain

shear strength

ultimate tensile strength

11

spring loaded clamp

machine screw thread

fillet weld

See illustration number(s): GS-0020

11

follow-up control

six-way valve

Rapson slide

11 11 11

a stuck solenoid valve made of nickel cadmium metal multistage pump with a single suction closed impeller

a shortage of refrigerant too much oil in circulation too much superheat made of noncorrosive metal single stage pump with a single suction closed impeller not clad with any coating threaded with national coarse threads single stage pump with a single stage pump with a See illustration double suction closed single suction open number(s): GS-0012 impeller impeller separate large quantities See illustration of oil-water emulsions number(s): GS-0119

11

pump cargo oil or bilges circulate refrigerant compress air through the ships service refrigeration system consistently faster response or movement of the actuator

11

708 A Air trapped in one end of a hydraulic actutator may be indicated erratic or jerky motion of a pump discharge by ____________. the actuator pressure that is consistent, but higher than normal 709 D Which of the following statements is true concerning the Nonvital alarms are instrumentation or alarms provided at the main control station for separated from vital an automated main propulsion plant? alarms. Provisions are made through simulation or actual condition for testing all audible and visual alarms and indicating lights.

over speeding of the pump

11

All alarm circuits should All of the above. be in operation when the system is on the line.

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 710 D A chief engineer's responsibilities include making logbook enteries whenever fuel oil is received. In accordance with Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR), this log entry must include the ____________. 711 A Figure "b", shown in the illustration, is dimensioned to indicate a/an ____________. 712 B Prussian blue is used for ________________________. 713 A A precharged bladder-type accumulator used in a hydraulic system, can be potentially dangerous if ___________________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


name of the vendor name of the oil producer flash point (closed cup all of the above method) of the fuel oil certified by the producer clearance of .005 inch running fit tolerance of .005 inch

General Knowledge

11 11 11

interference fit

See illustration number(s): GS-0019

grinding in valves spotting in valves lapping valves refacing valves the charging valve stem the inert gas is exposed the bladder contacts the it is precharged with dry breaks while at normal to hydraulic oil top of the poppet nitrogen working pressure add refrigerant to the system Single inlet and dual direction of rotation A relatively large clearance space is required for the valves. adjust the thermal expansion valve to the proper setting Single inlet and one direction of rotation Mechanical operating valve gear is required to open and close the valves. adjust the float valve to the proper holding pressure Double inlet and dual direction of rotation Only the suction valve requires a push rod and rocker arm mechanism for valve operation. open the hand expansion valve Double inlet and one See illustration direction of rotation number(s): GS-0130 Due to the physical construction of the valves, a relatively small cylinder clearance space is required. all of the above

11

714 B If a refrigeration system compressor crankcase is sweating, you should _____________. 716 B Which of the following descriptions identifies the centrifugal pump shown in the illustration? 717 D Which of the following statements regarding low pressure, reciprocating, air compressor valves is correct?

11 11

11

718 B When new piping sections have been fabricated for installation in a hydraulic system, prior to installation the piping should be _____________. 719 D A cofferdam is a/an _______________.

cleaned using a waterbased detergent empty space between tank tops and bilges

descaled by using a pickling solution cement baffle in a fresh water tank

hydrostatically tested to 100% of maximum working pressure tank for storing chemicals

11

empty space separating compartments to prevent the contents of one compartment from entering another in case of leakage jam in the hole and break

11 11 11

720 B If the drill point lips are ground at different angles, the drill will _____________. 721 B Proper hacksaw cutting is accomplished when pressure is applied only on the __________. 722 A In order for the vessel to discharge its cargo to a shore facility from #6 centerline tank, with the #7 main deck manifold valve open, which of the listed valve combinations, shown in the illustration, must be opened and which of the valves must be closed? 723 B Before performing any maintenance on a hydraulic system storing energy in an accumulator, you should _____________. 724 B Liquid line gas may cause erosion of the expansion valve's internal components and could cause the valve to ________. 725 A The term "5/16-24" describes _____________.

overheat rapidly from rubbing backward stroke 1, 2, 4 and 9 open 3, 5, 6, 8 and 10 closed

cut an oversized hole forward stroke 1, 4, and 10 open 2 closed

cut a continuous chip

front of the hacksaw top of the hacksaw frame frame 1, 2, 5 and 6 open 3 and All valves are open to See illustration 4 closed gravitate number(s): GS-0139

11

pressurize the system to bleed off all pressure test for leaks within the system overheat hunt

operate the machine until disconnect the pump it reaches normal pressure control switch temperature freeze shut freeze open

11

11

machine bolt size and threads per inch

steel plate gauge size and thickness

bearing puller size

cutting torch tip size

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


a single stepped impeller mounted in a progressively staged casing a large radial clearance between the impeller and casing to prevent overheating due to friction the suction valve springs exert a greater tension than the discharge valve springs an increase in the discharge velocity of the liquid with a corresponding decrease in pressure through the stages the discharge valve springs exert a greater tension than the suction valve springs

General Knowledge

726 A A multistage centrifugal pump can be BEST described as having two or more impellers _____________. housed together in one casing and mounted on a single shaft

11

727 A The major difference between the discharge and suction valves installed in most low pressure, reciprocating air compressors is that ___________.

one valve seats upwards, the reed valves used on while the other seats the discharge are made downwards substantially thicker and heavier than the suction valves

11

728 B If you attempt to tighten a leaking hydraulic fitting with pressure on be successful every time find that the pressure will cause the system to the system, you will ______________. prevent the components vibrate from being tightened 729 A The annual reinspection of a tank vessel, holding a two year Certificate of Inspection endorsed, "Inspected and Approved for the Carriage of Flammable or Combustible Liquids of Grade A", must _____________. where possible, be made between the tenth and fourteenth month of the period for which the certificate is valid apparent slip be preceded by written application by the master, owner, or agent of the vessel

dislodge any scale in the tubing, and it will damage the system

11

be undertaken only when all of the above all cargo tanks are empty, gas free, and made accessible for internal examination pitch propulsive efficiency

11

730 A Propeller pitch speed minus ship speed divided by the propeller pitch speed is termed ______________________. 731 C As sometimes utilized with centrifugal pumps operating with a high suction lift, foot valves are primarily designed to _______________.

true slip

11

give the pump motor, or driver, positive protection when operating in a shutoff condition

provide a means of supplying sealing fluid for the impeller shaft stuffing box

enable the pump and its suction line to remain primed prior to starting the pump

afford the pumping system protection against water hammer and surging

11

732 C Salt water ballast is to be discharged into the #6 port and starboard wing tanks. Which combination of valves, illustrated, must be opened, and which valves should be closed? 733 A Which of the devices listed, when used on an electro-hydraulic steering gear, keeps the movement of the rudder closely in step with the steering wheel? 734 A The sensible heat of air is dependent upon the ____________.

3, 4, 7 and 9 open; 1, 2, 1, 2, 7 and 9 open; 3, 4, 1, 3, 5, 6, 8 and 10 open; 1, 2, 5 and 6 open; 4, 7, See illustration 5, 6 and 10 closed. 5, 6, 8 and 10 closed. 2, 4, 7 and 9 closed. 8 and 9 closed. number(s): GS-0139

11

The follow-up gear

The rudder angle indicator wet bulb temperature

The synchronous electric A rudder angle limit transmitter switch saturation temperature water vapor superheat Correct the cause of scoring and install a new shaft sleeve.

11 11

dry bulb temperature

735 D What should be done if localized scoring is discovered on a pump Reassemble the pump shaft sleeve during routine maintenance inspection? and provide more water leak off for lubrication. 736 D The designation "1/4-20" describes _____________. cutting torch tips size

Reassemble the pump Check for parallel alignment of the sleeve and set the governor to radial face to the sleeve obtain a slower speed. bore. pipe thread die size steel plate thickness

11 11

machine bolt size and threads per inch 737 D Which of the following statements represents the path of air flow Intercooler, L.P. cylinder, L.P. cylinder, air cleaner, Air cleaner, L.P. cylinder, Air cleaner, L.P. cylinder, passing through a typical two stage, low pressure, reciprocating, H.P. cylinder, and air intercooler, and H.P. H.P. cylinder, and intercooler, and H.P. air compressor? cleaner cylinder intercooler cylinder 738 D A flare-type tubing connector is used in the hydraulic hatch-cover keep the system in replace both the tubing system and has developed a slight leak. To stop the leak you operation and tighten the sections and the fitting should ____________. flare nut stop the system and use shut down the power unit only one wrench to and use two wrenches to tighten the flare nut avoid damaging the tubing when tightening

11

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11 739 C A lightening hole, shown in the illustration, is identified by the letter "____." 740 A In accordance with Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR), the hailing port marked on the stern of a vessel indicates ____________. A

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


H J all of the above

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): GS-0086

the port where the vessel the place in the same is permanently marine inspection zone documented where the vessel was built a means of unloading during start-up

where one or more of the all of the above owners reside

11

741 C Differential pistons used in some reciprocating air compressors, a means of distributing serve to provide _____________. side pressures over a wider area of each cylinder 742 B It is necessary to discharge salt water ballast into the #6 centerline tank. Which combination of listed valves illustrated, must be opened and which valves must be closed? 743 B Before doing any work on a hydraulic system equipped with accumulators, you should _____________.

more than one stage of compression by each piston

a variable compression ratio enabling the output to be varied to suit any load condition

11

2, 3, 5 and 6 open; 4, 7, 1, 3, 5, 6 and 9 open; 2, 4, 7, 8 and 9 open; 3, 5, 2, 5, 6 and 9 open; 1, 3, See illustration 8, and 9 closed 4, 7, 8, and 10 closed 6 and 10 closed 6 and 10 closed number(s): GS-0139

11

drain the accumulators and purge with oxygen

bleed off all stored energy from the accumulators

pump the hydraulic fluid completely charge the accumulators to prevent into the accumulators to prevent fluid loss system energy loss Failure of the high pressure cutout Flash gas formed in the liquid line replaced with a satisfactory spare prevent any salinity in the distillate produced

11

744 D Which of the problems listed could cause erosion of the expansion valve disks and seats? 745 D A pump shaft that is bent or distorted should normally be ____________. 746 C The quantity and density of brine discharged from the last effect of the distilling plant should be as constant as possible to ________________. 747 C If an air compressor is used to supply compressed air to outlets throughout the engine room and on deck of a vessel, the system is known as the _______________.

Overcharging the system Faulty compressor with refrigerant suction valve repaired by a suitable welding process prevent scale accumulation on heat exchange surfaces combustion control air system

11

straightened by applying reconditioned by heat and torsion metallizing and machining maintain a constant distillate outlet temperature supply air system ensure distillate quality and distilling plant efficiency

11

11

ship's service air system low pressure deck air system replace part "III" replace part "I" See illustration number(s): GS-0100

11

748 D If the hydraulic compression type tubing fitting, shown as figure apply more thread seal "C" in the illustration begins to leak, you should _____________. and retighten part "IV"

apply thread seal tape around the threads between part "II" and "IV", then reassemble and tighten 2 years

11

749 D An international and coastwise load line assignment and certificate has been issued to a vessel by the American Bureau of Shipping, under the authority of Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR), for a period of ________. 750 C When it is necessary to open a refrigeration system for repairs and the system will be open for more than a few minutes, the open ends of the system should be ____________. 751 C The "pitch" of a screw is the _____________.

1 year

4 years

5 years

11

dehydrated

purged

plugged

evacuated

11

angle formed by adjacent number of threads flanks of a thread divided by the length of the threaded portion of the screw high pressure drops close regulation of flow

angle of taper formed by distance between corresponding points on the centerline of the adjacent threads screw and the crests of the thread no pressure drops no back flow

11

752 B The use of a needle valve in a piping system is recommended when requiring _____________.

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 753 B The hydraulic tubing installation shown as figure "D" is INCORRECT and will probably leak when in operation because the tubing _____________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


will contract in diameter and expand in length under pressure and its fittings cannot be will stretch and properly installed and overstress the male tightened threads on the fitting

General Knowledge
cannot flex at right See illustration angles to the pressure number(s): GS-0065 applied by the fluid because it is not properly twisted the flow of 100% liquid refrigerant passing to the evaporator air ejector condenser ships service air system

11

754 C A constant hissing sound at the thermal expansion valve will always indicates _____________.

proper refrigerant control a faulty refrigerant control valve

a lack of refrigerant

11 11

756 C In a flash type evaporator, the brine overboard pump is vented directly to the ______________. 757 A If an air compressor is used to supply air primarily to the combustion control system and other pneumatic controllers, the entire system is known as the __________. 758 A The component of the illustrated compression fitting, figure "C", used to seal and eliminate leaks between the tubing and the fitting, is part _____________. 759 C A shot of anchor chain has a length of ____________. 760 B Air entrained in the hydraulic fluid, or trapped in an actuator will cause the actuators to move with a jerky motion. This action is a result of ________________.

saltwater heater shell control air system

first stage distilling condenser forced draft air system

second stage flash chamber supply air system

11

II

III

IV

See illustration number(s): GS-0100

11 11

6 fathoms the trapped air being compressed to a pressure above the maximum pump discharge pressure, then re-expanding and lowering in pressure after the actuator moves

12 fathoms the cyclic expansion and contraction of air due to the motion of the actuator

15 fathoms air being capable of moving loads more effectively than a liquid

45 fathoms air providing better lubrication of internal components, found in Hydraulic Systems, than hydraulic fluids

11

761 D Cylinder inlet valve failure in a low pressure air compressor can carbon buildup on the be caused by _______________. pistons from excessive lubrication 762 A When replacing packing rings in the stuffing boxes of reciprocating pump piston rods, the ends of the rings should be cut _________________. 763 C Hydraulic system tubing should be anchored every three or four feet to prevent ____________. square

valve pounding due to compressor valve covers being overspeeding due to mechanical failure in the excessively tight unloader beveled step-designed

sticking valves due to carbon buildup on the seats diagonal

11

11

excessive pump cavitation

expansion and tube fitting leaks from contraction of the tubing vibration and pressure surges flood the evaporator Trunk open Barrel

tube flexing at right angles to the applied fluid pressure close Valve-in-head

11 11

764 D A cracked diaphragm in a thermostatic expansion valve will cause return to a neutral the valve to _____________. position 765 B In order to distribute the side pressures over a wide area of the Differential cylinder walls and liners, which of the listed types of pistons are used in modern low pressure air compressors?

11

767 D Which of the listed operating conditions would have the greatest The density of the air The temperature of the effect on the volumetric efficiency of an operating reciprocating air entering the compressor. air entering the compressor? compressor 768 C The components used to "lock" the hydraulic tubing in place when I and III assembling the illustrated compression fitting "C" are items _________. 769 C Which of the listed systems related to an engineer's signal alarm panel is required to be indicated by a continuously illuminated light while in operation? I and II

The designed rotating speed of the compressor. II and III

A leaking head gasket.

11

III and IV

See illustration number(s): GS-0100

11

Deaerating tank low level Shaft alley bilge high level

Port or starboard steering gear motor running

No. 1 diesel generator low lube oil pressure

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 770 B Which of the following is the minimum internal diameter of the 1 1/2 inches. main bilge piping permitted by Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) on a vessel over 150 gross tons?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


2 1/2 inches. 3 1/2 inches. 4 1/2 inches.

General Knowledge

11

771 C Broken valve strips in an operating low pressure, air compressor an immediate crankcase oil contamination in the will cause ____________. explosion compressed air 772 D During the inspection of a low pressure pump, the wearing ring is replace the worn wearing install a new oversized determined to have a clearance of 0.011" - 0.013", you should ring casing ring ___________. 773 D Which of the listed illustrations shows the INCORRECT method for installing hydraulic tubing? 774 B Which of the problems listed represents the major difficulty encountered with thermal expansion valve operation? 775 C What basic dimensions are used in describing machine bolts? A B

a decrease in compressor capacity machine the worn wearing ring and refit C

no immediate loss of the compressed air capacity leave the existing wearing rings in place D See illustration number(s): GS-0065

11

11 11

Lube oil passing through Moisture or foreign the system. matter collecting at the valve seat and orifice. Diameter and length only Diameter and cross section only axial flow impeller prevent the valve from wire drawing semi-open impeller retard the opening and closing of the valve B

Variable spring tension Frost on the liquid line. caused by the changing temperature. Diameter, length, and number of threads per inch single suction closed impeller have no effect on compressor operation C Diameter, head size, and shoulder length double suction mixed flow closed impeller provide quieter valve operation D See illustration number(s): GS-0012

11

11 11

776 C The impeller shown in the illustration is best described as a/an _____________. 777 B A viscous film of oil collected between the valve face and seat of a low pressure reciprocating air compressor will ______________.

11

778 B Of the hydraulic tubing fittings illustrated, the flared fitting for high A pressure use is represented by figure ___________. 779 D Short cycling of the potable water system's pump is prevented by constant speed supply using ________. pumps 780 B If the pump for a hydraulic anchor windlass is over heating, the increased pump speed cause may be ______________. 782 D Compared to poppet and other mechanically operated valves, They improve which of the following advantages is gained by using a thin plate compression efficiency. (feather) low lift type valve in an low pressure air compressor? 783 A According to Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR), where cargo pump shafts on tankers pierce bulkheads ________________. readily accessible gastight glands shall be provided

See illustration number(s): GS-0100

11 11 11

variable speed supply pumps excessive pump discharge pressure They operate with a minimum of noise.

variable delivery supply pumps too low of a tilting box angle They are simple and easy to replace.

a hydropneumatic pressure tank low pump speed All of the above.

11

compressed air shall be used as the primary means to discharge cargo

a pressure gauge or manometer shall be installed on the bulkhead to ensure the gastight seal is maintained

the glands are to be kept under continuous suction with power ventilation

11

784 C If a refrigeration compressor were short cycling on the low pressure cutout switch, the probable cause for this might be the ____________. 785 D Machine bolts are identified by their _____________.

system was overcharged high pressure switch was expansion valve with refrigerant improperly adjusted strainers were fouled type of head major diameter and length card provide positive closing of the valves threads per inch oilstone reduce compressor discharge pulsations be controlled by a thermostat to maintain the oil temperature at less than 190F (87.8C)

suction valves were leaking slightly all of the above dressing tool reduce air intake and exhaust pulsations never be needed, except when the ambient temperature exceeds 90F (32.2C)

11 11 11

786 B A metal file has become clogged with filings and should be scraper cleaned with a file ______________. 787 B The function of the springs used with channel or plate-type valves open the valves during for reciprocating air compressors is to ____________. downward strokes 788 A If a hydraulic system is in continuous operation, and is equipped with an air cooled heat exchanger, the fan should _____________.

11

be in continuous come on only after the operation as long as the main pump prime mover main pump prime mover is secured is in operation

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 789 B Where should you expect to find striking plates?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


In the bow of the ship at On the bottom of a fuel Under the counter above On the cofferdam the waterline. or ballast tank under the the propeller blade tips. manhole. sounding tube. fairlead wildcat capstan overloading of the air distribution system Sliding

General Knowledge

11 11 11

790 C The part of the anchor windlass that engages the anchor chain warping head for lifting is called the _____________. 791 A Air blowing from the intake air filter of an operating air compressor broken inlet valves indicates ___________. 792 C Which of the listed valve types is typically used as inlet and Poppet discharge valves on modern low pressure air compressors?

broken discharge valves pulsations in the air distribution system Rotary Reed

11 11

793 A When any low pressure distilling plant is operated with less than heat level rises heat level drops the designed vacuum, the _____________. 794 B If a refrigeration crankcase compressor were short cycling on the system was overcharged system was low on with refrigerant refrigerant low pressure cutout switch, the cause might be that the ____________. 795 D Heavy pressure on the ends of a file will cause the work surface to become _______________. 796 D Which of the valves listed will be cycled from fully open to fully closed when the handle is turned 90? 797 B Which of the following problems would be the probable cause for the faulty operation of a reciprocating air compressor suction valve? 798 A In which of the listed hydraulic systems will the oil cooler be necessary? tapered smooth

capacity increases suction valves were leaking slightly rough A check valve

scale formation decreases relief valve was leaking slightly rounded A butterfly valve

11 11 11

A rising stem gate valve A globe stop valve Carbon build up in the piston ring belt. Faulty operation of a cylinder unloader. Hatch cover system

Compressor operation in Lifting of intercooler relief an area of high relative valve. humidity. Watertight door system Internal combustion engine hydraulic starter system all of the above, depending upon the pertinent circumstances anchor shackle compressing the packing See illustration rings number(s): GS-0012

11

installation of an Constant tension mooring winch system

11

799 D In accordance with Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR), a steam one voyage only propelled cargo vessel over 25 gross tons may have a Certificate of Inspection issued for ____________. 800 B While riding at anchor, the anchor chain should be secured by the windlass brake only ____________. 801 C In the illustration shown, an efficient seal is maintained between good metal-to-metal the suction cover and the volute by _______________. contact 802 B Which of the following problems could cause air to blow out through the inlet air filter of a running compressor? 803 D The striped flexible hose installation shown is incorrect and will probably fail under pressure because the hose will ______________. 804 C A refrigeration unit will tend to short cycle when operating ____________. 805 C A vacuum is initially created in a flash type distilling plant by _________. Excessive compression in the cylinder expand under pressure and split along the axis of the stripe under heavy loads the flashing of the feed water

a specific period of time to cover a described situation

a time period not exceeding 2 years

11 11

chain stopper or riding riding spindle pawl sealant between the two an asbestos gasket parts A broken intake valve

11

A dirty inlet filter element An improperly adjusted discharge valve expand in diameter and rupture in the twisted area under light loads pull out of the fittings as the hose contracts in length during starting conditions See illustration number(s): GS-0064

11

flex and rupture at the twist indicated by the stripe during hot gas defrost the condensation of the saltwater feed reduce the frictional losses due to fluid flow with metering type cylinder lubricators

11 11

air ejectors, eductors, or condensation of the a separate vacuum distillate pump increase the pump discharge pressure gravity fed lubricators allow rapid venting of entrained air lube oil flow from the bearing lube oil system

11

806 B Most pump manufacturers recommend that the discharge piping reduce the pump for centrifugal pumps be one size larger than the pump discharge discharge pressure nozzle to __________. 807 B On a medium pressure, differential piston, reciprocating air compressor, lubrication of the pistons/cylinders is usually accomplished _____________. by the splash method

11

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


The steam would obtain a lower absolute pressure than when it is supplied at a quality of 100%. The entrained moisture will become a totally saturated vapor prior to any superheat being acquired by the steam.

General Knowledge

808 D If the steam flow entering the evaporator steam supply orifice has The steam at the outlet The steam at the outlet a quality of 95%, which of the following statements would be would obtain a higher would be at a higher true? degree of desuperheat. superheat than when it is supplied at 100% quality.

11 11

809 A What color is used to indicate the last shot of anchor chain? 810 C The principal purpose of an anchor windlass chain stopper is to _____________. 811 C If the volute wearing ring of the pump illustrated needs to be ordered, how would the part number be designated? 812 D Which of the following problems can result in below normal pressure in the intercooler of an operating low pressure air compressor? 813 A If the supplied steam pressure to the first effect of a submerged tube distilling plant is allowed to fluctuate, the distiller _________________. 814 B If a refrigeration compressor is short cycling on high head pressure, you should ____________. 815 A Which of the listed tools should be used to remove a tapered roller bearing from a shaft? 816 A Most pump manufacturers recommended that the discharge piping for centrifugal pumps be ____________. 817 B If all of the air charge has been lost from a ship service air receiver, the compressor mechanical unloading system will ____________.

Red tie off the warping head lines MIL-B-16541 Defective pressure pilot valve

White absorb the brake thrust of the anchor windlass A-3H180A Defective receiver relief valve

Blue hold the anchor chain while riding at anchor A-3H180A-1

Yellow lock the intermediate clutch shaft to the wildcat A-3H180A-1 U/S See illustration number(s): GS-0012

11 11

Leaking intake valves on Leaking discharge valves the high pressure on the low pressure cylinder cylinder water levels will automatically lower increase the high pressure cutout setting brine density will increase reduce the cooling water flow

11

solenoid dump valve will air ejector will operate trip erratically purge the condenser if the waterside is dirty An arbor press one size larger than the pump discharge nozzle fail to work, and the drive motor will trip the circuit breaker as the compressor will be overloaded check for proper water flow through the condenser A steel drift pin and hammer the same size as the pump discharge nozzle

11

11 11

An acetylene torch and A tapered "come-a-long" hammer one size smaller than the installed with a short pump discharge nozzle radius elbow at the pump

11

still functional normally at Still function normally, fail to work, but the start-up but the safety interlock compressor having no load will start with little or will stop the drive motor no difficulty be suitable for maintaining the required steam flow under all load conditions handle the operation satisfactorily as the control orifice develops an impedance to the steam flow standby generator all of the above

11

818 A If the fixed orifice in the evaporator steam supply line were to be be unable to maintain removed, the steam pressure reducing valve located upstream steam flow unless the would _____________. proper range spring were to be installed

11

819 D Every automated machinery plant must have an "engineer's main bus assistance" alarm. Power for this alarm should be taken from the _________________. 820 C The reading indicated on a vernier micrometer caliper scale is Figure C .3101 inches. Which of the figure in the illustration represents this reading? 821 C How many capscrews are used to secure the motor bracket to the volute shown in the illustration? 822 A Excessively low air pressure occurring in the intercooler of a reciprocating air compressor is caused by _______________. 823 A If you install a hydraulic hose on a unit and fail to leave sufficient room for expansion, which of the following problems will develop? One

emergency bus

general alarm power supply Figure G See illustration number(s): GS-0083 See illustration number(s): GS-0012

11

Figure D

Figure E

11

Three

Four

Cannot be determined from the information given low ambient air pressure

11

leaky discharge valves on the LP cylinder

leaky discharge valves on the HP cylinder

insufficient intercooler cooling

11

The hose may pull loose The components from its fittings. connected by the hose will be damaged.

The hydraulic unit will fail The hydraulic fluid will to acquire any power. overheat and breakdown.

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 824 B The refrigeration compressor in a water cooled refrigeration system is short cycling on the high pressure cutout switch. One reason for this could be the ____________. 825 D In the operation of a flash type evaporator equipped with air ejectors, the air and noncondensable gases are evacuated directly from the _____________. 826 C Most pump manufacturers recommend that the suction piping dimension for centrifugal pumps be ____________. system is low on refrigerant

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


high pressure cutout switch is improperly adjusted discharge valves are leaking slightly discharge valves are leaking excessively

General Knowledge

11

first stage flash chamber second stage flash chamber one size smaller than the the same size as the pump suction nozzle pump suction nozzle

first stage after condenser one size larger than the pump suction nozzle

second stage distilling condenser installed with a short radius elbow at the pump temporarily discharging to the air receiver Internal combustion engine hydraulic starter system tension rating of the spring See illustration number(s): GS-0051

11

11

827 C One method of unloading a low pressure air compressor at start- holding the L.P. up is accomplished by ____________. discharge valve open 828 A Hydraulic systems typically operated for intermittent service do not require the use of oil coolers and would include all of the following except _________? 830 C In a spring opposed, diaphragm-type, pneumatic power unit shown in the illustration, the force exerted on the spring is equal to the air pressure multiplied by the ____________. 831 B On tankers using hydraulic tank valve actuation, which of the listed valve types has the highest tendency to develop leaks relative to the valve, and results in more frequent maintenance? Constant tension mooring winch system

the use of a precharged using a temporarily accumulator opened cylinder clearance pocket Hatch cover systems Watertight door system

11

11

area of the internal plate number of spring coils

area of the diaphragm

11

Gate valves

Butterfly valves

Globe valves

Check valves

11 11

832 C Slipping drive belts on a ship service air compressor is a probable low lube oil viscosity symptom of ___________________. 833 A If you install a new hydraulic hose in a hydraulic system, the hose failure of the hydraulic must be long enough to allow for contraction to prevent hose _______________.

fouled intercoolers excessive flow through the line

a failed unloader friction in other areas of the hydraulic system reset the thermostatic expansion valve

high air receiver pressure overheating of the hydraulic fluid completely purge the high pressure side of the system second cut file

11

834 A The refrigeration system compressor is short cycling on high head check for sufficient purge noncondensable pressure when the sea water cooling temperature is 72F. In this cooling water flow gases from the receiver situation, you should ____________. through the condenser 835 C The proper file for a finishing cut on soft metal, such as brass, is smooth cut file the ____________. 836 B Which of the following statements about pump operations is NOT In order for a fluid to be a correct statement? pumped, a fluid must be made to flow. warding file A substance must be cold in order for it to be pumped.

11 11

mill file

A pump must receive its The kinetic energy energy from an external imparted by the pump source. can be used to force a liquid through a hydraulic system. temporarily discharging back to the compressor intake

11

837 D Unloading of a low pressure, reciprocating, air compressor at start-holding the L.P. up can be accomplished by ______________. discharge valve open 838 B If one of the bilge manifold valves is prevented from seating, the bilge-well connected to ________. that valve, plus the second bilge-well being pumped will be completely emptied 839 A The location of a vessel's frame stations may be obtained from which of the listed drawings? Profile

the use of a precharged using a permanently accumulator enlarged clearance expansion volume bilge system will lose vacuum, preventing other bilges from being pumped out Base line

11

aftermost bilge-wells all of the above connected to that valve will siphon their contents to the forward bilge-wells Cross section Buttock

11

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


If sea valves have been disassembled, all bonnets must be checked for leakage when the ship is refloated. Ballast pump jammed suction valve outside the space concerned system is low on refrigerant Before refloating, all sea All of the above. chest strainers should be verified as having been replaced.

General Knowledge

840 D Which of the following precautions should always be carried out in Liquids should never be drydock? transferred between tanks without consulting the dock master.

11 11 11

841 D Which pump illustrated is fitted with a suction strainer?

Bilge pump

General service pump tripped overload relay the throttle station

All of the above broken discharge unloader within the fireroom

See illustration number(s): GS-0042

842 C If an electric motor driven air compressor fails to start, it may be leaking discharge valve due to a _______________. 843 B Machinery driving fuel oil transfer and fuel oil service pumps must within the space be fitted with a remote means of stopping the machinery from concerned ____________. 844 A The compressor in an air-cooled condensing refrigeration system is short cycling on the high pressure cutout switch. A probable reason for this is the ____________. 845 B The efficiency of a flash type evaporator can be increased by _________. 846 A Open end wrenches are _____________. 847 B An air compressor can be unloaded at start-up by __________. system is overcharged with refrigerant

11

discharge valves are leaking excessively

discharge valves are leaking slightly

11

lowering brine discharge decreasing the absolute increasing the saltwater increasing the pressure density pressure of each stage feed heater temperature at the spray pipe nonadjustable solid wrenches holding the discharge valve open intended for gripping round objects relieving the intercooler pressure to the atmosphere not suitable for tubing fittings using an enlarged, permanently opened clearance expansion space used with a speeder handle a precharged accumulator

11 11

11

848 D Which of the following actions should be taken FIRST if one bilge Open the bilge pump for Remove each of the Remove only the suction Attempt to pump out well of a multiple suction bilge system is unable to be pumped inspection. suction manifold valves. manifold valve to the another bilge well to out? affected bilge well. determine if the entire system is affected. 849 D Why do roller bearings have higher loading capacities than ball bearings? 850 D With regards to fluid flow control, an advantage of pneumatic control systems over electrical control systems is ________________. 851 B All of the manifold valves shown in the illustration are ________________. 852 C The seat of a butterfly valve will most likely be constructed of _____________. 853 C Flexible hose under pressure in a hydraulic system will _________________. 854 C The compressor in the ship service refrigeration system is short cycling on the high pressure cutout switch. The probable reason for this is the ____________. 855 C Which of the following statements describes the relationship between flash point and ignition temperature? 856 C The wrench size for a 3/4 inch American National bolt is ________________. They are installed with tighter clearances. They are subject to less They have a greater They have a greater pitting and metal fatigue. tolerance for high speed contact area. applications. low energy input continued control through temporary electrical power losses

11

11

practically no limit to the no transmission losses power available for a given system gate valves stop-check or stop valves stellite expand in length and in diameter discharge valves are leaking slightly

11

stop valves operated stop-check lift valves See illustration from above the bulkhead operated from above the number(s): GS-0042 deck bulkhead deck a resilient material contract in length and expand in diameter condenser is getting insufficient cooling water flow admiralty metal flex at right angles to the applied pressure system is low on refrigerant

11 11 11

Monel tend to twist about its long axis discharge valves are leaking excessively Both are higher than normal burning temperatures. 10/24 inch

11

The flash point is always The ignition temperature They are not necessarily higher. is always higher. related. 3/4 inch 1 1/4 inches 1 1/2 inches

11

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 858 B You are unable to pump out the aft starboard engine room bilge well that is fouled, with one foot of water over the top of the bilge well, what action should be carried out?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


Send the wiper into the well with only a scoop and pail. Remove the bilge Simultaneously operate manifold valve and all available bilge pumps. attempt to back flush the line. It is only necessary to transfer half the contents of a drum of degreaser into the bilge well.

General Knowledge

11

859 D In the illustrated steam pressure reducing valve, the purpose of the part labeled "C" is to ____________.

provide sensing of equalize pressure above equalize pressure above provide a supply conduit See illustration downstream pressure to and below the power and below the pilot valve of actuating steam for number(s): GS-0044 the control diaphragm piston the power piston operating the hand clutch comparing with a hand tape completely closed only cracked open using litmus paste

11

860 B On tank vessels using an automatic tape wells, free movement of removing the side plate the tape is normally checked by _______________________. 861 B In order for all of the bilge pump discharge to pass through the oily water separator, shown in the illustration, the oily water separator bypass valve must be ____________. 862 D The valve depicted in the illustration shown is a _________. completely open

11

throttled

See illustration number(s): GS-0042 See illustration number(s): GS-0055

11 11

gate valve

check valve provided with a locked cover

globe valve

butterfly valve

located at the control 863 D Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) require remote controls for stopping machinery driving fuel oil service pumps. These controls platform shall be ___________. 864 B If a refrigeration compressor will not start, the reason may be _____________. the pressure regulating valve is not closing

accessible to authorized protected against personnel only accidental operation worn piston rings

11

an excessive lack of badly leaking discharge refrigerant in the system valves flash point ignition temperature

11

865 C The lowest temperature required to cause self-sustained explosive range combustion of a substance independent of any outside source of ignition is called ____________. 866 D The purpose of the wearing rings used in a centrifugal pump is to prevent an internal ___________________. explosion in the pump when it is overheated 868 C The aft starboard bilge well is clogged, and back flushing has not change the trim of the been successful. The next practical solution would be to ship to port in order to __________________. pump out the bilges for the remainder of the voyage 869 B Which of the following statements represents the events required A vacuum is created in for the device shown in the illustration to close? chamber "III" as water flows from the toilet, drawing "C" into the closed position.

combustion temperature

11

enable a visual inspection of the pump while it is running place 20 gallons ( 75.7 L) of fuel oil tank wash into the affected bilge well to clear the blockage Once "C" has lifted, "A" will reseat with water passing through "H", pressure gradually builds in chamber "I", developing sufficient force to reseat "C". lower the thieving rod are subjected to a wide range of temperatures and pressures draw filing B

insure a proper alignment of the pump coupling to the driver properly and safely empty the well with a portable pump then manually muck it out

accomodate for friction between the impeller and the casing all of the above

11

11

A vacuum is created in Releasing "E" physically See illustration number(s): GS-0155 chamber "III" as a result draws "C" down on its seat. of the high flow rate of water passing through this chamber, drawing "C" down on its seat.

11 11

870 C On tank vessels using an automatic tape well for gaging tanks, the hand clutch is used to _____________. 871 C Automatic control valves for steam service require periodic maintenance inspections because they ___________.

adjust the tape weight are subjected to high compressive stress

roll up the tape continuously throttle steam resulting in wire drawing and erosion of the valve finish work C

calibrate the tank receive high pressure air from the pilot valve

11 11

872 D Double cut files are most effective when used for _______________. 873 D Which of the listed figures represents the configuration and alignment of the inlet/outlet head, as viewed from the tube side?

sharpening tools A

rough work D See illustration number(s): GS-0122

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


low differential setting on blown fuse in the motor the H.P. cutout circuit an accurate set of feeler a machinist's rule gages relieving intercoolers of high temperature buildups close off the discharge valve, and watch for a rise in pressure faulty suction pressure regulator a depth micrometer

General Knowledge

874 C When a refrigeration compressor motor fails to start, the FIRST loose expansion valve thing that should be checked for is a ____________. control bulb 875 B Clearances between the impeller hub and casing of a centrifugal wooden wedges pump are checked with the use of _____________. 876 A Air compressors are equipped with unloading systems for the purpose of _____________. 877 B The simplest method to use for determining if a centrifugal pump is operating as designed, is to ____________. removing all but the frictional load during starting closely observe the pump discharge temperature

11

seating valve plates providing high starting torque in the drive motor during compressor shutdown momentarily close off the use a clamp on ammeter suction valve, and watch and compare the for a rise in pressure readings to past records all of the above

11

11

878 D The pressure of an operating hydraulic system, as indicated by a internal resistance to flow pressure gauge, is a result of the fluid flow overcoming _________________. 4.714 inches 879 D As shown in the illustration, a section of pipe with a 3.068 inch internal diameter, has a wall thickness of .216". When the pipe is bent into a 90 turn, the length of the outside edge of the curve "AB" will exceed the length of the inside edge of the curve "C-D" by ___________.

resistance of the internal the load applied to the components system 5.054 inches 5.161 inches

11

5.498 inches

See illustration number(s): GS-0108

11

880 A When pressure is applied to the Bourdon tube gage shown in the gage pointer will move in sector and pinion will illustration, the _____________. a clockwise direction remain stationary 881 A Which of the listed pumps, shown in the illustration, can be used to take suction on the forward, port, engine room bilge? 882 C Which of the following statements concerning butterfly valves is correct? Bilge pump Ballast pump

gage tube expands and grows longer General service pump

connecting link changes See illustration the set point of the number(s): GS-0114 pointer All of the above See illustration number(s): GS-0042

11

11

Special tools are required for lapping or grinding. A

It is impossible to throttle To close the valve, it is The butterfly valve flow with a butterfly only necessary to turn should never be used in valve. the handle a quarter of a a freshwater system. turn. B C D See illustration number(s): GS-0063

11 11

883 A Which of the listed illustrations correctly represents the installation of a hydraulic hose? 884 D If a large difference exists between the compressor discharge pressure and the pressure corresponding to the existing condensing temperature in a refrigeration system, you should ____________. 885 B As shown in the illustration, the eccentric reducer, used as a transition piece between a centrifugal pump suction flange and the suction piping flange, must be installed with the ____________. 886 C The names plug, bottom, and taper refer to _________. 887 B One of three available centrifugal salt water service pumps is in operation with a sea water temperature of 50F. The cooling temperature of all systems supplied by this pump appear to be high. Therefore, you should ___________.

increase the flow of the adjust the high pressure open the hot gas bypass purge noncondensable temporarily to reduce gases to reduce the cooling water through the cutout to maintain the capacity excess pressure desired pressure condenser large diameter flange connected to the pump reducer arranged to eccentric portion above prevent the accumulation the pump suction centerline of air in the suction piping measuring instruments start a second pump and place it on line, close the discharge valve on the original pump and watch for a rise in the discharge pressure machinist's hand taps after starting the second pump open the casing vent valve of the first pump, then secure the first pump eccentric portion at right See illustration angles to the pump number(s): GS-0089 suction centerline drill press parts after starting the second pump secure the first pump and do nothing else with the salt water service system

11

11 11

pipe fittings only need to start a second pump and operate it in parallel

11

888 B Pressure in an operating hydraulic system is developed ________________.

only by the pump as its primary function

by resistance to the fluid by the thermal input to flow through the system the system's fluid

solely by the charge applied by the accumulators

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 891 B On small passenger vessels, separation of machinery and fuel tank spaces shall be __________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


provided between each of these spaces by watertight and/or vaportight bulkheads Mill Main fire pump separated from accommodation spaces by watertight and/or vaportight bulkheads Float Fuel oil service pump not considered as essential separated from accommodations spaces by non-continuous bulkheads Second cut All of the above

General Knowledge

11 11

892 A Which of the listed types of files is the best for producing a fine finish on metal? 893 B Which of the following systems, according to Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) must have an emergency stop, protected with a glass enclosure, and located outside of the machinery space? 894 C The accumulation of air and other noncondensable gases in a refrigeration system will ____________. 895 B The rudder pintle is identified in the illustration by the item lettered ________. 896 A An eccentric reducer, used as a transition piece between a centrifugal pump suction flange and the suction piping flange, must be installed with the eccentric portion below the suction pipe centerline to ____________.

Warding Main circulating/bilge injection valve

11 11 11

cause a loss of the liquid create a vapor lock in the collect in the condenser seal liquid receiver A B E prevent the formation of allow sediment to settle air pockets on the bottom

cause foaming of the oil in the crankcase F See illustration number(s): GS-0101 See illustration reduce vapor pressure of slope the suction line upward at the pump number(s): GS-0089 the water entering the pump suction Bilge pump 250.00 lbs. See illustration number(s): GS-0110

11 11

897 D Which pump installation would require an external source of Main circulator pump sealing water? jacket water cooling 899 C If a block and tackle arrangement were rigged as shown in figure 83.33 lbs. "C" of the illustration and "W" is 250 lbs, the amount of force "P" required to hold the load stationary would be _______________. 900 A When the pressure on a compound gage is released, the gage pointer is returned to zero psig by action of the _________. Bourdon tube

Salt water service pump Auxiliary condensate pump 104.16 lbs. 125.00 lbs.

11

spring return arm

compound diaphragm

compensating spring

11 11

901 C Hand taps are provided in sets of three, with each being known as taper, plug, and finish _____________. 902 B A lube oil filter can be used to remove most contaminants from acid lube oil. A contaminant which will remain in the lube oil after filtering is ____________. 903 D When installing a hydraulic hose, which of the following precautions should be taken? The hose should not be twisted.

short, medium, and long taper, plug, and bottom fuel oil sediment

starting, through, and finishing water

11

The hose should be There should be some protected with a sleeve if slack in the hose. it is subjected to rubbing. higher than normal head a clear sight glass pressure A double cut file Any bastard cut file At least once each voyage. using wear rings with a larger than normal outside diameter and having the casing "crush" them in place At least once a year.

All of the above.

11 11 11 11

904 B Air entering an air-cooled refrigeration system is indicated by ____________. 905 A Which of the following files will produce the finest surface on a workpiece being finished filed in a lathe? 906 C How often should cargo oil pump relief valves on tank vessels to be tested? 907 D In most horizontally split centrifugal pump casings, wearing rings are prevented from rotating by _____________.

frosting of the liquid line A mill file Prior to each cargo discharge operation. swelling the wearing rings into the casing

abnormally cold reefer boxes All warding files

At each biennial inspection. using one dowel pin using an extended lip pressed into the side of formed on one half of the the ring, then fitting the ring and using the upper pin into a hole drilled into casing half to trap the lip the side of the casing when the casing is ring grove reassembled creating a condensate seal bleeding off a portion of the steam

11

910 C Pigtails, or siphons, are used to protect Bourdon tube-type gages changing the direction of rapidly reducing the from the direct exposure to steam by ________________. the steam flow steam velocity

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 911 B Round split dies are usually adjustable to ________________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


allow threading on oversized stock Four control the diameter of threads cut Five to help start the die squarely on the round stock Six allow threading up to a shoulder Seven

General Knowledge

11

912 A The general service pump is to be used to remove clean water from the No. 3 port double-bottom cofferdam and discharge it through the ballast overboard discharge. What are the minimum number of valves, shown in the illustration, that must be opened on both the suction and discharge to accomplish this task? 913 C Fluctuating pressures and temperatures in an evaporator will _____________.

See illustration number(s): GS-0042

11

eliminate most of the scale formation in the first effect

increase the heat level in increase the probability all effects of priming be absorbed in the receiver produce a coarse finish by push filing bearings will leak oil excessively cause low condensing pressure file lead

automatically cold shock the evaporator carry moisture and lead to corrosion file plastic

11 11 11

914 D The presence of bubbles in a refrigeration system liquid line may promote refrigerant ____________. dehydration 915 A A mill file is used to _____________. produce a very fine finish by draw filing 916 C Dirt should not be allowed to contaminate a grease lubricant dirt will cause corrosion because the ______________. of bearing 917 A The function of a centrifugal pump double volute casing is to ____________. reduce radial thrust to the impeller

dirt is very abrasive when grease will become mixed with grease inflammable provide the effect of multistaging

11

double the liquid velocity reduce hydraulic end through the pump when thrust compared to a single volute 33 long tons 37 long tons

11

919 D A cylindrical tank measures 10 feet in diameter and 20 feet in length, weighs 4 long tons when empty. When completely filled with a petroleum product having an API gravity of 35.5 at 60F, what is the total weight of the tank and its contents in long tons? 920 D Differential pressures can be measured with the use of a _____________. 921 B If you are cutting external threads by hand and you start the die at an angle, the threads will _____________. 922 D Which of the listed statements is a characteristic of the liquid charged power element used with thermostatic expansion valves?

29 long tons

41 long tons

See illustration number(s): GS-0149

11 11 11

diaphragm type gage be out of round on the work At the designed operating temperature, the liquid refrigerant charge has changed to a vapor. increased heat levels in the entire unit

pressure transducer be cut crooked on the work The liquid refrigerant tends to collect at the bellows or diaphragm and reduces the valve sensitivity. decreased priming and high salinity distillate

manometer be rough, weak, and easily broken The sensing bulb is empty of liquid refrigerant charge at the designed operating temperature.

all of the above straighten out after the third revolution The sensing bulb is never emptied of liquid refrigerant under normal operating conditions.

11

923 D Rapid fluctuations in the shell pressure in a submerged tube distilling unit will cause ___________. 924 A Air trapped in a refrigeration system using a water-cooled condenser is usually indicated by ____________.

first effect scale priming in the last effect formation to be reduced shell higher than normal liquid unusually lower than normal discharge refrigerant temperature pressure when compared to the existing temperature of the liquid refrigerant Double cut check valve mechanical seal Second cut plug cock vent valve attached to the casing at the top of the volute

11

unusually high head higher than normal liquid level in the receiver pressure when compared to the existing temperature of the liquid refrigerant Bastard globe valve negative suction head

11 11 11

925 A Which of the following types of files will produce a fine finish when Mill cut draw filing? 926 B The valve best suited for throttling gas or liquid flow in a pipeline gate valve is the _____________. 927 D In order to properly remove air from the casing of a centrifugal positive head pump when starting, the pump should have a ___________________.

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


bleed-off circuit receiver and solenoid valve only .324 psi

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): GS-0107 See illustration number(s): RA-0010 See illustration number(s): GS-0115

928 D A hydraulic flow control circuit is shown in the illustration, and is metered-in circuit metered-out circuit bleed-in circuit known as a __________. 929 D In the refrigeration system illustrated, the liquid line strainer is solenoid valve and solenoid valve and back condenser and receiver located between the _________. thermal expansion valve pressure valve only only only 930 B According to the illustrated water filled U-tube draft gage, what is .072 psi the converted draft reading in pounds per square inch? 931 C The tool used in precision work to smooth or enlarge a slightly undersized hole, is called a ____________. 932 A Copper sheet metal that is to be used as a gasket, is usually annealed by heating it to a cherry red color, and then _____________. round out dousing it in cold water .144 psi .216 psi

11

11 11

round file cooling it slowly in air

reamer

hole driller

quenching it slowly in oil drawing its temper quickly

11 11

933 D Scale accumulation on evaporator heat exchange surfaces increases brine density ______________. 934 B Excessive circulation of the lubricating oil with the refrigerant in a carbon deposits on the refrigeration system will cause _____________. compressor suction valves 935 C The first step when beginning to set the slide valves on a duplex reciprocating pump is to ____________. open the relief valve to prevent accidental starting

increases distillate reduces metal corrosion reduces heat transfer salinity the evaporator rapid corrosion of the no operating problems temperature to increase thermal expansion valve ensure the balance piston is on the downstroke Electric motor center the steam pistons measure the present port in the cylinders openings to ensure reassembly will be the same Volute Eye

11

11

937 C Which of the following centrifugal pump components converts the Impeller liquid kinetic energy of velocity to the potential energy of pressure? 939 D If the air temperature in a manifold were found to be 122F, what 35C will be the equivalent reading on the centigrade scale? 940 D The pressure indicated by the U-tube manometer shown in the illustration is equal to _____________. 941 C An American Standard Tapered pipe thread has a taper of __________________. 942 D When replacing a gasket in a six-bolt flanged joint, in what order should the bolts be tightened? -2 inches of water 1/4 inch per foot Each bolt should be installed and tightened in consecutive order in the clockwise direction.

11

40C

45C

50C

11 11 11

+2 inches of water 1/2 inch per foot

-4 inches of water 3/4 inch per foot

+4 inches of water 1 inch per foot Install and tighten bolts in pairs which are opposite each other in the flange (1-4, 2-5, and 3-6). reducing the cloud or floc point It is the temperature at which the released vapors will fall within the explosive range. 16.37 tons

See illustration number(s): GS-0115

Install and tighten bolts Each bolt should be installed and tightened in 1, 3, 4, 2, 5, and 6, in consecutive order in the that order. counterclockwise direction. overheating and oxidation It is the temperature at which a substance will spontaneously ignite. 15.61 tons at any point along its length stock and die lowered operating temperatures It is the temperature at which a substance, when ignited, will continue to burn. 16.00 tons to the impeller

11 11

944 B Sludge may form in the crankcase of an air conditioning bubbling refrigerant compressor as a result of _____________. 945 A Which of the following statements is correct concerning the "flash It is lower than the point" of a liquid? ignition temperature.

11 11

949 A If your vessel burns 8 tons of fuel per hour at 15 knots, how many 13.82 tons tons per hour will it burn at 18 knots? 950 A The adapter for the tachometer shown in the illustration is at one end designed for reading shaft RPM as long as the shaft is accessible ______________. 951 B The complete tool used for manually cutting threads on pipe is called a pipe ________________. tool and die

to the impulse transmitter See illustration number(s): GS-0117 chaser

11

tap

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 953 C The purpose of the six-way valve used in an steering system is to _____________. electro-hydraulic

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


parallel rudder motion to take the pump off stroke redirect hydraulic fluid ensure positive contact the steering wheel when desired rudder flow when changing over between the Rapson angle is attained pumps slide and the rudder post wax precipitation in the lube oil drive alignment bolts contamination by dust, scale, or moisture adapter plate refrigerant bubbles in the refrigerant reducing the lube oil lube oil viscosity bellows inflatable seal

General Knowledge

11

954 B Sludge may form in the lubricating oil crankcase of a reciprocating air conditioning compressor as a result of _____________. 955 C Shown in the illustration is a mechanical shaft seal providing constant surface contact, regardless of hull deflections, draft, or sea conditions while underway. This is ensured by the _____________. 956 B The second stage feedwater temperature and shell absolute pressure in a multistage, flash type, distilling plant is _____________.

11

See illustration number(s): GS-0135

11

higher than the first stage feedwater temperature and absolute shell pressure settling in a fuel tank Control over speed, direction, and stopping would be better than having the pump equipped with the tilting box.

lower than the first stage feedwater temperature and absolute shell pressure testing in a laboratory centrifuge Maximum speed when rotated in the "hauling in" direction would be obtained with the tilting box just prior to neutral stroke, while "pay out" would be the opposite.

the same as the first stage feedwater temperature and absolute shell pressure burning in a calorimeter Maximum torque, when rotated in the "pay out" direction would be obtained with the tilting box just prior to neutral stroke, while "hauling in" would be the opposite.

not related to the feedwater temperature and absolute shell pressure testing in a closed cup Maximum speed in either direction of rotation would be achieved just beyond of neutral stroke, making reversal of direction difficult.

11 11

957 B The percentage of impurities in a specific fuel oil sample is determined by _____________. 958 D Which of the following statements describes the actions of an axial piston motor with a full deflection variable position tilting box?

11

959 A A ship travels 234.02 nautical miles in 24 hours at an average propeller speed of 60 RPM. If the propeller pitch is 20.07 feet, what is the propeller slip during this passage? 960 C To avoid corrosion and/or oxidation of the element, a thermometer bulb is often protected by a "well" or casing. In addition to protecting the element, the "well" will also ________________.

17.95%

20.46%

22.10%

26.20%

11

cause consistently higher cause consistently lower require a longer time for increase the sensitivity of the element than actual readings than actual readings the element to reach thermal equilibrium with the system being measured not hardened A double cut file straight Only a double bastard cut file Do nothing as this is the The feed rate should be The brine overflow weir The brine section should should be raised to allow be drained down a normal operating level. reduced and the brine minimum of 6 inches discharge valve opened greater outflow. below the seawater slightly. heater bundle. oxidation of the lube oil from overheating reducing the floc or cloud point of the oil small leaks cause the pipeline to creep sensor wired in with the three-way salinity dump valve not fluted A single cut file tapered Any bastard cut file

11 11 11

961 C Taps and dies used for threading pipe are ____________. 962 B Which of the following types of files is generally used for finishing? 963 B If the brine level of a double effect soloshell evaporator is above the sight glass, which action should be taken?

11

964 C Sludge may be formed in the oil in the crankcase of a reciprocating air conditioning compressor as a result of _____________. 965 A Small leaks in gaskets should be stopped immediately after installation because _____________.

refrigerant bubbles in the refrigerant reducing the lube oil lube oil viscosity the leak will probably worsen in time

11

the gasket may not seal the leak will result in itself for several hours severe flange distortion attemporator in the steam supply piping

11

966 C The temperature of the steam flow to the saltwater feed heater, in pressure regulator within thermally actuated bypass valve a flash type evaporator can be manipulated by a/an the supply orifice ____________.

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 967 B Assume identical impeller diameter, width and speed. Which of the following impellers will produce the greatest liquid velocity? 968 B With regards to axial piston hydraulic pump/motor power units, motor speed is a function of fluid flow rate generated by the pump. Which of the following statements describes why the motor is NOT manipulated as is the pump?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


A single stage straight vane impeller The designers of the equipment have never considered the use of the tilting box with a hydraulic motor. A single stage curved vane impeller A comparable pump tilting box if used in a hydraulic motor, would eliminate the hydraulic lock to the system when the motor is placed in neutral stroke. 28.0 square feet It is odorless. stock and die 2 7/16 inches A dual integeral impeller A dual impeller with unit operating at 10% multiple stepped curved lower speed vanes Reduction gears would be required if a hydraulic motor were designed with a tilting box. A tilting box hydraulic motor could never produce more than one horsepower.

General Knowledge

11

11 11 11 11 11

969 C In the circle illustrated, the circumference is 62.8 feet. What is the 27.5 square feet area of the shaded portion? 970 B Which of the listed characteristics can be applied to R-12 vapor? It is corrosive. 971 B The tool used for cutting external pipe threads is called a pipe _____________. 972 A A reading of 0.625 inch on a micrometer with a 2 to 3 inch range would be equal to ______________. 974 A Foaming of the oil in a refrigeration compressor crankcase is caused by _____________. cutter 2 5/8 inches

28.5 square feet

29.0 square feet

See illustration number(s): GS-0134

It is visible as a blue fog. It has a distinctive taste. threader 3 1/8 inches ratchet cutter 3 9/16 inches compressor suction pressure suddenly increasing cut grooves into the flange with a chisel to ensure good gasket contact

refrigerant boiling out of liquid refrigerant flooding lube oil viscosity being reduced by refrigerant solution from the lube oil the compressor and dilution system place the gasket over the remove excess gasket flange and knock off the material by trimming with excess material with a scissors or tin snips lead mallet make up the flanged joint to make an impression of the flange surfaces to insure a pattern for proper alignment

11

975 B To properly make and fit a new gasket to a flange, you should _________________.

11 11

976 C In a two stage flash evaporator, heated feedwater is vaporized in the _____________. 977 D Two individual centrifugal pump impellers of the same diameter, width, and rotating speed are to be compared, one is cast with straight vanes, the other with curved vanes. Which of the following statements is correct?

feed inlet box The straight vane impeller develops a higher level of kinetic energy.

distiller feedwater heater first and second stage flash chambers The curved vane impeller The straight vane impeller has the potential is less likely to develop for producing a greater cavitation. discharge pressure. different than NPT as the crest of a matching thread is in contact with the trough of the opposing thread 300%

first and second stage vapor separators The curved vane impeller will develop a greater increase in the liquid velocity.

11

978 B Dryseal threads, typically used for tubing to pipe connectors, and the same as National threaded piping in hydraulic systems are ___________. Pipe threads

different than NPT as the the same as National flanks of the matching Fine threads threads are in contact with the opposing threads 400% 500% See illustration number(s): GS-0109

11

979 C Figure "I" shown in the illustration is a diagram of a valve handwheel, with S=9 inches and T=50 lbs. When the three foot cheater bar is used instead, and V=50 lbs., as shown in Figure "II", how much does the torque on the valve stem increase? 980 D How may the response time for a thermometer using a protective well be reduced? 981 B When installing a new rotary pump, the suction piping should ___________________.

100%

11

Fill the well with nitrogen. Fill the well with water.

Drill small holes in the well. be the next size smaller than the pump suction connection

Pack the space around the bulb with graphite. be sloped to the pump

11

be of the same diameter be at least one size as the pump suction larger than the pump connection suction connection

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


chemically adjusting the eliminating bacterium coli sewage pH to 7.0 from the sewage

General Knowledge

982 A In sewage treatment, the term "maceration" refers to the process breaking up solid matter precipitating of ________. into fine particles nondecomposed waste in a collection tank 983 D Excessive scale formation in a distilling plant may result from ____________. 984 B In a refrigeration system, foaming of the crankcase oil may cause the _____________. 985 A If a continuous and steady flow of lube oil is provided, which of the listed pressures represents the lowest supply pressure at which a small high-speed bearing can be safely lubricated? poor distillate quality expansion valve to overfeed 1 psig reduced evaporator capacity compressor to knock 5 psig

11 11 11

improper vacuum regulation water regulating valve to crankcase drains to plug fail 10 psig 15 psig

low brine concentration

11

986 A The final heating of the feedwater in a flash type distilling plant is low pressure steam carried out by _______________________. admitted to the feedwater heater 987 C The centrifugal pump component responsible for converting the mechanical energy of the liquid being pumped, to that of kinetic energy is the ____________. electric motor

heat exchange in the first- vaporization in the firststage feedbox stage flash chamber volute impeller

heat exchange in each stage distiller condenser diffusion nozzle

11

11 11

988 D In which of the listed hydraulic system components could an OHigh pressure pump ring seal be satisfactorily used in providing a seal? shaft casing 989 D As shown in the illustration, a section of 4.5 inch standard weight, 5.498 inches seamless steel pipe, has a wall thickness of .355". When the pipe is bent into a 90 turn, the length of the outside edge of the curve "A-B" will exceed the length of the inside edge of the curve "C-D" by ___________. 990 D An example of an antifriction bearing is a _____________. rubber cutlass strut bearing 992 C The device shown in the illustration is used for removing moisture A and B from the refrigerant in the system, and is located between points ____________. 993 B The follow-up gear on an electro-hydraulic steering gear _____________. relieves excessive fluid pressure

Low pressure pump shaft Linear actuator without casing nylon insert 6.511 inches 7.069 inches

Relief valve spool 8.184 inches See illustration number(s): GS-0108

11 11

line shaft or spring bearing B and C

Kingsbury thrust bearing ball bearing C and D D and E See illustration number(s): RA-0012

11

takes the pump off stroke synchronizes wheel when the desired rudder position with the rudder position angle is attained

returns the rudder to midposition when the wheel is released

11

994 A Excessive oil foaming in the crankcase of a refrigeration compressor can result in _____________.

overheated compressor bearings

excess lube oil viscosity carbon deposits on the wax crystals forming in compressor piston rings the lubricant mark on metal second-stage distilling condenser directly increase the velocity of the liquid being pumped Install an enlarged control ring around the rotor. 3.49 inches punch gasket holes salt water feed heater clean file teeth all of the above

11 11

995 B A metal scribe should only be used to _____________. remove packing 996 D In a two-stage flash evaporator, the sea water feed temperature first-stage distilling is increased as it passes through the _________. condenser 997 B The basic function of the centrifugal pump impeller is to ____________. 998 C To convert a vane type hydraulic pump to a hydraulic motor, which of the following would have to be done? directly increase the pressure of the liquid being pumped Double the casing thickness.

11

convert the potential energy of the liquid to kinetic energy Provide small springs between the vanes and the base of the vane slots. 4.49 inches

separate air from the liquid being pumped Provide one additional slot and vane.

11

11

999 B To operate an air compressor with a 12 inch flywheel at a speed of 510 RPM with a motor speed of 1750 RPM, what size motor pulley should be used?

2.49 inches

5.49 inches

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


Strip charts are more difficult to read than circular charts. 0.025 inch straight threading tool

General Knowledge

1000 C Which of the listed characteristics is typical of a strip chart graphic The time graduations fan The data charts are more The variable being recorder? out from the center. easily stored than the measured is drawn on circular charts. rectangular coordinates. 1001 D One complete turn of a micrometer screw will move the spindle ____________. 1002 C Pipe thread taps are _____________. 1003 A A roughened checkered surface is machined by a lathe on round stock using a ______________. 1004 C Which of the following statements is correct concerning a typical shipboard multi-coil refrigeration system? 0.001 inch not hardened knurling tool The liquid receiver functions to collect and remove noncondensable gases. 0.0025 inch not fluted checkering tool A thermostatic expansion valve is used to control refrigerated space temperature. 0.010 inch tapered chamfering tool

11 11 11 11

Refrigerant temperature Dehydrators must be in an evaporator is used continuously in a directly related to refrigeration system. refrigerant pressure. pump will overheat motor will overheat

11

1005 C One of the consequences in continuing to operate a centrifugal bilge pump with the discharge valve closed, is that the _______________. 1006 A Which of the listed punches can be properly used to free a tapered pin "frozen" in its hole? 1007 D If a centrifugal pump is being driven by a steam turbine and the discharge valve is closed off, the pump will __________.

motor overload will open relief valve will open

11 11

Drift punch slow down

Aligning punch run cooler

Center punch

Prick punch

speed up by 5% until the no longer continue to internally convert the discharge valve is resultant energy reopened imparted to the pump

11

1008 A The device illustrated is considered to be a pump. Which of the following statements is true if it is to be used as a hydraulic motor?

Pressurized fluid would have to be supplied to the existing indicted casing outlet.

Roller vanes would have The diameter of the rotor Nothing could be done to See illustration to be exchanged for would have to be convert this device to a number(s): GS-0074 sliding vanes. increased. hydraulic motor.

11

1/4 H.P. motor 1009 B The mechanical efficiency of a centrifugal bilge pump is 92.5% and the weight of fresh water is 8.34 lbs./gal. Which of the electric motors listed is the minimum that can drive this pump at 100 gpm to a 15 feet head? 1010 C Which of the listed types of bearings is an example of a half bearing? 1011 C When using an inside micrometer to measure a hole, a reading of .875 is equal to _____________. 1012 B The process of grinding or shredding sewage into smaller particles is known as _________. 1014 C The sudden reduction of pressure occurring within the crankcase of a refrigeration compressor during starting causes the ___________. Piston pin bushing 1/2 inch detention sudden evaporation of wax crystals in the lubricant

1/2 H.P. motor

3/4 H.P. motor

1 H.P. motor

11 11 11 11

Thrust bearing 5/8 inch comminution sudden evaporation of entrapped air in the lubricant The suction strainer is clogged. Suppressant mechanical energy to potential energy to kinetic energy

Spring bearing 7/8 inch bulking release of refrigerant from the oil/refrigerant mixture The discharge valve is clogged. Dispersant potential energy to mechanical energy to kinetic energy

All of the above. 15/16 inch skimming release of dissolved lubricant from the refrigerant The shaft is worn.

11

1015 B If an operating bilge pump is developing good vacuum, but is The wearing rings are unable to discharge any water, which of the following problems is excessively worn. the most probable cause? 1016 C Which of the additives listed will maintain the suspension of fine residue particles in lube oil? 1017 A A centrifugal pump produces flow with a resulting discharge head by energy conversion. It is typical for the energy conversion to follow the order of ______________. Floc point mechanical energy to kinetic energy to potential energy

11 11

All of the above. kinetic energy to mechanical energy to potential energy

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1018 C A combined hydraulic pump unit is generally used where ____________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


the flow rate across both pump elements is to be the same, but the head pressure from the second element is to be double that of the first element the combined flow rate from each pump element will be double that of either single pump element each of the two pump all of the above elements will discharge to segregated segments of a system.

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): GS-0098

11

1019 C Upon a vessel's departure from point "A" at 1206, the counter 353.2 miles reading was 616729. At midnight, the counter reading was 672889, at which time the engine speed was increased to 82 RPM, and remained the same speed until its arrival at point "B" at 1140 the following day. If the vessel is equipped with a 20 foot 8 inch diameter propeller, having a pitch of 20 feet, and apparent negative slip of 6.65% was calculated for the passage, what observed distance was covered?

364.8 miles

398.4 miles

413.9 miles

11 11 11

1020 C The size of ball and roller bearings can be identified by the ___________. 1021 C The terms rough, coarse, bastard, second cut, smooth, and dead smooth refer to the ________. 1022 D An advantage of a helical gear pump over a simple gear pump is that the helical gear pump is capable of ___________.

rolling member size parts of the file maintaining a steadier speed

inner race cone width shape of the file delivering liquids over greater distances any numbered line on the dial prohibit flashing in the liquid line 0.2340 inch coarseness of the file teeth imparts energy to a fluid to move it from level "A" to level "B" the combined flow rate from each pump element will be double that of either single pump element

manufacturer's numerical code distance between the parallel cuts on the file operating for longer periods of time

outer ring width size of the file producing a smoother discharge flow See illustration number(s): GS-0084

11

1023 B To properly cut an odd numbered thread with a lathe using the any line on the dial thread dial indicator illustrated, you should close the lathe split, or half-nut on ____________. 1024 B Refrigerant is normally subcooled in a refrigeration or air conditioning system condenser to _____________. 1025 D What is the reading of the vernier micrometer caliper scale shown in figure "G" in the illustration? 1026 B The terms rough, coarse, bastard, second cut, smooth, and dead smooth refer to the ________. 1027 B A pump is defined as "a device that _____________." maintain adequate coil back pressure 0.2280 inch shape of the file produces pressure

odd numbered lines only even numbered lines only reduce refrigerant volume in the system 0.2520 inch size of the file creates a vacuum to move a liquid in all installations reduce compressor discharge line loading 0.2470 inch cuts of the file is to develop a pressure differential

11 11 11 11

See illustration number(s): GS-0083

11

1028 B A double hydraulic pump unit is generally used where _____________.

the flow rate across both pump elements is to be the same, but the head pressure from the second element is to be double that of the first element 1.04%

all of the above each of the two pump elements will discharge to segregated segments of a system

See illustration number(s): GS-0097

11

1029 C A vessel departed from point "A" at 1206 with a counter reading of 616729 and arrived at point "B" with a counter reading of 731929 at 1148 the following day. This vessel is equipped with a 20 foot 8 inch diameter propeller, with a pitch of 20 feet. The observed distance of 404.16 miles was covered at an observed speed of 16.85 knots. What should be the apparent slip for this trip? 1030 A Restrictions occuring in the small orifices of pneumatic control system components can be caused by _____________.

1.29%

-6.65%

-11.04%

11

moisture in the compressed air supply

excessive dryness in the pressure surging in the insufficient lubrication of compressed air supply compressed air receiver the system components

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1031 D The best tool to use when attempting to widen the opening of a flanged joint, in preparation for renewing the gasket, is a _____________. gasket cutter

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


spud wrench scraper flange spreader

General Knowledge

11 11

1032 A A file handle is fitted to the file's ____________. tang 1033 A To properly cut even numbered threads using the lathe thread dial any line on the dial indicator shown in the illustration, you should close the lathe split or half-nut on ________________. 1034 A The principal purpose of subcooling liquid refrigerant prior to its entering the expansion valve is to _____________.

point even numbered lines only

taper heel odd numbered lines only any unnumbered half line See illustration number(s): GS-0084

11

increase the refrigerating allow the refrigerant to increase the refrigerating minimize the effect by decreasing the enter the throttling device effect by increasing the temperature drop of the amount of flash gas in a saturated condition amount of flash gas liquid as it passes through the solenoid valve to the outlet side the circuit breaker for leaks in the suction piping rudder post relief valve is not properly seated rudder gudgeon the suction strainer

11

1035 A If a bilge pump is able to develop vacuum, but is unable to sufficiently pump out the bilges, you would check for all of the following EXCEPT ________. 1036 B Item "E" as shown in the illustration is known as a _______. 1038 A A two stage hydraulic pump unit is used to _____________.

11 11

rudder stock

pintle supply two individual flows to the same segments of the system if one of the pump elements were to fail

establish two individual produce twice the flow develop the same flow flows to segregated rate than if only one rate across both pump element were to be used segments of one system elements with the discharge pressure of the second pump element being substantially higher than that of the first stage

See illustration number(s): GS-0101 See illustration number(s): GS-0096

11

1039 A While starting a hydraulic anchor windlass, you observe that hydraulic pressure does not develop in spite of the proper operation of the electric drive motor. Which of the following actions should you take FIRST to restore pressure? 1040 C A primary element used with flow measurement devices highly suitable for liquids containing solids in suspension, is a ____________.

Make certain that the Inspect the disc brake on Check the electric motor Check for full voltage hydraulic reservoir is the electric motor for for an open overload supply to the electric filled to the proper level. proper operation. relay contact. motor.

11

concentric orifice

convergent nozzle

venturi tube

pilot tube

11

1041 A To safely remove the piston rod packing from the steam end of a use a packing hook reciprocating pump, you should __________.

open the throttle valve and "blow" the old packing out fits into the handle spindle and feed rod

do nothing, as this type of pump utilizes O-rings in lieu of packing has crosscut teeth lead screw and head stock spindle

open the steam chest and pry the packing loose with a scraper is opposite the handle lead screw and feed rod

11 11

1042 B The tang of a file is the part that ___________. 1043 C When a lathe is used for thread cutting, the number of threads per inch produced is determined by the speed relationship between the _____________. 1044 C Subcooling is a method of reducing the temperature of the liquid refrigerant below its _____________. 1045 B The valve which is most suited for regulating the flow through a pipeline is a _____________. 1046 D The reading on the micrometer scale shown in figure "D" in the illustration is ____________. 1047 C A centrifugal pump must have a stuffing box liquid sealing line and seal cages installed if the pump _____________.

does the cutting drive motor and spindle

11 11 11 11

freezing point gate valve 0.4710 inch

floc point globe valve 0.4715 inch

condensing temperature compression temperature swing-check valve plug-cock valve 0.4810 inch 0.4815 inch discharge is less than 25 psi combined, pump unit See illustration number(s): GS-0098 See illustration number(s): GS-0081

suction head is high, and is handling a liquid with a suction lift exceeds 10" is handling a cool, debris temperature of less than Hg Vac free liquid 150F two-stage, pump unit duplex, pump unit

11

1048 D The illustrated hydraulic pump graphic symbol is used to depict a parallel, pump unit _____________.

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1049 A A standard grade of 3 inch steel pipe has an outside diameter of 3.5 inches 3.5 inches and an inside diameter of 3.068 inches. What is the nominal size of steel pipe having an outside diameter of 4.0 inches and an inside diameter of 3.548 inches? 1050 B Which of the screwdrivers listed is produced with a tip to fit screws with a fourway or cross slot? 1051 A In order to prevent overheating of the packing in the stern tube stuffing box, _____________. Standard

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


3.75 inches 3 inch nominal size pipe 3 inch nominal size pipe of schedule 80 thickness of schedule 160 thickness

General Knowledge

11 11

Phillips stave-type rubber seals are used

Allen

Torx

the gland is properly adjusted to permit a slight leakage of sea water

cooling water is supplied the gland nuts must be from the fresh water tightly taken up to cooling system prevent any water leakage stop the spindle from sliding out of the barrel work mounted on the lathe carriage filter drier A set of fractional size drills from 1/16" to 1/2". eliminate ratchet movement round stock to a finished dimension condenser See illustration number(s): RA-0012 A set of fractional size drills from 1/2" to 2". foaming is guaranteed to occur has a high positive suction head combined pump unit 6.912 inches See illustration number(s): GS-0097 See illustration number(s): GS-0108

11

1052 B Many micrometers are equipped with a ratchet stop at the end of click at each increment the thimble to _____________. of measure 1053 B A follower rest should be used with a lathe to machine __________________. 1054 B In the illustrated refrigeration system, component "G" is the __________. 1055 C Which of the drill sets listed would commonly be referred to as a "Jobbers Set"? large diameter stock between centers expansion valve A set of numbered size drills from 1 to 60.

prevent the user from closing the tool with too much force threads on long slender shafts compressor A set of lettered size drills from A to Z.

11 11 11

11

1056 A If the chemical analysis of a lube oil sample taken from the main acidity has increased propulsion machinery indicates an increased neutralization number the _______.

viscosity has decreased demulsibility has improved

11

1057 B The proper design of a centrifugal pump must include a seal cage takes suction from a low takes suction from a hot is handling a liquid at and sealing line when the pump _______________. temperature pressurized well less than 150F tank 1058 C The illustrated hydraulic pump graphic symbol is used to depict series-flow pump unit a/an ____________. 1.050 inches 1059 C As shown in the illustration, a section of standard weight, seamless steel pipe, has an external diameter of 3.5 inches. When the pipe is bent into a 90 turn, the length of the outside edge of the curve "A-B" will exceed the length of the inside edge of the curve "C-D" by ___________. 1060 A Why is it necessary to have the weight bearing piston of a deadweight gage tester spinning when testing a gage for proper calibration? 1061 B Some vessels are equipped with a water lubricated stern tube. When at sea, operating under normal conditions, the water service valve from the ship's saltwater system to the bearing should be ______________. 1062 C The correct torque value for a micrometer torque wrench is reached when _____________. 1063 B To commence cutting threads with a metal lathe, you should engage the ___________. 1064 C Heat is removed from the cooling system, shown in the illustration, by component ____________. 1065 A When using a micrometer to measure a drill for size, you should measure across the drill ______________. 1066 A A good quality lubricating oil used in any machinery, should be ___________. two-stage pump unit 2.670 inches double pump unit 5.498 inches

11 11

11

Minimizes piston drag Prevents vibration errors Minimizes piston speed Allows trapped air below and reduces tester error. in the gage tester. and reduces tester error. the piston to escape. closed, and no leakage permitted across the shaft packing the scale is read on the handle feed-change lever 5 margins acid free flutes capable of emulsifying closed, and only slight open, and no leakage leakage permitted across permitted across the the shaft packing shaft packing the dial is read on the handle split or half-nut open, and only slight leakage permitted across the shaft packing

11

11

an audible click is heard a dial lights on the and the handle releases handle back gear lever 3H shank a rapid oxidizer thread-chasing dial E web additive free See illustration number(s): RA-0012

11 11 11 11

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1067 D Centrifugal pumps are designed with sealing lines _________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


to prevent the fluid being in place of mechanical pumped from pouring out seals of the stuffing box when a high suction head is available two-stage, pump unit 160 RPM at 4 HP in place of slinger rings to prevent air from entering the pump casing along the shaft

General Knowledge

11 11

1068 B The hydraulic pump graphic symbol shown in the illustration, is parallel-flow, pump unit known as a/an _____________. 1069 A An 8" diameter wheel is driving a 20" diameter wheel via a pair of 120 RPM at 4 HP belts. The power input is supplied by a 5 HP motor rotating the driving wheel at 300 RPM. If the efficiency of the transmission is 80%, what RPM and torque is delivered to the driven wheel? 1070 A A rotameter, when used to indicate the rate of fluid flow in distilling plants, is essentially an area meter consisting of a _____________. 1071 C Which of the following methods applies to how a vacuum is created by a jet pump or an eductor?

double, pump unit 220 RPM at 4.5 HP

combined, pump unit 220 RPM at 4.8 HP

See illustration number(s): GS-0096

11

movable float riding on a piston uncovering a port movable orifice plate rod centered in a tapered whose opening is directly venturi tube and high proportional to fluid flow pressure tap tube Centrifugal force converted into potential energy.

rotating vane transmitting nutating motion to a counter mechanism

11

A reciprocating plunger A rapidly moving stream A propeller drawing a directly applying force to of fluid passing through a fluid through a venturi nozzle. nozzle. a fluid.

11

1072 B For greater accuracy, some micrometers have a vernier scale making it possible to read in increments of _______________. 1073 B The 60 taper angle machined on work supported by lathe centers is most easily machined by the ___________. 1074 D Under normal conditions, the refrigerant enters the compressor in an operating refrigeration system as a _____________. 1075 B The most accurate method of setting an inside caliper is to use a/an _____________. 1077 A Sealing lines provide sealing liquid flow to the stuffing box of a centrifugal pump ____________.

five thousands of an inch ten thousands of an inch twenty five thousands of one fortieth of an inch an inch taper attachment liquid compound rest dry saturated gas tailstock setover method headstock setover method wet saturated gas superheated vapor

11 11

11 11

thread micrometer

outside micrometer

engineer's scale

dial indicator

to help lubricate the shaft to limit the outflow of packing seawater from the stuffing box of a pump provided with a high suction head

in place of sealing gages in place of mechanical seals

11

1078 D As routine maintenance, the bilge manifold valves are disks and seats should bonnet flange gaskets periodically removed and examined. Prior to resecuring the valve be checked and lapped if should be renewed if bonnets, the valve _____________. necessary they were cut or torn

stem packing should be renewed if the packing has hardened

all of the above

11

1079 B If oil sprays out on a hot piece of machinery, catches fire and nearest Coast Guard unit Officer in Charge, Marine principal surveyor of the U.S. Salvage Association Surveyor at the next U.S. does $72,000 damage to your ship, by law this must be reported Inspection at the first port American Bureau of to the ____________. of arrival Shipping at the next U.S. port port 1080 D A hydrometer measures specific gravity by comparing the ______________. density of a substance in differences in weight water with the density of between water and the the same subject in air liquid measured mass of substance measured with the density of the same substance shaft packing buoyancy of an object in water with the buoyancy of the same object in the liquid being measured labyrinth seal

11

11

1081 C An excessive amount of water is prevented from entering a vessel propeller hub using a water lubricated stern tube bearing by the use of the ___________. 1082 A A micrometer screw has a pitch of _____________. 40 threads per inch

lignum vitae

11

50 threads per inch

75 threads per inch

100 threads per inch

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11 11 1083 D A taper may be turned on a lathe by _____________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


all of the above low pressure liquid .100 inch

General Knowledge

setting over the tailstock using the compound rest using the taper attachment 1084 C Refrigerant enters the condenser as a _____________. high pressure liquid low pressure vapor high pressure vapor 1085 C If the thimble of a micrometer were turned through one complete .001 inch .010 inch .025 inch revolution, the micrometer would open or close by a linear distance of _____________. 1086 B A micrometer would be used to measure ____________. microseconds 1087 B Early models of the flash-type evaporators used a separate shell- distilling condenser and-tube heat exchanger as the air ejector condenser. More recent models use a combined air ejector condenser with the ____________. 1088 A As a general rule of thumb, the reservoir used in a hydraulic system should have a capacity, when at the normal level, approximately equal to ____________. 1089 B If the pump for a hydraulic anchor windlass is overheating, the cause may be _____________. 1090 C Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR), require that an indicating light, located at the propulsion control station, be illuminated if there is an overload that would cause overheating of the _________. 1091 B When a vessel is underway, a small amount of water is allowed to leak through the water lubricated stern tube stuffing box in order to ___________________. 1092 D The rotating part of a micrometer is the known as the _________________. 1093 D To safely change spindle speeds on a lathe, you must first _____________. 1094 D At point "D", shown in the illustration, the refrigerant is a _____________. 1096 B A small hole gauge is used in conjunction with a/an _________________. 1097 D The function of seal cages, or lantern rings installed in the centrifugal pump stuffing boxes, is to ______________. round stock diameter salt water feed heater electrical resistance distillate cooler

11 11

low voltages flash chamber

11

the flow rate through the ten times the flow rate two to three times the through the system normal flow rate through system the system excessive drive motor excessive pump speed discharge pressure forced draft blower motor fuel pump motor too low of a tilting box angle steering gear motor

the number of gallons a pump can circulate in one minute. insufficient drive motor speed condensate pump motor

11 11

11

flush out silt and mud which can accumulate from shallow water anvil disengage the spindle clutch low pressure gas feeler gauge cool the shaft

prevent overheating of the packing barrel

ensure positive coolant flow through the strut bearings frame

prevent seizing of the rubber strips in the bearing bushing thimble stop the lathe rotation high pressure liquid angle gauge distribute the sealing liquid within the stuffing box See illustration number(s): RA-0012

11 11 11 11 11

engage the feed change disengage the feed lever reverse lever low pressure liquid high pressure gas micrometer lubricate the packing surface gauge seal air from entering along the shaft

11

1098 A The device shown in the illustration has displayed a continuing Apply an adhesive between the shaft and tendency to leak, despite using extreme care in its installation during numerous repair efforts. Which of the following conditions part "D". might be used to prevent the pump shaft leakage reoccurring with this device? 1099 A If the capacity of a ballast pump is 200 gallons (757 L) per minute, 1.5 hours and the pump is assumed to be 100% efficient throughout ballasting, approximately how long will it take to fill a ballast tank with 68.5 long tons (69.6 t) of seawater?

Apply an adhesive between parts "D" and "E".

Apply an adhesive to part Apply an adhesive See illustration "G". between part "F" and the number(s): GS-0071 shaft.

11

2.0 hours

2.5 hours

3.0 hours

11

1100 A Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) require an audible and visible 30 seconds for ordered 16 seconds for ordered 10 seconds for ordered all of the above alarm to be actuated in the pilothouse when the actual position of rudder position changes rudder position changes rudder position changes the rudder differs from the position ordered by the follow-up of 70 degrees of 5 degrees of 2.5 degrees control system by 5 degrees or more for more than _____________. 1101 B An oil fog lubrication system is recommended for __________. gear shaft bearings high speed continuous operation of roller bearings B low and moderate speed heavily loaded and highball bearings speed ball bearings C D See illustration number(s): GS-0073

11

11

1102 C Which of the devices shown in the illustration is designed for both A inside and outside measurements?

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


Block off the sealing water connection. Be certain that all packing is fitted loosely to the shaft. For good lubrication, apply a fine grade lapping compound between the shaft and packing. D and L

General Knowledge

1103 A When repacking a stuffing box fitted with a lantern ring, which of Replace all of the the following precautions should be observed? packing rings.

11

1104 A In the illustrated refrigeration system, refrigerant exists in its liquid H and K form when it is between components ____________. 1105 C An independent bilge suction is required for ________. 1106 A Which of the projections represents the left side view of the object "X" in the illustration? 1107 A During the operation of the flash-type evaporator, the distillate flow meter indicates the output has dropped by more than 50% from the previous day. With the exception of the three-way valve diverting the distillate output to the bilge once every hour, everything else appears normal. The probable cause is due to ____________. ballast tanks A

L and F

G and D

See illustration number(s): RA-0012

11 11 11

sludge tanks B

machinery space bilges C

cargo hold bilges D the distillate output temperature being indicated at 100F See illustration number(s): GS-0022

damage sustained by the excessive L.P. extraction the feedwater distillate pump coupling steam being supplied to temperature being the feedwater heater maintained at 168F

11

Use a softer material for Increase the contact 1108 D In a six month period, the illustrated device has needed to be surface area of part "F". replaced twice due to excessive grinding of part "E". Which of the part "D". listed aids might assist in reducing this problem? 1109 D The collision bulkhead is located _________. on the bridge deck between the passenger and cargo areas Emergency generator

Increase the contact Increase the thickness of See illustration surface area of part "E". the cover gasket at point number(s): GS-0071 "H". at the stern of the ship as the first watertight bulkhead aft of the bow in the ship

11

11

1110 A Of the equipment listed below, which equipment must be tested NOT more than 12 hours prior to getting underway from a U.S. port when the voyage is to be of 48 hours or greater duration? 1111 D In a flash distilling unit, evaporator feed (seawater) first absorbs heat in the ___________. 1112 D Which of the listed numeric values represents the smallest size drill? 1113 A Which of the lathe operations listed is best done with the carriage locked in position? 1114 C Heat is removed from the refrigerant, as shown in the illustration, in the labeled part "____." 1115 A If you turn the handwheel clockwise of a spring-loaded, internal pilot, reducing valve, you will ____________. 1116 A The function of lubricating oil is to ____________.

Steering gear

All internal vessel power All of the above control communications and alarms saltwater heater #60 Threading internal threads. H distillate cooler #80 Boring an angled hole. G See illustration number(s): RA-0012

11 11 11 11 11

vapor feed heater #0 Facing work held in a chuck. L compress the adjusting spring against the diaphragm reduce friction between moving surfaces continue the current evaporator operation

air ejector condenser #1 Turning work held between centers. K release spring tension from the diaphragm

increase steam pressure decrease spring tension to the reducing valve in the main valve

11

provide even distribution reduce the accumulation maintain a constant oil of bearing wear of harmful detergents temperature output at each bearing dump the evaporator to the bilge secure the evaporator until the feedwater temperature can be raised to 165F or more E U.S.C.G. Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection at the next port raise the tripping point at the salinity indicating panel for the three-way valve G vessel underwriters See illustration number(s): GS-0071

11

1117 A While at sea, the flash type evaporator is discharging the output to the distill tanks. If it becomes necessary to reduce the feed water temperature below 165F, you should ____________.

11 11

1118 C Which of the labeled parts would be considered as the "dynamic A seal" portion of the illustrated device? 1119 C If hot oil comes in contact with a diesel engine turbocharger, engine manufacturer catches fire, and causes in excess of $(SA)25,000 damage to your ship, by law this must be reported to the ____________.

D American Bureau of Shipping

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1120 A Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR), make certain requirements regarding overcurrent protection. Steering gear feeder circuits shall be protected only by _____________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


a circuit breaker with instantaneous trip motor running overcurrent protection a nonrenewable link cartridge fuse a renewable link cartridge fuse

General Knowledge

11

1121 A Carbon deposits forming on the discharge valves of an air reduce the discharge compressor are caused by oil deterioration under high pressure. temperatures The first step in reducing these deposits would be to _____________. 1122 B When a flash evaporator is being operated in extremely cold prevent cold shocking water, you may need to throttle the seawater supply to ________. the evaporator

increase the compression ratio

use a high viscosity oil

increase the oil volatility

11

maintain the feedwater avoid flooding the temperature above the evaporator shell required minimum input temperature tapered center drilled

increase the evaporator distilling rate

11 11

1123 C The dead center of a lathe can be properly used only after the end of the work piece has been ____________. 1124 B Flash gas formed in the liquid line of a refrigeration system may cause ____________. 1125 C Which of the drill sizes listed represents the largest size drill?

counter bored pressure at expansion valve inlet to increase A

convexed

expansion valve pins and expansion valve capacity pressure difference seats to erode to increase across the expansion valve to increase X B the capacity will remain the same regardless of the seawater temperature soft-packing seal low fluid level in the reservoir On hydraulic type steering gears, a suitable arrangement of check valves in the main piping system may be considered as a means of steadying the rudder. higher than normal power consumption Higher vacuum in the second-stage the portion of liquid refrigerant which does not flash Z C it will probably "trip off the line" as a result of an excessive and violent rate of flashing spring seal XX D it will produce the purest and lowest salinity concentration of distillate that can be produced mechanical seal See illustration number(s): GS-0071 See illustration number(s): GS-0046

11 11 11

1126 B Which of the illustrations depicts the correct procedure for A applying pipe dope? 1127 C If a flash-type evaporator was designed to operate in seawater at the capacity will be doubled 75F, and the current seawater temperature is 50F, without readjusting any valve associated with this evaporator, ___________. 1128 D The device shown in the illustration is commonly known as a/an _____________. 1129 B Overheating of the hydraulic fluid in an electro-hydraulic anchor windlass can result from a/an ____________. 1130 C According to Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR), which of the following statements is correct regarding the steering apparatus requirements for a vessel over 250 feet in length? quad seal overload on the pump motor Hydraulic structural rudder stops are mandatory.

11 11 11

low fluid viscosity around high oil level in the sump the shaft seal All of the above. A separate auxiliary means of steering is not required where the main gear is of the dual power hydraulic type, having two independent pumps and connections. water in the lubricating oil Difference in brine Lower pressure in firstdensity between first and stage second stages exposure to the high ambient temperature within the coil in place of mechanical seals exposure to the high ambient temperature of the cooled space in place of lantern rings unloader malfunction

11 11

1131 B A dirty intercooler on the ship service air compressor will result in decreased compression ________________. ratio 1132 B Which of the listed conditions will cause the feedwater, that has Gravity siphon effect not flashed to vapor in the first-stage of a flash evaporator, to flow into the second-stage? 1134 B In a refrigeration system, the heat normally producing the flash gas at the thermostatic expansion valve, is obtained from _____________. 1135 B Sealing lines provide sealing liquid flow to the stuffing box of a centrifugal pump ____________. the hot gas bypass connection at the threeway valve

11

11

to prevent seawater from to cool the shaft passing out the stuffing box when a high suction head is present length diameter

11

1136 B A twist drill gage can be used to measure the drill's ________________.

clearance angle

web thickness

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1137 D Under normal operating conditions, the highest temperature and pressure conditions existing in a flash-type evaporator will occur in the _______________. 1138 C An axial piston hydraulic motor is caused to rotate by fluid flow from a comparably designed variable displacement pump fitted with the illustrated device. If the motor stalls, due to excess load, the pump tilting box will seek neutral stroke until the high side pressure equalizes or is less than the set point pressure established by part __________. first stage

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


second stage distillate cooler salt water feed heater

General Knowledge

11

See illustration number(s): GS-0040

11

1139 B A 30 HP electric motor is rotating shaft "A" at 300 rpm. What is 20 H.P. at 200 RPM the horsepower and rpm at shaft "B", if the efficiency of the spur gears is 67%? 1140 D Electric and electro-hydraulic steering gear motors are required by Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) to be _____________.

20 H.P. at 900 RPM

30 H.P. at 100 RPM

30 H.P. at 900 RPM

See illustration number(s): GS-0136

11

protected by a circuit provided with a running breaker set at 125% and motor overcurrent protection device a thermal overload device damage to the unloader operating diaphragm an increase in current flow to the motor

served by a single two conductor cable

served by two feeder circuits

11

1141 B A dirty intercooler on an air compressor will cause _______.

high pressure in the an excessive receiver and refrig-a-filter consumption of crankcase oil Check for parallel alignment of the sleeve radial faces to the sleeve bores. Aluminum Reassemble the unit and adjust the governor to obtain a slower speed. Soft brass

11

1142 A Which of the following actions should be taken if during a routine maintenance inspection of a centrifugal pump, localized scoring on a pump shaft sleeve is detected?

Correct the cause of the Reassemble the unit and scoring and repair the provide more water leak sleeve or replace with a off for proper lubrication. new one. Machine steel

11

1143 C If all of the metals listed below are two inches in diameter, which Cast iron of those listed can be cut with the highest operating lathe speed? 1144 C The effect of high vapor superheat in a refrigeration system, is a/an ____________.

11

increased capacity of the more efficient operation decreased capacity of compressor of the thermal expansion the compressor valve directly to the second stage feed heater point Part "H" will move to block the replenishing pump oil flow across part "G" as flow across hydraulic motor decreases. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) directly overboard into the second stage through the brine cooler flash chamber shank When part "D" rotates counterclockwise, part "E" will rotate clockwise allowing part "G" to slide towards the set point spring "F." American National Standards Institute (ANSI) provided with a motor running overcurrent protection device using oil having an excessive viscosity margin As high side pressure increases part "A", "B", and "C" will work together to reestablish the original tilting box angle. American Bureau of Shipping (ABS)

loss of receiver capacity

11

1145 C In a two-stage flash-type evaporator, excess brine in the first stage automatically passes _____________. 1146 B The drill size is marked on the _____________. 1148 A A variable displacement pump is fitted with the illustrated device, the discharge flow rate will be reduced as described by which of the following statements?

into the second stage vapor condenser flute The increase in high side See illustration number(s): GS-0040 pressure will gradually increase the tilting box angle of the variable displacement pump.

11 11

11

1149 C Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) for materials, design, and construction of main propulsion machinery state that design standards shall be at least equivalent to the standards of the _____________.

American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) served by a single two conductor cable

11

1150 A Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) require that electric and served by two electric electro-hydraulic steering gear motors shall be _____________. power feeder circuits 1151 D Excessive lube oil consumption by a reciprocating air compressor using a slightly dirty air can be caused by ____________. filter

protected by a circuit breaker and a thermal overload device

11

intercooler or aftercooler carrying the oil level leaks higher than normal

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1152 D The total length of stroke in a reciprocating steam pump can be adjusted by ____________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


increasing or decreasing variations in the throttle the number of packing adjustment rings around the piston rod The distance to tool point The distance from the advances with each bottom of the cut to the revolution of the work. uncut surface of the workpiece. Evaporator twisting the stayrod in a clockwise direction changing the setting of the tappet collars on the pilot valve operating rod

General Knowledge

11

1153 B Which of the following statements best defines "depth of cut" in lathe work?

The distance the The chip length that will workpiece circumference be removed from the moves past the cutting work in 1 minute. tool point in 1 minute. Drier Receiver See illustration number(s): GS-0054

11 11

1154 B In which of the listed refrigeration system components does Expansion valve superheating of the refrigerant take place? 1156 A With regards to the diaphragm controlled, internally piloted, outlet pressure drops, steam pressure reducing valve illustrated, as the ____________. the valve stem will move down 1157 C The vacuum maintained in the salt water feed heater shell of a flash-type evaporator is generally accomplished by ____________. a separate air ejector unit

diaphragm ruptures, the adjusting spring is outlet pressure drops, compressed further, the valve stem will move valve will close outlet pressure will up decrease a direct unimpeded connection between second stage and salt water feed heater either by vacuum drag or the fixed orifice provided an external line from the in the steam supply line first stage via a fixed orifice counterclockwise and act clockwise and act upon upon part "G" part "G" crew lounge none of the above

11

11 11

1158 C In the device illustrated, if part "D" rotates clockwise then part "E" counterclockwise and act clockwise and act upon will rotate ___________. upon part "H" part "H" 1159 D Sounding tubes and access openings for fuel oil tanks on cargo Washrooms Laundries vessels are permitted by Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) to be located in which of the listed spaces? 1160 B A power-driven auxiliary steering gear is required by Coast Guard 7 knots Regulations (46 CFR) to be capable of putting the rudder over from 15 on one side to 15 on the other side with the vessel running ahead. For a 20 knot vessel, this test must be carried out at ____________. 1161 C Excessive lube oil consumption in a reciprocating air compressor is an indication of _____________. 1162 C Which of the lubricants listed is the best to use on a reciprocating pump rod? 1163 C When stock is being turned in a lathe the outside diameter is reduced by an amount equal to _____________. 1164 D In a refrigeration system, the amount of refrigerant admitted to the evaporator is directly related to _________. 1165 A If the distillate temperature from a flash type evaporator falls below 160F _________. 10 knots

See illustration number(s): GS-0040

11

15 knots

20 knots

11 11 11 11

leakage in the aftercooler leakage in the intercooler worn or broken piston rings Engine oil. Oil mixed with kerosene. Graphite and oil. the depth of cut the compressor discharge pressure the distillate may be directed to the storage tanks cut a continuous chip one half the depth of cut twice the depth of cut condenser cooling water the solenoid valve temperature differential pressure the automatic three-way the demisters will become scaled solenoid dump valve should direct distillate to the bilge jam in the hole and break cut an oversized hole

defects in the high pressure unloader Vegetable oil. twice the rate of feed the superheat of the refrigerant in the tail coil priming will occur in the first-effect

11

11 11

1166 C If the drill point lips are of unequal length, the drill will wobble and ______________. 1167 A The absolute pressure maintained in the shell of the salt water feed heater on most flash evaporators used on steam propelled vessels is __________________.

slightly less than the slightly less than the slightly higher than the absolute pressure of the supplied live steam second stage vacuum L.P. extraction pressure at the reducing valve outlet

overheat rapidly from rubbing slightly lower than the first stage vacuum

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1169 B The U.S. Coast Guard requires that a Form CG 2692 "Report of Marine Accident, Injury or Death" be filed with the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection when ___________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


a shipyard worker breaks his leg due to the failure of the engine room gantry supporting the turbine a crew member falls while at sea and requires two and a half days bed rest to recover a harbor worker carrying all of the above a heavy piece of gear statements are true drops it on his foot and as a result is out of work for 2 months 15 knots 20 knots

General Knowledge

11

1170 B According to Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR), a power driven 7 knots auxiliary steering gear for a vessel capable of a 20 knot service speed, must be capable of producing a rudder movement at which of the minimum speeds listed below? 1171 D Which of the following statements is true concerning V-belt drives Belts generally stretch for reciprocating air compressors? slightly during the first few months of use. 1173 B If you are cutting off a piece of stock in a lathe and the workpiece increase the lathe spindle speed tends to climb over the top of the cutoff tool, you should _____________. 1174 A The refrigerant gas returning to the compressor should be superheated _____________. 1175 B The distillate produced by a flash evaporator has a salinity of 0.21 direct distillate to the grains per gallon, with a feedwater temperature entering the first- bilge stage of the evaporator at 170F. Under these conditions the three-way solenoid valve will ________. 1176 B On a multistage flash-type evaporator, the flash chamber is ______________. combined as part of the salt water feed heater

10 knots

11

An excessively tight belt A loose belt will slip on the motor pulley and will overload the wear rapidly. bearings.

All of the above.

11

increase the height of the stop the lathe and tighten stop the lathe and tool cutting edge the chuck lubricate the dead center saturated direct distillate to the freshwater tanks dense recirculate distillate to the first-stage feed inlet flooded recirculate distillate to the distiller saltwater heater

11 11

11

the open area above the combined as part of the brine levels in the first distillate cooler and second stages vaporize, with the unflashed water equalizing to the saturation conditions existing in the flash chamber Once the pump achieved a corresponding output of 50%, the pump would automatically return to neutral stroke. vaporize, with the remaining water at a temperature greater than it entered the flash chamber The pump would develop a 50% discharge rate and remain at that condition until the control handle position is changed. gate valve

another term used to describe the vapor feed heater boil, allowing steam bubbles to rise through the brine at the bottom of the flash chamber

11

1177 B The heated feedwater entering any flash chamber of a flash- type vaporize, with the evaporator will _____________. unflashed water remaining at the temperature at which it entered the flash chamber 1178 C If the device shown in the illustration is used to control the output of a variable displacement pump, and part "A" is displaced 50% from "zero" stroke, which of the following statements will be correct? Pump discharge will be 100% until the effects of lost motion in the associated linkages is eliminated.

11

The system unloading valve will open to guarantee a pump discharge of no more than 50%.

See illustration number(s): GS-0039

11

1179 D Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) require tank sounding tubes globe valve terminating above the weather deck of a cargo vessel to be fitted with a _________. 1180 B According to Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR), a power driven 6 knots auxiliary steering gear for a vessel capable of a 12 knot service speed, must be able to meet the rudder movement requirements at which of the minimum vessel speeds listed below? 1181 B If the electric motor driving an air compressor fails to start, the cause may be a _____________. leaking unloader

stop-check valve

screw cap or plug

11

7 knots

9 knots

12 knots

11

tripped circuit breaker

control line leak

defective pop valve

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


adjust the valve gear to install a shorter piston manufacturer's specified rod measurements lightly to avoid dulling the rapidly in a continuous tool chip expansion valve to the evaporator dump distillate to the bilge condenser to the expansion valve dump distillate to the makeup feed tank

General Knowledge

1182 C If you determine that a steam reciprocating pump is operating completely open the install a smaller nut on with too long of stroke, causing the piston nut to strike the cylinder steam cushioning valves the piston rod head, you should _____________. 1183 B When steel, cast iron, or other metals with surface scale are being turned, the first roughing cut should be taken ___________________. 1184 A The low pressure side of a refrigeration system is considered to exist from the _____________. 1185 C In the event of a power failure to the salinity panel on a flash-type evaporator, the three-way solenoid valve will _____________. 1186 B Positive displacement, helical gear pumps are well suited for pumping oil because _____________. slowly to prevent tool chatter expansion valve to the compressor be frozen in its last position stuffing boxes eliminate the leakage problems usually associated with other gear pumps flash chamber walls deep enough to get under the scale receiver to the expansion coil direct distillate to the fresh water tank

11

11 11

11

helical gear pumps are helical gear pumps are closely maintained essentially self-priming design clearances in this designed with extreme tooth angles and produce high suction pump is not necessary lift tubes of the air ejector condenser "B" will move to the right, as will "C" tubes of the distiller condenser "B" will move to the left, as will "C"

11 11

1187 A Scale formation in a flash-type evaporator is usually found on the ___________. 1188 B If the device shown in the illustration is being used to control the output of an axial piston pump, when part "A" is moved to the right, then part ______________.

tubes of the salt water feed heater "B" will move to the right, "B" will move to the left, and "C" will move to the and "C" will move to the left, but lagging behind right, but will lag behind "B" the movement of "A"

See illustration number(s): GS-0039

11

A boiler water carryover A QMED falls and 1189 B In accordance with Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR), a written A shipyard worker accidentally falls down a results in extensive main requires 2.5 days bed report must be submitted to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection whenever a vessel casualty or serious injury occurs. ladder and breaks a leg. turbine blading damage. rest to recover. Which of the following must be submitted on Form CG-2692? 1190 A Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) require hydraulic steering gear systems to be equipped with a means of steadying the rudder in an emergency. This may be accomplished with ____________. a suitable arrangement of stop valves in the main piping a positive arrangement for stopping the rudder before the rudder stops are reached diesel oil a suitable arrangement of block and tackle powered by winches

All of the above situations.

11

buffer arrangements to relieve the gear from shocks to the rudder

11

1191 B After disassembly, the safest way to remove carbon deposits from ammonia air compressor inlet and discharge valves is to use _____________.

gasoline

naphtha

11

1192 C In a water cooled stern tube, a slight leakage of water across the flush all dirt and grit from flush all dirt and grit from keep the gland packing packing gland is provided to ____________. the gland the bearing staves cool 1193 A If the indicated distances between "A" and "B" illustrated, is chatter increased, the tool will ____________. 1194 D The component of a refrigerating system in which the refrigerant condenser vaporizes and absorbs heat is known as the _____________. 1195 D In which of the areas listed would you expect to find the highest salt concentration in a flash evaporator? 1196 D Item "F" shown in the illustration represents two hydraulic pumps that are _________. Distiller air ejector cooling medium motor operated with one pump located on the engine room side and the other on the shaft alley side of the water tight door take a shallow cut vapor generator slip in the tool post accumulator

keep the stern tube fair water cool take a deeper cut in the work evaporator See illustration number(s): GS-0085

11 11

11 11

Saltwater heater discharge motor operated with one pump located in the engine room at the shaft alley door and the other in a common passage way

First-stage internal feed box manually operated with one pump located at the shaft alley door and the other in a common passage way

Second-stage internal feed box manually operated with See illustration one located in the engine number(s): GS-0103 room and the other in the shaft alley of the water tight door

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1197 B The flash chamber of a soloshell evaporator is typically an external chamber used for the combining of the distillate produced at two different absolute pressures. On a multistage flash-type evaporator, the flash chamber is ______________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


combined as part of the salt water feed heater the open area above the combined as part of the brine levels in the first distillate cooler and second stages another term used to describe the vapor feed heater

General Knowledge

11

1198 C The basic function of a servo control shown in the illustration, as establish minimum used in some hydraulic systems, is to _______________. operating pressures within the system

establish minimum operating flow rates within the system

provide follow-up between the directional control valve and the pump output globe valve

return a variable displacement pump automatically to neutral stroke self-closing gate valve

See illustration number(s): GS-0039

11

1199 B Coast Guard regulations (46 CFR) require the upper ends of quick-closing valve sounding tubes, terminating at the weather deck, to be closed by a ___________. 1200 A An AC synchronous transmission type remote steering control system consists of a ______________. transmitter at the steering station and a receiver at the steering engine

screwed cap

11

reversible motor at the steering station geared to the steering pumps allow for longitudinal expansion of the crankshaft as the unit warms up lip clearance

small induction motor on variable displacement the bridge which controls hydraulic pump driven by a reversible DC motor the rudder through pulleys prevent longitudinal thrust in the crankshaft reduce torsional vibration in the crankshaft

11

1201 B The main bearings of a reciprocating air compressor are tapered allow for crank web roller bearings. When mounted, these bearings are given a "cold" deflection end clearance to _____________. 1202 C Generally speaking, when using a twist drill to bore a hole in metal, the harder the metal, the greater should be the drill's ______________. diameter

11

included point angle

cutting speed

11 11

1203 C To operate a centrifugal fire pump at reduced capacity, you readjust the relief valve should ___________________. 1204 A Which of the following best describes the thermodynamic effect As pressure decreases, on the pressure and volume relationship with regards to saturated volume increases gases? 1205 B Steam supply for the operation of the low pressure evaporators may be obtained directly from the ________. 1206 C The fluid used to directly control the position of the refrigeration compressor mechanism illustrated, is obtained from the _________. main steam line high side liquid receiver

throttle the suction line As volume increases, pressure increases turbine extraction line gas discharge from the compressor

throttle the discharge valve As volume decreases, pressure decreases turbo-generator steam supply line discharge of the compressor lube oil pump

open the priming line As pressure increases, volume increases air ejector exhaust line discharge of a secondary See illustration number(s): RA-0013 hydraulic pump specifically installed for this operation throughput of the brine overboard pump gate valve

11 11

11

1207 D The brine level in the second-stage of a flash-type evaporator is steam flow rate to the air float controlled level of due in part to the feed rate, the rate of evaporation in both ejectors the feed heater stages, and the _____________. 1209 D Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) require that tank sounding pipes terminating below the freeboard deck of a cargo vessel must be fitted with a ____________. 1210 A Any restriction in the instrument air piping of a pneumatic control system will _______________. 1211 B If one drive belt on an air compressor is found to be worn you should _____________. 1212 A The discharge rate or capacity of a centrifugal pump will vary directly as the ____________. 1213 B If you are machining work held between lathe centers, and the lathe centers begin to squeal, you should first _____________. globe valve stop-check valve

capacity of the distillate pump check valve

11

11

delay transmission of the increase the transmitted reduce the transmitted air signal air signal intensity air signal value replace that belt only change in the impeller diameter lubricate the centers replace all of the belts square of the impeller radius stop the lathe dress the worn belt cube of the impeller diameter change the cutting bit

accelerate transmission of the air signal adjust belt tension impeller efficiency for large changes in its size run the lathe at a slower speed

11 11

11

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


release of miscible refrigerant from the lubricant in the crankcase vacuum pumps sudden evaporation of entrapped air from the refrigerant liquid increasing the rate of condensation in the distiller condensers Rotary vacuum drag to the auxiliary or main condenser Unloading valve sudden evaporation of entrapped moisture from the crankcase lubricant a separate suction connection to the brine overboard pump Gear the use of a loop seal to the combined low pressure feed heater Sequence valve

General Knowledge

1214 B The term "oil foaming" in refrigeration practice, is used to describe release of dissolved the _____________. lubricant from the refrigerant in the crankcase 1215 B Where auxiliary steam supply is not used in the process of maintaining vacuum in a distilling unit, the vacuum is usually attained by ________. 1216 B When operating with a negative suction head, which of the following types of pumps will require priming? 1217 C Early models of the flash-type evaporators used a pump to drain condensate from the salt water feed heater. In more recent models this is commonly carried out by ___________. 1218 B Which of the listed pressure-control valves is used in a hydraulic system to prevent the stray movements of a vertical load until required? air operated air ejectors

11

11 11

Reciprocating the continued use of a drain pump

Centrifugal gravitating the condensate to the atmospheric drain tank

11

Pressure reducing valve Counterbalance valve

11

1219 B A saltwater leak shorts out your switchboard causing a fire which insurance underwriter does $(USA)27,500 damage to the electrical equipment. This must be reported to the ___________.

U.S. Coast Guard

harbormaster

port engineer

11

1220 A A Bourdon tube pressure gage is protected from the effects of the exposed, uninsulated coil impulse-type steam trap leather or neoprene diaphragm in the gage steam entering the pressure element by a/an _______. in the line leading to the in the gage line line gage 1221 B If the drive belts on an air compressor were squealing, you should spraying oil on the belts tightening the belts fix them by ____________. 1223 A One method of accurately checking the alignment of lathe centers away from you to correct toward you to correct is by moving a dial indicator, securely mounted on compound alignment alignment rest, between the two positions indicated on the test bar. If the dial indicator reading on the tailstock end of the test bar shows a higher (plus) reading than the dial indicator reading at the headstock end, you should move the tailstock ____________. 1224 D The refrigerant leaves the evaporator of a refrigeration system as subcooled liquid a low pressure _____________. 1225 A The purpose of a three-way, solenoid, dump valve on an prevent excessively evaporator is to ___________. saline distillate from entering the freshwater system 1226 A Reduced capacity, accompanied by vibration and noise at the suction of a centrifugal pump is a result of ____________. 1227 D The size of the loop seal orifice for a flash-type evaporator is important for maintaining the control of ________. cavitation high temperature liquid loosening the belts closer to the headstock to reduce offset

spring loaded bellows in the gage line installing wider belts away from the headstock See illustration to decrease number(s): GS-0141 misalignment

11 11

11 11

oil saturated liquid

superheated vapor allow the evaporator's first- and second-effects to be drained with one valve steam knock

drain the evaporator first- drain the evaporator effect only second-effect only

11

water hammer

fluid friction

11

the vacuum differential the absolute pressure developed between both differential developed stages between both stages

the absolute pressure developed in the salt water feed heater shell

maintaining distillate flow between the first and second stage in order to avoid dry seal operation of the loop Pressure-reducing valve

11

1228 C Which of the listed pressure control valves would be used to Counterbalance valve permit the completion of one action of a hydraulic system before a second action would be permitted? 1229 C A measurement of .625 is equal to _____________. 1230 C In order to accurately measure very low pressures, which of the instruments listed should be used? 1231 C Which of the following components listed is shown in the illustration? 1/2 inch Compound gage Heat exchanger

Unloading valve

Sequence valve

11 11 11

9/16 inch Bourdon tube Variable displacement pump

5/8 inch Manometer Filter

3/4 inch Deadweight gage All of the above See illustration number(s): GS-0041

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1232 C During operating periods of a multi-box refrigeration system using the lowest a capacity controlled compressor, when all of the boxes are actively being cooled, the compressor lube oil pressure should be ___________________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


at its mid-range the highest

General Knowledge
of no consequence as See illustration the lube oil is not used in number(s): RA-0013 the operation of the unloader

11

1233 A A workpiece has been mounted between centers and a test cut away from you to correct toward you to correct machined at each end to check alignment of the lathe centers. If alignment alignment the test cut on the tailstock end is deeper than the test cut on the headstock end, the tailstock must be moved __________. 1234 D The low pressure side of the refrigeration system, shown in the illustration, is located between components _____________. 1235 A A solenoid-operated distillate three-way valve is installed in the discharge line between the distilling plant and the potable water tanks. This valve will trip and dump the distillate discharge if the _____________. 1236 C If a centrifugal bilge pump were continually operated with the discharge valve closed the ____________. 1238 D Which of the listed pressure control valves would be used to establish the maximum operating pressure of a hydraulic system? 1239 B Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) define several acceptable means of closure for ballast and fuel oil tank vents. One of the acceptable means is by the use of a/an _______________. 1240 B The device shown in the illustration is an example of a simple _____________. 1241 D Before disconnecting a joint in a pipeline, you should ________________. 1242 C The neutralization number of lube oil used in the machinery has exceeded its permissible range, therefore, it will be necessary to ________________. G and J D and K

closer to the headstock away from the headstock to reduce the amount of to decrease the offset misalignment

11

D and 1

6 and G

See illustration number(s): RA-0012

11

distillate salinity is excessive

distillate temperature is excessive

potable water tank has potable water tank has been filled with raw water become contaminated

11 11

motor overload would relief valve would open open Pressure-reducing valve Unloading valve

pump would eventually overheat Counterbalance valve

motor would overheat Pressure-relief valve

11

manually operated ball check valve

automatically operated hinged closure

permanently installed canvas hood

corrosion resistant wire screen

11 11 11

Bourdon tube gauge

U-tube manometer

bridge gauge

hydrometer be sure no pressure exists in the line operate the machinery at reduced power compound rest

See illustration number(s): GS-0115

determine the size of the hang a bucket under the have a first aid kit on gasket joint hand centrifuge the oil add makeup oil renew the entire oil supply steady rest draw-in collet chuck

11

1243 B For proper support when turning a long thin piece of work faceplate between lathe centers, you should use a ___________________. 1244 D The refrigerant temperature is highest as shown in the illustration at point ________. 1246 B A centrifugal pump operating against a closed discharge valve has a/an ______________. 1247 A While in operation, the function of the orifice in the flash evaporator loop seal is to ____________. 4 capacity of 100% maintain the absolute pressure difference between the first and second stages

11 11 11

6 efficiency of 0% internal slippage of 0%

13

16 See illustration number(s): RA-0012 shut off horsepower rating of 100% aid in maintaining the difference in absolute pressure between the second stage shell and the salt water feed heater insurance underwriter

allow vacuum to be allow vacuum to be drawn from the first stage drawn from the second shell to the second stage stage shell to the first stage shell shell

11

1249 C A water line ruptures under pressure and floods the engine room engine manufacturer causing $(USA)30,000 damage to the machinery. By law, this must be reported to the ______________. 1250 B Which of the gage types listed is shown in the illustration? Duplex Bourdon tube type

owner or his agent

U.S. Coast Guard

11

Simplex Bourdon tube type

Duplex differential pressure type

Duplex compound type

See illustration number(s): GS-0114

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1251 A Joints in pipelines must be properly aligned before they are connected because ______________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


excessive strain on the joints will result if they are misaligned misalignment permits excessive expansion the pipe will be condensate accumulates completely blocked by rapidly when flanges are even the slightest not properly aligned amount of misalignment pressure does not exceed 300 psi (21.09 kg/cm2) short workpiece being machined to an internal taper in the expansion valve condensate separator pressure does not exceed 250 psi (17.58 kg/cm2) tubular workpiece being parted between centers in the receiver drain pump

General Knowledge

11

1252 C According to Coast Guard Regulations (CFR 46), carbon steel bolt studs may be used to make up a flange if the normal operating _____________.

temperature does not exceed 250F (121C)

temperature does not exceed 500F (260C)

11

1253 B The lathe steady rest is normally used for supporting one end of a short heavy casting held long workpiece for _____________. in a three jaw chuck facing, drilling, and boring 1254 A The temperature of a refrigerant gas is the highest _______. 1255 D Condensate formed within the first-effect tube nest of a doubleeffect, low pressure evaporator, is removed by a _______. at the compressor discharge series of baffles at the compressor suction crossover pipe

11 11

11 11

1256 A A centrifugal pump attempting to develop flow against a closed capacity of 0% discharge valve has a/an ______________. 1257 B The function of the loop seal, as typically provided on a flash type aid in establishing a evaporator, is to ____________. vacuum in the first stage via the second stage 1259 A A fuel oil settler is 35 feet 4 inches long, 25 feet 10 inches wide, 2,408.69 bbls and 19 feet deep. The noon sounding showed a level of 15 feet 2 inches. The oil meter reads 6517 at that time and 8911 at 1600. How many barrels of fuel oil remained in the settler at 1600? 1260 C A compound gage is used to measure _____________. 1261 A Before making up a flanged joint, you should _____________. temperature and pressure be certain that the flanges line up squarely

efficiency of 100% transfer the distillate produced in the first stage to the second stage 3,031.88 bbls

internal slippage of 0% aid in establishing a vacuum in the second stage via the first stage 3,235.79 bbls

shut off horsepower rating of 100% aid in developing a vacuum in the shell of the salt water feed heater 3,763.12 bbls

11

11 11

humidity and pressure and vacuum temperature cut grooves in the flange heat the pipeline to face with a chisel expand the bolt holes 650F 825F

pressure and humidity have a second spare gasket on hand 925F

11

1262 D Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) require that screw joints shall 450F not be used where severe erosion, crevice corrosion, shock, or vibration is expected to occur, nor at temperatures over _____________. 1263 C If you are taking a roughing cut on a steel workpiece in a lathe and see blue chips coming off that workpiece, you should _______________. decrease the flow of lubricating oil to the tool

11

reduce the cutting tool height above center The king valve and the solenoid valve

reduce the tool feed or depth of cut

decrease the cross compound speed

11

1264 C Which of the listed components is considered to separate the high The condenser and the pressure side of a refrigeration cycle from the low pressure side of expansion valve the cycle? 1265 D Fluctuations in the pressure and temperature of the steam supplied to the first-effect of a low pressure distilling plant will cause _____________. 1266 A If a centrifugal pump operating with a positive suction head becomes air bound, your FIRST response should be to ______________. 1267 B If "wet" steam is supplied to the air ejectors of a low pressure evaporator, the passage of the mixture through the nozzles will ______________.

The compressor and the The condenser and the expansion valve solenoid valve first effect scale pressure and formation to be lessened temperature fluctuations in the entire unit tighten the packing reprime the pump

11

increased heat levels decreased priming and throughout the entire unit lower distillate salinity

11

vent the casing

close the discharge

11

improve overall vacuum cause the potential level of kinetic energy to be partially converted to thermal energy

cause the existing level of thermal energy to be totally converted to kinetic energy

cause the level of thermal energy to be converted to potential energy

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1269 A When installing a new independent fuel tank for the emergency lighting unit, which of the following statements must be strictly adhered to in accordance with Coast Guard Regulations?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


The tank must be located on an open deck or in an adequately ventilated metal compartment in which the ambient temperature never exceeds 150F. Iron or steel tanks shall be galvanized on the interior to prevent the formation of rust if any condensation should occur. The fuel tank should be All of the above. adequately supported and braced to prevent movement and insulated from the vessel's common ground to insure against static electricity.

General Knowledge

11

1271 D When assembling a run of liquid service piping, which of the following factors should be considered?

How the type of fittings What type of gasket What radius should be used will affect the flow. material should be used. used for each bend in the run.

All of the above.

11

1272 C When a vessel is drydocked for inspection, which of the following Ballast pump manifold valves are required to be opened during this period? valves 1273 D When knurling a piece of work on a lathe, it is important to ________________. 1274 D Which of the listed refrigeration system components keeps the refrigerant circulating through the system? 1275 D The efficiency and output capacity of a low pressure distilling plant will be reduced if the last effect shell ________________. operate the lathe at the slowest speed Expansion valve pressure does not fluctuate rapidly

Bottom blow skin valves Cooling water control High and low suction valves on fuel oil settling to the main and auxiliary valves on refrigeration condensers boilers tanks use plenty of oil mount the knurling tool securely in the tool post Evaporator all of the above

11

11 11

Condenser

Compressor brine density is too low

pressure remains steady brine density does not and unchanged exceed 1.5/32nd discharge flange the manually operated pump located in a common passage way to close the water tight door in an emergency top of the volute motor driven pump used to close the water tight door from the navigation bridge in an emergency

11 11

1276 C If a horizontal centrifugal pump becomes air bound, the pump suction line should be vented at the _____________. 1277 B Item "E" shown in the illustration is used in the hydraulic circuit as one of two motor driven _________. remotely operated pumps to open and close the water tight door

bottom of the casing See illustration the manually operated number(s): GS-0103 pump used to open or close the water tight door from the engine room side Two-position valve 2,408.69 bbls (382.95 cubic meters)

11 11

1278 B Which of the valves listed is NOT considered to be a hydraulic Spring-centered valve Unloading valve Three-position valve system directional control valve? 127,338.99 bbls 101,164.79 bbls 3,031.99 bbls (482.05 1279 D A fuel oil settler is 35 feet 4 inches (10.7696 m) long, 25 feet 10 inches ( 7.8740 m) wide, and 19 feet (5.7912 m) deep. The noon (20245.24 cubic meters) (16083.87 cubic meters) cubic meters) sounding indicated a level of 15 feet 2 inches (4.6228 m). The fuel oil meter read 6517 (24669) at that time and 8911 (33732) at 1600. How many barrels / cubic meters of fuel oil remained in the settler at 1600? 1280 B A compound Bourdon tube gage is capable of measuring pressure and _______________. 1281 A One function of the vapor feed heater in a double-effect distilling unit is to _____________. humidity vacuum temperature

11 11

density condense all the distillate in the second-effect tube nest the bearing will overheat

preheat distillate cool the incoming firstcondense part of the vapor given off in the first- circulating to the second- effect evaporator feed effect effect tube nest excess lubrication will result in slippage

11

1282 D Antifriction bearings should not be excessively lubricated because the bearings will require dirt will accumulate ____________. immediate flushing inside the bearings 1284 A Excessive oil foaming in the crankcase of a refrigeration compressor at start up can cause _____________.

11

compressor damage refrigerant absorption by increased viscosity in the carbon deposit on the from improper lubrication the lubricant lubricant compressor suction valves

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1285 D During the normal operation of a soloshell double-effect unit, the Pure distillate vapor passes through the first-effect vapor separator on its way to the vapor feed heater. At this point in the cycle, what is flowing through the tubes of the vapor feed heater?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


Brine Condensed vapor from the second-effect Salt water feed

General Knowledge

11

1286 A Which of the listed statements is correct concerning the starting of They should always be They should always be A priming pump is They should always be centrifugal pumps? started with the started with the always required to flood started with the sealing discharge valve closed. discharge valve opened. the impeller suction. line valves closed. 1287 D For optimum noncondensable gas removal from a low pressure evaporator, the air ejector suction is usually taken directly from _____________. the salt water feed heater shell anywhere on the second the shell of the first stage the shell of the second stage shell of the distilling condenser stage distilling condenser evaporator Two-position valve insurance underwriter Three-position valve air tank underwriter Spring-centered valve U.S. Coast Guard

11

11 11

1288 A Which of the valves listed is NOT considered to be a hydraulic Sequencing valve system directional control valve? owner or his agent 1289 D An air tank rusts out, explodes, and causes in excess of $(USA)24,000 damage to the engine room. By law, this accident must be reported to the ____________. 1290 A A compound gage is typically installed on the _____________. 1291 B From where does the air ejector take its suction on a Soloshell double effect distilling unit? 1292 C An overboard discharge is 10 inches in diameter and located outboard of the shut off valve. The pipe is required to be fabricated of schedule __________. 1293 B Work that cannot readily be mounted between lathe centers is usually held in a ____________. 1294 A The refrigeration system shown in the illustration uses which of the components listed to separate the "high" side from the "low" side? 1295 C In a double-effect distilling unit, the brine in the second-effect is additionally heated by ________. 1296 C When securing a centrifugal distillate pump, which of the listed steps should be carried out FIRST? 1297 D A vacuum is initially established in the first and second stages of a low pressure evaporator by the use of _________. suction side of a bilge pump First Effect vapor feed heater 40 minimum thickness

11 11 11

exhaust manifold of an auxiliary diesel Second Effect distilling condenser 40 minimum thickness if black iron is used chuck G and H

discharge line from an air chemical feed tank of an compressor evaporator Vapor separator Flash chamber 60 minimum thickness 80 minimum thickness

11 11

crotch center G and K

lathe dog H and K

spindle K and L See illustration number(s): RA-0012

11 11 11

auxiliary steam Stop the pump. vacuum drag from the auxiliary condensate system

distillate/vapor from the first effect Close the pressure gage Trip the three-way valves. solenoid valve. individual vacuum pumps a single non-condensing air ejector 227 psi 231 psi

air ejector steam

flash chamber leak off Close the sealing line valves to the pump. a two stage air ejector

11

1299 A The disc of a relief valve has an area of 0.85 square inches when 208 psi seated, lifts at a set point pressure of 250 psi. When the valve lifts, the area of the disc exposed to pressure increases by 20%. At what pressure does the valve reseat? 1300 C The gage most commonly used aboard ship to measure high pressures is the ___________. 1301 D The purpose of the flash chamber in a soloshell double effect distilling unit is to _____________. 1302 A The delivery rate of an axial piston hydraulic pump is controlled by varying the position of the _____________. 1303 D For boring holes in mild steel and general work, the correct included angle of a drill point is _____________. 1304 B When refrigerant leaves the receiver, it flows next on to the _____________. volatile liquid-type

250 psi

11 11

resistance-temperaturetype raise the temperature of prevent flashing at the allow steam expansion collect and combine the evaporator feedwater suction of the brine pump within the first effect tube distillate formed at nest different pressures tilting box 29 evaporator coils slide block 45 liquid strainer pintle 90 compressor reaction ring 118 condenser

diaphragm actuated-type Bourdon tube-type

11 11 11

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1305 D The vapor separators installed in some distilling plants consist of several rows of vertical hooked vanes which remove entrained moisture from the vapor by _____________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


directing the vapor through a fine metallic mesh condensing water droplets on the metal vanes ebullient conditioning trapping water droplets in abruptly changing the the metallic mesh direction of vapor flow

General Knowledge

11

1307 C Steam passing through the control orifice installed in the live attemporating steam supply to a low pressure evaporator will develop significant conditioning superheat as a result of _____________. 1309 A Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) specifically prohibit seats or disks in pressure vessel relief valves to be made of ________________. 1310 C The type of gage most commonly used to measure pressure is the _____________. 1312 A In the illustration, control over the direction and quantity of fluid flow is attained by _______________. cast iron

adiabatic conditioning

effervescent conditioning

11

bronze

brass

stainless steel

11 11

bimetallic type

resistance-temperature type changing the eccentricity moving the cylinder block varying the direction of varying the prime mover See illustration rotation and speed of the direction of rotation and number(s): GS-0059 between the reaction ring off center from the throttling pump output prime mover and the cylinder block reaction (floating) ring 0.26 inch 0.52 inch 0.63 inch

diaphragm type

bourdon tube type

11 11 11 11

1313 C A depth of cut of 0.26 inch reduces the diameter on a workpiece in a lathe by ____________. 1314 B If condensation collects and drips off an evaporator coil, the temperature of the coil is _____________. 1315 A In which of the listed types of evaporators is brine density control most important? 1316 C Which of the following statements is true concerning centrifugal pumps?

0.13 inch a maximum of 21F Soloshell low pressure They are particularly suited for pumping high viscosity fluids.

above 32F, but below 21F but, above the dew below 32F and below the dew point point the dew point Flash type low pressure Multiple effect flash type Basket type evaporator They are started with the The flow of liquid is discharge valve opened. developed by imparting energy due to the rotation of an impeller. capacity will be decreased To prevent any delay, a temporary Certificate of Inspection may be issued pending delivery of the regular Certificate of Inspection upon completion of the inspection. salt water feed heater absolute pressure will decrease significantly A reinspection of a vessel holding a valid two year Certificate of Inspection is normally conducted between the tenth and fourteenth months of inspection date. They are always mounted in a horizontal position.

11

1317 B When the steam leaving the control orifice of the live steam supply is not conditioned, the evaporator _____________. 1319 D Which of the following statements concerning a vessel's Coast Guard Certificate of Inspection and associated inspections is correct?

capacity will be increased Application may be made for inspection and issuance of a new Certificate of Inspection at any time during the period of validity of the current Certificate.

salt water feed heater absolute pressure will increase significantly All of the above.

11

11 11

1320 A A dial indicator is used to measure ______________. 1321 C Why is a self-sealing pump generally not satisfactory for service as a brine overboard pump?

shaft eccentricity Hot brine tends to form scale on the impeller peripheral edge.

positive readings only Brine density at 1.5/32 cannot by maintained.

scribed layout lines on vertical surfaces Hot concentrated brine tends to flash, leaving scale deposits to clog the sealing line and gland seal ring. angle of the cutting tool

torque of a shaft Hot brine tends to clog the brine pump suction line strainer.

11

1323 A Two separate workpieces are to have a taper cut with the same length of the workpiece taper per inch, using the offset tailstock method. After the first piece is completed, the tailstock offset must be changed if there is a change in the _______________.

diameter of the workpiece

none of the above

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


evaporator 1 pound of salt per 32 pounds of water to minimize excessive scale formation lantern ring

General Knowledge

1324 A Refrigerant is circulated through a refrigeration system by the compressor condenser expansion valve _____________. 1325 B For efficient and proper operation, the brine density in a 3.5 pounds of salt per 32 1.5 pounds of salt per 32 1 pound of salt per 32 submerged tube evaporator should be maintained at _________. pounds of water pounds of water pounds of water to prevent excessive heat loss 1326 D In a centrifugal pump, the seal piping directs liquid from the discharge side of the pump to the _____________________. packing gland wearing ring stuffing

11

11

1327 B Regarding the low pressure evaporator steam control orifice in desuperheated steam the live steam supply line, the steam at the outlet of the orifice if not properly conditioned will be developed as _______________. grains of moisture per cubic foot of air 1331 A The distillate pump for a 12000 GPD evaporator, should be rated 8.3 gpm at a minimum of _____________. 1332 A A stopper is inserted into the spout of a closed container in which both pressure and temperature will rise water has been heated to a temperature of 212F. If additional thermal energy is imparted, what changes will occur to the pressure and temperature inside the container? 1333 B A tailstock "dead center" has been given that name because it ____________. is dead centered on the tailstock spindle 1330 C A pyrometer is generally used to measure _________.

superheated steam

saturated steam

poor quality steam

11 11 11

salinity concentration of condensate 200 gpm pressure alone will rise

stack temperature 300 gpm temperature alone will rise

level of a fluid in a tank 500 gpm only a change of state will occur

11

does not revolve

must be removed by clamping in the chuck

fits into the dead center of the workpiece

11

1334 A The temperature of the refrigerant in the evaporator coil depends refrigerant pressure in mostly upon the _____________. the evaporator

cooling water temperature to the condenser

heat load in the solenoid valve in the refrigerator compartment liquid line Radial piston design shape of the cylinder ends Single speed floating control spring centered directional control valve gas tight Volute setting of the cushioning adjustment needle valve Derivative control throttle valve See illustration number(s): GS-0148 See illustration number(s): GS-0032

11 11

1335 C Which of the following types of hydraulic pumps would be used in Lobe Screw a steering system? 1336 D The amount of the cushioning effect developed within a hydraulic position of the directional adjustment of the cylinder is determined by the ____________. port in the cushion cavity cushion cavity check valve 1337 A Which of the listed modes of controls will identify the device shown in the illustration? 1338 C The device shown in the illustration is known as a/an ____________. Proportional-plus-reset control offset directional control valve Two position differential gap control detented three-position directional control valve water tight

11 11

11

1339 C According to U.S. Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR), when grounded with bonding reach rods to tank valves pass through the deck, the stuffing box straps at this joint must be ________________. 1340 B Which of the listed pressure vessels is normally exempt from hydrostatic testing at the regular Coast Guard inspection for certification occurring four years after the initial inspection? Potable system hydrophore tank

made of nylon or other nonmetallic material Air receiver repaired by a certified welder.

11

A hydraulic accumulator The main boilers

11

1341 C A 12" X 8" X 8" simplex double-acting pump makes 100 strokes 62.54 gpm per minute. If the slip is 6%, the discharge rate is ____________. 1342 C An unsteady vacuum in a submerged tube evaporator may be caused by _____________. 1344 B An increase in the heat load to a refrigeration system will cause _____________. air leaks in the tube nests the suction pressure to decrease

81.81 gpm

163.63 gpm

245.44 gpm

11

improper venting of the tube nests the suction temperature to increase

inadequate steam quality high water level in the to the air ejector nozzles shell increased ice formation on the evaporator coil excessive short cycling of the compressor

11

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1345 A The inability to maintain proper vacuum in a submerged tube evaporator can be caused by _____________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


fluctuating steam pressure to the air ejector nozzle improper venting of the evaporator tube nests rotating liquid piston pump air leaks in the evaporator tube nests jet pump high water level in the evaporator shell turbine pump

General Knowledge

11

1346 B Generally, centrifugal pumps operating without a positive suction regenerative pump head must be primed before they will move liquid on their own. The priming is usually accomplished with a _____________. 1347 B The process control mode shown in the illustration is an example Proportional control of which of the listed modes of control? 1348 B A hydraulic system directional control valve fitted with "detent" will have an infinite number _____________. of valve positions 1349 C Which of the following is true concerning the issuance and use of The permit can only be issued if the vessel Coast Guard form 948 "Permit to Proceed to Another Port for currently has a valid Repairs"? unexpired Coast Guard Certificate of Inspection. 1350 D According to Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR Subchapter F), nonmetallic flexible hoses used as supply and return lines to hydraulic system components, must have _________________. the working pressure of the system stamped on one of the end fittings

11 11

Integral control usually be shifted into three specific positions No freight or passengers are allowed to be carried when the vessel is issued the permit.

Derivative control

On-off control

See illustration number(s): GS-0147

be able to be varied have an offset, through out the travel of directional control only the valve spool The permit can only be All of the above. issued upon written application by the master, owner, or agent of the vessel. an inner tube constructed of seamless reinforced polyester braid a designed bursting pressure of at least four times the maximum working pressure of the system 429F (220C)

11

11

the working pressure of the system stamped on both of the end fittings

11

1351 B Which of the listed temperatures represents the saturation temperature for water at a saturation pressure of 14.7 psia (101.34 kPa) 1353 B The discharge head of a centrifugal pump will vary directly with the ______________. 1354 B The boiling point of water in an open container at sea level is 212F. If the pressure on the open container is decreased, the boiling point will _____________.

198F (92C)

212F (100C)

335F (168C)

11

change in impeller diameter increase

square of the impeller diameter decrease

cube of the impeller diameter increase and then decrease loop seal

impeller efficiency for large changes in the size of the impeller decrease and then increase adjustable controller

11

11

1355 C A vacuum differential is maintained in the distillate circuit steam trap between any two stages of a multiple stage distilling plant by the use of a/an ____________. 1356 A To thoroughly pump out the bilges using a horizontally mounted centrifugal pump, the ___________. pump must always be primed

butterfly valve

11

volute must impart a radial and rotary motion of the water produce more useful superheated supply steam

suction side connection must guide the liquid to the lantern rings

stuffing box should not be allowed any water leakage

11

1357 A A fixed orifice plate is generally installed in the live steam supply to an evaporator. One of the functions of this orifice is to control the quantity of the supplied steam. A second function is to ____________.

reduce pressure fluctuations from occurring in the steam supply to the salt water feed heater

guarantee that the steam produce a low salt water supply will remain feed heater shell desuperheated absolute pressure

11

1359 B The hydraulic system of a deck winch has been drained, flushed, the fluid level in the and refilled with hydraulic fluid. An erratic knocking noise from reservoir is too high the hydraulic motor when the winch is started would indicate _____________. 1361 B Which of the following terms would best describe the temperature Degree of saturation at which a liquid boils at a given pressure?

air trapped in the system clogged suction line fluid abrasive matter filters circulating in the oil

11

Saturation temperature

Superheated temperature

Degree of superheat

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1362 A In the illustration, the best way to make the pieces a locational interferance fit is to __________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


turn the shaft down four drill the hole eleven to five thousandths of an thousandths of an inch inch larger do nothing, with a large enough hammer this will be a locational interferance fit tailstock heat the shaft until the nominal diameter is two hundred and fifty thousandths of an inch headstock

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): GS-0019

11 11

1363 C When drilling a hole in a piece of work chucked in a lathe, you should mount the drill chuck in the ____________. 1364 A A refrigerant with oil in solution has a _____________.

compound rest higher boiling temperature for a given pressure than does a pure refrigerant

cross feed

lower boiling temperature boiling pressure equal to boiling point will not be for a given pressure than that of a pure refrigerant affected by entrained oil does a pure refrigerant at a given pressure

11

1365 C Where a two-stage air ejector set is used in a two-stage flash takes suction from the first stage of the evaporator, the first-stage air ejector takes suction from the second stage of the evaporator, and the second stage air ejector evaporator _____________. 1366 C Which of the following statements is true of the illustrated pump? It is a non-positive displacement pump. 1367 A As shown in the illustration, the pneumatic force balance unit could be used for a ____________. 1368 A The device shown in the illustration is typically called a/an ____________. water level alarm actuator

takes suction from the second stage of the evaporator as well Discharge is from the outlet marked "G".

takes suction from the first stage ejector discharge It is a positive displacement pump

is normally idle and used mainly as a standby unit

11

See illustration The pump suction is through the suction inlet number(s): GS-0061 marked "C". fuel oil heater temperature regulator infinite-position, directional control valve 199.87 long tons See illustration number(s): GS-0145 See illustration number(s): GS-0024

11

proportional action steam feedwater regulating pressure transmitter value positioner

11

offset, directional control three-position, directional variable-position, valve control valve directional control valve 101.63 long tons 154.16 long tons

11

1369 C A centrifugal ballast pump has a capacity of 200 gpm. If suction is 45.83 long tons taken on a ballast tank containing 200 long tons of seawater, how much water will be remain in the tank after discharging for one hour? 1370 B The rudder shown in the illustration is correctly termed a/an balanced rudder __________. 1371 A A vapor under pressure stays in contact with, and at the same equilibrium contact temperature as the liquid from which it was generated. The vapor and liquid in this situation are, therefore, said to be in a/an ____________. 1372 C In a flash type distilling plant, a screen is fitted over the suction connection to the brine overboard pump in order to prevent ______________.

11 11

unbalanced rudder latent contact

semi-balanced rudder critical state

contra-guide rudder superheated state

See illustration number(s): GS-0101

11

the pump from cavitating excessively large salt crystals from damaging the pump add 12 compressor suction temperature will decrease

scale from passing into the brine pump and clogging impeller passages divide by 12

electrolysis from occurring in the pump

11 11

1373 D In order to convert taper per inch to taper per foot, you should subtract 12 ____________. 1374 C Assume the normal refrigerant pressure is 14 psig in the chill box temperature will evaporator of the refrigeration system shown in the illustration. If decrease this pressure is increased, the _________. 1375 B Packing extremely soft grease into a roller bearing will cause _____________. 1376 A Centrifugal pumps, used to handle hot liquids, must have a minimum flow through them under all operating conditions. This flow serves to ____________. 1377 B Overtightening of the valve stem packing to a pneumatically controlled final control element, shown in the illustration, will cause _____________.

multiply by 12 See illustration number(s): RA-0005

refrigerant boiling evaporator temperature temperature will increase will decrease emulsification of the thickener additive gelling of the base oil

11

excessive channeling of high temperatures to the grease develop as result of churning

11

prevent overheating and maintain the net positive maintain hydraulic damage to pump rotating suction head of the pump differential in the pump parts due to rubbing impeller passages valve stem breakage erratic operation

purge the pump of noncondensable vapors and gases See illustration number(s): GS-0051

11

reduced controlled offset total loss of control

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1378 B Hydraulic system reservoirs are often fitted with a combined filler/breather cap. If the breather element becomes fouled, the _______________. 1379 D Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) concerning shutoff valves located in fuel oil tanks, state that the valves _____________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


reservoir will become pressurized shall be arranged for local control reservoir will be subjected to a partial vacuum must be made of steel flow through the return lines will be stopped actuator response time will be halved

General Knowledge

11

must be power operated may be made of cast iron

11 11

1380 C A pneumercator is useful in measuring ____________________. relative humidity 1381 D Machinery operating features are designed to help conserve Reduction of friction. energy. Which of the following results will not contribute to energy conservation? Feedwater heater 1382 A On which of the following heated surfaces of a flash type evaporator would you be more likely to find soft scale formation? internal tube surfaces. 1384 D If R-12 is maintained at approximately 117 psig when discharged 0F by the compressor, which of the listed values would represent its saturation temperature? 1385 B Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) require all power-operated valves, other than those opened against spring force, to have an energy storage system. That energy storage system shall be capable of ____________. 1386 A The total static head of a system resisting the operation of a centrifugal pump is the difference in elevation between the __________________. cross connection to an alternate power supply

air pressure Insulation of hot surfaces. Internal distillate cooler tubes. 21F

liquid levels in tanks Lubrication of moving parts. Flash chamber vertical surfaces. 50F

fluid pneumercations Elevation of cooler outlet temperatures. Distilling condenser tubes. 100F

11

11

11

cycling all connected valves once

operating any valve independently

closing the boiler quickclosing fuel valves

11

discharge liquid level and discharge liquid level and suction liquid level and the suction liquid level the pump centerline the pump centerline

suction submergence level and the pump discharge

11

1387 C With regards to a direct acting air pilot relay shown in the supply air pressure to illustration, an increase in the value of the controlled pressure will increase stroke the pilot valve stem, causing the __________. 1388 B Strainers are commonly used in hydraulic systems to ___________. 1389 D The Certificate of Inspection for your vessel was issued in January. In March of the same year you need to replace a cooling water pump for the refrigeration system. What action would be appropriate? 1391 D The energy required to lift a 1 pound (.454 kg) weight, 778 feet (.24 km), against the force of gravity, is the same as the number of BTU's required to raise the temperature of __________. 1392 C Which of the following statements concerning the operation of a single-acting hydraulic ram is correct? protect the pump from fine soluble contaminants Inform the nearest Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection of the pump replacement.

pilot valve stem to move operating air pressure to operating air pressure to See illustration upward increase decrease number(s): GS-0050

11

prevent solid particles from entering the pump Defer informing the Coast Guard of the pump's replacement until the mid-period inspection.

prevent solid particles from entering the filter Inform the Coast Guard if the replacement will involve welding or burning.

protect the directional control valves Replace the pump, as the Coast Guard need not be informed of the pump replacement.

11

11

1 ounce (28.3 g) of water 1 quart (.95 l) of water 1F (.55C) 1F (.55C)

1 gallon (3.78 l) of water 1 pound (.454 kg) of 1F (.55C) water 1F (.55C)

11

Hydraulic force is applied simultaneously in two directions against the ram by directional ports. 2 years

The single-acting ram is The single-acting ram is both extended and not retracted by means retracted by means of of hydraulic force. hydraulic force. 3 years 5 years

Hydraulic force applied to a single-acting ram results in a pulling motion. 8 years

11

1393 C Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) require a single tailshaft with water lubricated tailshaft bearings, stress-relieved keyway, and fabricated from materials resistant to corrosion by sea water, to be drawn and examined once in every ___________. 1394 D Excessive oil foaming in the crankcase of a refrigeration compressor is most likely to occur when the compressor _____________.

11

has run continuously for suction pressure is below oil level is below normal starts after a long idle a long period normal period

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11 1395 B The purpose of the instrument illustrated is to ___________. 1396 D Which of the following statements is correct with regards to the operation of a centrifugal cargo pump? gage resistors

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


measure insulation thickness Oil is discharged from Gravity causes the oil to The self-priming feature the center of the impeller flow toward the of the centrifugal pump through the outlet. discharge. enables it to draw its own suction as it starts. measure wire diameter

General Knowledge
strip insulation from wire See illustration number(s): GS-0079 The discharge capacity varies directly with the speed of the impeller.

11

1397 C The probable cause of erratic operation of a pneumatically controlled steam pressure reducing valve is ____________.

the range spring has become weakened

an incorrect loading a partially restricted a pinhole in the power pressure supplied to the loading air pressure line diaphragm power unit automatically bypassing automatically securing the system the fluid via an internal valve arrangement 91.66 long tons 183.32 long tons diverting the pump discharge directly back to the suction 254.17 long tons

11

1398 B Some fluid filters used in hydraulic systems are designed to cope diverting the flow with increasing pressure differentials by ___________. automatically to the standby filter of the duplex unit 1399 D A ballast pump, with a capacity of 200 gpm, takes suction on a tank containing 300 long tons of sea water ballast. How much ballast will remain in the tank after pumping for one hour? 45.83 long tons

11

11

1400 A Your vessel is departing at 1800 hours on a voyage of more than 0600 hours 48 hours duration. Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) require that the steering gear be examined and tested no earlier than ____________. 1401 A The equation "energy in = energy out" is a simple way of stating the principle of the ___________. 1402 A With oil bath lubrication of ball bearings in a cargo pump, the oil level should ______________. conservation of energy

0900 hours

1200 hours

1500 hours

11 11

conservation of matter

never be higher than the cover the bottom of the center of the lowest ball pump shaft in the bearing housing

conversion of matter to energy cover the top ball in the bearing housing

conversion of energy to matter be kept at the top of the oil reservoir

11

1403 D The vessel has its propulsion machinery located amidships, using Pull tailshaft and replace Pull tailshaft and replace Pull tailshaft and buildup Nothing, as the reading the lignum vitae. the bronze liner. is within the allowable a water lubricated stern tube bearing, to carry a tailshaft of a 15 the bronze liner. limits. inch (38.1 cm) diameter. During the inspection the wear between the stern tube and the bearing surface was measured as 1/4 inch (.635 cm). Which of the following actions should be carried out as a result of this measurement? 1404 C In a compression refrigeration cycle, the temperature of the liquid evaporator refrigerant experiences its greatest decrease in the _____________. 1405 B Which of the instruments listed is used to measure the gauge of a Gauge calibrator piece of sheet metal? 1406 C A recirculating, or bleed off line is installed on a centrifugal pump establish a back in order to _____________. pressure at the labyrinth seal to eliminate leakage 1407 D If the loading air pressure for a diaphragm controlled valve drops fail to stroke open below the designed operating pressure, the valve will ________________. 1408 A An improperly maintained filter used in a hydraulic system can _____________. compressor expansion valve condenser

11

11 11

Wire gauge

Inside micrometer

Circular mil

equalize pressure on prevent the pump from decrease the net positive both sides of the suction overheating when suction head valve disc operating at shutoff head stroke slowly through its stroke rapidly closed operating range rupture the pump discharge piping fail to stroke through its complete range all of the above

11

11

reduce or stop the output allow all metal particles action of the actuator to enter the power unit

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


A vessel being placed in drydock for the purpose of repainting the underwater portion of the hull. A hydrostatic proof test All of the above. at design pressure, conducted by the ship's force, in which the safety valves were gagged to test a tube plugging repair. temperature flow

General Knowledge

1409 D Which of the following would require the Officer in Charge, Marine The renewal of a Inspection be notified? superheater safety valve with one of the same kind that was certified by a Coast Guard inspector at the place of manufacture. 1410 B A pneumercator is used to indicate fuel oil _____________. 1411 C Which of the following statements concerning energy is correct? pressure

11 11

level

Energy can be created or Energy may not be destroyed. transformed. Hydraulic Mechanical

The total quantity of None of the above. energy in the universe is always the same. Pneumatic Electrical

11

1412 A By which of the following means is force efficiently provided to vary the pitch of the blades on a modern controllable pitch propeller?

11

1413 C The vessel has its propelling machinery located amidships, with a 1/4 inch water lubricated stern tube bearing carrying a 12 inch diameter shaft. What is the maximum allowable permitted wear before rebushing is required, as per Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR)? 1414 B Which of the listed statements is correct concerning refrigeration systems? Dehydrators must be used continuously in a refrigeration system.

5/16 inch

3/8 inch

1/2 inch

11

A 25 ton refrigeration system has the same cooling effect as melting 25 tons of ice in 24 hours.

A thermostatic expansion valve is used to control refrigerated space temperature.

The liquid receiver functions to collect and remove noncondensable gases.

11

1415 B As the speed of an oil lubricated ball bearing increases, fluid friction, due to churning, generates heat and should be avoided by ________________.

adding more lubricant until the ball bearings are completely covered with a layer of oil The pump motor will electrically trip off the line.

reducing the quantity of maintaining a continuous installing oil rings on the ball bearings lubricant until only a mist fluid film of oil on the bearings of oil is present on the ball bearings The pump will deliver The pump will deliver more gallons per minute less gallons per minute at the same RPM. at the same RPM. The capacity in gallons per minute will not be affected by the impeller suction eye size. feedback

11

1416 B A centrifugal pump, normally operated under a positive suction head, has its impeller replaced by one with a larger suction eye. What effect will this change have on the pump?

11

1417 B When the vessel's steering wheel on the navigation bridge is turned, the difference existing between the position of the wheel and that of the rudder is known as ____________. 1418 B A filter used in a multi-operation hydraulic system would most likely be located ______________.

proportional band

the error signal

the reset signal

11

at the pump suction

between the pump and the directional control valves 48.53 (49.32 t metric)

between the control in the actuator return valves and the actuators lines 51.58 (52.43 t metric) 54.38 (55.3 t metric)

11

1419 A A ballast pump with a capacity of 200 gpm (757 lpm) is used to fill 45.85 (46.5 t metric) a ballast tank with seawater. If the pump discharges seawater into the tank for one hour, how many tons of saltwater ballast have been taken onboard? 1420 A Double seated, pneumatically controlled, regulating valves exhibit high pressure enters good balancing characteristics essential for low-sensitivity between the seats and applications because __________. creates equal, but opposing forces 1421 C The quantity of heat required to raise the temperature of a unit mass of a substance 1 is known as __________. latent heat

11

they employ a specially fabricated diaphragm

the feedback control signals balance the opposing forces acting on the diaphragm specific heat

the special diaphragm motor spring resists pressure changes

11

sensible heat

variable heat

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1422 A After cutting a piece of tubing to be flared, you should ___________. 1424 B Which of the conditions listed represents the greatest effect of excess frost accumulation on the evaporator coils?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


remove inside burrs with rough up the outside a reamer surface of the tube end with a file Keeps the refrigerated space cooler. flare the tube before removing the burrs crimp the tube end in order to slip on the fitting Has no affect on the system. folding rule

General Knowledge

11

Reduces the efficiency of Takes the load off the the plant. compressor. flexible steel rule under a pressure and fluid tends to leak from the pump along the shaft and through the stuffing box Floating action hook rule

11 11

1425 B To measure the circumference of a piece of pipe, you should use machinist's steel rule a ___________. 1426 B When a centrifugal pump is operating with a positive suction under a vacuum and air head, the inner end of the stuffing box is _____________. tends to leak into the pump through the shaft stuffing box 1427 B Which of the following control actions, when combined with proportional-position action, will eliminate manual repositioning of the set point for each load change to produce an automatic reset action? 1428 C A reservoir, as used in hydraulic systems aboard ship, is used to store hydraulic oil. Another function is to _____________. Neutral band

sealed by a vacuum and sealed by the seal cage no leakage will occur or pump lantern ring

11

Reciprocal action

Rate action

11

act as a shock absorber maintain the stored oil under pressure

eliminate pressure act as a base or foundation for the power surges in the system unit Two, at least one of which shall be independent of watertight doors. Two, both of which must be vertical ladders terminating in locked watertight scuttles. valve diaphragm tension See illustration number(s): GS-0051 Radiation 0.110 inch 0.374 0.4375

11

1429 C According to U.S. Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR), how many Two, both of which must Two, both of which are located as close together be through watertight means of escape must be provided in spaces where the crew doors. as possible to centralize may be quartered or employed? escape routes. 1430 C The power necessary to stroke a diaphragm control valve, as used in a pneumatic control system, is supplied by the __________.

11

valve positioning plunger controlled fluid pressure operating or loading pressure Sensible heat 0.205 inch 0.25 0.3125 Convection 0.250 inch

11 11 11

1431 B Which of the following terms is used to indicate that the flow of Latent heat heat will result in a temperature change? 1432 A One turn of the micrometer barrel will linearly move the spindle 0.025 inch ____________. 1433 B What is the maximum tailshaft to stern tube bearing clearance (at the after end of the stern tube) for a vessel in ocean service, with an aft machinery space, a 14" diameter tailshaft, and a water lubricated stern tube bearing constructed of material other than rubber? 1434 C Frost appearing on one set of evaporator coils of a multi-box, direct expansion type refrigeration system _____________.

11

increase the value of superheat to the fluid leaving the coils micrometer

will assist in increasing the refrigeration effect

can be removed by passing hot vapors through the coils steel rule

can be quickly removed by simply shutting off fluid flow to the coils calipers

11 11

1435 C To set the dividers to the proper radius, you should use a _______________. 1436 B Theoretically, a double suction impeller is in hydraulic axial balance. In actuality this balance is rarely achieved due to _________________.

scribing circle

unequal or nonuniform an unbalanced force flow to the suction eyes exerted from the direction of the impeller of the impeller housing nearest the driving motor

excessive sealing water flexible shaft design flow to the stuffing box which causes rapid wear of the outboard shaft bearing The action is very unstable for anything but constant load conditions.

11

1437 B Which of the following statements expresses the function of proportional-plus-reset action?

The action measures the The action gives control The action combines rate of time of the final without offset under all proportional-position control element. load conditions. action and rate action.

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1438 D One function provided by a hydraulic accumulator is to _________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


provide an area where provide an area to act as an oil and water air can separate from the separate solid separator oil contaminants from the oil it can be sent ashore to the proper oil company personnel for testing and the results entered in the Oil Record Book, CG480 absorb shocks occurring in the system

General Knowledge

11

1439 B In accordance with Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR), it is the the voyage is completed that particular supply of duty of the Chief Engineer to acquire and seal a sample of fuel oil oil is exhausted received whenever fuel oil bunkers are taken. This sample must be preserved until ______________.

return to the first U.S. port where upon it must be sent ashore for chemical analysis and the findings submitted to the nearest Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection

11 11

1440 C The device shown in the illustration is used to determine the _______________. 1441 C Which of the listed forms of heat transfer, if any, is illustrated by the flow of combustion gases through a boiler?

flash point of oil Natural convection only

pour point of oil Forced convection only

viscosity of oil Both natural convection and forced convection one millionth of an inch 6 year period

lubricating qualities and film strength of oil None

See illustration number(s): GS-0069

11 11

1442 A If a micrometer were opened to a distance of 0.0001 inch, you one ten thousandth of an ten one thousandths of would say the reading is ___________. inch an inch 4 year period 5 year period 1443 B On a vessel using a water lubricated tailshaft bearing, a single tailshaft without a special keyway, and not constructed of materials resistant to corrosion by seawater, the tailshaft must be drawn and examined twice within any ____________. 1444 B If a substantial difference is maintained between the refrigerant temperature and the box air temperature within the refrigerated compartment, this may result in _____________. slugging in the condenser the evaporator coil to frost

ten millionths of an inch 8 year period

11

the compressor to short cycle

the thermal expansion valve to malfunction

11

1445 C The best method of determining the number of threads per inch of thread tool gage a bolt or screw would be through the use of a __________. 1446 C Shim stock thickness is measured by a/an __________________. shim gage 1447 A A controller with floating action has a controlled variable where the range of values produces no motion of the final control element. This range of values is called the _______________. 1448 B When the illustrated device is in the process of opening the associated valve, the motor will be secured by the action of the ____________. 1449 C Your vessel has taken on 25,000 gallons of fuel with an API gravity of 30.4 at 60F. Using the table shown in the illustration, how many long tons of fuel have you taken onboard? neutral zone

machinist's scale

screw pitch gage

screw thread micrometer

11 11

feeler gage set point

outside micrometer control point

inside micrometer offset

11

torque switch

limit switch

manual stop only

disengaging of the splined dog clutch 90.97 long tons

See illustration number(s): GS-0027 See illustration number(s): GS-0149

11

63.57 long tons

72.48 long tons

81.22 long tons

11

1450 C An arrow superimposed on a hydraulic graphic symbol at is pilot controlled approximately 45, as shown in the illustrated figures A, B, and C, indicates the component _________________. 1452 B To check the thickness of a piece of thin shim stock before using feeler gage it to make a bearing shim, you should use a ____________.

is pressure compensated can be adjusted or varied allows flow in one direction only micrometer machinist's rule depth gage

See illustration number(s): GS-0068

11

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


The stern bearing The interior of the stern The shaft liner should be alignment with the stern tube should be inspected removed and inspected frame should be for leaks. for cracks. checked. short cycle on low pressure cutout tap short cycle on high pressure cutout screw pitch gauge fail to start

General Knowledge

1453 A When the tailshaft is drawn from a vessel in drydock, which of the The propeller hub taper following inspections is required to be carried out? and shaft keyway should be inspected for cracks or corrosion. 1454 B If the evaporator coil of a single box, air cooled refrigerator accumlates frost, the compressor will most likely _____________. run continuously

11

11 11

1455 C The best tool to use to measure the number of threads per inch micrometer on a bolt is a ___________. 1456 B Compared to globe and angle valves, gate valves ___________. are more suitable for throttling 1457 D One disadvantage of proportional-position action is that __________. corrective action is only proportional to offset

pair of outside calipers

operate with little or no are more easily repaired cannot be used for pressure drop when fully service requiring opened infrequent operation exact correction can be the controlled variable is the corrective action is only proportional to the made only when there is stabilized no change in load deviation that nothing unusual will the external, handwheel the external, handwheel See illustration number(s): GS-0026 happen will rotate clockwise will rotate counterclockwise All of the above. Vessel to undergo an unscheduled drydocking solely for the purpose of painting the underwater portion of the hull.

11

11

1458 B The device illustrated is in the process of opening or closing the associated valve. If the manual engaging lever is moved to the "engage" position, the result will be ______________.

severe damage to the unit

11

1459 D Which of the following conditions require the Coast Guard Officer Replacement in kind of Breaking of a safety in Charge of Marine Inspection be notified? ship's service 265 psi air valve seal. receiver.

11

1460 B In the design of hydraulic piping and equipment consideration is molecular fluid vibration given to minimize turbulence in the hydraulic fluid, as this will cause ______________. 1461 A The quantity of heating steam supplied to the feedwater heater of orifice plate a two-stage flash type distilling plant is held relatively constant by a/an __________. 1462 C To measure the diameter of a piece of round stock, you should use a ___________. 1463 C When using the circular magnetic particle method to nondestructively test a weldment, the best results are obtained when the ____________. 1464 D If a refrigeration compressor is running continuously without lowering the temperature in the refrigerated space, the trouble may be _____________. 1465 D The temper is likely to be drawn out of a chisel edge when you _____________. dial indicator

energy losses

wide pressure variations mechanical damage to control valves back pressure regulator first-stage bypass valve

11

attemporator

11 11

wire gauge

micrometer

circular slide rule defect is located outside the parallel flux path of the prods a shortage of refrigerant

current is flowing at right magnetic field is parallel magnetic field is at right angles to the to the discontinuity angles to the discontinuity discontinuity a shortage of compressor oil hold it next to a wet grinding wheel warm food in the refrigerator soak it in hot oil for lengthy periods excessive condenser cooling water grind the cutting angle too small any check valve wide temperature fluctuations

11

11

grind it for long periods of time with too much pressure any needle valve rate action only

11 11

1466 A Which of the valves listed should be used either in the fully a gate valve a globe valve opened or the fully closed position? 1467 A A two-position single-point action controller has been adjusted to constant load conditions intermittent load conditions minimize cycling and would only be suitable for ____________.

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1468 B With regards to the illustrated device, if the unit is engaged to use the manual handwheel for the opening and closing of the associated valve, pushing either the remote "open" or "close" push buttons during this mode of operation will _____________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


cause severe damage to disengage the manual the unit control rotate the external, handwheel clockwise rotate the external, handwheel counterclockwise

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): GS-0026

11

1469 B If a lifeboat winch allows a lifeboat to descend to the water at an remove unnecessary excessive speed, you should _____________. weight from the boat

adjust the centrifugal brake mechanism

adjust the davit mounted engage the motor friction limit switches clutch bands

11

1470 B The rudder torque capacity of the four ram steering gear 11,052,500 inch pounds 22,105,000 inch pounds 44,210,000 inch pounds 88,420,000 inch pounds See illustration illustrated, is rated at 44,210,000 inch-pounds with one power unit number(s): GS-0067 in operation. If the four ram system was able to be operated as a two ram system with both power units on line, what would be the available torque? 1471 A Which of the following modes of heat transfer does NOT require Radiation any physical contact between a warmer and a cooler substance? 1472 C To get an accurate inside measurement of the diameter of a 1/2 depth micrometer inch hole, you should use a/an ____________. 1473 A One of the determining factors regulating the time interval for Spooned keyway and slotted key drawing a vessel's tailshaft depends upon the design to reduce stress concentrations in accordance with ABS standards. Which construction method meets this design criteria? 1474 A During tests to discover why a refrigeration compressor is running leaking door gaskets excessively, it is determined that the refrigerated space temperature is nearly normal, the suction pressure is slightly above normal, and the head pressure is low. In this situation, you should check for _____________. 1475 B A chisel with a mushroom head should not be used because ____________. 1476 A A gate valve installed in a pipeline should be ____________. the chisel cannot be struck squarely used in either the fully closed or fully opened position Conduction Natural convection All of the above

11

11 11

inside micrometer Stress relief grooves at the aft end of the propeller and forward end of the liner high cooling water temperature

small hole gauge

inside spring caliper

Keyway cut as to give a All of the above sharp rise from the bottom of the keyway to the shaft surface air in the system a shortage of refrigerant

11

11

pieces may fly off the chisel and injure your eyes installed with the stem down

the hammer head may be chipped used for steam service only value representing the readjusted controlled variable two-position, micro switch 81.22 long tons

it must be held firmly by the head to strike it used to throttle or regulate the flow of liquid desired prepositioned value of the controlled medium manual, push button only See illustration number(s): GS-0027 88.40 long tons See illustration number(s): GS-0149

11

11

1477 B When a controller is provided with reset rate adjustment, a change in this adjustment results in a change of the _______________. 1478 A When a non-butterfly valve is closed, the motor of the device illustrated will be secured by a _________________. 1479 B Your vessel has taken on 25,000 gallons of fuel with an API gravity of 35.1 at 60F. Using the table shown in the illustration, how many long tons of fuel has been actually taken on board? 1480 C Energy losses occurring in a hydraulic system are ultimately absorbed by the _____________. 1481 C The movement of heat within a fluid, caused by the application of thermal energy, is called ___________. 1482 B Air compressor cylinder unloaders enable the compressor to _____________.

desired value of the floating rate of the proportionally controlled proportional-speed variable floating component torque switch limit switch

11

11

69.74 long tons

78.92 long tons

11 11 11

reservoir expansion chamber radiation

hydraulic piping flexibility atmosphere as heat conduction convection

fluid as friction condo-radiation

vary their speed start and come up to according to temperature speed before air and load compression begins

change speed according reduce compressed air to overload demands charge density

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1483 B Which of the nondestructive testing methods can be easily used yet with good accuracy to detect, locate, identify, and measure defects in welds and base metals; regardless of material type and structure? Radiography

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


Ultrasonics Visible dye penetrant, type "B" (red on white) Magnetic particle

General Knowledge

11

1484 B Which of the conditions listed will cause a refrigeration Shortage of refrigerant compressor to run constantly without simultaneously decreasing oil. the temperature in the refrigerated space? 1485 A Which of the following procedures should be used with a chisel having a mushroomed head? 1486 A A gate valve installed in a piping system should be used _______________. 1488 B The device shown in the illustration is used to open and close a butterfly valve. The motor will be typically secured during the closing phase by the use of the ______. Remove the ragged edges by grinding. in either fully closed or fully opened positions torque switch

Slight shortage of refrigerant. Do not strike the mushroomed portion. only with the stem facing down limit switch

Excessive condenser cooling water flow. Use only light hammer blows with the chisel. only for lube oil service two-position, micro switch

Faulty expansion valve.

11 11 11

Knock off the ragged edges with a hammer. to throttle the flow of liquid manual, push button only See illustration number(s): GS-0027

11

1489 C When pressure is applied to a Bourdon tube-type pressure gage, pressure is the greatest on the arc AB it will begin to unbend. The reason for this action is that the __________. 1491 B Which of the listed methods of heat transfer takes place when two Radiation substances of different temperatures are in physical contact with each other? 1492 C The unloading system on an air compressor will ____________. increase compressor discharge pressure on demand

pressure is the greatest on the arc DC Conduction

force is the greatest on the arc AB Convection

force is the greatest on the arc DC Each of the above

See illustration number(s): GS-0114

11

11

increase compressor operating speed as necessary

reduce the compressor allow the motor to turn the compresser opposed frictional load when starting only by friction

11

1493 A When the danger of freezing exists, all steam driven cycled at least once a reciprocating pumps and deck equipment should be __________. day 1494 B A warmer than normal compressor suction line might be caused by _____________. 1495 B Solder used for joining metal surfaces should have a ______________. 1496 D The proper use of a flat chisel is for cutting ____________. 1497 C The amount of change of a controlled variable that is necessary to cause a specific change in the position of the final control element depends upon the ____________. 1498 D The device depicted in the illustration is used to __________________. 1499 D Which problems can occur if the brake band lining of a wildcat brake becomes excessively worn? 1500 D A closed loop pneumatic control system always operates with _____________. 1501 C Which of the following conditions must exist for heat to flow from one object to another? insufficient lubrication

cycled once every 4 days cycled once every week watched carefully while idled insufficient refrigerant excess refrigerant excessive opening of the expansion valve composition of lead and tin if the solder is the "hard" type flat stock form of the controlled medium See illustration number(s): GS-0026

11 11

fusing point much higher melting point lower than coating of Borax flux to than that of the metals that of the metals being raise the melting point being joined joined inside corners differential gap adjustment jack over the main engine The driving engine will overspeed. slots or keyways range of valve opening half-round grooves proportional band adjustment of the controller power a centrifuge

11 11

11 11

power an elevator car The anchor will immediately drop.

remotely open piping system valves The clutch will overheat. The brake's effectiveness will be reduced. feedback to the controller There must be an existing weight differential. vary compressor speed

11 11

a fixed final control simple on/off control no controller feedback element position The two objects must be The two objects must be There must be an in physical contact. the same size. existing temperature differential.

11

1502 A The function of an unloader on a two-cylinder, two-stage medium remove all but the friction prevent water reduce motor starting pressure, air compressor is to _____________. load on the compressor accumulation in air lines voltage motor when starting

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1503 A How can the chance of contaminating hydraulic fluid be decreased when working on hydraulic systems? 1504 D In the refrigeration system, a shortage of refrigerant is indicated by _____________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


Clean the fittings before Place drip pans under they are disconnected. leaky fittings. the compressor short high suction pressure cycling on high pressure cut out switch gate valves stop-check valves Seal any cracks in lines with Permatex. high head pressure Coat all threads with graphite oil. bubbles in the sight glass

General Knowledge

11

11

1505 B The overboard discharge valves in the bilge system are ________________.

illustrated

gate valves operated swing check valves See illustration from above the bulkhead operated from above the number(s): GS-0042 deck bulkhead deck proportional to the See illustration pressure of the cube root number(s): GS-0066 of the height of liquid H, times .491

11

1506 B The illustrated device operates on the principle that the height of the column A is _________.

directly equal to the proportional to the height equal to the fluid height of the liquid in the of the liquid, H pressure supplied at D tank after a small portion of the fluid from the tank forced into column C monitor the accuracy of the measuring element provide a feedback signal for accurate final element positioning be opened to the end of the last opening turn, then rotate the handwheel in the closing direction by approximately 1/4 of a turn 163.23 long tons

11

1507 B The response line installed in a pneumatic proportional action controller functions to __________.

regulate the air supply in readjust the total spring the line to the nozzle force in the air control relay be opened by 1/2 of the total number of turns available from full closed to full open be opened as much as needed, regardless of how little the gate has been moved from its seat

11

1508 B A non-rising stem gate valve should _____________.

be completely opened with the handwheel locked hard at the end of the last opening turn

11

1509 B Your vessel has just taken aboard 1200 barrels of fuel with an API 155.88 long tons gravity of 30.9 at 60F. Referring to the table shown in the illustration, how many long tons of fuel have you taken aboard? 1510 B A power failure in the hydraulic system of a compact type steering gear would cause the rudder to _____________. 1511 B In a reciprocating pump, the position of the pilot valve is controlled by the position of the ______________. 1512 D How many calories are contained in 10 BTU? 1513 C Condensate must be drained from the intercooler and aftercoolers of an air compressor because _____________. swing 35 right or left

171.48 long tons

182.82 long tons

See illustration number(s): GS-0149

11 11 11 11

remain locked in its last position main steam piston valve piston in the steam cylinder 10 cal 250 cal the cooling effect of the a danger of explosion condensate reduces the exists whenever water is compressor's efficiency present in a compressor

move to the midship position automatically cushioning valve 1000 cal water causes erratic operation of pneumatic components

jam against the rudder emergency stops governor valve spindle 2520 cal the volumetric capacity of the first stage is reduced if water remains

11

1514 A If a refrigeration system were short of refrigerant, the condition would result in ____________. 1515 B The bilge pump suction manifold, shown in the illustration, is provided with _____________. 1516 D Tinning a soldering iron will __________. 1517 C When a controller with proportional position action is used to control a process, a load change will cause the controlled variable to stabilize at some value other than the set point value. The new point at which the controlled variable stabilizes is called _____________.

continuous running of the high suction pressure compressor four stop valves four stop-check valves

high discharge pressure short cycling of the compressor on the water failure switch three normally opened three normally closed See illustration valves and one normally valves and one normally number(s): GS-0042 closed valve opened valve add extra weight to the tip control point prevent tip oxidation when heated load point

11

11 11

prevent the tip from overheating offset

protect the tip from scratches deviation

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1518 D The handle of a butterfly valve must be ___________________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


parallel to the axis of flow forty-five degrees to the when the valve is closed axis of flow when the valve is fully open insulate piping from ambient temperatures provide convenient grouping of all piping leading fore and aft from the machinery space for easy access and control either at 0 or 90 but parallel to the flow when never at any other angle in the fully open position regardless of flow rate enclose all pipes leading segregate a pipe from to a single forward the compartment through compartment in their own which it passes enclosure

General Knowledge

11

1519 D The purpose in constructing a pipe tunnel aboard a vessel is to ___________.

11 11

1520 A When air becomes trapped in the hydraulic fluid of a steering system, the _____________. 1521 B Before starting a reciprocating, steam-driven pump that has been idle for a period of time, you should _____________. 1523 C The air charge leaving an intercooler, or aftercooler of an air compressor can be expected to be ___________. 1524 D Noise in a refrigeration compressor can be caused by ____________. 1525 A Thermal energy in transition is also referred to as _______________. 1526 C Soldering flux aids the soldering process by _____________. 1527 A The cylinder unloading mechanism used on low pressure air compressors is an example of which mode of control? 1528 C Valves used in the machinery space piping systems, and constructed with threaded valve stems, must be ___________. 1529 A A compressor used in a multi-box refrigeration system, has six of its eight cylinders controlled for variable loads. If only one of five reefer boxes is active what percentage of the controlled cylinders will be unloaded? 1530 D Air trapped in the hydraulic fluid of a steering system would be indicated by _____________.

rudder will respond hydraulic rams will sluggishly overspeed open the steam line root drain the steam cylinder valve superheated supercooled

sight glass will show ram relief valves will lift bubbles close the steam cylinder open the liquid cylinder drains drains at or below the dew point all of the above

11 11 11 11 11 11

worn bearings and piston slugging due to flooding too much oil in circulation all of the above pins back heat power horsepower foot-pound softening the metals Two position right-hand opening (clockwise) 100% fusing the metals Derivative left-hand closing (counterclockwise) 66% removing oxides Integral right-hand closing (clockwise) 33% hardening the metals Single speed floating direction of opening and closing is unimportant 0% See illustration number(s): RA-0013

11

11

an improper rudder response

hammering noises in the popping or sputtering equipment or noises transmission lines Flat cold Wire gage Round nose Micrometer

all the above

11 11

1531 C Which of the chisels listed should be used for cutting oil grooves? Diamond point 1532 C To determine the diameter of a small hole, which of the listed tools must be used with a small hole gage to get an accurate reading? 1534 B "Flooding back" is a condition where the liquid refrigerant _____________. A Center gage

Square nose None of the above

11

vaporizes in the condenser

reaches the compressor flashes in the liquid line through the suction line potential energy mechanical energy

condenses in the receiver thermal energy

11 11 11 11

1535 D The energy associated with molecules is known as __________. kinetic energy 1536 D Flux is used when soldering, in order to __________.

1537 B Which of the following proportional band values most closely approaches "ON-OFF" control? 1538 D Steam traps should be installed at the lowest outlet point of the They should be installed They should be installed A bypass around the trap They should remain heat exchanger in a horizontal run of pipe. Which of the following with their main axis unpainted and wrapped is unnecessary if the uninsulated and installation considerations should also be maintained? horizontal. in an insulation blanket. steam input pressure unpainted. never exceeds 10 psig.

decrease the melting make the solder "flow" ensure proper tinning clean the joint area point of the solder -10% 2% 100% 500%

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11 11 1539 B Overgreasing of ball bearings installed on pumps will result in ___________. 1540 B Air trapped in the hydraulic fluid of a steering system should be indicated by ____________. 1541 C On small passenger vessels of less than 100 gross tons, watertight doors and watertight hatches are ___________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


smoother pump operation the pump overspeeding not required to be marked overheating of the bearing an improper rudder response required to be marked, but on only one side reduced corrosion in the increased pump capacity bearing bubbles in the sight glass ram relief valves lifting require to be marked on none of the above both sides in at least 1 inch high letters in allowing flow in one direction only purge air from the condenser in lube oil systems exclusively clean the waterside of the condenser

General Knowledge

11 11

1542 A The illustrated valve is recommended for use ____________. 1544 A While troubleshooting a refrigeration system for low head pressure, liquid refrigerant flooding back from the evaporator is determined to be the cause. It may be necessary to ___________. 1545 C A machine capable of producing 1650 foot-pounds of work per second is considered to produce how much horsepower?

as either fully opened or in throttling fluid flow fully closed change the expansion readjust the water valve adjustment regulating valve to increase the flow of water 1 hp (745.6 W) 2 hp (1.49 kW)

See illustration number(s): GS-0047

11

3 hp (2.23 kW)

4 hp (2.98 kW)

11 11

1546 B Soft solders have relatively low melting points and consist mainly silver base alloys lead base alloys of ______________. 1547 C Increasing the "reset rate" of a proportional-plus-reset controller narrows the proportional widens the proportional ____________. band band 1548 C The quantity of condensate passing through the illustrated steam amount of vapor trap will be reduced as the ___________. contained in "A" decreases 1549 D Ball bearings may become overheated if they are ___________. 1550 A If a severe leak develops in the electro-hydraulic steering gear, which of the listed conditions could result? 1551 D The best type of chisel to use for cutting a keyway is the ____________. 1552 D Which of the following adjustments will cause the illustrated valve, to close at a lower loading pressure? packed with too much grease Loss of vessel steering round nose chisel Increasing the compression on spring No. 6 amount of liquid contained in "A" increases mounted on a misaligned shaft Overheating of the gyrocompass flat cold chisel

copper base alloys

nickel base alloys

repeats the proportional increase the stability of action more frequently the controller amount of vapor contained in "A" increases not lubricated Jamming of the six-way valve diamond point chisel vapor pressure of the liquid contained in "A" decreases all of the above Jamming of the follow-up device cape chisel Screwing down on sleeve No. 12 See illustration number(s): GS-0051 See illustration number(s): GS-0005

11

11 11 11 11

Replacing the spring with Screwing up on sleeve one that has a higher No. 12 compression value mechanical force feed lubricators detached sump method

11

1553 A On small, low pressure, air compressors, the cylinders are usually splash method lubricated by the _____________.

internal cooling passages in the crankshafts and connecting rods adjust the expansion valve the vapor feed heater

11

1554 D To correct the condition of slugging and flooding back in a refrigeration system, it may be necessary to ______________. 1555 A In a double-effect distilling plant, the evaporator feed remaining entrained in the first-effect vapor, is removed by __________________. 1556 A Power is defined as the ____________.

re-adjust the discharge pressure baffles and vanes

clean the expansion valve screen a flash chamber

add refrigerant

11

the second effect separator amount of work accomplished

11

rate of doing work

amount of force needed to overcome friction aids the reset action during increasing error transients

distance through which an object is moved

11

1557 B When "reset" action is added to proportional action, the proportional action ______________.

aids the reset action during decreasing error transients

opposes the reset action and reset action are during increasing error completely independent transients of one another in the controller operation

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1558 B In the operation of the illustrated steam trap, condensate will continue to pass through the outlet as long as ____________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


steam occupies the area the drop in pressure at labeled "I" "B" does not lower the pressure of the condensate below its current saturation pressure the bearing may heat up grease may flow out of the seals Moisture separator Vacuum breaker tin and lead the use of internal threads the suction and discharge valves slightly warm strainer body a flash chamber beryllium and antimony hole tolerance the drop in pressure at "B" lowers the vapor pressure of the condensate below its current saturation pressure early failure may result Lubricator copper and lead finished diameter

General Knowledge
the pressure in area "H" See illustration is at least 85% of the number(s): GS-0002 pressure in area "I"

11 11 11 11

1559 D If a ball bearing for a centrifugal pump is completely packed with grease, _____________. 1560 A Which of the listed devices would be installed at a control system air pressure reducing station? 1561 A Solder is an alloy of _____________. 1562 A In the figure shown in the illustration, the standard blueprint symbols above the letters "A", "B", and "C" indicate ____________. 1563 B Air line lubricators are used in compressed air systems to lubricate ______________. 1564 C If a liquid line strainer, such as the one shown in the illustration, becomes clogged to the extent that it should be cleaned, this will be indicated by _____________. 1565 B In a double-effect distilling plant, the brine particles remaining entrained with the vapor produced in the evaporator first effect, are separated by ____________. 1566 D How much work would be accomplished if a 15 pound box were raised to the top of a 25 foot platform? 1567 A When "reset" action is added to proportional action _________________.

all of the above Nonreturn valve silicon and selenium interference fit

See illustration number(s): GS-0036

11

tools and equipment served by compressed air clicking in the solenoid valve baffles and vanes

air line reducing valves

all of the above

11

loss of refrigeration effect high suction pressure at See illustration the condenser number(s): RA-0010 in the space being cooled the vapor feed heater a brine pump

11

11 11

15 ft-lb the proportional action opposes the reset action during decreasing error transients

25 ft-lb the proportional action opposes the reset action during increasing error transients

40 ft-lb the proportional action assists the reset action during decreasing error transients

375 ft-lb the proportional action and the reset action are completely independent of one another in the controller operation eliminate steam-pipe water hammer

11

1568 B The basic function of a steam trap is to ____________.

regulate the flow of steam leaving a heater

limit the flow of steam leaving a heater until it has given up its latent heat of condensation insufficient circulation and overheating of the bearing

limit the flow of steam leaving a heater until it has given up its latent heat of fusion

11

1569 B In most pumps and pump motors, overpacking the ball bearings full of grease will result in ____________. 1570 B The function of port "D" shown in the illustration is to _______________.

moisture emulsification of the bearing grease

proper grease circulation sliding friction between to cool the bearing balls and races act as a pressure sensing line from the compressor lube system to unload all cylinders if a lube oil failure occurred install new docking plugs in all cofferdams compressor valves will be damaged provide a remote control See illustration number(s): RA-0013 pneumatic signal for changing the control point operation setting

11

provide pressure sensing prevent pressure from from the compressor developing within the crankcase/ suction line bellows that would adversely affect the operation of the unloader control examine the condition of the propeller compressor lubrication will be improved chip and paint all hull protection zincs oil will not leave the crankcase

11 11

1571 A When a vessel is in drydock, the vessel's engineers should ____________. 1572 D If you change from a low pour point lubricant to a high pour point lubricant in a refrigeration system, __________.

inspect the hull for hogging or sagging oil may congeal in the evaporator

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1573 B Which of the following statements is correct when comparing the cylinder diameters of a two-stage reciprocating air compressor?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


The low pressure cylinder will be smaller than the high pressure cylinder. The high pressure cylinder will be smaller than the low pressure cylinder. The high and low The low pressure pressure cylinders will be cylinder will be smaller of equal size. than the high pressure cylinder but the piston stroke will be greater. all of the above

General Knowledge

11

1574 D Water flow occurs through the unit shown in the illustration when __________.

"A" is tilted off of its seat "C" lifts due to the "E" is moved from the decrease in pressure on position shown top of the diaphragm deaerate the first effect distillate horsepower filter the condensed flash deaerate the first and vapors second effect distillate work heat make the corrective action of the controller proportional to the deviation of the controlled variable from the set point Regulate the flow of steam to a heater.

See illustration number(s): GS-0155

11

1575 D The demisters installed in a flash-type evaporator serve to ____________. 1576 B Mechanical energy in transition is referred to as _________.

remove small water droplets entrained in the flashed vapor velocity repeat the proportional action until the controlled variable returns to the set point

11 11

accelerate the corrective 1577 D The effect of "reset", when added to a proportional controller is to make the controller _______________. correction proportional to action so as to minimize the possibility of hunting the rate at which the input change takes place

11

1578 A The basic function of a steam trap includes which of the following Regulate the flow of processes? condensate from a heater. 1579 A A ball bearing will overheat if ____________.

Regulate the flow of steam from a heater.

Regulate the flow of condensate to a heater. operated at designed high speed

11

completely packed full of filled with grease to 95% in use for a long time grease of the total open spaces within the bearing compressed air and nitrogen noting the condition of the fairwater thread series helium and nitrogen oxygen and hydrogen

11 11

1580 A The two most common gases used in pneumatic systems are _____________. 1581 B Inspection of a vessel's propeller during drydocking should include ____________. 1582 A The letters "NPT" used in the notation 1/8-27 NPT as shown in the illustration, indicates the ____________. 1583 A Intake valves installed on most reciprocating low pressure air compressors are actuated by the pressure differential between the air in the cylinder and the pressure __________. 1584 C Badly leaking refrigeration compressor discharge valves will cause _____________. 1585 A In a two-stage flash-type distilling plant, the mesh-type vapor separators function to __________________. 1587 A The device shown in the illustration is an example of which of the listed modes of control? 1589 A If a ball bearing installed on a pump is completely packed full of grease, this can result in ____________. 1590 C Filters are installed ahead of air line lubricators for the primary purpose of removing ___________. 1591 C In an oxyacetylene welding outfit, each cylinder has a regulator and two pressure gages. One pressure gage indicates cylinder pressure and the other gage is used to indicate ___________________________.

oxygen and acetylene

inspection of the keyway logging inspection results all of the above in the official deck log thread profile class of finish class of fit See illustration number(s): GS-0010

11 11

of the air on the external of the push rod and side of the valve rocker arm assembly

sensed by the receiver sensed by the intercooler low pressure limit switch diaphragm valve

11 11 11 11 11 11

overfeeding of the expansion valve improve distillate purity Proportional control bearing failure

damage to the condenser vent noncondensable gases Integral control

constant running of the compressor recycle evaporator flash steam Derivative control

flooding of the receiver direct flash steam into the cooler On-off control

See illustration number(s): GS-0146

smoother pump operation the heat of compression air supply pressure pulses tip pressure upstream pressure

reduced corrosion in the increased pump capacity bearing moisture in the air supply turbulence in the air supply hose pressure arc pressure

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11 1592 C In the thread notation shown in the illustration, the "1" preceding a single thread "8NC-LH" represents ____________. 1593 A The steam pressure operating range of the regulator shown in the L illustration is manually adjusted by the part labeled "________." 1594 D In a refrigeration system equipped with a reciprocating compressor and a water cooled condensing unit, leaking compressor discharge valves will result in ________. 1595 D The mesh type steam separators located in a two-stage flash distilling plant, function to _____________. 1596 C Which unit of measurement is used to measure mechanical potential energy? 1597 C The control mode that is generally not used by itself is _________________. 1599 D During the operation of a variable capacity refrigeration compressor, the lube oil pressure is observed to be maximum normal, with the suction pressure just above the cut out point of the low pressure cut out switch, Under this operating condition, "F" should be rotated _____________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


the thread pitch B the outside diameter D the length of the threaded section G

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): GS-0038 See illustration number(s): GS-0045

11

refrigerant flooding of the low suction pressure compressor vent noncondensable gases British thermal units reset control counter clockwise to reduce compressor capacity and thereby increase suction pressure

noisy compressor operation

low head pressure

11 11 11 11

recycle evaporator flash reheat the flash steam steam Horsepower Foot-pounds integral control derivative control

improve distillate purity Calories

two position differential gap control See illustration clockwise to reduce counter clockwise to clockwise to increase compressor capacity and number(s): RA-0013 compressor capacity and increase compressor thereby raise suction thereby increase suction capacity and thereby reduce suction pressure pressure pressure

11

1600 A A flash type evaporator is designed to operate in 75F sea water, the absolute pressures absolute pressure in the the unit will operate at if operated in 50F sea water, ________. will be slightly below the evaporator stages will be reduced capacity higher predicted design absolute pressures 1601 D The delivery rate of an axial-piston hydraulic pump is controlled by varying the position of the ____________. 1602 B The drawing labeled "a" in the illustration represents a/an ________. 1603 B When welding with an oxyacetylene outfit, _____________. sliding block interferance fit pintle running fit reaction ring basic shaft fit

thermal efficiency will decrease, but brine density will increase

11 11 11

tilting box or swash plate force fit See illustration number(s): GS-0019

a leaking hose must be a flashback of flame into open the acetylene valve open the acetylene until the hose pressure is cylinder valve only 1/4 to repaired by binding with the hose is normal tape 26 PSIG 1/2 turn and leave the wrench on the valve stem increasing with each stroke decreasing with each stroke decreasing to a vacuum

11

1604 A A reciprocating refrigeration compressor may be tested for leaking rising and falling with each stroke discharge valves by stopping the compressor, turning the discharge service valve all the way in, and then turning the compressor over by hand. If the discharge valves are leaking, the compound gage will show pressures ____________. 1605 B Small droplets of water entrained in the flashed vapor produced in a flash-type evaporator, are removed by the _________________. 1606 D Which of the following terms could be applied to the simple definition "the energy of motion"? 1607 B Reset control is also referred to as ____________. 1608 A The device shown in the illustration is typically designed to operate in conjunction with a pneumatically controlled valve in order to maintain _______________. 1609 D During the operation of a variable capacity refrigeration compressor, the lube oil pressure is observed to be at its nearly normal minimum pressure, with the suction pressure indicated at 8 psi. Under this operating condition, "F" should be rotated ______________. spray pipes

11

demisters

condensers

splash baffles

11 11 11

Electrical energy

Thermal energy

Potential energy rate control flow rates as a square root extractor counter clockwise to decrease the compressor capacity and thereby reduce suction pressure

Kinetic energy proportional control constant pump-head pressures

derivative control integral control relatively constant liquid steam flow rates tank levels counter clockwise to increase compressor capacity and thereby reduce the suction pressure clockwise to increase compressor capacity and thereby reduce the suction pressure

See illustration number(s): GS-0052

11

clockwise to decrease See illustration compressor capacity and number(s): RA-0013 thereby raise the suction pressure

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11 11 1610 D A computing relay is used in a pneumatic control system to _______________. 1611 A The discharge capacity of the axial piston hydraulic pump, shown in the illustration, is ___________. 1612 B One of the disadvantages of screw-type positive displacement rotary pumps is that they have ___________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


extract square roots fixed by the pump housing angle high internal velocities square divide all of the above increased by adding a shorter cylinder block low range of flows and pressures

General Knowledge

increased by adding a decreased by adding a longer cylinder block longer cylinder block performance low tolerance for characteristics sensitive entrained air and gases to viscosity change below the line discharge constant throughout the pressure discharge period not start is independent of the main bilge system demisters have high discharge pressure has a cross connection to the ballast system saltwater heater vents

See illustration number(s): GS-0058

11

1613 D The pressure developed in the high pressure cylinder of a reciprocating air compressor, in order to assure an output near the end of its compression stroke, is ____________. 1614 A If the discharge valves on a refrigeration compressor are leaking badly, the compressor should __________. 1615 B Referring to Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR), the emergency bilge system ________. 1616 B In order to prevent salt water contamination of the distillate in a flash-type evaporator, it is important to provide a positive seal around the _____________. 1617 A Reset control is also referred to as ____________.

the same as the line discharge pressure run continuously has no independent primary pump spray caps

above the line discharge pressure short cycle on the high pressure switch is part of the independent bilge system steam supply orifice plate proportional control with the movement of the See illustration pneumatic control valve number(s): GS-0050 occurring only between 10 to 15 psi

11 11

11

11 11

proportional speed floating control 1618 C A pneumatic output from the device shown in the illustration may 0 to 25 psi vary between 0 to 25 psi. The usable band of this range, (the pressure range used to generate a proportional movement of the associated control valve) will be _________.

derivative control a 25 psi range

rate control 5 to 20 psi

11

1619 D Increasing the speed of a centrifugal pump will result in an diameter of the increase in its capacity. Another means of increasing the capacity discharge piping, with all of a centrifugal pump is to increase the _________. other factors remaining the same 1620 C The purging of air from an electro-hydraulic steering gear unit is necessary when _____________. changing over to hand pump operation

diameter of the suction piping, with all other factors remaining the same

width of the impeller only diameter of the impeller

11

engaging the trick wheel the system has been filled with new oil

the rudder angle indicator does not match the helm position

11

1621 C When it is necessary to start an axial piston hydraulic motor under conditions where the hydraulic fluid is colder than the lowest temperature recommended for proper operation, you should operate the system at _____________.

minimum speed until the neutral stroke until all of no load until the normal maximum torque to normal operating the air has been vented operating temperature is attain rapid warm-up pressure is reached reached

11

1622 B A twin-screw, rotary, positive displacement pump is provided with The longer the lead, the The shorter the lead, the The longer the lead, the The shorter the lead, the higher the pressure lower the axial velocity. higher the inlet pressure timing gears. If it were possible to change the lead (pitch) of the lower the flow rate. potential. requirements. screws, which of the following statements would represent the true effect on the pump characteristics? 1623 A The piston displacement rate of a reciprocating air compressor can be modified by changing the _____________. 1624 C If a refrigeration system, equipped with a reciprocating compressor, has a solenoid valve that is leaking during the "off" cycle, this could cause __________. 1625 A Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) require the emergency bilge system to ________. piston speed compressor capacity volumetric efficiency total pressure

11

11

low suction pressure

high superheat in the outlet coil be a part of the independent bilge system

noisy compressor operation upon starting have an independent priming pump

refrigerant slugs in the receiver have a cross connection to the ballast system

11

be independent of the main bilge system

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


The motor overcurrent protective device continually shuts the pump down. two position control Pounding noises can be heard at the pump suction chest.

General Knowledge

1626 A Excessive air leakage into the suction side of a centrifugal pump The pump delivers full The pump packing gland would be indicated by which of the following operational capacity when started, overheats after short problems? but gradually slackens operating periods. off to an abnormally low flow. 1627 D A mode of control, whereby the position of the final control element is linearly proportional to the rate of change of the controlled variable, is called _______________________. 1628 A Referring to the device shown in the illustration, if a reversed output were desired from a comparable unit as the system pressure increased, the necessary physical changes to the unit would be ____________. 1629 D A dented race in an antifriction bearing could be caused by _____________. 1630 B While inspecting the steering system at sea, you should check for _____________. 1632 A How does the viscosity of a fluid being pumped affect the operation of a spur gear pump? reset control integral control

11

derivative control

11

the offsetting of the power head, or motor, and the use of a reversing lever water in the bearing

the sensing or feedback connection made from below the power head or motor

the offsetting of the power head or motor, and the use of a reversing diaphragm

the exchange of the pilot See illustration valve with one that would number(s): GS-0050 be downward seating vibration while the bearing is not in operation lost motion in the rams The pump cannot handle fluids more viscous than lubricating oil. Electrical energy an oversized expansion valve cylinder valves and close torch valves when pressure in hoses and regulators is zero the pump being installed too close to the suction tank integral control

11

abrasives in the lubricant dirt in the bearing

11 11

air bubbles in the sight glass The viscosity of the fluid is relatively unimportant in the pump operation. Chemical energy liquid refrigerant returning to the compressor

any leaks in the system The pump can only be used for fluids of high viscosity. Mechanical energy excessive frost on the cooling coils

overtravel in the rudder angle indicator The pump can only be used for light oils.

11 11

1633 A Which of the following forms of energy is demonstrated through the process of combustion? 1634 C If one box in a multiple box, direct expansion type refrigeration system was experiencing an excessively low temperature, this could be a result of ____________. 1635 D When securing an oxyacetylene cutting outfit for an extended period, you should close the ____________.

Thermal energy a leaking hand expansion valve cylinder valves and close torch valves with 4 to 5 pounds of pressure in the hoses

11

hand valves on the torch cylinder valves only only

11

1636 B Pump efficiency may be lost as a result of _______________.

air entering the pump a leak in a gasket on the the suction valve in the through a pin hole leak in suction side of the pump wide open position the discharge manifold rate control derivative control two position control

11

1637 D A mode of control, whereby the speed of motion of the final control element is linearly proportional to the deviation of the controlled variable from set point, is called _________. 1638 C A solenoid, direct-acting, three-position, spring-centered, directional control valve is used in a hydraulic system to control a linear actuator. With the actuator under load there is no movement. However, when the load is removed the actuator can be cycled in both directions, although slower than normal. Which of the statements listed is the probable cause? 1639 A The capacity of a centrifugal pump can be increased by the installation of a larger diameter impeller. Another means of increasing the pump capacity is to _________________. 1640 A While inspecting the steering gear at sea, you should check for _____________.

11

One or both of the One or both of the solenoid coils has centering springs has broken and the spool sustained an open. has jammed in the valve body.

The pump coupling has The pump coupling is damaged and the pump sheared and the motor is overspeeding. is unable to attain its rated speed of rotation.

11

increase speed

increase the size of the cardent assembly

reduce wearing ring clearances

change the pump to a "close coupled" arrangement position of the six-way valve

11

any leaks in the system

accuracy of the rudder angle indicator

movement of the trick wheel

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1641 C In the illustration, the best way to make the pieces labeled "b" a locational interferance fit is to ________. 1642 C A spur gear pump should be operated with the discharge valves _____________. 1643 C Which of the following forms of energy concerns the forces which bind atoms together in a molecule? 1644 A Leaking suction valves in a refrigeration compressor are indicated by _____________. 1645 B In an oxygen acetylene welding outfit, the torch tip orifice size ____________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


Do nothing, this is already a locational interferance fit slightly opened Thermal energy higher than normal suction pressure depends on the hose length drill the hole 0.010 inches larger to .260 inches throttled Mechanical energy lower than normal suction pressure

General Knowledge

turn the shaft down .004 heat the shaft until the See illustration to .005 inches nominal diameter is .250 number(s): GS-0019 inches fully opened Chemical energy lower than normal evaporator temperature halfway opened Electrical energy noticeable increase in compressor noise

11 11 11

11

determines the amount can be varied by rotating depends on the regulator of acetylene and oxygen the tip flow rate fed to the flames Each pump operating at a different speed and discharging into a common line. saponifying a metal base, to which oil is then added and mixed under controlled temperature Both pumps operating at the same speed taking suction from a common line. reducing tallow 50F below its pour point then mixing a base metal, such as barium, into solution Each pump operating at a different speed and taking suction from a common line. saponifying an aluminum base, to which tallow and oil are mixed into solution under a controlled temperature rotate part "D" in the direction necessary to produce the desired output pressure change in the system make sure the motor bearings are lubricated drain water from telemotor cylinders each watch 2 increased slippage See illustration number(s): GS-0050

11

1646 B Which of the following conditions would be hazardous if you were Both pumps operating at using two centrifugal pumps to discharge a flammable liquid? the same speed and discharging into a common line. 1647 B Greases are generally produced by ____________. reducing the temperature of an oil below its cloud point to create the gelatinous texture

11

11

1648 D In order to change the set point of the system using the illustrated rotate part "I" device, you must _________________. counterclockwise

change the compression rotate part "E" until the of the spring located operating pressure has below part "H" changed by 5 psi

11

1649 C The oil in a cargo winch gear box should be sampled periodically prevent the gear box to _____________. from leaking 1650 C When the steering gear is in operation, you should ________.

prevent the oil from becoming inflammable

make sure it has not become contaminated check for excessive oil leakage from rams 13 NC reduced slippage

11

check hydraulic oil levels check the rams for every hour overheating

11 11

1651 D What class of screw thread is indicated with a machine screw 02-Jan described as 1/2-13 NC-2? 1652 D The capacity of a rotary pump, delivering a constant viscosity decreased suction increased suction fluid, will decrease when the discharge pressure is increased, due pressure pressure to ___________. 1653 B Which of the following forms of energy is usually associated with the motion of large bodies or objects? 1654 D A refrigeration system is equipped with a reciprocating compressor and a water cooled condensing unit. If the system is overcharged, the resulting high head pressure will be caused by _____________. Chemical energy the expansion valve overfeeding the evaporator Mechanical energy a leaking compressor suction valve

11 11

Thermal energy an incorrectly adjusted high pressure cutout

Electrical energy refrigerant flooding the condenser

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1655 A Which of the following statements concerning braze welding is/are correct?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


Braze welding is an exceptionally good method of repairing malleable (special heattreated) iron. A braze welded joint should be cooled immediately with cold water or forced air draft to reduce the intensity of the heat path. Repairs to working parts All of the above. or containers used in chemical processes, especially strong alkaline solutions, are effectively accomplished with braze welding.

General Knowledge

11

1656 D If it were necessary for you to frequently replace the packing on the main condensate pump, the trouble could be the result of ______________. 1657 C Which indicator is used to determine the hardness of a grease? 1658 B Referring to the device shown in the illustration, the port labeled "F" is known as the _______________. 1659 D Winch gears must be maintained in proper alignment to prevent _____________. 1660 A If a hydraulic pump is producing a noisy whine when in operation, the cause may be ____________.

running at low speed for excessive condensate a long time recirculation Pour point supply pressure overheating of the lube oil an air leak in the pump suction line above the oil level in the reservoir Drop point operating pressure overspeeding of the motor low viscosity in the hydraulic fluid

defective casing gasket

worn bearings

11 11 11 11

Penetration number feedback signal wear on the braking system an oil leak across the pump shaft packing

Stability-consistency number manipulated variable damage to the teeth due to the wrong direction of rotation of the hydraulic motor indicated by a release or break of the handle rotor clearances

See illustration number(s): GS-0050

11

1661 A When using a deflecting beam torque wrench, the torque is _____________. 1662 D The capacity of a rotary pump, when operated at a constant speed, will decrease with an increase in the pump _________. 1663 B Which of the following statements represents the definition of energy? 1664 C An excessive charge of refrigerant in an air-cooled refrigeration system can cause _____________.

read on a scale mounted read on a dial mounted on the handle of the on the handle of the wrench wrench discharge volume suction pressure

indicated by an audible click steeped speed

11

11

Energy is work that has been accomplished. oil foaming in the compressor

Energy is the capacity for Energy is work being producing an effect. done. higher than normal suction and discharge pressures with a higher box temperature neutral flame

Energy is power.

11

the compressor to run higher than normal discharge pressure with continuously a normal box temperature nitriding fusion carburizing flame

11

1665 D With reference to the oxyacetylene welding of high carbon steels, oxidizing flame hard-facing, and the welding of nonferrous alloys, such as monel, the best flame to use is termed a/an ________________. 1666 B Excessive wear on a centrifugal pump shaft sleeve will ____________. 1668 D The device shown in the illustration is known as a ________. cause severe vibration when the pump is operating

11

cause excessive leakage cause damage in the past the packing gland stuffing box

allow interstage leakage in the pump casing glands direct acting pilot valve See illustration number(s): GS-0050

11

reverse acting pneumatic reverse acting pilot valve direct acting pneumatic control valve control valve Chief Engineer Master U. S. Coast Guard

11 11

1669 B Who is responsible for completing the station bill or muster list and posting it in a visible area aboard the vessel? 1670 A Inspection of a low pressure gear pump for cavitation will usually be indicated by a wear pattern _____________.

None of the above

along the inlet side of the along the discharge side at the extreme upper and even throughout the of the housing lower peripheries of the entire periphery of the housing housing housing when matched machined gear sets are used

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1671 D When renewing sections of pipe in a hydraulic system, the nominal pipe size of the piping always indicates the ______________. 1672 B The output volume of a positive fixed displacement pump can be changed only by _______________. 1674 A Which of the conditions listed may be an indication of an excessive amount of refrigerant circulating through the system?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


actual inside diameter actual outside diameter wall thickness size for threaded connections moving the shaft trunnion block Weeping of the purge valve 25 psi

General Knowledge

11 11

changing the angle of the tilting plate Sweating of the compressor crankcase

changing the speed of the pump Colder than normal solenoid valve 5 psi

moving the slide block and rotor Frosting of the evaporator 15 psi

11

1675 C When welding or burning with a oxygen-acetylene, the acetylene 2 psi working pressure must not exceed ____________. 1676 A Excessive wear on a centrifugal pump shaft sleeve will _______________. 1677 A The mode of control employed by an alarm circuit is a _____________. 1678 C If a leak occurs between the areas labeled "B" and "J" of the control valve shown in the illustration, which of the following problems is most likely to occur?

11

cause new packing to be cause severe pump torn and scored vibration at operating speed single speed floating control The valve will open with The valve will close with a decrease in a decrease in temperature below the temperature below the set point of the liquid set point of the liquid being cooled. being heated. two position control

damage the packing gland stuffing box proportional speed floating control The valve will open with an increase in temperature above the set point of the liquid being heated.

damage the pump casing interstage seals reset control The valve will close with See illustration number(s): GS-0043 an increase in temperature above the set point of the liquid being cooled. check the winch manufacturer's instruction book a clogged air vent filter on the oil reservoir The valve will trip if the distillate is too warm.

11 11

11

1679 D If you are given the job of adding hydraulic fluid to a mooring winch, and are not certain as to the type of fluid to use, you should _____________. 1680 D A gradual decrease in the discharge pressure of an operating hydraulic pump can be caused by _____________.

add fluid that is the same add turbine oil because it add any oil that has the is always a good same viscosity as the color as the fluid in the reservoir substitute hydraulic fluid the four-way control valve failing to shift the bleeder valve sticking cold hydraulic fluid in the open position The valve will trip if the sea water feed temperature drops below 175F. The valve is interlocked to trip only on deenergization of the solenoid.

11

11

1681 A Which of the following statements describes the proper operation The valve must be of a three-way solenoid trip valve on a flash-type evaporator? manually reset.

11

1682 D The Bourdon tube-type pressure gage will begin to straighten out applied pressure being applied pressure being total force being the when pressure is applied due to the _____________. the greatest on the outer the greatest on the inner greatest on the inner circumference circumference circumference 1683 B The rate of heat transfer from a hot region to a cold region is affected most by the ____________. 1684 C Which of the conditions listed is one indication of an excessive amount of refrigerant in the system? 1685 D When replacing a steam pressure reducing valve, what information is required for the selection? size of the heat sink temperature difference between the regions Prolonged running size of the heat source

total force being the greatest on the outer circumference total heat of the system

See illustration number(s): GS-0114

11

11 11

Safety valve lifting

Short cycling

Maximum and minimum Reduced pressure or inlet pressures pressure range

Oil absorbed in the crankcase Maximum and minimum All of the above continuous flow rates (lbs./hr.) made only with the prior approval of the local Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection (OCMI) reset control

11

1686 D According to Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR), a welded repair inspected and tested by to be made to a ships service air receiver, other than an the chief engineer before emergency repair at sea, must be ____________. it may be returned to service 1687 A The meat box temperature control circuit, as used in the ship service refrigeration system, is an example of ____________. 1689 B Who is responsible for ensuring that someone is assigned to close the watertight doors in an emergency? two position control

completed and then made with a backing tested at least twice prior strip to ensure full to notifying the Coast penetration Guard to ask for a marine inspector single speed floating control Master of the vessel proportional control

11

11

Coast Guard

Chief Engineer

Chief Mate

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1690 B If the pump in a hydraulic system produces a low rumbling noise while in operation, this is a probable indication of _______________. 1691 C A three-way solenoid operated dump valve installed on a flashtype evaporator unit, will divert impure distillate to the bilge _________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


internal system fluid leakage only if the cell selector switch is positioned to monitor the first stage distillate outlet air passing through the pump only if the cell selector switch is positioned to monitor the final stage distillate outlet strained hydraulic fluid excess internal slippage

General Knowledge

11

regardless of the cell selector switch position

only if power to the salinity panel is interrupted fluctuate due to the amount of slip variation

11

1692 B Operating a rotary gear pump far below its rated speed when increase steadily as the handling low viscosity liquids, will cause its volumetric efficiency to moving gears develop ____________. less vibration 1693 C Which of the following statements is correct concerning heat transfer?

decrease to where the remain unchanged due pump no longer develops to its positive flow displacement characteristics

11

Heat transfer rate is Heat is given off from a Heat transfer rate is high temperature region affected most by the size affected most by the of the heat sink involved. temperature difference known as a heat sink. between the heat source and the heat sink. increase the amount of cooling water to the condenser hydraulic decrease the amount of cooling water to the condenser electric add more refrigerant to the system steam

Heat transfer by radiation will occur only by mass motion of a fluid substance.

11

1694 D When a refrigeration compressor has developed a high head pressure as a result of a refrigerant overcharge, you should ______________. 1695 A On tank vessels equipped with power operated cargo tank valves, the type of power operator most commonly used is ______________________. 1696 A Excessive wear on the packing rings nearest the pump packing gland, while the rings nearest the impeller remain in good condition, is caused by ____________. 1697 D Which of the following elements is common to all indicating instruments? 1698 D With regards to the device shown in the illustration, the parts labeled "D" and "I" function together to ____________.

remove some refrigerant from the system diesel

11

11

failure to insert and individually seat the rings, one ring at a time An electrical input lift the valve disk as the controlled temperature increases

insufficient tightening of the packing gland

cutting the rings nearest failure to tighten the packing gland in a single the gland too short adjustment A reset button act as an accumulator for the steam if a sudden increase in steam supply is required A calibrated scale balance the steam supply pressure and cancel its affect on the valve disk See illustration number(s): GS-0043

11 11

A bourdon tube lower the valve disk as the controlled temperature decreases

11

1699 C When the entire plate "X" of a vessel's hull is to be replaced, as simplify the fit up of the new plate shown in the illustration, four sections of the remaining welded seam (i.e., a, b, c, d) should be burned out prior to welding in the new plate. This is done to _________________. 1700 B Leakage of hydraulic fluid from around the shaft of a hydraulic motor may be caused by _____________. 1701 D In a flash-type evaporator, an electrical salinity cell would be installed in the _____________.

give the welder a starting minimize locked in stress accommodate lifting lugs See illustration point when welding in the created when the new used to jack the new number(s): GS-0112 new plate plate is welded plate into position

11 11

permanent loss of pump worn shaft seals suction distillate outlet from the distillate inlet to the distillate cooler distillate cooler capacity will decrease

high level in the oil sump low motor RPM condensate drains from the distiller feedwater heater suction pressure will increase a restricted suction strainer butterfly valve all of the above

11

1702 B If the viscosity of the liquid being transferred remains constant as capacity will increase the discharge pressure increases, the rotary pump ______________. 1704 C If the suction pressure at the refrigeration compressor is below refrigerant overcharge normal, the cause can be _____________. 1705 C On tank vessels, which of the listed valve types is most commonly gate valve used in conjunction with hydraulically actuated controls?

suction pressure will decrease due to short cycling of the compressor nonreturn valve

11 11

overfeeding by the expansion valve globe valve

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


a space in which cargo hose is stowed Proportional "A" must be rotated counterclockwise an enclosed space containing cargo piping Reset "A" must be rotated clockwise all of the above

General Knowledge

1706 D Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) prohibit air compressors from a space within three being located in ____________. meters of a cargo valve 1707 B "Offset" is an inherent characteristic of which of the following Two position types of control modes? 1708 B In order to increase the set point of the control valve as "K" must be rotated illustrated, used to regulate the output temperature of a hot water clockwise heater, the part labeled __________. 1710 D If dirt is allowed to contaminate the sump of a hydraulic deck crane, which of the following problems will occur? All the seals in the hydraulic lines will immediately blow out.

11 11

Rate "K" must be rotated counterclockwise The internal parts of the pump and hydraulic motor will wear excessively. All of the above Internal liquid slippage will be reduced. tempering See illustration number(s): GS-0043

11

The lifting capacity of the The sheathing on the crane will be immediately hydraulic lines will reduced by 70%. fracture. Tube nest drain pump discharge The pump capacity will be increased. case hardening Air ejector condensate drain Pump efficiency will be increased. annealing

11 11

1711 D Where would a salinity cell be installed in a double-effect distilling Distillate pump discharge plant? 1712 A Which of the listed conditions will occur if the discharge pressure The pump capacity will of a rotary pump is increased from the designed 50 psi to 300 psi, be decreased. while maintaining the same RPM? 1713 D Reheating a hardened component to a temperature lower than the hardening temperature and then cooling it is known as _____________. 1714 C If the suction pressure for an operating refrigeration compressor is below normal, the cause may be _____________. 1715 B The flame screens installed on sewage system tank vents prevent explosions by ________. 1716 C One of the many problems occurring with centrifugal pump shaft packing is the excessive wear on the rings nearest the packing gland. If the rings nearest the impeller remain in good condition during the same operating period, the wear is most likely caused by ____________. 1717 D Which of the following definitions can be used to define the term "offset" as a characteristic of controller action? low temperature hardening an excess of liquid refrigerant allowing the escape of flammable vapors

11

11

the expansion valve overfeeding

a fouled compressor suction strainer

the compressor short cycling

11

dissipating the heat of a absorbing any flammable preventing flammable fire vapors in the vicinity vapors from entering the tank some rings being cut too short

11

insufficient lubrication of packing rings rotating in overtightening the the lantern ring the stuffing box packing in one adjustment

11

The period of time in which the set point and the control point coincide. steam flow control to the air ejectors minimize shrinkage stresses and harmful distortion double fillet weld only cause of salt contamination hook spanner

The periodic change between the set point and the control point. temperature control of a fluid being heated ensure that all weldments are downhand plug and slot weld location of salt water contamination dial wrench

The variable difference between the set point and the control point. temperature control of a fluid being cooled provide the greatest restraint in the weld V-weld over a backing ring chemical makeup of feedwater offset box end

The constant difference between the set point and the control point. steam flow to the turbine See illustration driving a pump number(s): GS-0043 ensure all horizontal weldments are completed first U-weld over a backing ring level of alkalinity in condensate torque wrench See illustration number(s): GS-0078

11 11

1718 B The illustrated control valve would be more suitable for ________________. 1719 A When a new section of shell plating is being installed, the proper weld sequence must be followed to _____________. 1721 C In the illustration, the welded neck flange is attached to the pipe by a ______________. 1722 B A salinity indicator is used to determine the _____________. 1723 D In order to tighten the bolts of a crankpin bearing to the exact tension specified by the engine manufacturer, you should use a/an ____________. 1724 B Which of the conditions listed could cause excessively low refrigerant pressure at the compressor suction?

11 11 11

11

Insufficient flow of The system is low on condenser cooling water. refrigerant.

The solenoid valve to the The high pressure cutout chill box is "frozen" in the switch is inoperative. open position.

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions

General Knowledge

1725 B Oil sprays on to a hot piece of machinery, catches fire and causes nearest Coast Guard unit Officer in Charge, Marine principal surveyor of the U.S. Salvage Association $35,000 damage to your vessel. By law this must be reported to Inspection at the first port American Bureau of Survey at the next U.S. the ____________. of arrival Shipping at the next U.S. port port 1726 B Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) require safety and relief 50% of that at which the 75% of that at which the 110% of that at which the 125% of that at which the valves for air service to be provided with a substantial lifting valve is set to blow valve is set to blow valve is set to blow valve is set to blow device, capable of lifting the disk from its seat when the pressure in the vessel is ________________. 1727 A Which of the following definitions best describes sensitivity as a The ratio of the output in characteristic of controller action? response to a specified change to the input which caused it. The steady state difference between the control point and the value of the controlled variable corresponding to the set point. The variation of the manipulated variable produced by the mode of control. The time difference between the input change and the output change of the controller.

11

11

11

1728 B With regards to process control, the operation of the device shown in the illustration can be characterized by the term _______________.

proportional control only proportional plus reset control Laundries

reset control only

on-off control only

See illustration number(s): GS-0045

11

1729 D Sounding tubes and access openings for fuel oil tanks on MODUs Washrooms are permitted by Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) to be located in which of the listed spaces? 1730 C If the relief valve on the discharge side of a hydraulic pump lifts, the cause could be _____________. 1731 D A welding electrode is marked E-6010, this designation means that _________. a low load on the unit

crew lounge

none of the above

11

a clogged pump suction a blockage in the line strainer between the pump and hydraulic motor the minimum tensile either insulated or strength of the weld uninsulated electrode metal will be 70,000 psi holders may be used all locking devices have been released Crescent wrench improper superheat adjustment on the low side 83 feet

the hydraulic motor turning too fast the electrode is to be used for shielded metal arc welding the workpiece is secure in the lathe Allen wrench discharge relief valve leaking back to the suction side 93 1/4 feet See illustration number(s): GS-0023 See illustration number(s): GS-0080

11

the electrode may be used in the flat position only

11

1732 C Before power to a lathe is turned on, it is a good shop practice to the carriage is lubricated the lathe is level first hand feed the carriage to ensure _________________. 1733 D Which of the tools listed should be used with the set screw shown Phillips head screwdriver Spanner wrench as figure "F" in the illustration? overcharge of refrigerant fouled shell-and-tube 1734 D In an operating, water-cooled, multi-box refrigeration system, both low discharge and high suction pressures are being in the system condenser simultaneously experienced. The probable cause for this condition is a/an ____________. 1735 B Dimension "X" indicated on the mechanical engineer's scale, shown in the illustration, will be equal to ____________. 1736 C Charring or glazing of the inner circumference of the packing rings in a centrifugal pump, is caused by _________. 1737 A A mandatory characteristic of a pure amplifier is that _______________. 5 feet 3/4 inch 5 feet 4 inches

11 11

11

11

undertightening the packing

failure to seat the packing rings

insufficient lubrication of packing ring rotation the packing

11

the form of the input and the ratio of the output to the form of the input and the action must be either output energies must be the input must always be output energies must be integral or derivative the same greater than the different numerical value of "one"

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1738 C A grease drop point is ______________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


how far a standard metal cone will penetrate into the sample in five seconds when dropped how uniform and thick the temperature that a the spread of an ounce sample of grease begins of grease is when to liquefy dropped from a height of five feet the length of time a 50 gram sphere will be held in place from the underside of a surface coated with 25 millimeters of the grease sample

General Knowledge

11 11

1739 D A drill that wobbles while the drill press is in operation may ______________. 1740 B Setting the relief valve opening pressure in a hydraulic system lower than the required operating pressure will result in ________________. 1741 D The high strength structural steel, such as Grade DH 32, when used as part of the main deck plating, is noted on the vessel's Certificate of Inspection. The information is important because ____________.

have a severely worn shank accelerated action of the overheating of the system components system the properties of DH 32 steel may interfere with the operation of some cathodic protection systems the properties of DH 32 steel will affect the ability to properly ground electrical apparatus in the immediate area

be bent

have been placed in the all the above chuck off center overspeeding of the extended system life hydraulic pump any electrical equipment the welding of any DH 32 mounted on DH 32 steel steel requires special plating is required to be welding procedures insulated from the plating and internally grounded instead C basin wrench a clogged subcooler D strong back liquid refrigerant flooding back from the cooling coil The cutting surface will become annealed by the cold water. pneumatically tested at a pressure equal to 1 1/2 times the design pressure of the tank See illustration number(s): GS-0073

11

11 11 11

1742 A Which of the devices shown in the illustration should be used with A a bridge gage? 1743 A Large size pipe can be easily rotated with a _____________. chain pipe wrench 1744 D If a refrigeration compressor had developed a high suction pressure, the problem could be a result of ________.

B monkey wrench

a minor accumulation of a leaking king valve air or noncondensable gases in the system

11

1745 C If you have to completely grind a new point on a high speed drill, which of the following could happen if it is cooled in cold water immediately after grinding?

The edges will be dulled. The 59 angle will be lost Cracks may appear in due to metal contraction. the metal.

11

1746 B According to Coast Guard Regulations, if a pressure vessel, such hydrostatically tested at a hydrostatically tested at a pneumatically tested at a pressure equal to 1 1/2 pressure equal to the as a ships service air tank, has defects which may impair its pressure equal to the working pressure of the times the maximum safety, the tank shall be ____________. design pressure of the tank allowable working tank pressure of the tank 1747 C A pure transducer utilizes _____________. 1749 A Steam tables can be used to obtain the _______________. integral action values for properties of water and vapor at various conditions rate action specific fuel consumption under steady steaming conditions be greatest in a single pass counter flow heat exchanger 3B protractor blade from overheating proportional action steam generating capacity of a vessel's boilers remain constant throughout the heat exchanger 4B micrometer blade from bending leaking compressor suction valves

11 11

derivative action mechanical efficiency of the main unit

11

1750 D The rate of heat transfer between the hot and cold fluids passing remain constant along through a shell-and-tube type heat exchanger will the tube's length ____________. 1751 B Which of the illustrated joint preparations the correctly depicts a double bevel groove? 1752 B A tool used for measuring, or laying out angles is called a ____________. 1753 B A coolant is usually used when cutting metal in a power hacksaw to prevent the _____________. 1754 C If a refrigeration compressor had a higher than normal suction pressure, the problem could be a result of ________. 4A trammel heat of friction

vary from section to section through out the heat exchanger 6B caliper rule cut from clogging a slightly higher than normal liquid level in the receiver See illustration number(s): GS-0077

11 11 11 11

a minor accumulation of a constant loss of air or noncondensable refrigerant gases in the system

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1755 A A pneumatic pressure tank is installed in a sanitary system to ________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


reduce excessive cycling prevent the sanitary provide a higher of the sanitary pump pump from losing suction pressure in the system then the pump can deliver air entrained in the fluid pumped packing rings rotating in some packing rings the stuffing box being cut too short increase water flow through the system

General Knowledge

11

1756 D One of the many troubles occurring with centrifugal pump shaft packing is the excessive wear on the rings nearest the packing gland, while the rings nearest the impeller remain in good condition. This wear may be caused by ____________. 1757 B While calibrating a bourdon tube pressure gage, all readings are found to be 10 pounds higher throughout its entire range. An adjustment should be made by ____________. 1758 A Return lines to hydraulic systems reservoirs should________.

improper adjustment of the gland nuts

11

increasing the sector to pivot point length

resetting the pointer on its shaft

decreasing the sector to increase the set screw pivot point length length

11

end the return line as far end the return line as as practicable from the close to the pump suction as possible pump suction

provide a "P" or "S" trap in the return line as close to the reservoir as possible to trap sediment from entering the tank

connect the return lines directly to the cleanout and inspection plates to limit the number of openings on the reservoir Every 10 years Circular

11 11

1759 C How often must a U.S. Coast Guard engineering license be Annually renewed? 1760 C The temperature differential occurring between the inlet Cross temperature of the fluid to be cooled and the outlet temperature of the cooling medium in a shell-and-tube heat exchanger is greatest in which of the flow designs listed? 1761 C The designation E7028-A1 is typically located on an arc welding E electrode. Which of the listed letters and/or digits correctly identifies the welding position for which the electrode is recommended? 1762 C The center head of a combination square set is used to ______________. 1763 B A pipe or Stillson wrench should only be used on __________. 1764 B High suction pressure to a refrigeration system compressor is caused by _____________. 1765 A Which material can be drilled at the highest speed? 1766 C Which of the pressure vessels listed is required under Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) to be hydrostatically tested once every three year period? 1767 C Why is it necessary to spin the piston of a dead weight gage tester while carrying out the calibrations of pressure gages? 1770 C The general purpose of a heat exchanger is to _____________. check degrees of angle hexagonal objects the expansion valve is insufficiently opened Aluminum Tubular heat exchangers

Every 3 years Parallel

Every 5 years Counter

11

70

2 A1

11 11 11 11 11

find right angles round objects the expansion valve being open too wide Medium cast iron Hydraulic accumulators

locate the center on round stock square objects the king valve is insufficiently open Copper Air receivers with no manholes or other inspection openings Prevent the piston rod from sticking.

check the angle of thread cutting tools flat objects a dirty dehydrator High carbon steel Bulk storage tanks for refrigerated liquefied CO2 To assist in calibrating the dead weight tester.

11

Prevent formation of a vacuum.

Eliminate the formation of air bubbles.

11

eliminate hot air from the maintain steady pressure heat, or cool one fluid by reduce the engine room condenser in a system means of another fluid temperature in tropical climates with a straight polarity rod from the one inch graduation mark with a reverse polarity rod from the zero end on the scale to a cast component (casting) on the narrow edge of the rule a maximum pull is exerted with one hand to a part of the ship's main structure on the unmarked edge of the rule an extension is placed on the wrench handle

11 11

1771 C To ensure a good weld, post heating is required whenever an arc weld repair is made _______________. 1772 A To get an accurate measurement using a 12 inch machinist's steel rule, you should measure _____________. 1773 A A pipe, or Stillson wrench functions best when

11

_____________. the bite is taken midway the wrench jaws are at up the jaw teeth the widest open setting

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1774 D Which of the following problems could cause the high pressure cutout switch to shut down the compressor in a refrigeration system? 1775 D Which of the following procedures is used to bring a hole to finished size with high accuracy? 1776 C A crackling noise coming from a centrifugal pump casing is an indication of _______________. 1777 A When a bourdon tube pressure gage is tested and found to be inaccurate, adjustment must be made to obtain the correct readings. The distance between the pointer spindle and the link connection to the sector gear will be changed when the ____________. 1778 A A simple hydraulic system is made up of a pump, relief- valve, manual-control valve, and a linear actuator. If the piping connected to the actuator "cap end" is accidently crushed to one half of its diameter, this will result in ____________. 1779 A The heat required to raise the temperature of 1 pound of a substance 1F is called ________. 1780 D Which of the following statements represents a disadvantage associated with a spool-type, solenoid direct operating, directional control valves?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


A shortage of liquid refrigerant. Coring insufficient packing pointer does not travel the correct distance as test weight is added Excessive frost on the evaporator. Boring Excessive condenser cooling water. Broaching Insufficient condenser cooling water flow. Reaming reversed pump rotation readings are correct only at the minimum and maximum ends of the scale

General Knowledge

11 11 11

an oversized lantern ring excessive suction lift proportional amount of reading is correct only at pointer travel for each the working pressure weight added is correct, but the total reading is wrong

11

slower actuator retraction faster actuator retraction faster actuator extension all of the above speed speed speed

See illustration number(s): GS-0107

11 11

its specific heat Back pressure on the outlet line must be steady to drain the lower spool chamber. a "V" groove weld is to be made center gage strip insulation from electric wire or cable

its latent heat

a British thermal unit

its adiabatic heat Close fitting spools occasionally stick due to the accumulation of hydraulic oil residues. the first pass of the weld See illustration is to be back gouged number(s): GS-0076 drill gage See illustration number(s): GS-0072

The spool does not have The valve sealing surface is often damaged hydrocushion capabilities through excessive to handle shock. throttling action. the arrow side of the weld is to be surface finished thread gage perform work in tight places ordinary pliers cannot condenser tubes would rupture the opposite side of the weld is to be surface finished crotch center

11

1781 A The welding symbol reference line using the inverted "V", indicates _________________. 1782 A The tool shown in the illustration is called a ____________. 1783 B Needle nosed pliers are best used to __________.

11 11

cut recessed cotter pins tighten electrical wire clamps system relief valve would high pressure cutout open switch would function

11

1784 D If the water failure switch should fail to shut down the refrigeration compressor discharge valves would be compressor, the refrigerant pressure will build up in the high damaged pressure side of the system to the point where the _____________. 1785 C Which of the following surfaces will not develop a hydrodynamic Curved surfaces film where motion is accompanied by any appreciable loading?

11

Flat nonparallel surfaces Flat inflexible parallel surfaces

All of the above surfaces will sustain a hydrodynamic film while in motion under a load excessive net positive suction head

11

1786 B If you heard a "crackling" noise in a centrifugal pump, the most probable cause of the problem would be _____________. 1787 A A proportional band, or range adjustment of a bourdon tube pressure gage is accomplished by ______________.

insufficient speed

cavitation

excess discharge pressure

11

adjusting the effective moment arm length between the bourdon tube and the quadrant gear fulcrum

adjusting the pointer position relative to the shaft on which it is mounted

changing out the pointer flattening the crosspinion section of the bourdon tube

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1788 B An electric motor driven (torque producing) remotely controlled, valve actuator is installed on the high sea suction with the "red" indicator light illuminated. When the "open" push button is depressed, the "green" indicator light comes on momentarily and then goes out, without any appreciable movement of the valve. Which of the following actions should be carried out?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


Alternately depress the "close" and "open" buttons to get the valve open. Manually engage the actuator handwheel and "break" the valve disk from its seat, then push the "open" button. Secure power, tag out system and make repairs because the valve stem has sheared. Secure the breaker to this device, then switch the motor leads and push the "open" button.

General Knowledge

11

1789 B The unlicensed crew requirements listed on the Certificate of call the port captain and sail because your crew Inspection reads as follows: 3 firemen/watertenders; 3 oilers. The request another oiler requirements are filled vessel is about to depart on a foreign voyage, and has in the crew: 3 firemen/watertenders, 2 oilers, and one man, whose merchant mariner's document is endorsed QMED, any rating. You should ________. 1790 B Which of the following problems will occur if the internal drain at either end of a hydraulic, two-way, spool-type directional control valve cylinder were to become plugged? 1792 B Which of the devices listed can be used to measure any angle on a blueprint or drawing? 1793 B A bronzed sleeve is secured to the propeller tailshaft by _______________. 1794 B An increasing head pressure in a refrigeration system, without any corresponding change in the cooling water inlet temperature, would probably be caused by _____________. The reservoir would become vapor bound. Vernier keying restriction in refrigerant piping

request a waiver from the check if any of the Coast Guard firemen have enough time for an oiler's endorsement

11

The valve would be The spring loaded relief placed in hydraulic lock. ports would open. Protractor shrinking Planimeter threading

The buffering chambers would be unable to function. Compass pressing flooding back of liquid refrigerant from the evaporator free movement of the See illustration auxiliary valve "B" during number(s): GS-0044 a change in operating pressure flattening the cross section of the bourdon tube

11 11 11

air and noncondensable water in the refrigerant gases in the condenser

11

1795 A In the illustration shown, the operating piston "H" in the valve has control action to be control action to be a larger surface area than the main valve disc to allow accomplished with a accomplished by a _________________. relatively small amount of relatively small amount high pressure steam of low pressure steam 1797 B The set point adjustment of a bourdon tube pressure gage is accomplished by ___________. adjusting the effective moment arm length between the bourdon tube and the quadrant gear fulcrum adjusting the pointer position relative to the shaft on which it is mounted

complete compression of the main valve spring "F" when pressure adjustments are made adjusting the pointer position by bending the free end of the pointer

11

11

1798 B Which of the conditions listed will cause the hydraulic pump relief Bleeding the gas charge Reducing the relief valve Removing the restrictor Opening the restrictor valve to remain open during the operation of the system? from the accumulator. spring compression. valve check-valve spring. valve variable orifice by one third of a turn. 1800 A Prolonged operation of a hydraulic pump in a cavitating condition the hydraulic fluid to can cause _____________. become overheated hypoid type 1802 B When the axis of the pinion gear is parallel to the center of the bevel gear, similar to right angle drive gear shown in the illustration the drive is identified as ______________. 1803 B If you were uncertain as to what type of gasket material to install in a pipeline, you should ____________. turn the old gasket over and install it again the fluid motor to become overloaded spiral bevel type the relief valve to hum zerol type

See illustration number(s): GS-0106

11 11

a wide variation in fluid pressure surges straight-tooth bevel type See illustration number(s): GS-0128 make up the joint without a gasket until you can check with the chief liquid refrigerant flooding back from the cooling coil

11

check the ship's plans or leave the old gasket in and cover it with manufacturer's instructions Permatex leaking discharge valves leaking suction valves

11

1804 A If the refrigeration compressor was developing higher than normal air or noncondensable discharge pressure, this could be a result of _____________. gases in the system

11 11

1805 C The tailshaft is usually supported by the ____________. spring bearings tail bearings stern tube bearings propeller bearings 1806 D Frequent bearing replacement in a centrifugal pump, due to rapid leakage through the high net positive suction long periods of cavitation misalignment bearing wear, can be a result of ____________. pump stuffing box gland head

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11 1807 D Which of the following control modes is generally not used by itself? 1808 D During the repair and overhaul of the pump relief valve, used in a hydraulic system, the set point was reduced by 100 psi. Which of the following statements describes the result of the set point being lowered?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


Two position action The pump discharge pressure will remain at the same pressure prior to the relief valve being repaired. allowing a suspended cone to drop into a sample of grease for five seconds and determining the depth of penetration Proportional action Integral action Derivative action The movement of any system actuator will now be slower.

General Knowledge

The solenoid controlled, The fluid viscosity will three-position, spring increase during centered control valve operation. response will be quicker.

11

1809 D A drop test is carried out on a sample of grease by _______.

dropping a one ounce grease sample from one meter, and observing the resulting spread pattern, uniformity of thickness, and consistency of texture hydraulic fluid low floc point

allowing a sample of grease to drop into a cup at ambient temperature and determining the time necessary for this to occur

determining the temperature at which a grease sample liquefies when heated and drops from a cup through a bottom orifice

11

1810 D Cavitation in a hydraulic pump is indicated by noisy pump operation and can be caused by a/an _____________.

high fluid level in the reservoir

excessive discharge clogged suction strainer pressure from the pump in the reservoir increase the amperage

11

1811 D When welding mild steel with a shielded metal-arc electrode, and use a lower current getting only shallow penetration, you should __________. 1812 C The three basic parts of any eductor are the nozzle, the suction chamber, and the _____________. 1813 A Which of the following statements is true concerning the hydrodynamic wedge developed by lubricating oil? injector The wedge-shaped oil film's load carrying capacity is determined by its length and thickness. the relief valve should open before the high pressure cutout

speed up your electrode use larger electrodes travel compressor The load carrying capacity is inversely proportional to the velocity of the fluid. the relief valve should open and allow the excess refrigerant to flow to the receiver electrolysis neutral zone action diffuser

11 11

siphon

Pressures throughout the The load carrying oil wedge are uniform. capacity is directly proportional to the thickness of the oil film. the high pressure cutout you should close in on the suction valve switch should operate before the relief valve opens abrasion range corrosion on-off action

11

1814 C If the head pressure of a reciprocating refrigeration compressor is excessive, ____________.

11 11

1816 A Pitting in the suction areas of a centrifugal pump bronze impeller cavitation is usually caused by ____________. 1817 D The control mode in which the final control element is moved from dead band action one of two fixed positions to the other is known as _______________. 1818 C Radial thrust developed in high pressure centrifugal pumps can single volutes be eliminated by the use of _____________. 1819 D A "Report of Marine Accident, Injury or Death", Coast Guard form the incapacitation of an 2692, must be filed with the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection injured crewman when a shipboard casualty results in __________. 1821 C The welding process using an electric arc developed between a flux covered electrode and the metal being welded is known as ____________. 1822 B Devices which utilize the rapid flow of a fluid to entrain another fluid and thereby move it from one place to another are called _____________. flux cored arc welding

11 11

a single diffusion nozzle a diffusion ring the death of a yard or harbor worker in the engine room resistance spot welding the incapacitation of a yard worker due to a boiler flareback shielded metal arc welding volute pumps

a modified Kingsbury thrust bearing All of the above.

11

submerged arc welding

11

mixed flow pumps

jet pumps

centrifugal pumps

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1823 D Which of the following statements indicates compliance with Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) concerning a vessel's bilge system?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


All bilge manifold suctions shall be capable of being locally controlled from above the floor plates. The system must be capable of operation under all practicable conditions after a casualty, whether the vessel is upright or listed. Peak tanks, chain All of the above. lockers, and decks over peak tanks may be drained by eductors, ejectors, or hand pumps.

General Knowledge

11

1824 A One cause of high head pressure occurring in a refrigeration system can be _____________. 1825 B In the illustration, line "J" is used to depict a _________?

insufficient cooling water a low refrigerant charge flow to the condenser in the system hidden line cutting plane line

the liquid valve is open too much outline

high evaporator superheat centerline lifting of the relief valve proportional action See illustration number(s): GS-0006

11 11 11

1826 A The usual symptoms of cavitation in a centrifugal pump is noise and vibration _______________. 1827 C A control action which produces a corrective signal relative to the reset action speed at which the controlled variable is changing is known as _____________. 1828 D The diffusion ring installed in many high pressure centrifugal pumps, such as feed pumps, ____________. 1829 D The substance primarily responsible for heat loss in the combustion process is _____________. 1830 C Air trapped in the hydraulic fluid of a steering system may be indicated by ____________. 1831 A Setting up a welding job, where the work is the positive pole and the electrode is the negative pole for the arc, is known as a/an ____________. eliminates axial thrust

an increase in discharge an increase in suction pressure pressure integral action derivative action

11

imparts kinetic energy to alleviates the need for a eliminates radial thrust to double suction impeller the impeller the water passing through the pump carbon a jammed open relief valve inert-arc welding circuit hydrogen a constantly occurring improper rudder response shielded-arc welding circuit main steam line via a reducing station Reducing valves should be warmed-up and drained before they are adjusted. Condenser clogged or fouled. nitrogen excessive ram pressure

11 11

sulphur the steering pumps overspeeding straight polarity welding circuit

11

reverse polarity welding circuit contaminated steam generator Reducing valves are absolutely reliable and require no routine maintenance. High pressure cutout switch inoperative.

11

1832 A The steam supplied to operate a steam driven reciprocating pump desuperheated steam is usually obtained from the _____________. line via a reducing station 1833 C Which of the following statements concerning the operation of steam pressure reducing valves is correct? Reducing station relief valves must be lifted by hand at least once a watch.

auxiliary exhaust line

11

The cut out valve at the outlet of the reducing valve should be throttled when in operation.

11

1834 C Which of the problems listed would cause the discharge temperature of an R-12 refrigeration compressor to increase? 1835 C A plug tap is correctly used for ___________. 1836 A If it were necessary for you to frequently replace the bearings of the condensate pump, the trouble could be the result of ___________.

Thermal expansion valve Suction gas heat frozen open. exchanger bypassed.

11 11

starting threads in a hole reversing the threads in the second cut when finishing the threads in a a hole threading a blind hole blind hole misalignment a plugged water seal line salt water contamination worn wearing rings of the condensate proportional action rate action derivative action

11

1837 A A control action which produces a corrective signal relative to the integral action length of time the controlled variable has been away from the set point, is known as ____________. 1838 D With regards to pilot controlled pneumatic regulating valves, the maintain the required spring force of the regulating valve should be adjusted to system set point _____________.

11

maintain the value of the maintain the output manipulated variable steam pressure of the system

the operating range of the pilot output loading pressure

See illustration number(s): GS-0051

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


The lines of new welding The corners of the insert The insert plate should should, where possible, plate should be square. be at least 9/16 thick. lie in existing lines of welding. high fluid flow reduce oxidation permit striking with a hammer Mild steel air in the refrigeration system stuffing box low fluid temperature increase heat transfer allow turning with a wrench Cast steel excessive refrigerant in the system seal cage

General Knowledge

1839 A When renewing only a portion of an entire hull plate with an insert The insert plate should plate, which of the listed guidelines should be followed? cover at least one full frame space.

11 11 11 11 11 11

1840 A An O-ring seal in a hydraulic system will begin to leak when it has compression set or wear low fluid pressure lost its interference fit due to ____________. 1841 C When welding, a flux is used to __________. control penetration reduce metal fatigue and warpage 1842 D Some heavy duty screwdrivers are made with a square shank to allow it to be used as a prevent the shank from _____________. pry bar bending 1843 B When drilling holes in metal, which of the materials listed does not Tool steel Cast iron have to be lubricated? 1844 B Low compressor head pressure in a refrigeration system can be insufficient condenser excessive condenser caused by _____________. cooling water cooling water packing nut hawsepipe 1845 C The device used to retain the packing, that keeps water from entering the ship through the opening where the propeller shaft passes through the hull, is called a ____________. 1846 D If misalignment between a pump and its driving source exceeds that specified by the pump manufacturer, the shaft _________________. 1847 B The control mode where the position of the final control element has a linear relationship with the position or value of the controlled variable, is known as _____________. flexible coupling will absorb all such misalignment two position control total end float travel will be excessive proportion control

11

lateral float will be greatly bearings will be increased overloaded and will fail reset control rate control

11

11

1848 B One function of a replenishing pump installed in many pressure- the reservoir closed hydraulic systems, is to supply fluid flow to ____________. 1849 C The duties of a chief engineer upon taking charge of the department include _____________.

a servo control circuit

position a manually controlled valve

the main system accumulators under all operating conditions obtaining a valid Certification of Inspection from the Coast Guard Triple screw rotary pump See illustration with end suction number(s): GS-0144

11

preparing a list of engine taking a complete determining if any vital department personnel for personal inventory of all engine room equipment the Master's signature engine room spare parts is inoperative Triple screw rotary pump Double screw rotary Double screw rotary pump with suction at the with suction at the center pump with end suction for hydraulic balance center for hydraulic balance fresh water a total of more than 9 months in the 18 month period since it was last drydocked or hauled out sludge processor

11

1850 D What type of pump is shown in the illustration?

11

1851 A Coast Guard regulations for small passenger vessels of less than saltwater a total of more 100 gross tons require drydocking or hauling out at intervals not than 9 months in the 18 to exceed 18 months if operated in ___________. month period since it was last drydocked or hauled out 1852 D The illustrated system is used as a/an _______. bilge water conditioner

saltwater a total of more saltwater continuously for than 6 months in the 18 18 months month period since it was last drydocked or hauled out oily-water conditioner oily-water separator See illustration number(s): GS-0113

11 11

1853 B Small passenger vessels of less than 100 gross tons shall be 6 months in fresh water drydocked or hauled out at intervals not to exceed 60 months if it and 6 months in salt operates ___________. water 1854 C A low refrigeration compressor discharge pressure can be caused warm food in the by _____________. refrigerator 1855 D An offset screwdriver is best used for _____________. tightening Allen head screws only

exclusively in fresh water in saltwater a total of 9 in saltwater 6 months or months in the 18 months less within each 12 since last drydock period months period since drydocking wasted zinc plates in the condenser tightening or loosening "offset type" machine screws leaky compressor discharge valves driving self-tapping screws only faulty door gaskets on the refrigerator screws you cannot reach with a straight shaft screwdriver

11 11

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1856 A If the shaft packing for a centrifugal pump requires replacement more frequently than normal, a possible cause may be __________. worn bearings

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


worn mechanical seals a flooded pump suction wrong direction of pump rotation dead band

General Knowledge

11 11

1857 C The ratio of output response to a specified change in the input is primary feedback known as ____________. 1858 D To prevent air pockets from forming in a centrifugal pump suction bonnet above suction line installed angled from normal, any gate valve should be pipe centerline installed with the ____________. 1859 D The bleeder plug, or docking plug located on a motor vessel double bottom tank is used to ______________.

deviation centerline above the suction pipe centerline

sensitivity

stem pointing upward at stem horizontal or right angles to the pipe pointing downward below the pipe empty the tank when in drydock

11

indicate when the tank is provide a secondary vent air from the tank pressed up means of tank sounding when bunkering

11

1860 D The blade for a power hacksaw should be installed with the teeth pointing either toward or pointing away from the ___________________. away from the motor end motor end of the machine of the machine

pointing toward the pointing toward the motor end of the motor if using a 4 or 6 machine tooth blade and away from the motor if using a 10 or 14 tooth blade Each successive welded part should be restrained to lock in stresses and avoid cracking. High pressure graphite packing small enough to ensure the maximum cut by the larger drill

11

1861 A Which of the following statements is correct concerning welding sequences?

First, weld the joints that First, weld attachments Make a weld across an will tend to contract the which will restrain points unwelded plate joint in of maximum contraction. adjoining members. most.

11 11

1862 D Which of the listed types of steam end piston rod packing should be used in a steam reciprocating pump? 1863 A When drilling holes larger than 1/2 inch, drilling a smaller hole first is a good practice. This is called a pilot hole, and the pilot drill should have a diameter ________________. 1864 C A pressure drop through the refrigerant liquid line may cause _____________. 1866 C Heavy wear in a particular area of the inner circumference of a packing ring may be caused by ____________. 1867 D The steady state difference between the control point and the value of the controlled variable, corresponding with the set point, is known as _____________. 1868 D With regards to the viscosity of lube oil in an operating system under normal load, the highest viscosity should occur _____________. 1869 D A Coast Guard issued engineer's license may be suspended or revoked for __________________. 1870 D What type of pump is shown in the illustration? 1871 D Which of the factors listed governs the intensity of heat required for any given welding job?

Reinforced rubber packing slightly larger than the web thickness of the larger drill solenoid valve to seize a high suction head dead band

Wire impregnated high temperature packing equal to at least 1/2 the diameter of the larger drill compressor to hunt rotating rings control point

Low pressure braided asbestos packing smaller than the dead center of chisel edge of the larger drill

11 11 11

formation of flash gas in expansion valve to the liquid line freeze open badly worn bearings a loose stuffing box gland deviation offset

11

just prior to entering the lube oil cooler the violation of a narcotic drug law Deep well centrifugal pump The strength of the bond only.

at the lube oil cooler outlet the commission of an act of misconduct Simplex reciprocating pump The strength of the bond and the welding process being used. Reciprocating

at the main lube oil pump at the narrowest point of discharge the hydrodynamic wedge the violation of federal water pollution law Double screw rotary pump The type of metal being joined only. all of the above Triple screw rotary pump See illustration number(s): GS-0144 The type of metal being joined and the welding process being used. Rotary notch has a 3/4" width decrease the capacity of the coil round file See illustration number(s): GS-0021

11 11 11

11 11 11

1872 A Which of the listed pumps is NOT a positive displacement pump? Centrifugal 1873 C In the illustration, the reference to 3/4R indicates that the _________. 1874 D If the thermal bulb of an expansion valve is incorrectly placed at the center of the coil instead of the end, it will _____________. 1875 B A grinding wheel is trued with a _____________. hole has a 3/4" depth increase the capacity of the coil lathe tool

Gear

hole has a 3/4" diameter hole has a 3/4" radius increase the superheat at the bulb dressing tool deliver more refrigerant to the coil garnet stone

11

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


phosphorescent hydrazine bisodium solution visible under a black light source control point

General Knowledge

1876 A When performing a hydrostatic test on a low pressure evaporator fresh water at or above circulated cold fresh air and a soap solution to to determine the source of suspected air leaks you should use the ambient temperature water, while maintaining test all joints ___________. all normal unit operating pressures 1877 A The quantity or condition which is measured and controlled is controlled variable known as the ____________. 1878 A While operating a two-stage flash-type evaporator, designed to Excessive and violent operate in sea water of 70F, the current seawater temperature is flashing in each stage. 50F, while the salt water feed temperature is maintained at 170F. The three-way solenoid valve trips, directing the distillate pump discharge to the bilge. Which of the following conditions is the probable cause for this occurrence? 1879 D Which of the listed effects represents the purpose of heat treating steel? 1880 D The major source of chemical contaminants in hydraulic fluid is _________________. 1881 D Traps in plumbing drains are designed to help prevent _____. Develop ductility manipulated variable set point

11 11

Insufficient vacuum Excessive amount of Insufficient brine density developed as a result of feedwater being supplied being maintained in the the sea temperature. to the first stage. second stage.

11 11 11 11

microscopic steel shavings drain noises in the living quarters 1882 A The purpose of the crescent found in the illustrated internal gear cause liquid to be pump is to ______. trapped in between the gear spaces as the gear passes the crescent 1883 B The amount of fluid friction or internal friction inherent in a mineral specific gravity lubricating oil is reflected as a measure of its ______________. 1884 C Thermostatic expansion valves can be adjusted for _________. 1885 A A grease gun is generally used to lubricate a ____________. suction pressure only

Improve machining qualities abrasive waste drains clogging at the toilets maintain tolerances between the drive and internal gears

Relieve stresses

All of the above

anti-oxidant compounds oxidation by-products air pockets in the sewer lines remove entrained air escape of odors into the living quarters prevent flow pulsations See illustration on the discharge side number(s): GS-0127

11

viscosity

S.E. number

hydrolytic stability

11 11 11

head pressure only main shaft bearing contamination of the oil

superheat only main turbine bearing pump cavitation

condensate pump ball bearing 1886 C An internal bypass is provided on some hydraulic system suction aeration of the oil strainers to help reduce the possibility of _______________. 1887 D The range of values through which the input can be varied without deviation initiating an output response is known as _________. 1888 B Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) require fresh water tank vents vents are fitted with terminating within the machinery space to terminate well above suitable mechanical the deep load line, unless the ________. closures

suction pressure and box temperature diesel engine wrist pin bearing spongy actuator movements dead band

11

offset

sensitivity

11

tanks have no boundaries in common with the hull

vents are fitted with ball float check valves or an equivalent automatic closure device replace the foundation bolts neutralized by oil additives

tanks are fitted with suitable pressurevacuum relief valves

11 11

1889 B If an anchor windlass has been idle for some time, you should repack all valve stems _____________. 1890 A Water allowed to accumulate in the hydraulic system oil will cause gums, acids, and an oxidation process producing by-products which are normally varnishes _______________.

lubricate it prior to use removed by cellulose type filters

balance the warping heads not removed by absorbent filters slippage to decrease

11

1891 C It is possible to mount a double suction centrifugal pump impeller head capacity to improve discharge to be reversed efficiency to decrease with the vanes facing in the wrong direction. This would cause the pump ___________. 1892 C The purpose of chill shocking an evaporator is to _________. prepare for a hydrostatic stress relieve the tubes test break loose scale deposits formed on the tubes

11

test for leaks in the tubes

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11 1893 C If the speed of a drill is too great, the drill will _______________. cut faster

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


cut slower rapidly dull not cut expansion valve diaphragm rupture

General Knowledge

1894 B A thermostatic expansion valve is properly controlling evaporator evaporator pressure superheat. Adjusting this valve to lower the superheat will result in decrease a/an ________________. 1895 B Insulation on deck steam piping must be installed securely as _____________. 1897 B The value of the controlled variable, which under any fixed set of conditions the automatic controller operates to maintain, is known as ____________. 1898 D Air compressor receivers should be "blown down" at least _____________. 1899 C A vessel's immediate protection in the event of a broken stern tube is a/an ____________. 1900 A Hydraulic machinery failures are commonly caused by misalignment of the system components and by _____________. 1901 B Which of the problems listed could happen if you attempted to force open a valve "frozen" in position by using a wrench on the handwheel? loose insulation contributes to steam leaks set point

evaporator coil over-feed evaporator capacity increase deck steam lines are subject to vibration control point

11

steam driven machinery loose insulation prevents cannot run with loose normal pipe expansion insulation deviation offset

11

11 11 11

yearly aft collision bulkhead hydraulic fluid contamination

quarterly stern frame bulkhead excessive fluid friction

monthly after peak bulkhead turbulent fluid flow

daily aft machinery space watertight bulkhead fluid pressure surges

11

Over compression of the Bending of the valve packing stem operate with increased impeller efficiency

Rapid corrosion of the valve disc

Cracking of gaskets upstream of the valve

11

1902 D A double suction centrifugal pump impeller has been installed in have a greater head the reverse direction, and will ______________. capacity

require more power to discharge through the suction side of the pump turn the shaft casing relief valve would motor would overheat continuously cycle open time must be allowed for conditions to stabilize in the evaporator before further adjustments are made pitch 65-70% of the void space in the bearing all refrigerant must be routed through the dehydrator while changing the superheat setting skew back factor 90-95% of the void space in the bearing

11

1903 B If a centrifugal pump were continually operated with the discharge motor controller overload pump would eventually valve closed, the _____________. would open overheat 1904 C When you adjust a thermostatic expansion valve ____________. refrigerant must be bled off the sensing line before adjustments are made all refrigerant must be pumped into the receiver before adjustments are made

11

11 11

1905 C If water were a semisolid, the linear distance a propeller would advance in one revolution is the _____________. 1906 B To ensure adequate lubrication and to prevent a high operating temperature, the recommended amount of grease in a ball or roller bearing is approximately _________________.

blade thickness fraction 10-15% of the void space in the bearing

mean width ratio 35-40% of the void space in the bearing

11

1907 A When the pressure applied to a Bourdon tube-type pressure gage hysteresis is reduced to atmospheric pressure, the tube will begin to "bend" towards the center of arc. Small variations develop preventing the tube from returning to its exact original shape due to the process known as ___________. 1908 A The shaft sleeves have recently been replaced on a centrifugal the sleeves "O" ring salt water service pump. The packing gland is now drawn tightly seals were not installed up against the casing. Despite the use of standard procedures to tighten the packing gland, water continues to pour out along the shaft. The probable cause for this situation is that _______________.

compression

homiostatious deformation

gas eddys

11

suction head pressure has become excessive

the sealing water flow to only two sections of the the stuffing box is lantern ring were blocked installed

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1909 A Your Coast Guard engineer's license ___________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


can be suspended or revoked upon satisfactory proof of negligence fluid friction seam weld must be renewed every 2 serves in lieu of a U. S. years Passport entitles you to be master of uninspected motor vessels under 100 tons

General Knowledge

11 11

1910 C Hydraulic machinery failures are commonly caused by contamination of the hydraulic fluid and _________. 1911 D A weld with triangular cross sections is used to join two surfaces at right angles to each other, and is called a ____________. 1913 B Before drilling a hole in a piece of metal, the location of the hole center should be ______________. 1914 C The refrigeration system low pressure cutout switch is actuated by _____________. 1915 A The movement of steam piping, as a result of changes in temperature, is compensated for by the use of _____________. 1916 B Traps at plumbing drain connections prevent ________. 1917 B Devices, such as a pressure gage, that are subject to continuous expansion and contraction are affected by hysteresis. This is a natural process that ___________. 1918 C In an automated control system, which of the following statements would apply to any type of closed loop system?

fluid turbulence plug weld

component misalignment pressure surges tack weld fillet weld

11 11

marked with chalk an electric system manager expansion joints

prick punched

scribed

blued

a sensing bulb at the tail pressure changes in the failure of the king coil of the evaporator suction line solenoid valve flexitallic gaskets rigid brackets union rings

11

11 11

system clogging allows a material to return to its exact original shape The manipulated variables are adjusted only from the input demand signals without monitoring the outlet conditions or variables.

escape of odors permits a resilient material to return to its almost original shape Another term commonly used in conjunction with this type of system is "feed forward."

air pockets drain noises allows a resiliant material is directly related to a material's elastic limit to resist permanent deformation The controlled variable In order for a system to must always deviate from fall under the category of its set point before any closed loop control, there should be no corrective action is adjustments required to initiated by the be made manually by the controller. operator. insufficient cylinder lubrication Mesh separators are used in evaporators to filter the distillate. a loose piston Reducing the brine density will reduce the heat lost overboard.

11

11 11

1919 D A knocking sound emitted from an unloaded air compressor is probably caused by _____________. 1920 A Which of the following statements is true concerning any evaporator?

damaged intake valves High conductivity of the distillate indicates distillate salinity is excessive.

excessively tight mounting bolts Increasing the absolute pressure of the shell will increase the distiller's capacity.

11

1921 B If the high pressure port became plugged in the spring-loaded, The main valve would internal pilot, self-operated, steam pressure reducing valve open wide and deliver illustrated, which of the following problems would probably occur? high pressure steam.

Main valve "B" would be Spring "F" would open See illustration The opening of the valve "D" causing spring number(s): GS-0044 auxiliary valve "D" would opened by spring "A." "A" to compress. have no effect on the positioning of the piston "H." worn wearing rings air leakage into suction line unusual noises on the suction side of the compressor deepening the extent of existing threads in a hole Four insufficient venting

11

1922 D If a centrifugal pump operating with a positive suction head vibrates, or becomes noisy, the cause could be ____________. 1923 D A piece is missing from one blade of a four-bladed propeller and could result in ____________. 1924 C The sensing line for the low pressure cutout switch to a refrigeration system is located _____________. 1925 A A taper tap is correctly used for _________.

excessive pump speed

11 11 11

accelerated stern bearing wear in the chill box

excessive shaft vibrations before the receiver

all of the above on the discharge side of the compressor finishing the threading operation in a blind hole Six See illustration number(s): GS-0021

starting threads in a hole producing tapered threads in a hole None Two

11

1926 A How many hidden lines are shown in the right side (end) view of the drawing illustrated?

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11 1927 D Which type of screwdriver listed would have a "Keystone" type vertical cross-sectional tip? 1928 B In accordance with Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR), a nonmetallic flexible hose, used in a nonvital freshwater system, operating at 125 psi must be constructed _________. 1929 C When the ship's bulkheads are reinforced against bending and bulging, the bulkheads are provided with ____________. Torx

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


Phillips Allen Standard all of the above

General Knowledge

with a self-extinguishing with a fiber reinforcement in short reasonable type covering lengths for the purpose of flexibility only stanchions girders stiffeners

11

rabbits

11

1930 D In the production of freshwater from seawater through a process evaporation of heating and cooling, the cooling phase of production is usually called _____________. 1931 B Which of the listed metals can usually be drilled without lubrication? 1932 A If a centrifugal pump sealing line becomes restricted while operating under a negative suction head (suction lift), the inner end of the stuffing box will be ___________. 1933 C All straight shanked twist drills must be mounted or held in a _____________. 1934 A The low pressure cutout switch used on a refrigeration system compressor is set to cut in at approximately 5 psig and cutout at _____________. 1935 C Excessive propeller vibration may occur as a result of _________________. 1936 D Which of the problems listed will occur if diaphragm "E", in the illustration shown, develops a significantly large hole? Steel under a vacuum and air will tend to leak into the pump drill socket 0.5 psig

distillation

dehydration

condensation

11 11

Brass

Monel

Tungsten

sealed by the fluid being under pressure and fluid sealed by the seal cage pumped and no leakage will tend to leak into the or pump lantern ring will occur pump tapered sleeve 5 psig drill chuck 15 psig morse sleeve 20 psig

11 11

11 11

operating at low speed The auxiliary valve will open wider due to the action of spring "F."

high water pressure under the hull The main valve "B" will open wider compressing the main valve spring "A."

cavitation Downstream pressure will be greater than the desired setting.

operating in deep river channels All of the above.

See illustration number(s): GS-0044

11

1937 D Small passenger vessel of less than 100 gross tons shall be more than 9 months in less than 9 months in drydocked or hauled out at intervals not to exceed 36 months if it the last 18 month period each of the last 12 is operated in saltwater a total of___________. months

30 months in the last 36 6 months or less in each months since drydocking 12 month period since it or haul out was last drydocked or hauled out monitor off limit secure the machine under relatively steady conditions only when state conditions announced by an audible and visual signal being responsible for an conviction of any oil spill ashore misdemeanor ashore evaporation dissolution

11

1938 B Information from a data-logger can be helpful in determining the evaluate only the latest evaluate a series of long term probability of machinery failure if you _____________. logged data as this is the readings to obtain operating trends best indication of plant status 1939 C A Coast Guard engineer's license can be suspended or revoked for _____________. 1940 C The process of boiling seawater in order to separate it into freshwater vapor and brine is usually defined as __________. 1941 D Which of the following statements is true concerning the shaft seal shown in the illustration? failure to attend safety meetings dehydration having your wages garnished condensation

11 11

11

The splash guard remains stationary in relation to the rotating shaft.

The face, seat, and The entire assembly is of All of the above. sealing strip may be the split-type repaired or replaced in construction. an emergency situation without drawing the shaft or drydocking. hole will be oversized hole will be undersized drill will seize immediately

See illustration number(s): GS-0135

11

1943 B If the cutting edges of a drill are ground at different angles, the ___________.

drill will not cut

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1944 C The purpose of the low pressure cutout switch is to _____________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


maintain liquid refrigerant maintain a preset suction start and stop the at the suction of the pressure to the compressor at preset compressor compressor operating pressures steam pressure on the inlet side of the valve operate at minimum efficiency

General Knowledge

11

1945 D Regarding the reducing valve shown in the illustration, the spring small spring beneath the signal from an external force as a result of compression from turning the handwheel, is controlling valve pilot valve balanced by the ____________. 1946 B Failure of the steam pressure reducing valve to deliver proper steam pressure could be caused by _____________.

reduced pressure acting See illustration on the underside of the number(s): GS-0054 diaphragm

11

frictional losses low pressure in the reduced steam pressure high pressure steam See illustration downstream of the valve steam supply to the valve acting on the underside acting upon the auxiliary number(s): GS-0044 of the valve diaphragm valve high water level in the air malfunctioning check ejector after condenser valve in the air ejector discharge the margin strake all of the above

11

1947 A Partially clogged or scored nozzles in a two stage air ejector unit fluctuating vacuum in the flooded seawater feed of a flash distilling plant could result in a ____________. flash chamber heater shell 1948 D In modern ship construction, high tensile steel (HTS) may be permitted in _______________. 1949 D A check run on a hydraulic anchor windlass during long periods of inactivity should be carried out to ____________. 1952 C If two centrifugal pumps, driven by two independent electric motors, operating at unequal speeds are discharging an inflammable liquid through a common discharge line, the higher speed pump may cause the slower pump to ___________. the sheer strake prevent chemical breakdown of hydraulic fluid stop the keel strake remove condensation from the fluid reservoir turn backward

11 11

prevent the anchor from renew the internal seizing in the hawsepipe coating of lubrication overheat overspeed the driving end

11

11

1953 B The dimension of the thinnest hydrodynamic film developed within pour point of the a full journal bearing, when all other factors remain constant, lubricant depends upon the ___________. 1954 C The purpose of the refrigeration system low pressure cutout switch is to _____________. 1955 B Mechanical shaft seals used on water service pumps require lubrication of the seal faces to minimize deposits of foreign matter on those surfaces. Which of the following pressures and lubricants are required? 1956 B Which of the following conditions can develop if a valve with a badly scored valve stem is repacked? 1957 C Which of the following statements best describes a "Keystone" shaped tip on a standard screwdriver? protect the compressor from liquid flood back Water under negative pressure.

fluidity of the lubricant

dielectric strength of the interfacial tension of the lubricant lubricant start and stop the start the compressor compressor upon system after a drop in the demand evaporator pressure Oil under positive pressure. Oil under negative pressure.

11

protect the compressor from low discharge pressure Water under positive pressure.

11

11

The valve disk will crack. Leaking and premature failure of the packing.

The valve disk will become eroded.

The valve seat will sustain damage due to fretting.

11

A fourway tip cut at right A blade whose width is A fourway tip with 30 A straight shank that approximately that of the flukes. does not widen at the top angles. of the blade. shank diameter with flattened tapered sides. The pump suction and discharge connections have screwed pipe couplings. check valve The pump and motor have a common shaft. The pump is connected to the motor by a solid disk-type coupling. The pump housing is attached to the motor frame which holds the coupling together. motor operated valve continued slow recirculation of the oil See illustration number(s): GS-0070

11

1958 B Which of the following statements correctly describes the construction of the close coupled sanitary pump shown in the illustration?

11 11

1959 B In the diagram illustrated, item "4" represents a _________. 1960 C Overheating of a hydraulic system may be a result of ______.

globe valve

relief valve incorrect fluid viscosity

See illustration number(s): GS-0125

changing pump a high oil level discharge pressure in response to normal load variations

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11 1961 C Condensate must be drained periodically from the air compressor receivers to prevent _____________. 1962 D When a flash-type evaporator is to be secured for an extended period of time, the entire unit should be drained, cleaned, and ____________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


second stage cylinder lockup completely filled with saltwater oil sump contamination filled with descaling compound faulty operation of pneumatic valves tightly closed to exclude air corrosion of air receiver baffles vented to the atmosphere not enough margin width

General Knowledge

11

1963 C Rapid wear on the extreme outer corners to the cutting edges of a too much cutting speed drill bit is the result of the drill having ______________.

not enough cutting speed too much clearance angle receiver and the king valve Cap nut

11

1964 A The oil separator (trap) used in a shipboard refrigeration system is compressor discharge condenser and the located between the ____________. valve and the condenser receiver 1965 D Which of the following types of nuts would be best suited to use when it is important that a nut not work itself loose due to vibration? Square nut Wing nut

receiver and the expansion valve Castellated nut

11

11 11

1966 D What type of material is used to construct the rotor of the pump Monel illustrated? Piece "H" has fallen out 1967 D Water continues to flow well after the device shown in the illustration should have closed. Which of the following statements of "C". represents the probable cause?

Brass sheet With "C" in the closed position, the total force in chamber "I" greatly exceeds the total force in chamber "II".

Bearing bronze "E" has jammed into a position other than horizontal, and the sliding sleeve has moved to the top of the stem connected to "A".

Steel "E" has jammed into a position other than horizontal, and the sliding sleeve has become jammed at the base of the stem connected to "A". Any steel acceptable for a particular minimum service temperature is also acceptable for higher service temperatures. a perfect vacuum and the total pressure at a given point unfired pressure vessel 6 inches

See illustration number(s): GS-0144 See illustration number(s): GS-0155

11

1968 D Which of the listed statements correctly reflects the requirements A steel acceptable for for steel used in low temperature applications aboard ships? service at 67F is not acceptable for service at 50F.

The words "low No special welding temperature" are to be procedures are required. marked legibly at each end of the finished plate.

11

1969 D In pressure measurement, absolute pressure is defined as the difference in pressure between _________________.

any two pressures atmospheric pressure gage pressure and measured with respect to and barometric pressure ambient atmospheric a common reference at a given point pressure fired pressure vessel 7 inches auxiliary condenser 6 X 4 inches

11 11

1970 D According to Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR), an evaporator is auxiliary boiler classified as a/an _____________. 1971 D The nameplate of a reciprocating pump lists the following 4 inches dimensions: "7 X 6 X 4". The diameter of the liquid cylinder is _____________. 1972 C Which of the following nondestructive testing methods can be used to detect a suspected subsurface defect in a tailshaft liner? 1973 B The neutralization number obtained from a test sample of lubricating oil will tell you precisely _____________. Dye penetrant

11

Magnetic particle

Ultrasonic

All of the above

11

the amount of mineral and metallic solids that will not burn

the number of milligrams of potassium hydroxide used to neutralize a measured sample receiver

what type of acid contaminants are present in a measured sample gaseous refrigerant

how much sulfuric acid the oil has absorbed during operations

11

1974 C An oil separator is a device used to remove oil from the _____________.

liquid refrigerant

expansion valve

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1975 C A decision has been made to change out 1,000 gallons of lube oil in a vessel's main propulsion unit due to an increase in the neutralization number. Which of the following statements is true regarding this decision?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


The viscosity of the oil has decreased in addition to the increase in the neutralization number. The sole use of the neutralization number increase was properly used as the basis for this decision. The oil has been in use for a relatively short period of time when the neutralization number substantially increased. A small rise in the neutralization number over several years of use prompted the decision.

General Knowledge

11 11

1976 D In an automation system, the effect of a control action sensed by command input set point signal a controller is known as _____________. 1977 C Purging air from a hydraulic system is necessary when adding small amounts of the system has been _______________. oil to the system overheated 1978 A Which of the following components would be necessary for the proper operation of a potable hot water system? 1980 A Which of the following statements concerning deep well cargo pumps is correct? Circulating pump A pumproom is not necessary. Drift pockets

output the system has been drained and then filled with new oil Sterilizer

feedback the system has been idle for a long period of time Hydro-pneumatic expansion tank The prime mover is connected at the lower portion of the shaft.

11 11

The impeller is located at Special priming provisions are the upper end of the necessary. shaft. watertight integrity The shaft liner should be inspected for cracks and tested to insure a tight fit. wear of the moving part

11 11

1981 A Joiner bulkheads on a MODU provide ______________. 1982 A A vessel has been equipped with an oil lubricated stern bearing and is undergoing a routine drydocking. Which of the following inspections should be made when the tailshaft has been drawn? 1983 D When adding packing to a seal involving motion, you must be careful to prevent ____________. 1984 C Oil separators installed in refrigeration systems serve to _____________.

compartmentation The overall condition of the bearing surface should be examined. excessive friction in the joint remove excess oil from the system

structural support tank boundaries The stern tube should be All of the above. tested for cracks with dye penetrant. all of the above deterioration of the packing due to excessive tightening

11

11

all of the above remove oil entrained in return oil entrained in high pressure liquid lines refrigerant vapor back to the compressor crankcase 1.5 pounds of salt per 32 pounds of water shifts to direct port replenishing flow to the service tank 2.0 pounds of salt per 32 pounds of water shifts, blocking the replenishing pump flow to the service tank, thus building the required pilot pressure to shift the distributor valve "A" 3.5 pounds of salt per 32 pounds of water shifts to block the servo See illustration pump discharge from the number(s): GS-0123 starboard unit when started, thus building pilot pressure to shift the starboard unit distributor valve all of the above hot water supply line

11 11

1985 B The brine density in a submerged tube evaporator should be maintained at _____________. 1986 C When the port power unit is started, as shown in the illustration, the unloading valve "C" _______________.

1.0 pounds of salt per 32 pounds of water remains centered to allow the servo pump discharge to build pilot pressure to shift the port unit distributor valve

11 11

1987 D A screwdriver should never be used as a ________. 1988 A The converter pneumatic control bypass valve, shown in the illustration, receives it low pressure signal from the ____________. 1989 D Which of the following conditions will prevent a shipboard pump from achieving its maximum suction lift?

pry bar chisel hot water return manifold converter

punch hot water circulating pump discharge line

See illustration number(s): GS-0151

11

Leaks developed in the suction piping.

Friction losses as a Gases or vapors result of improperly sized released in the liquid as pipe. a result of greater than normal pressure drops. watertight variable flow control valves transverse

All of the above.

11 11

1991 B Structural bulkheads on a MODU are usually ____________. 1992 C Plug valves installed in hydraulic systems are most suitable for use as _____________.

continuous main supply line throttle valves

nonwatertight

two position flow control check and choke valves valves

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 1993 D In a disk-type lubricating oil purifier, __________________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


the purifier driving gears all dirt and sludge are sealing water must never are lubricated by the automatically discharged be supplied until after oil reclaimed oil as it leaves with the cooling water is fed to the unit the bowl low wax content high pour point cross filing 300 F water systems high viscosity draw filing 320 F water systems deterioration of the bowl ring gasket will cause the purifier to lose its water seal all of the above standard form filing 340 F water systems

General Knowledge

11 11 11

1994 A Properties of a good refrigeration oil include ____________.

1995 B Pushing the file endways (or with the axis), under pressure, stroke filing against the work, is called ___________. 1996 C Medium temperature hot water systems have been used in place 280 F water systems of small auxiliary boilers producing 100 psig steam with ____________. 1997 C The lignum vitae in a stern tube bearing is normally lubricated with _____________. 1998 B The distributor valves, labeled "A" in the illustration, provide several of the following functions, with the EXCEPTION of ___________. 1999 B Which of the following guidelines is considered to reflect good design practices for shipboard steam heating systems? grease

11 11

oil

water aligning the main variable stroke pump discharge/return with the main rams

tallow placing a hydraulic lock on the rams if there is a failure of the hydraulic power unit See illustration number(s): GS-0123

a means for recirculating aligning the servo pump "I" discharge for oil flow from the main replenishing oil lost from variable stroke pump the main system Provide orifice-type bypasses for all traps and automatic valves. Provide a dirt pocket and strainer ahead of the steam trap on a unit heater return.

11

Wherever possible install Provide all units with a dirt trap and gate valve in vertical runs for the supply and a check condensate piping. valve on the return. and carbonize it brackets

11 11 11

2000 C To anneal a copper gasket, you should heat the gasket ______________. 2001 C Reinforcing frames attached to a bulkhead on a MODU are called ____________. 2002 B Hydraulically, servo-operated, automatic, change over valves, utilized in a two ram hydraulic steering gear, serve to ____________.

and quench it in oil side longitudinals allow an alternate main pump to start in the fully loaded condition thus developing immediate full torque

cherry red and quench in and let it cool slowly in water the air intercostals stiffeners prevent either main pump from being hydraulically motored when idle by cross pressure flow

prevent both units from all of the above operating simultaneously which could result in doubling the flow of oil and pressure leading to over pressurization of the system face diameter 72 cu ft/min peen head size 100 cu ft/min

11 11

2003 B Ball peen hammers are sized according to their ____________.

overall length

head weight 50 cu ft/min

2004 B If a stateroom has a 6" by 12" opening through which air travels at 36 cu ft/min 100 feet per minute, what is the volume of air being supplied to the stateroom? 2005 C Liquid is kept from leaking out at the shaft ends of a helical gear pump by _____________. 2006 B The stern tube flushing connection can be used to _________, overlapping spaces between gear teeth assist in flushing out all packing strips when renewing packing underway

11 11

a roller bearing

a stuffing box

the use of shaft end caps serve as the only source of supply of water for the stern tube bearing

provide a positive flow of flush out brackish water water through the stern resulting from extended in port operation tube for lubricating, cooling, and flushing when required is a direct mechanical control to the main pump tilting box from the planetary gear unit has its displacement changed by cam and shaft directly rotating or rolling the tilting box to the required angle

11

2007 A The variable displacement pump stroke angle control, shown in the illustration __________.

uses a cam to initiate a linear shift of the control linkage to adjust the position of the servo control valve

uses the indicated horse See illustration power-torque limiter to number(s): GS-0123 control tilting box angle displacement

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2008 D A Bourdon tube-type steam pressure gage is fitted with a siphon pressure shock loop to prevent damage from the direct effects of ____________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


uneven expansion entering condensate entering steam

General Knowledge

11

2009 D The size of the discharge ring used for the efficient operation of a rated capacity of that disk type purifier is dependent upon the _____________. purifier 2010 D A vessel is in compliance with federal regulations regarding the discharge of sewage by ________. 2011 C In MODU construction, beams are transverse girders which provide support to ___________. 2012 B In the illustration, component "C" is used to replace ____________. holding all sewage onboard bulkheads

viscosity of the oil being maximum design speed specific gravity of the oil purified of that purifier being purified treating sewage in an approved system deckhouse structures pumping the sewage ashore to an approved container decks all of the above

11

11 11

vertical frames the mechanical method See illustration number(s): GS-0123 for positioning of the variable stroke control of the main pump allow a restricted fluid flow in one direction only

the previously used the necessity for manual the hydraulic telemotor automatic six-way valve repositioning of the six- receiver way valve

11

2013 D An orifice-check valve placed in a hydraulic system is used to ______________.

regulate the fluid flow in either direction

restrict movement of hydraulic fluid in one direction, but allow free movement in the other direction 50.0 cu. ft/min

allow free movement of hydraulic fluid in both directions

11

2014 A If a stateroom has a 5 inch by 12 inch opening through which the 41.6 cu. ft/min air travels at 100 feet per minute, what is the volume of air being supplied to the stateroom? 2015 C Which of the following statements is true regarding mechanical seals?

60.0 cu. ft/min

100.0 cu. ft/min

11

They may be used in lieu They are not suitable for They are normally lubricated and cooled by of conventional packing use on fuel oil transfer pumps. the fluid being pumped. glands for any service other than saltwater.

Once placed into service, leakage between the dynamic seal surfaces may be reduced by monthly adjustment of the spring compression. clearance drill size

11 11

2016 A The number "8" in the notation of an "8-32" tap, indicates the ________________. 2017 C File lengths are determined by the _____________.

thread diameter overall length of the file

size of the hole

tap drill size

distance between the distance between the length of the tang only face and the edge of the point and the heel of the file file maintain main pump variable stroke angle after command rudder angle has been achieved be gradually increasing main pump variable stroke device as rudder attains command angle be returning the main pump variable stroke device gradually to neutral stroke just as rudder is achieving command angle Restricted orifice poppet See illustration number(s): GS-0123

11

2018 D The follow-up mechanism for any steering gear is to assure one rudder position for each corresponding position of the helm. Therefore, the follow-up mechanism should __________.

rapidly return the main pump variable stroke device to neutral stroke just as the rudder achieves command angle Nutating disk

11

2019 B Which of the following is the most common type of valving element used in hydraulic system directional control valves? 2020 A Coast Guard Regulations for marine sanitation devices are contained in ________. 2021 B In MODU construction, beam brackets are triangular plates joining the deck beam to a _________________. 2022 C The cylinders and intercoolers of most low pressure air compressors are cooled by _____________. 2023 A A tap marked "1/4-20" will cut a thread _____________.

Sliding spool

Elongated ball or cone

11 11 11 11

33 CFR Section 159 bulkhead water

33 CFR Section 153 frame oil

33 CFR Section 155 stanchion air

33 CFR Section 156 deck longitudinal CO2

1/4 inch in diameter with 1/2 inch long having a a pitch of 20 threads per total of 20 threads inch

a total of 20 threads with 1/20 of an inch long and a pitch of 1/4 inch 1/4 inch in diameter

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2024 C A one ton air conditioning system has which of the listed operating characteristics?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


It forces 2,000 lbs. of refrigerant through the evaporator per day. It forces 2,000 lbs. of air Its cooling power equals It contains 2,000 lbs. of per hour across the that of melting 2,000 lbs. refrigerant. evaporator coils. of ice per day. Copper and carbon. Carbon. Bronze.

General Knowledge

11

2025 C Which of the materials listed is used as the dynamic seal material Copper. on mechanical seals installed on most centrifugal pumps used in water service?

11

2026 D Which of the following problems will occur if a disk-type Contamination of the The lube oil will not be centrifugal lube oil purifier is not properly primed prior to admitting lube oil by emulsification subjected to the proper oil flow to the bowl? will result. centrifugal force. 2028 C As long as component "M", shown in the illustration, is rotating ___________. 2029 A Feedwater supplied to a flash type distilling plant will flash to vapor in the first-stage due to _________________. component "F4" will be rotating flash chamber pressure pressure being lower than the saturation pressure corresponding to the feedwater temperature bulkheads 10 only when cutting thin wall tubing have a high viscosity index a defective pressure switch or pilot valve the output of shaft "K" will be utilized continuously

The lube oil will overheat Oil will discharge from and flash. the heavy phase discharge port and be wasted. the main pump will be on the main pump will be on See illustration stroke neutral stroke number(s): GS-0123

11

11

temperature being higher heat exchange surfaces orifices finely atomizing than the evaporation being directly in the path the heated feedwater of the entering feedwater entering the flash temperature of the chamber supplied feedwater

11 11 11 11

2031 C Stanchions prevent the entire deck load on a MODU from being carried by the ______________. 2032 C The Phillips screwdriver has a blunt end and flukes with an angle of ________. 2033 D When using a handheld hacksaw, you should apply pressure only on the forward stroke ____________. 2034 D An important consideration in selecting a lubricating oil for use in a refrigeration compressor is for the oil to ____________. 2035 D If the intercooler relief valve lifts while an air compressor is operating under load, you should check for ___________________. 2036 B The output from shaft "K", shown in the illustration, becomes an actual control factor when component(s) __________.

stringers 45

frames and beam brackets 30

deck longitudinals 60

only when cutting carbon only when cutting conduit at all times steel mix readily with have a high freezing have a low pour point refrigerant point a leak in the intercooler piping leakage through the low leaking high pressure pressure unloader discharge valves control diaphragm "F2" and "F3" are energized "F1" and "F2" are energized See illustration number(s): GS-0123

11

11

"F4" is rotating

"F4" is hydraulically locked

11

2037 D Assuming valve "A" is correctly aligned in the no-flow position as The fixed delivery pump Valve "B" would be open Valve "C" would be before valve "D". closed. shown with the system in operation, which of the following would be stopped statements is true? automatically by a pressure switch. 2038 C Which of the following statements represents the main difference Packed stuffing box between a stuffing box gland and a mechanical seal for sealing glands are subject to the shaft of a centrifugal pump? wear, but mechanical seals are not. Packed stuffing box glands must be cooled by the liquid being pumped, but mechanical seals do not require cooling. If packing fails, the pump can be kept running temporarily by tightening the gland, but if a mechanical seal fails it must be totally renewed to stop the leakage. the temperature of the cooling water frames

Valve "D" would normally See illustration open before valve "B". number(s): GS-0049

11

The sealing surface of a mechanical seal is parallel to the shaft, but the sealing surface of a packed gland is perpendicular to the shaft. all of the above

11

2040 D In a shell-and-tube type hydraulic fluid cooler, the amount of heat the temperature of the transferred from the hydraulic fluid to the cooling water depends hydraulic fluid upon ________________. 2041 C Support of MODU side plating is provided primarily by transverse beams ______________.

the flow rate of both the cooling water and the hydraulic fluid girders

11

bulkheads

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2042 C With regards to the American National Screw Thread nomenclature, "pitch" is the ______________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


angle formed by adjacent number of threads flanks of a thread divided by the length of the threaded portion of the screw clogged lube oil strainers seawater leaking into the lube oil system 180 BTU/hr 2,000 BTU/hr second stage discharge first stage discharge pressure pressure shaft "K" will rotate causing "M" to rotate reducing linkage length gear puller high temperature use provide oil flow under pressure from the compressor lube oil pump to activate the cylinder unloading mechanisms to load up the necessary cylinders Heat transfer surfaces are being layered with scale. side frames distance between angle of taper formed by corresponding points on the centerline of the adjacent threads screw and the crests of the thread decreasing lube oil pressure 12,000 BTU/hr pressure in the aftercooler gradually increasing lube oil temperature 2,990,000 BTU/hr compressor final discharge temperature

General Knowledge

11 11 11

2043 D The presence of scale and dirt on the saltwater side of a lube oil cooler is usually indicated by ___________. 2044 C One refrigeration ton is equal to _____________. 2045 B A leaking suction valve in the second stage of a two stage, high pressure, air compressor can cause excessively high ________________.

11

2046 A When the steering gear receives a command signal for a 15 right shaft "K" will rotate, but rudder, during the initial period of movement of the rudder its output to "M" will be _____________. nullified 2047 B The tool used to remove a ball bearing from the shaft of a motor is called a _____________. 2048 A Fabric type packing, such as flax or hemp, is best suited for _____________. 2049 C The port labeled "J", shown in the illustration, serves to _________________. slugging wrench low temperature use vent accumulated air that would interfere with the operation of the controller

shaft "L" will cause shaft shaft "L" will rotate, but "K" to rotate via the its output to "M" will be planetary differential nullified gear drift pin use where alignment is critical bleed off pressurized oil from the cylinder unloading mechanism to allow the cylinders to unload come along

See illustration number(s): GS-0123

11 11 11

packing valves with badly grooved stems sense crankcase suction See illustration pressure as the required number(s): RA-0013 feedback for proper operation of the unloader control device

11

2050 B Which of the listed problems is occurring if a coil type high pressure evaporator constantly requires an increase in the coil steam pressure in order to maintain capacity? 2051 A Lighter longitudinal stiffening frames on the MODU side plating are called _______________. 2052 B The follow-up gear on an electro-hydraulic steering gear ____________.

The brine density is improper. stringers relieves excessive fluid pressure.

Impure distillate is being Shell vapor pressure is produced. constantly decreasing. side stiffeners intercostals returns the rudder to amidships when the wheel is released. Air flow provided by a fan is used as the cooling medium. 120,000 BTU/hr irregular compression strokes Motor controller on-off switches loosened, and then retightened until they are only finger tight

11 11

takes the pump off stroke allows for rudder when the desired rudder movement faster than angle is attained. the movement of the ship's wheel.

11

2053 D Which of the following statements is true concerning a radiator type heat exchanger?

Raw water is the cooling Water cooled exhaust The surge tank must be medium. elbows remove the heat. located a minimum of 4 feet above the highest finned tube. 60,000 BTU/hr excessive discharge pressure "A" 80,000 BTU/hr abrasion, dust, and dirt "C" 100,000 BTU/hr excessive compressor speed Six-way valve

11 11 11

2054 A How much heat can a 5 ton refrigeration unit remove from a refrigerated space? 2055 B Leaking valves in an air compressor can be a result of _______________. 2056 D In order to change over the main pumps shown in the illustrated steering gear, which of the components listed must be manually actuated? 2057 D After renewing spiral packing in a centrifugal pump stuffing box, the packing should be seated, then the packing gland nuts _____________. 2059 A Aftercoolers are used with air compressors to _____________.

See illustration number(s): GS-0123

11

left in that position

loosened until the gland tightened to compress clears the stuffing box the packing decrease the density of compressed air

11

reduce the temperature of compressed air

dampen pressure pulses ensure complete in the discharge air expansion of the compressed air

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2060 B In the last effect of a multi-effect submerged tube distilling plant rapid fluctuations of the absolute pressure tend to cause _____________. 2061 C The heavier outboard strake of deck plating on a MODU is called the deck _______________. 2062 B In which of the following types of evaporators is the control of brine density least important? 2063 D Heat exchanger tubes can be protected against erosion and abrasion by the use of _________. 2064 C What is the equivalent tonnage of a refrigeration system rated at 48,000 BTU per hour? 2065 D Leaking valves in a low pressure, reciprocating, air compressor can result from _______________. 2066 C The impeller shown in the illustration is an example of a/an ____________. 2067 C Rudder motion is prevented from exceeding the movement of the steering wheel by the _____________. 2068 C An air compressor is equipped with an intercooler and an aftercooler to _____________. 2069 A Return lines in a non-pressurized hydraulic system reservoir should enter the tank well below the fluid surface level to _____________. 2070 A Evaporator priming can be caused by high water level, fluctuating steam pressure, or ____________. 2071 B Where is thicker plating usually found in the construction of integral tanks on a MODU? 2072 C If it were possible to simultaneously operate both main pumps shown in the steering gear illustration, which of the following statements would be true if the starboard power unit were to be brought on line with the port unit already in operation? 2073 B When renewing the shaft packing on a centrifugal pump equipped with an external liquid sealing supply, you should ________________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


scale formation with increased heat transfer stiffener Solo shell evaporators priming with increased salinity of distillate beam Flash evaporators slight foaming at the distillate feed pump stringer Submerged tube evaporators zinc pencils on the waterside 3 4 improved operating conditions at the brine pump doubler Basket evaporators plastic tube end protectors 5 abrasion by dust and dirt

General Knowledge

11 11 11 11 11

metallic packing on the fiber bushings in the inlet end ferrules 2.5 excessive compressor discharge pressure axial piston impeller return springs inject water vapor into the compressed air prevent foaming

operating the uneven piston stroke in compressor at excessive the compressor speed positive displacement impeller six-way valve prevent overheating of first stage valves prevent moisture accumulation centrifugal impeller follow-up gear increase compressor efficiency and economy prevent vacuum formation low feed temperature

11 11 11

high pressure impeller differential gear reduce the compressed air charge density accommodate thermal expansion a brine overflow weir set too low At the center of the tank. Pump "G" would supply servo control oil flow to control the main pump stroke control mechanism

See illustration number(s): GS-0130

11

11 11 11

fluctuating shell vacuum low brine density On the outside of the tank. The indicated valve spool in "C" would shift to the left

At the bottom of the tank. At the top of the tank. Pump "I" would supply replenishing oil to the system The starboard distributor valve "A" would allow recirculation of the starboard main pump

See illustration number(s): GS-0123

11

always turn down the ensure that the lantern shaft in a lathe to ensure ring is aligned with the a snug fit sealing supply opening 2 tons B

check the stuffing box for make sure the seal cage irregularities with a dial is always positioned at indicator the base of the stuffing box 3 tons C 4 tons D See illustration number(s): GS-0045

11 11

2074 B If an air conditioning system were rated at 24,000 BTU, the 1 ton equivalent tonnage of the unit would be ______________. 2076 B In order to adjust the temperature set point of the temperature A regulating valve illustrated, you should adjust the device indicated by the letter _________. 2077 A If a ship service air compressor operating in intermittent service were failing to unload, the ____________.

11

compressor would stop compressor would run abruptly when power was continuously secured Follow-up gear

air receiver indicated pressure would be excessively low Electric transmitter

compressor would require more than the normal amount of lubrication Rudder angle limit switch

11

2078 B On an electro-hydraulic steering gear, which of the listed devices Rudder angle indicator will keep the rudder from overtraveling the bridge signal? 2079 D A multistage flash evaporator will be unable to produce consistently pure distillate if the __________________. 2080 D The Reed and Prince screwdriver has a sharp pointed end with flukes that have an angle of ________. distillate cooler is dirty

11

tubes of the saltwater feed heater are flooded internally 30

distillate meter stops

vacuum is fluctuating

11

10

60

45

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11 2081 D When securing a centrifugal type distillate pump, which of the listed steps should be carried out first? 2082 D Regarding the pump shown in the illustration, the quantity and direction of fluid flow is controlled by _____________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


Close the pressure gage isolation valves. varying the direction of rotation and speed of the prime mover butterfly valve 3 ton eliminate scaling problems on the saltwater side Defective pressure switch Secure the casing vapor vent line. varying the direction of rotation of the prime mover and throttling the pump output globe valve 4 ton reduce erosion of heat exchanger surfaces Secure the stuffing box sealing water line. moving the cylinder block off center from the reaction ring gate valve 4.5 ton ease the load on the saltwater service pump

General Knowledge
Trip the three way dump valve. moving the reaction ring See illustration off center from the number(s): GS-0059 cylinder block check valve 5 ton prevent contamination should leaks develop Compressor starting without any load relieve excessive telemotor pressure contain small steam leaks 2.500 inch

11 11 11

2083 C On tankers with manually operated tank valves, the type of valve most commonly used is the _____________. 2084 D If a refrigeration box develops a heat load of 60,000 BTU/hour, what size refrigeration unit would be required? 2085 D In heat exchangers, seawater pressure should be maintained lower than freshwater pressure to _____________. 2086 C Which of the following is the probable cause for a motor driven, low pressure, reciprocating air compressor to repeatedly trip the circuit breaker upon starting? 2087 C Most hydraulic steering gears are fitted with relief valves which _____________. 2088 C Steam supply piping to deck machinery is insulated in order to _____________.

11

Leaking suction unloader Compressor starting against full load protect the piping assembly from external rudder shock reduce heat loss from the system 1.500 inch

11

function when the rudder relieve excess whip is amidships pressure from the hydraulic oil system maintain good turbulent free steam flow through the pipe prevent superheating of the steam 0.750 inch

11

11

2089 B A piece of tapered round stock 36 inches long, 4 inches in 0.375 inch diameter at the large end and 2 1/2 inches in diameter at the small end. What tailstock setover was used to machine the taper? 2090 B What is the maximum steam pressure allowed by Coast Guard 30 psig Regulations (46 CFR) to be provided in the steam heating system of the living spaces? 2092 A When a heat exchanger is used as a cooler, excessive cooling water flow should be avoided to prevent _____________. 2093 B After the installation of new impeller wearing rings by pressing them onto the pump impeller hub, it is advisable to ____________. 2094 B If a refrigeration system extracted 48,000 BTU per hour, the equivalent tonnage of the unit would be _____________. 2096 C If a ship service air compressor failed to unload the ___________________. erosive tube failure

11

45 psig

60 psig

75 psig

11

waterside deposit buildup

tube sheet bowing

water hammer damage

11

visually inspect the rings all of the above dynamically balance the check the shaft and after about an hour of shaft and impeller impeller assembly on centers to see if the ring service surfaces are true 2 tons 4 tons 6 tons 8 tons

11

11

compressor would run continuously

air receiver pressure belts could slip when would be excessively low starting

compressor would pump lube oil

11 11

return springs 2098 D In an electro-hydraulic steering system, rudder shock is limited by a differential gear _____________. 2099 D Which of the following statements is true regarding a positive Theoretically, there is no Theoretically it is self displacement rotary pump? limit to shut off head priming. pressure.

a hydraulic accumulator relief valves The discharge side should be protected against excessive pressure build up via a relief valve. All of the above.

11 11

2101 D Rapid fluctuation of the last effect shell vacuum in a submerged erratic air ejector tube evaporator can cause _____________. operation 2102 A In a heat exchanger, excessive fluid velocity should be avoided to erosive tube failure prevent ____________.

air leaks in the tube nest rapid scaling in all effects priming in that effect waterside deposit buildup tube sheet bowing water hammer damage

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2103 C Compensated flow control, or constant flow valves are used in hydraulic systems to _____________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


compensate for major leaks in the system maintain the original fluid allow for changes in viscosity pressure and temperature within the system 2.0 tons 2.5 tons assure constant fluid temperature

General Knowledge

11

2104 D An air conditioning system, required to remove from 33,000 to 35,000 BTU per hour, should have a minimum capacity of ____________. 2105 A Carryover in a flash type distilling plant can be a result of ___________. 2106 C If a ship service air compressor failed to unload, the ________________.

1.5 tons

3.0 tons

11 11

faulty operation of the brine overboard pump compressor would dangerously overspeed

a pressure drop through the loop seal air receiver pressure would be excessively low

high distillate low distillate conductivity conductivity circuit breaker may open compressor would pump on starting lube oil Valve "D" closes. See illustration number(s): GS-0045

11

Stem "C" moves down. 2107 C If the controlled system temperature downstream of the valve, shown in the illustration, decreases below the set point, which of the listed actions will occur? 2108 A If a centrifugal pump develops insufficient discharge pressure as Replace the rings. a result of worn wearing rings, which of the following corrective actions is required? 2109 A Accidental flooding of the engine room bilges by the bilge main is stop-check valves prevented by ____________. installed in the bilge suction manifolds 2110 B When the compressed air reservoir is placed in line with an air compressor and is used as an aftercooler, the reservoir must be ___________. 2111 D Priming in a submerged tube evaporator can be caused by high water level and _____________. 2112 B In an electro-hydraulic steering system, damage due to rudder shock is prevented by _____________. 2113 C A device incorporating a variable orifice placed in series with a check valve in a hydraulic system, is used to ________________. 2114 A The receiver used in a refrigeration system _____________. fitted with a manhole

Power piston "H" moves Spring "F" is up. compressed. Throttle in on the discharge valve. Always replace the wearing rings and the impeller as a set.

11

Throttle in on the suction valve. installing a swing check before each bilge valve

11

installing eductors in all using a positive bilge rose boxes displacement reciprocating bilge pump frequently drained of condensed water low steam temperature relief valves allow fluid flow in one direction only

11

fitted with a moisture trap fitted with a sight glass at the inlet high absolute pressure oil flowing through the pumps allow throttled fluid flow in one direction only excessive brine density dashpots restrict hydraulic fluid flow in both directions prevents compressor surging eliminate corrosion be made only when Coast Guard Administrative Form 2892 is submitted

11 11 11

low brine density buffer springs allow free movement of hydraulic fluid in both directions stores liquid refrigerant

11

collects noncondensable allows refrigerant gases subcooling control electrolysis be permissable without the knowledge and approval of the Officer in Charge of Marine Inspection loss in capacity and economy diaphragm "J" prevent scaling be made at anytime convenient to the vessel operator without prior approval

11 11

2115 B Zinc anodes are installed in a marine raw-water cooling system inhibit oxidation to _____________. 2116 A Major repairs or alterations affecting the safety of small passenger not be made without the vessels of less than 100 gross tons shall ____________. knowledge and approval of the OCMI

11

2117 B In a double-effect submerged tube evaporator, the brine density should be prevented from falling below 1.5/32nds to minimize ____________.

scale formation on the tube nests

corrosion in the evaporator diaphragm "A"

carryover in the evaporator pilot valve "D" See illustration number(s): GS-0045

11

2118 B With regards to the valve shown in the illustration, changes in the thermal element "M" rate of condensation downstream of the device are first sensed by the __________. 2119 A If there is a sudden drop in the capacity of a reciprocating air compressor, you should check for ____________. broken compressor valves

11

worn piston rings or cylinder liners

excessive compressor speed

a defective pressure switch or pilot valve

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2120 C Which of the equipment listed is most effective in processing bilge slops for overboard discharge?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


A 100 PPM oily water separator. Assembling the lube oil purifier as a separator and aligning it to the bilge overboard. A 15 PPM oily water separator. A magnetic duplex strainer.

General Knowledge

11

2121 C The illustrated system is used to _________.

process sludge found on process sludge found on process oily-water motor vessels steam vessels mixtures present in the bilge water wide opened rudder angle indicator L prevent oil backflow to the actuators half opened follow-up gear H prevent the hydraulic pump from overheating 3/4 opened telemotor position the device between line 14 and line 15 control the speed of the hatch cover movement while closing

condition reduction gear See illustration lube oil by removing the number(s): GS-0113 water almost completely closed Rapson slide indicator K restrict the oil supply to the hatch covers not in use See illustration number(s): RA-0012

11 11 11 11

2122 D When a reciprocating pump is operating at maximum speed, the cushioning valves should be ______________. 2123 A Rudder position is shown on the bridge by the _____________. 2124 C Which lettered component, shown in the illustration, indicates the location of the receiver? 2125 C The purpose of a restrictor valve, as it is used in a hydraulic hatch cover system, is to _____________.

11

2126 D During the inspection for certification of small passenger vessel of tubular heat exchangers hydraulic accumulators less than 100 gross tons, a hydrostatic test of 1-1/4 times the maximum allowable working pressure shall be made to ___________. 2127 B The root opening dimension shown in the illustration is used to indicate the _____________.

refrigeration service heat oil fired boilers exchangers

11

penetration depth of the distance across the width across the bottom maximum thickness of desired weld bottom of the "V" groove of the weldment the completed weld valve "D" will open diaphragm "E" will deflect downward worn cylinder liners all of the above

See illustration number(s): GS-0076 See illustration number(s): GS-0044

11

2128 D In the spring-loaded, steam pressure, reducing valve shown in the spring "A" will be illustration, if the downstream pressure falls below a preset value compressed ____________. 2129 D If the capacity of a reciprocating air compressor gradually drops off, the cause could be ____________. 2130 D Which of the following statements correctly describes the operation of the pump shown in the illustration? leaking compressor valves The pump stuffing box is externally supplied for sealing.

11 11

a clogged air filter

all of the above The pump stuffing box is See illustration provided with an internal number(s): GS-0070 sealing line.

The pump is provided The pump suction is with continuous, but through the horizontal flange illustrated to the variable recirculation. left.

11

2131 B Improper waterside venting of the tube nests in a submerged tube fluctuating vacuum in the loss of evaporator evaporator will cause a/an _____________. evaporator capacity 2132 C The static suction head of a horizontal centrifugal pump, is the difference in elevation between the ____________. 2133 D A drilled hole is accurately finished to size with a _____________. 2134 C In a refrigeration plant, one purpose of the receiver is to ____________. 2135 A In the radial piston pump shown in the illustration, oil will enter the cylinder as the piston travels from position ____________. 2136 B Emergency lighting on small passenger vessels of less than 100 gross tons for lounge areas below the main deck shall be ___________.

increased vacuum in the increased brine first effect overboard flow rate suction submergence level and the pump discharge reamer condense the refrigerant 4 to position 1 See illustration number(s): GS-0060

11

discharge liquid level and discharge liquid level and suction liquid level and the suction liquid level the pump centerline the pump centerline center drill cool the refrigerant gas 1 to position 2 finish drill broach

11 11 11

superheat the refrigerant store the refrigerant liquid 2 to position 3 3 to position 4

11

illuminated at all times illuminated automatically while vessel is underway and actuated upon failure of the main lighting system diaphragm "E" mechanical linkage

portable battery operated both "A" and "C" and have sufficient capacity for 8 hours of continuous operations a spring high pressure steam See illustration number(s): GS-0044

11

2137 C In the spring-loaded pressure reducing valve illustrated, the auxiliary valve "D" is closed by ____________.

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2138 D When air compressors are arranged for automatic operation, the cylinders can be unloaded during starting and stopping by _____________. 2139 C If a higher than normal water level is observed through the inspection port of a flash evaporator, you should suspect ______________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


bypassing the discharge fitting depressors which to suction hold the suction valve plates on their seats a leak in the feedwater heater 1 II only improper vacuum step unloading the cylinders in a multicylinder machine a malfunctioning brine pump 2 both I and II 3 neither I or II all of the above

General Knowledge

11

a clogged desuperheater water strainer 4 See illustration number(s): GS-0125

11 11

2140 A The motor operated valve, shown in the illustration, is represented by item number ____. 2141 C A Reed and Prince screwdriver should be used only on a Reed I only and Prince screw, and a Phillips screwdriver should only be used on a Phillips screws in order to avoid damaging the _______. I. tool II. screwhead 2142 D Reciprocating air compressor bearing failure may result from a misaligned crankshaft _________________. 2143 D In a fixed displacement axial piston hydraulic motor, the speed is regulating the ratio varied by _____________. between torque and speed via the torque limiter at the motor 2144 C When checking zinc plates, or pencils in the refrigerating system condenser, you should _____________. 2145 D For drilling or machining cast iron, which of the cutting lubricants is it necessary to use? 2146 B One of the main differences between a propeller pump and a centrifugal pump is the absence of a ______________. 2147 B In a flash evaporator, scale as a result of higher than normal temperatures is most likely to occur in the ________. 2148 B The purpose of the vertical "grooves" machined on the main valve "G", in the spring loaded temperature regulating valve shown in the illustration, is to _____________. 2149 C Which of the listed types of seals is used effectively for pumps handling toxic or highly flammable liquids that cannot be permitted to escape into the atmosphere? paint and insulate the plates to prevent corrosion Lard oil volute in the centrifugal type pump second stage feed heater provide downstream turbulence

11 11

overtightened drive belts contaminated sump oil directing the motor output flow through a bypass line maintaining a constant flow and pressure input

all of the above controlling the input flow rate

11

renew the plates at each replace the zincs if inspection deteriorated by 50% Soluble oil volute in the propeller type pump saltwater feed heater Kerosene velocity nozzle in the centrifugal type pump distillate cooler

file the plates to change the negative value None of the above reciprocating piston in the centrifugal type pump second stage vapor separator increase sensitivity See illustration number(s): GS-0045

11 11

11

11

provide for quieter valve compensate for operation upstream pressure surges

11

Conventional stuffing box External mechanical seal Double mechanical seal Rubber bellows mechanical seal "E" drill No. 80 drill "A" drill

11

2150 B No two drills from differing drill sets are of the exact same size, No. 1 drill with the exception of the drills measured as 0.25 inch. These two drills are the 1/4 inch and the ________. 2151 A In MODU construction, a large number of watertight bulkheads results in ____________.

11

increased capacity to set decreased capacity to flooding boundaries set flooding boundaries

reduced compartmentation

greater deck load capacity

11

2152 D Which of the following statements describes the advantage of the It eliminates the repairing It is fully automatic in mechanical shaft sealing system over the stuffing box and or renewing of the shaft operation. packing method of shaft sealing for propulsion shafting? sleeve.

It allows for the removal Each of the above is and reinstallation of all correct. parts without dismantling the shafts. 3/8 inch 1/2 inch See illustration number(s): GS-0010

11

2153 A The dimension of the sensing gap in the left hand limit sensor assembly shown in the illustration is ____________. 2154 C Zinc rods are installed in the refrigeration system _____________.

1/8 inch

1/4 inch

11

liquid strainer

liquid receiver

saltwater condenser

evaporator

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2155 C A single-acting simplex pump makes 100 single strokes per minute. The diameter of the water cylinder is 6 inches and the stroke is 10 inches. If the efficiency of the pump is 90%, what is the capacity of the pump? 2156 D Deck rails on passenger decks of vessels engaged in a ferry or excursion type operation shall be at least __________. 2157 B Each vessel designed to carry more than 49 passengers must have _________. 92 GPM

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


61 GPM 55 GPM 18 GPM

General Knowledge

11

30 inches high

36 inches high

39 1/2 inches high

42 inches high

11

a continuous longitudinal a collision bulkhead watertight bulkhead

at least one watertight a minumum of four bulkhead to prevent fire watertight bulkheads advancement for 2 hours 2 3 2 and 3 See illustration number(s): GS-0059

11

2158 A The pressure side of the radial piston hydraulic motor as shown in the illustration, is aligned to piston number _____________. 2159 A A squealing sound generated by an operating reciprocating air compressor would indicate _________________. loose drive belts

11

badly leaking valves

compressor interstage leakage check the discharge strainers leaks in the demister baffles union bulkhead fittings

tight drive belts

11

2160 B When shifting suction from one fresh water tank to another, if the loosen the mechanical fresh water pump loses suction you should___________. seal 2161 C Indicated high salinity of the distillate discharged from a flash-type maintaining the proper distilling plant will be a result of ___________. distilling plant heat balance 2162 D Allowances may be made for the expansion and contraction in piping by the use of expansion joints or _____________. 2163 B For any given volume of compressed air produced by a multistage air compressor, interstage cooling will ________. 2164 A The zinc plates are located in the _____________. unions

vent the pump casing

all of the above

11

carrying the brine level below normal retractable flanges

venting of the saltwater heater drain pump bends or loops in the line

11

11

increase the power decrease the power allow isothermal required for compression required for compression compression of the air charge refrigerant side of the condenser 6" evaporator coils 12"

allow the compressed air volume to remain constant suction strainer 24" a 10 inch (254 mm) dome installed just below the suction inlet and provided with a pipeopening within one inch of the dome varying the eccentricity of a floating ring or angle of a tilting box be kept as high and as far inboard as practicable See illustration number(s): GS-0150

11 11 11

saltwater side of the condenser 2165 C In the illustrated heating system, what is the maximum height the 5" heater should be mounted above the deck? 2166 C Solid contaminants are prevented from entering the main lube oil fine mesh screening system by way of the main engine sump, through the use of placed around the pump ______________. suction line in the sump

baffles installed without a suction inlet located limber or lightening holes approximately 10 inches to trap the particles (254 mm) above the sump bottom

11

2167 D When the steering wheel is turned, oil is directed to the steering gear rams by _____________.

modulating the oil flow with the six-way valve

moving the automatic pressure differential valve be provided with nonpacked slip joints for expansion to permit passage of piping or electric cable serious wear on valves and pistons

moving the receiving telemotor which regulates the two-way valve incorporate approved sluice valves

11

2168 D Penetrations and openings in watertight bulkheads in a vessel of only be placed in less than 100 gross tons must ___________. transverse watertight bulkheads that extend to the bulwark deck 2169 B Operating a reciprocating air compressor without an air filter will cause ____________. carbon deposits on valves and pistons

11

a clogged air intake

excessive compressor discharge pressure

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


Socket joint Walseal joint Lap joint (van stone) flange

General Knowledge

2170 D Which of the flange types listed identifies the construction of a Raised face flange pipe joint where a flange is slipped over a length of pipe, the pipe end is heated, then setup (flanged) in a special machine, and then the end of the pipe is machined to form the actual face of the joint? 2172 D Which of the following statements is correct concerning antifriction bearings installed on pumps? 2174 D A water regulating valve controls the refrigeration condenser cooling water flow in response to condenser _____________. 2175 C Which of the screwdrivers listed has a tip surrounded by parallel fluted ridges resembling the ridges of a splined socket wrench? 2176 A Proper internal lubrication of a hydraulic anchor windlass left idle for extended periods can be accomplished by _______________.

11

The inner race should be The outer race should be Alignment is not a critical They are usually pressed free to turn on the shaft. free to turn in its housing. factor in their installation. onto their shafts. cooling water outlet temperature Phillips liquid refrigerant outlet temperature Standard liquid refrigerant outlet pressure Torx refrigerant vapor inlet pressure Reed and Prince

11

11

11

performing a check run on the unit at regular intervals

testing the hydraulic fluid checking the reservoir for cleaning strainers at for proper pH proper level regular intervals

11

2177 B If the flow rate to a linear actuator is reduced by half of the original pump discharge speed of the actuator will speed of the actuator will the actuator will move be increased erratically amount, the _____________. pressure will be reduced be reduced by a proportional amount 2178 D Irregular feeding or surging of the feedwater supply to a flash evaporator may be attributed to ______________. 2179 C Operating a reciprocating air compressor without an air intake filter can result in a/an ___________. 2180 A Machinery with ball bearings designed to be filled with grease should have the relief plug temporarily removed while grease is being added. This plug should remain out until the machinery has been operated and sufficiently warmed up to ensure that _____________. a dirty strainer in the erratic water flow through a clogged vent line from excessive pressure in the seawater feed heater saltwater feed pump the air eductor the air eductor condenser suction line immediate piston damage a path of expansion is provided for the grease immediate clogging of the intake all air pockets are vented from the grease possible explosion in the compressor dirt and grit are flushed from the bearing housing deposit of carbon on the valves the grease is properly distributed within the bearing

11

11 11

11

2181 D The top, front, and right side views of three different objects are #2 shown in the illustration. In which object are all three views correct and complete? 2182 C The nameplate of a reciprocating pump lists the following numerals as indicated 7" X 6" X 4". The diameter of the steam cylinder is ____________. 2183 B Which of the screwdrivers listed is designed to protect small screws from being over tightened? 2184 D An arrow stamped on the valve body of a water regulating valve indicates the ______________. 2185 D Which of the following frequent maintenance procedures is required of compressed air receivers? 2186 B The main difference between a common lathe dog and a safety lathe dog is that the latter _____________. 2187 A The penetration of watertight bulkheads and watertight decks by rigid nonmetallic piping is prohibited except when ___________. 4 inches

#16

#21

All of the above

See illustration number(s): GS-0004

11

6 inches

7 inches

8 inches

11

Magnetic screwdriver

Torque limiting screwdriver closed position

Variable speed Constant rpm screwdriver with a jacobs screwdriver with a jacobs chuck chuck open position direction of the flow Frequent draining of water. allows for misaligned center holes two non-remotely operated metallic valves are installed on either side of the deck or bulkhead regardless of accessability

11 11 11 11

direction of the plunger slide A close watch on the temperature. is more easily centered

Constant cleaning to Constant testing of the remove oil and dirt. relief valves. has a headless set screw has a spring loaded catch using an acceptable the rigid nonmetallic metallic shut off valves metallic fitting, welded or plastic pipe is at least of are welded to otherwise is attached to schedule 160 and a nonmetallic hull the bulkhead or deck by metallic shut off valve is materials an acceptable method provided adjacent to the through deck or bulkhead fitting

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2188 C The brake horsepower of a centrifugal pump will vary directly as the ___________. 2189 A In the illustrated schematic, the device used to replace the sixway valve, as found on many older type steering gears, is the component labeled as ____________. 2191 C Which type of Marine Sanitation Device (MSD) is used solely for the storage of sewage and flushwater at ambient air pressure and temperature?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


diameter of the impeller square of the diameter of cube of the diameter of the impeller the impeller "B" "F" impeller efficiency for large changes in the size of the impeller "H"

General Knowledge

11

"A"

See illustration number(s): GS-0123

11

Type I

Type II

Type III

Type IV

11 11

2192 D Any unusual, or new vibration in the hull or propeller shafting can clutch slippage be an indication of _____________. control inlet air 2194 D A reheater in an air conditioning system functions to _____________. temperature 2195 B Oiling a file as a rust preventative may cause ___________. 2196 A For cutting cast iron or soft steel, the proper hacksaw blade should have ________. 2198 C An air tank rusts out, explodes and causes $(USA) 24,000 damage to the engine room. By law, this accident is required to be reported to ___________. 2199 D If the suction pressure increases to a capacity controlled compressor used in a multi-box refrigeration system, the actions of the unit shown in the illustration should cause _____________________. overheating 14 teeth per inch the owner or his agent

overheated bearings control inlet air volume

high engine speeds maintain relative humidity at 15% fast cutting 24 teeth per inch no one

propeller unbalance restore conditioned air temperature to a comfortable level binding 32 teeth per inch the U.S. Coast Guard

11 11 11

pinning 18 teeth per inch the insurance underwriter "H" to move towards "I", the pressure in "M" to increase, "K" to move down, and "S" to move down against the force of "V"

11

"H" to move away from "I", the pressure in "M" to drop, "K" to move down, and "V" to move "S" upwards

"H" move away from "I", the pressure in "R" to decrease, allowing "S" to move down against the force of "V" Both items of #6 are anodes used to provide the tank with corrosion protection. Type III

"H" to move towards "I", See illustration number(s): RA-0013 the pressure in "R" to increase, forcing "S" to move down against the force of "V" It is used to control the oil discharge mode. See illustration number(s): GS-0153

11

2200 D In the device shown in the illustration, what is the function of item "6"?

It senses temperature for It is used to maintain use in the temperature liquid level one inch control circuit. below item "8". Type II

11

Type I 2201 B According to Coast Guard Regulations (33 CFR), which of the listed types of Marine Sanitation Devices (MSD) treats sewage to the MINIMUM acceptable level for overboard discharge on vessels built after 31 January 1980? 2202 D The electronic control assembly similar to the one shown in the Disconnect all of the illustration is faulty. Which of the following statements represents sensing component the first step in bypassing the microprocessor? wires from the terminal board to enable the proper positioning of the integral jumpers. 2203 A "Respiratory heat" is a term applied primarily to which of the following cargoes? 2204 A To prevent the unnecessary loading of an air conditioning system while maintaining the designed dry bulb temperature and relative humidity in an air conditioning system, you should __________. 2205 C Which of the files listed will have coarsely spaced teeth? 2207 D Which of the files listed is provided with only one safe edge? 2208 A If the signal input to "P4" is 48psi, and the supply pressure is 50 psi, the output pressure at "P1", as shown in the illustration, will be equal to ___________. Fresh vegetables

Type IV

11

Manually close the liquid line strainer circuit breaker to insure the liquid line valve remains open.

Open circuit breakers labled CB2 and CB5, and disconnect the wire labeled BAT from the terminal strip in battery charger box. Frozen vegetables

Disconnect the control system from the power supply by unplugging the container from the vessel's power source.

See illustration number(s): RA-0019

11 11

Meat

All of the above operate the purge recovery unit continuously Smooth cut Bastard 50 psi See illustration number(s): GS-0145

admit only enough fresh reduce the air reheating lower the compressor outside air to provide system load head pressure proper ventilation Second cut Mill 0 psi Dead smooth cut Pillar 10 psi Bastard cut Half round 25 psi

11 11 11

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11 11 2210 D Screwdrivers designed for electrical use should have ______. 2211 B Which of the files listed is produced with two safe edges? 2212 C Which of the following statements describes the second step to be taken when bypassing a container refrigeration system microprocessor shown in the illustration?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


longer than normal shanks Mill Block out all toggle switches while using the assiduous approach method. larger than normal shanks Pillar Unplug the container from its power source tagging the male plug of the cable, "DANGER-DO NOT CONNECT, MEN AT WORK". shorter than normal shanks Half round Switch circuit breakers CB2 and CB5 to the off position, then disconnect the BAT wire from the terminal board located in the battery charger box. insulated handles

General Knowledge

Knife De-energize all circuit See illustration breakers by shorting out number(s): RA-0019 both terminals with the proper jumping devices.

11

2213 D Which of the listed statements describes specific heat?

The amount of heat required to change the temperature of one pound of a material, one degree F.

The amount of heat required to change the temperature of one pound of ice, one degree F.

The amount of heat required to change the temperature of one pound of butter, one degree F.

All of the above.

11

2214 A To add refrigerant to the low side of an air conditioning system, suction service valve as suction service valve as discharge service valve the refrigerant should be introduced through the _____________. a vapor a liquid as a vapor 2215 C Which of the following devices is not considered to be a pressure Low pressure evaporator Deaerating feed heater vessel? (46 CFR) 2217 B Which of the files listed is commonly referred to as a "rattail" file? Small half round Small round 2218 C Which of the screwdrivers listed is fastest and most convienent when tightening many screws? 2219 B Which of the screwdrivers listed is designed for the precision assembly of small parts? 2220 D You discover an air leak at the manhole cover shortly after pressurizing a P-tank. You must _________. Square shank Ratchet reduce the P-tank pressure to 25-30 psi to complete the dry material transfer Offset Jeweler's increase the P-tank pressure to the unloading valve setting to force the manhole cover to seat itself 3.56 lb/min/ton Hydraulic fluid power cylinder Small triangular Ratchet cabinet-tip

charging valve as a liquid

11 11 11 11 11

Fuel oil heater Small flat Standard Square-shanked

complete the dry material depressurize the tank, discharge before replace the gasket, then attempting any repairs tighten the bolts securing the hatch cover

11

2221 C A refrigeration system is operating as a simple saturated cycle with an evaporator temperature of 0F, and a 120F condensing temperature. Using the diagram and table shown in the illustrations, determine the weight of the refrigerant circulated through the system.

2.56 lb/min/ton

4.75 lb/min/ton

5.55 lb/min/ton

See illustration number(s): RA-0022 RA0023

11

2222 D What is the normal direction of flow through the device shown in The oily-water mixture the illustration while operating in the processing mode? enters through valve "14" and exits with the processed liquid through valve "4". 2223 A Unusual hull, or propeller shaft vibrations can be caused by _____________. 2224 C If a refrigeration compressor in a multi-box system runs continuously, the cause might be a _____________.

The oily-water mixture enters through the pressure control valve "2" and exits with the processed liquid through valve "14".

The oily-water mixture enters through valve "4" and exits as processed liquid through valve "14".

See illustration The oily-water mixture enters through valve "5" number(s): GS-0153 and exits the separator through valve "14" as processed liquid.

11

excessive engine speed slop in a hydraulic clutch slight overheating of the high engine speed in in shallow water line shaft spring bearings deep water high pressure switch stuck in the closed position clogged mechanical scale trap shortage of refrigerant defective thermal bulb

11

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2225 C According to regulations (46 CFR), a boiler combustion control system may be tested at __________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


a pressure not less than 1.25 times the maximum allowable working pressure a pressure not less than the maximum allowable 1.5 times the maximum working pressure of the allowable working system pressure 182.9 long tons 228.6 long tons the normal operating pressure of the system provided full loading is accomplished 243.3 long tons

General Knowledge

11

2226 B The barge shown in the illustration is 40' X 20' X 10'and weighs 149.8 long tons 22.9 long tons when empty. The maximum amount of machinery and cargo which may be installed or loaded is ______________. 2227 D The terms rough, coarse, bastard, second cut, smooth, and dead smooth refer to the ________. 2229 C Which of the screwdrivers listed is designed with the shaft made from double coil wire or tightly coiled steel? 2230 D A file coated with oil and stowed away will ________. distance between the parallel cuts of a file Square shank

See illustration number(s): GS-0157

11 11 11

size of the file Ratchet

coarseness of file teeth Flexible shaft

both A and C are correct Jeweler's

cause the file to overheat cause the file to slide across the work and prevent fast, clean cutting 4.75 cu ft/min/ton

both B and C are correct cause dust and metal particles to collect in the teeth 6.39 cu ft/min/ton 7.77 cu ft/min/ton See illustration number(s): RA-0022 RA0023

11

2231 D Determine the volume of vapor compressed per minute per ton in 1.07 cu ft/min/ton a simple saturated refrigeration system using the diagram and table shown in the illustrations. The evaporator temperature is 0F, with a condensing temperature of 120F. 2232 B The length of a file is always measured exclusive of the ______________. 2233 B Which of the saw blades listed, when mounted in a hand held hacksaw frame, can be used to cut an intricate shape with precision? 2234 B The surging that occurs in a centrifugal air conditioning compressor is a result of _____________. edge Hardened

11 11

tang Rod

point Dull

heel Flexible

11

low pressure in the condenser

the existing load on the evaporator producing a thermodynamic head exceeding the normal maximum of the compressor Remove the power head from the unit, heat the bulb with a torch while using a scale to measure the distance the diaphragm has moved.

low pressure in the condenser at low load

high pressure in the evaporator at high load

11

2235 D Which of the following statements describes the accepted method Heat the bulb by using a for testing a thermostatic expansion valve? halide torch or similar device and observe the valve stem movement.

Chill the bulb in ice water while observing the compressor for an increase in suction pressure.

Place the sensing bulb in ice water and then warm by hand. Observe floodthrough and temperature change at the suction line. component "H" has See illustration exceeded its elastic limit number(s): RA-0015

11

2236 A An operating refrigeration system uses the device shown in the illustration. The high pressure gage indicates an abnormal decrease in the head pressure. The probable cause can be related to _____________. 2237 D Which of the files listed is tapered on three sides and is used to file acute internal angles? 2238 B Which of the screwdrivers listed is produced with a tip to fit screws with a fourway or cross slot? 2239 B To cut drill rod, light angle iron, or tool steel with a hand hacksaw, it is best to use a blade with ____________. 2240 A What is the lowest permissible flashpoint of the oil used in a hydraulic valve actuating system that operates at 145 psi (1000kPa)? (46 CFR)

fouling of the unit labeled item "M" being screwed as "I" up to the stops

component "E" having backed off from its seat

11 11 11 11

Mill Standard 14 teeth per inch 200 F (93C)

Round Reed and Prince 18 teeth per inch 212 F (100C)

Square Allen 24 teeth per inch 300 F (149C)

Triangular Torx 32 teeth per inch 315 F (157C)

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2241 C In a simple saturated cycle refrigeration system, the enthalpy of 4.75 BTU/lb the vapor after compression is 95 BTU/lb. with an evaporation temperature of 0F. Which of the listed values represents the heat of compression per pound of refrigerant circulated? 2242 D Provision is made to control the amount of current drawn by the compressor of the container refrigeration system shown in the illustration. Under normal circumstances, the modulation valve assists in this task. Which of the following statements details the alternate method of controlling current flow when the microprocessor is faulty?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


8.25 BTU/lb 16.79 BTU/lb

General Knowledge
The correct answer is not See illustration obtainable due to the number(s): RA-0022 RAinsufficient quantity of 0023 data given. Utilizing an "amp clamp", See illustration the current drawn may number(s): RA-0019 be adjusted by throttling either the suction valve of the compressor or the receiver tank outlet valve.

11

The current is displayed on the microprocessor, allowing the operator to manually adjust the modulation valve while observing the amount of current being drawn.

Line "C1" of the compressor contactor is to be disconnected, resulting in a decrease the current flow, and does not require the use of an "amp clamp".

By using a variable rheostat connected across the "comp high" terminal, the current being drawn is limited.

11

2243 A Which of the saw blades listed, when mounted in a hand held Rod hacksaw frame, will cut on both the forward and reverse strokes? 2244 C Any air mixture whose dew point remains constant will also have an unchanging _____________. 2245 A A fluid power system shall be so designed _________. dry bulb temperature that proper functioning of any unit shall not be affected by the back pressure in the system

Hardened

Flexible

None of the above

11 11

wet bulb temperature to maintain a back pressure throughout the power cylinders operating range pressure existing within "N" is greater than 150 psig and is slowly rising 81.9 BTU/lb

specific humidity

specific volume

such that the operation none of the above are of any unit in the system correct will provide for sufficient back pressure unit is in a condition of pressure measured at the water inlet and outlet operational equilibrium are equal at any specific moment 42.05 BTU/lb 44.41 BTU/lb See illustration number(s): RA-0015

11

2246 D If component "C" shown in the illustration is fully seated, it should total force above "H" is be expected that the _____________. less than the total force below "H" 2248 C A simple saturated refrigeration cycle is operating with a 120F condensing temperature and a 0F evaporator temperature. Using the p-v diagram and table provided, determine the refrigeration effect per pound of refrigerant in circulation. 2249 D If item "1" in the illustrated oily water separator indicates an abnormally high vacuum, which of the following conditions is the most probable cause? 11.94 BTU/lb

11

See illustration number(s): RA-0022 RA0023

11

Process water inlet valve, item "5", is open.

Coalescer beds are severely fouled.

No problem exists as a Suction line inlet strainer See illustration number(s): GS-0153 high vacuum should be is obstructed. maintained in the chamber whose vacuum is be measured. thin tubing or sheet metal drill rod and tool steels Bastard cut Square Replace the liquid line strainer. Smooth cut None of the above Add freon to the unit to increase the refrigeration effect.

11 11 11 11

2250 B A hacksaw blade with 14 teeth per inch should be used to cut angle iron and heavy cast iron and soft steel ____________. pipe 2251 B Which of the files listed will have medium spaced teeth and is Dead smooth Second cut used for general work? 2252 C Which of the files listed is tapered on all sides and used to Round Half round enlarge rectangular-shaped holes and slots? 2253 A A refrigerated container filled with 10,000 lbs. of strawberries has Do nothing as the system The compressor is worn been loaded on your ship. The set point of the box is 35F and the is operating correctly. out and should be interior box temperature is 90F, and after 7 hrs. 37 minutes the replaced. box is lowered to 60F. Based on the following information, which of the listed steps should be taken? Specific heat of cargo is 0.94 BTU/LB/F, heat gain by container equals 4,000 BTU/hr., and refrigeration system capacity equals 3.42 tons.

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11 2254 A The dew point is reached when the wet bulb temperature is ____________. 2255 A If the superheat value of a thermostatic expansion valve is set too low, the ________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


equal to the dry bulb temperature the suction line will be abnormally cold and liquid may slug back to the compressor your work becoming rounded monel stock using heavy pressure smooth edge twice the dry bulb temperature the suction line will be hot due to a reduced amount of refrigerant returning to the compressor injury to your hand 100F less than the dry bulb temperature the temperature of the refrigerant within the condenser will remain the same overheating of the file 50F above the dry bulb temperature the temperature of the refrigerant passing through the subcooler will decrease pinning stainless steel stock using light pressure dead edge 95.00 BTU/min/ton

General Knowledge

11 11 11 11

2257 B Using a file without a handle may result in ________. 2259 C A new file should be broken in carefully by filing a piece of ________. 2260 B The edge of a file not having any teeth is known as a _____.

brass stock using heavy bronze stock using light pressure pressure safe edge flat edge 79.75 BTU/min/ton 90.15 BTU/min/ton

2261 B In a simple saturated cycle refrigeration system, the enthalpy of 78.21 BTU/min/ton the compressed gas is 95 BTU/lb and the weight of compressed vapor is 4.75 lb/min/ton, operating at an evaporation temperature of 0F, and a condensing temperature of 120F. Using the data from the diagram and table shown in the illustration, determine the value of the heat of compression per minute per ton of refrigerant circulated. 2262 C The current sensor shown in the illustration, transmits a signal to the microprocessor and aids in preventing excessive power consumption of the refrigeration system. Which of the following statements describes how this is accomplished? The signal from the microprocessor determines the current flow value to the solenoid valve to unload the compressor piston.

See illustration number(s): RA-0022 RA0023

11

High power consumption is due to high head pressure, with the resulting signal from the microprocessor used to speed up the condenser fan motors.

When high currents are sensed, the signal from the microprocessor ultimately causes the modulation valve to move toward the closed position.

High power consumption See illustration is prevented by reducing number(s): RA-0019 the current flow between "CC" and "R51".

11

2263 B A saw blade produced of bonded tungsten-carbide particles and mounted in a hacksaw frame is known as a ________.

wave set blade

rod saw blade

hardened blade

flexible blade

11 11

2264 C In the refrigeration system shown in the illustration, part "K" is the compressor condenser ______________. 2265 B If a thermostatic expansion valve is adjusted for too high a all of the system liquid an insufficient amount of superheat value _________________. will flow to the evaporator liquid will be fed to the coil evaporator

expansion valve an excessive amount of liquid will be fed to the evaporator

evaporator only the required amount of refrigerant will enter the evaporator regardless of the required superheat value

See illustration number(s): RA-0012

11

2266 A The ball float shown in the illustration is 9 inches in diameter and is floats in a liquid with a specific gravity of 0.9. If the effective length (EL) is 18 inches and "L" is 3 inches, how many pounds of force will be available at "X" if there is no mechanical loss? 2267 D Pinning is often caused by _________. dropping the file

36

108

162

324 See illustration number(s): GS-0158

11

chalking the file

cleaning the file

bearing too hard on the file

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2268 C The proper method of bypassing a microprocessor, shown in the illustration, is to install jumpers at the proper locations. The quantity and the specific location of the jumpers is dependent upon the mode of operation desired. If the refrigeration system in question requires the box to be "pulled down" to set point, where should the jumpers be installed? 2269 A Which of the items listed is used to prevent over in the device shown in the illustration?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


The jumpers could be placed across the pairs of terminals marked as "LL6 & CH", "MV & MV1", "HTR & CF", and "EFH & R51". The jumpers need only be placed across the terminal pairs marked as "B & LL6", "R3K & EFH", "CF & the next lower position, and "R2K & CC". Item "14" The jumpers need only be placed across the following marked pairs of terminals "B & LL6", "R2K & EFH", CF & the next upper position", "R2K & CC". Item "16"

General Knowledge
In most situations it is not See illustration recommended to install number(s): RA-0019 jumpers which may contribute to a dangerous operating condition. This device is never exposed to excessive internal pressures. See illustration number(s): GS-0153

11

pressurization Item "2"

11

2270 A Which of the following conditions will occur if the power element of a thermostatic expansion valve fails?

The valve will move towards the closed position.

The valve will begin to The valve will fail open close, but the external as designed to provide equalizing line will assist continuous cooling. in keeping the valve unseated. The adiabatic expansion The condensing of the causes an isentropic flash gas causes the volume to be decreased effect on the liquid. thereby reducing the pressure. copper Stab saw lead Back saw

The valve will fail open See illustration and the cooling capacity number(s): RA-0007 will be increased.

11

2271 D Which of the following represents the primary cause of the pressure drop between points A and A', as shown in the illustration?

The reduction of pressure is due to the decrease in velocity of the liquid refrigerant leaving the receiver.

See illustration The pressure drop is a number(s): RA-0022 result of the frictional loss of the liquid flow through the receiver and the liquid line. aluminum Hole saw

11 11

2272 A It is not necessary to "chalk" a file when the metal being filed is steel ________. 2273 B Which of the saws listed would be more suitable for cutting metal Coping saw in tight quarters or flush to a surface where a hand held hacksaw frame could not be used? 2274 D The function of a heat interchanger used in a refrigeration system lower the temperature of is to _____________. liquid refrigerant before entering the expansion valve

11

reduce the possibility of liquid refrigerant from flooding back to the compressor

minimize sweating of the All of the above. suction line

11

2275 B According to regulations (46 CFR), who may grant an extension Officer in Charge, Marine Commandant (G-MOC) of the tailshaft examination interval? Inspection office

Authorized Representative of the American Bureau of Shipping

Official Representative of the Naval Pollution Control Office See illustration number(s): RA-0014

11

2276 C The device shown in the illustration is used as a _________.

gas pressure reducing thermostatic, evaporator, thermostatic, diesel pressure actuated, valve refrigerant regulating engine, jacket cooling refrigeration system, valve water, regulating valve condenser cooling water, regulating valve mild steel Jump the terminals marked "liquid line", "evap fan high", "comp high", and "cond fan high" to energize the proper contactors. stainless steel Use only jumpers that have opens and jump the "liquid line", "evap fan low", "cond fan high", and "comp high" terminals. aluminum Disconnect the wires at the various terminals and hard wire with small machine screws; finish with shrink tube to thoroughly seal from moist atmosphere. monel

11 11

2277 C It is necessary to "chalk" a file when the metal you are filing is ________. 2278 D The microprocessor of the refrigeration unit, shown in the illustration, has a definite fault and replacement spares are not immediately available. The box contains frozen foods and maintaining the proper temperature is critical. Which of the following statements describes the correct procedure to be followed?

Jump the proper See illustration terminals, select the low number(s): RA-0019 evaporator fan speed and use a single pole switch in the compressor jumper to manually open at setpoint.

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


13 hours 16 minutes 26 hours 48 minutes 52 hours 12 minutes

General Knowledge

2279 C What is the theoretical time necessary to reduce the temperature 6 hours 5 minutes of 40,000 pounds of onions (placed in a refrigerated container) from 75F to a set point temperature of 46F? The specific heat of onions is 0.90 BTU/LB/F. The trailer heat gain is 6,500 BTU/hr, with a properly operating refrigeration cooling capacity of 45,500 BTU/hr. 2281 C A pressure drop is exhibited between points B' and C', as shown As the liquid flows in the illustration. Which of the following statements describes this through the expansion occurrence? valve, its pressure is dropped as a result of friction only.

11

The drier element obviously requires replacement due to its saturated condition and is the contributing factor for the pressure drop through the liquid line.

The gas flow restriction through the evaporator coil is the origin of this condition and a universal characteristic of fluid flow through most heat exchangers.

See illustration The thermodynamic number(s): RA-0022 principle of "heat in equals heat out" is responsible for the pressure drop indicated by the equal vertical distances between B and B', C and C'.

11

The relays labeled "K1" 2282 D Which of the relays shown in the illustration may be used to replace the relays used to energize the compressor contactor and and "K6", provided a suitable jumper is used. the evaporator fan high speed contactor?

The relays labeled "K1" and "K4", the latter relay not being necessary for frozen loads.

The relays should never be exchanged due to very distinctive current and power ratings.

All of the relays indicated See illustration number(s): EIB-RA in the microprocessor are interchangeable, however, in this case only the relays labeled "K1" and "K6" should be used. pieces of cloth

11

2283 B When cutting sheet metal too thin to be held in your hand while using a hand held hacksaw, the sheet metal should be placed between two ____________.

blocks of steel

blocks of wood

pieces of sand paper

11

2284 B When opening or closing compressor service and line valves on a should turn valves slowly must first remove the typical refrigeration system, you _____________. to avoid thermal stresses seal cap due to low temperatures 2285 D When any vessel is drydocked, examination shall be made of the fairwater cone and hull propeller, ___________. (46 CFR) anodes by the Chief Engineer assigned to the vessel 2286 A The set point adjustment of the device shown in the illustration is "A" made by rotating ____________. 2287 B While filing, you can prevent pinning by keeping the file clean and light oil rubbing the teeth of the file with _____________. 2288 B An obstructed expansion valve may be indicated by an incompletely cooled evaporator and ______________. 2289 C The dashed line to the illustrated pump is the _______. 2290 B The components indicated as "7" and "8" as shown in the illustration, are known as the __________. a higher than normal discharge pressure pump relief valve outlet to the sump outlet weir and outlet baffle propeller coupling and flange fasteners by the authorized inspector of the repair facility "B" chalk

should examine the gasket frequently to ensure that it is flat keel and stabilizing fins by a registered marine engineer

should never tighten the packing gland

11

stern bushing, sea connection and fastenings if deemed necessary by the marine inspector "H" graphite See illustration number(s): RA-0014

11 11

"D" talc

11

frosting at the evaporator a decrease in the frosting at the suction inlet amount of frosting across side of the compressor the drier pump capacity control casing drain feedback loop inlet weir and inlet baffle first stage oil separator and drip pan system replenishing line See illustration number(s): GS-0049 second stage oil See illustration separator and drip pan number(s): GS-0153

11 11

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


The specific volume is increasing along with a reduction in pressure resulting from the flow of refrigerant through the suction piping. single cut Double alternate react violently with the solid drying agent The entire process can be mathematically explained by the PASS system of analytical thermodynamic procedures. Swiss patterned Rake cause toxic gases to from in the refrigerated space None of the above describes the changes that are occurring.

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): RA-0022

2291 B Which of the following statements describes the thermodynamic The specific volume is changes to the refrigerant occurring between points C' and C'', as decreasing as a result of shown in the illustration? an apparent reduction in pressure developed by the displacement volume of the compressor. 2292 B Mill files are always ______________. 2293 D Which term applies to a hacksaw blade having short sections of teeth bent in opposite directions? 2294 A If a liquid drying agent is used in a refrigeration system already equipped with a solid drying agent, the liquid drying agent will _____________. 2295 B One of the determining factors regulating the time interval for drawing a vessel's tailshaft depends upon the design to reduce stress concentrations. Which of the following factors, in part, would be considered to meet this design criteria? 2296 B According to Coast Guard regulations (46 CFR) lamp, paint and oil lockers, and similar compartments shall _________. double cut Alternate release the moisture already trapped in the solid drying agent

11 11 11

second cut Wave solidify the refrigerant oil in the compressor crankcase

11

Sprocketed keyway and Stress relief grooves at slotted key. the forward end of the propeller and aft end of the liner. suitably insulated from any woodwork or other combustible matter

Keyway is to be cut so as All of the above. to give a sharp rise from the bottom of the keyway to the shaft surface.

11

be constructed of steel or not be located at the end be so arranged to shall be wholly lined with of a corridor in excess of prevent excessive movement of its contents forty feet in length metal during periods of foul weather

11 11 11

2297 D Double cut files are used for ________. quick removal of metal finish work rough work both A and C 2298 A Which of the files listed will have closely spaced teeth for finishing Smooth cut Bastard cut Second cut Rough cut to a smooth surface? 2299 D Your vessel has received a refrigeration container of 16 long tons Saturday at 0012 hours. Saturday at 0724 hours. Saturday at 1242 hours. Saturday at 2242 hours. of cabbage, loaded at 1700 hours on Friday, with a beginning temperature of 80F. At what time on Saturday will the box theoretically reach its set point temperature of 50F, assuming the system is operating correctly? The specific heat of cabbage is 0.94 BTU/LB/F. The container has a heat gain of 6,000 BTU/hr, and the refrigeration system's capacity is 40,000 BTU/hr. 2300 B If an expansion valve is adjusted for too low a superheat value _________. the efficiency of the unit will be increased too much liquid will be passed back to the compressor the box temperature will increase causing an expansion of the volume of air the refrigeration effect will increase contributing to uncontrolled box temperatures

11

11

2301 C The apparent pressure drop between points C'' and C''', as shown in the illustration, is a result of ______________.

the flow of the refrigerant the flow of the refrigerant the flow of the refrigerant the flow of the refrigerant See illustration through the dehydrator through the liquid line through the inlet valves through the cylinder number(s): RA-0022 solenoid and suction passages heating device The pumping down period of the defrost cycle has failed to develop the proper pressures for the hot gas to be effective. The modulation valve has failed to close, prohibiting the succeeding step from being initiated. The liquid line solenoid valve has failed to effectively close. See illustration number(s): RA-0019

11

2302 D Which of the following statements describes the resulting The compressor "pump" condition when the microprocessor shown in the illustration has shut "down" due to displays the fault code for "Pump Down terminated on time limit"? the excessive amount of time taken to establish proper discharge pressure.

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2303 A Reduced capacity, accompanied by vibration and noise at the suction of a centrifugal pump, results from cavitation in the fluid being pumped. Cavitation describes the formation of _____________. 2304 D Overcharging an air-cooled refrigeration system will cause the ____________. vapor pockets

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


water hammer action fluid friction steam knock

General Knowledge

11

relief valve to lift

compressor to run continuously

system to automatically change over to the hot gas defrost cycle The force of the valve spring only.

compressor to short cycle

11

2305 B The actual position of the needle valve in the device shown in the The pressure developed illustration is dependent upon which of the following conditions? as the liquid flows through the expansion valve.

The effects of the pressure developed in the sensing bulb opposed in part by the pressure acting against the diaphragm provided by the equalizing line. Bending of the valve stem 89.10 inch pounds

The amount of superheat See illustration added to the gas number(s): RA-0007 discharged to the condenser.

11

2306 B Which of the problems listed could happen if you attempted to force open a valve "frozen" in position by using a wrench on the handwheel?

Bending of the bonnet assembly

Damage to the pressure Distortion of the valve seal body 178.2 inch pounds 243.0 inch pounds See illustration number(s): GS-0158

11

2307 C The ball float shown in the illustration is 9 inches in diameter, with 04.10 inch pounds an effective float arm of 27 inches and floats in a liquid with a specific gravity of 1.0. How much operating torque will be available? 2308 A Archimedes' principle states that the resultant pressure acting on acts vertically upward a body immersed in a fluid _________. through the center of gravity of the displaced fluid and is equal to the weight of the fluid displaced

11

will cause the body to have a reduction in mass equal in magnitude to the effective mass of the structure located above the line of floatation

is proportional in magnitude and direction, regardless of the direction originally developed when the object was submerged

is applied equal and in all directions throughout the vessel in which it is contained

11

This device is never 2309 C What device shown in the illustration is used to prevent excessive An automatic valve, item A rupture disc, item #16 Internal tank pressure exposed to excessive internal pressures within the unit during its operation? #14 opens to prevent ruptures causing the overcomes the spring excessive pressure. pressure to drop. force in item #2 causing internal pressures. it to open. 2310 C When mounted in a hand held hacksaw frame, which of the blades listed could cut smoothly through a metal file? 2311 D As shown in the illustration, point D'' is slightly higher than point D'. This difference is representative of _______. Wave set Hardened Rod Flexible

See illustration number(s): GS-0153

11 11

an esoteric condition of the higher degree of the refrigerant during superheat absorbed during the compression adiabatic contractions process When phase sequence anomalies exist, the PCC is used to automatically remove all inductive loads from the compressor motor. valves "4" and "5"

the additional pressure the additional pressure found in the system due required to force the to normal amounts of air discharge valves open The programmed circuit control functions to maintain the high starting torque required for refrigeration compressors. valves "4" and "14"

See illustration number(s): RA-0022

11

2312 D Which of the following statements represents the function of the The contacts shown at power factor correction capacitors (PCC) shown in the illustration PCC are only used for of the refrigeration system controller? reversing the compressor rotation if the phase sequence of the unit is incorrect. 2313 C Which of the valves listed for the device shown in illustration will valve "4" be open while the unit is operating in the backflush mode? 2314 B Which of the listed components, shown in the illustration is J designed to close when the refrigerant pressure reaches its upper normal limit?

The capacitors lower the See illustration current drawn by the number(s): RA-0020 compressor drive motor and effectively lowers the total current drawn by the unit. valves "4", "5", and "14" See illustration number(s): GS-0153 See illustration number(s): RA-0005

11

11

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2315 D Which of the statements listed accurately applies to controllable pitch propeller systems?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


A pitch indicator is to be fitted on the navigation bridge for vessels 400 gross tons and above. Independent remote control of pitch is to be provided at or near the oil distribution box. Tests of its operation are to be performed in the presence of the Surveyor. of approved incombustible materials, but need meet no requirements relative to the passage of flame After installation in the vessel, the complete piping system is to be subjected to a hydrostatic test equal to 1.25 times the design pressure. that if subjected to the standard fire test, they would be capable of preventing the passage of flame for one half hour The arrangement of piping is to be such that a single failure in one part of the piping or pump unit will not impair the integrity of the remaining parts of the system. that if subjected to the standard fire test, they would be capable of preventing the passage of flame and smoke for one hour

General Knowledge

11

2316 D According to Coast Guard regulation (46 CFR), an "A" class division, bulkhead or deck shall be constructed _________.

with approved incombustible materials and made intact from deck to deck and to shell or other boundaries

11

2318 C If the device shown in the illustration is used in a refrigerating system, which of the following statements would be correct regarding an increase in the system head pressure?

"A" will remain seated as downstream pressure acts on the upper surface of "H", allowing "F" to lift.

The reduction in downstream pressure at the valve outlet will act on "C" to unseat it, allowing "F" to lift.

An increase in the refrigerating system pressure will cause "C" to unseat, causing the pressure above "H" to drop, and thereby allowing the inlet pressure to lift "H".

Even if "C" does not lift See illustration number(s): RA-0015 off of its seat, the flow rate of water passing "P" will result in sufficient drag above "H" to force the main valve to lift.

11

58.84 BTU/min/ton 2319 C In a simple saturated refrigeration cycle, which of the listed values represents the quantity of heat rejected by the refrigerant circulated at the condenser? The enthalpy of the compressed gas is 95 BTU/lb, with a condensing temperature of 120F and an evaporating temperature of 0F. 2320 B A fine wire bristled brush used for cleaning files is called a file brush ______________. 2321 D The pressure drop of the refrigerant occurring to the flow through A' and B' the discharge line and condenser, shown in the illustration, is represented by points ________. 2322 C What is the function of the device labeled PSC shown in the illustration of the refrigeration system controller? The pressure sealed container (PSC) is incorporated into the controller to environmentally protect all overload devices.

78.21 BTU/min/ton

279.49 BTU/min/ton

451.25 BTU/min/ton

See illustration number(s): RA-0022

11 11

file card B' and C'

pulling brush C' and D

cleaning card D' and A See illustration number(s): RA-0022 See illustration number(s): RA-0020

11

This device insures the operator never having to change the connections within a power supply plug.

All of the above. The PSC is part of the phase sequence selector and is used to ensure proper rotation of all motors utilized with this system. raker wave

11

2323 A The type of tooth set on a hacksaw blade where the teeth are alternate continuously staggered with one to the left and one to the right is known as ___________. 2324 B Relative humidity can be determined by using a psychrometric chart and a/an ______________. 2325 A A small obstruction at the thermostatic expansion valve inlet will result in which of the following conditions? hydrometer Suction pressure fluctuation.

double alternate

11 11

sling psychrometer Hunting as indicated by fluctuations of the discharge pressure.

aneroid barometer Expansion valves are designed to pass small foreign particles so no adverse condition will occur.

compound barometer Ice is the sole cause of this and will soon melt due to superheat; no adverse condition will occur.

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2326 C According to Coast Guard regulations (46 CFR), a "B" class bulkhead shall be constructed _______.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


of steel or equivalent metal construction, suitably stiffened and made intact from deck to deck and to shell or other boundaries of approved incombustible materials, but need meet no requirements relative to the passage of flame that if subjected to a standard fire test, they would be capable of preventing the passage of flame for one half hour that if subjected to the standard fire test, they would be capable of preventing the passage of flame and smoke for one hour

General Knowledge

11

2327 D What is the function of the current sensor shown in illustration of The current sensor is the wiring diagram for the refrigeration system control circuitry? used to determine the presence of faults within the operating system.

The device will indicate an alarm if current flow is sensed while the unit is in the defrost mode.

The sensor will secure All of the above. the compressor if the electrical load exceeds a preset value, indicating an alarm.

See illustration number(s): RA-0019

11

2328 D If the head pressure of a refrigerating system, serviced by the device shown in the illustration begins to drop below set point, which of the following statements would hold true?

The outlet pressure would be fed back through "P" to directly act upon the upper surface of "H".

Component "C" would be forced off of its seat, allowing the water pressure via "J" to increase to act upon and force "H" down, causing "F" to close. Interchange relay "K1" with relay "K7", ensuring the contacts of relay "K7" are closed.

As the feedback pressure through "O" would decrease, the direct mechanical linkage of "L", "C", and "G" would cause the main valve "F" to close. Remove relays "K7" and "K6", and install "K6" in the original position of "K7".

Component "C" would be See illustration number(s): RA-0015 reseated, allowing the increase in the force acting above "H" to reseat the main valve "F".

11

2329 C The refrigerated container circuitry, shown in the illustration is failing to maintain set point temperature. All associated components appear to be functioning correctly with the exception of the compressor. Additional checks have determined the compressor contactor operating coil is not receiving power. Which of the following statements describes the corrective action to be taken if the necessary spare parts are not immediately available?

Manually close the contactor using a nonconducting device to remain in place after the contactor has been closed.

Install a fused jumper between "R51" and "R2K" at the contactor on the terminal strip of the microprocessor.

See illustration number(s): RA-0019 RA0020

11

2330 C The material, design, construction and workmanship of main and determine the necessity auxiliary machinery shall _________. (46 CFR) of duplication and application of redundant systems

be examined and approved by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection of the port in which the vessel is being constructed 54.01 BTU/lb

be at least equivalent to the standards established by the American Bureau of Shipping or other recognized classification society 70.74 BTU/lb

prevent the possibility of operator injury due to inefficient construction practices and inappropriate material testing procedures 101.41 BTU/lb See illustration number(s): RA-0022 RA0023

11

2331 B A refrigeration system has a condensing temperature of 110F, 45.20 BTU/lb with subcooling to 90F, and an evaporator temperature of 40F, with the gas temperature to the compressor suction at 70F superheat. Using this information and the diagram and chart shown in the illustrations, determine the refrigeration effect per pound of refrigerant circulated. 2332 D The evaporator fans of the refrigeration system as shown in the illustration are two speed. Which of the following statements properly describes the factors controlling the speed of the fans? The fans will exclusively operate in the high speed range when both the "EFH" and the "EF" operating coils are energized.

11

Two sets of contactors vary the operating voltages of four winding configurations, allowing dual speed capabilities for two separate motors.

The evaporator blower speed is determined by the output of the current coil. As the compressor load is increased, the blower speed is reduced to eliminate electrical overloading.

Evaporator blower speed See illustration is determined by the number(s): RA-0020 evaporator return air sensor.

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2333 A The term referring to the amount or degree the teeth of a hacksaw set blade are pushed out or canted from the blade center is known as ________. 2334 D A lower thermostatic temperature setting will provide a desired degree of comfort in a room where _____________. 2335 C The valve labeled "4", for the device shown in the illustration, is the ________. 2336 B According to Coast Guard regulation (46 CFR), a "C" class division, bulkhead or deck shall be constructed ___________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


pitch choke blade cut

General Knowledge

11

low relative humidity is maintained pump suction valve

triple banded squirrel cage fans are used

air circulation is a maximum oil discharge valve that if subjected to the standard fire test, they would be capable of preventing the passage of flame for one half hour drawing 40 psi

high relative humidity is maintained flow control valve that if subjected to the standards fire test, they would be capable of preventing the passage of flame or smoke for one hour jamming 50 psi See illustration number(s): GS-0145 See illustration number(s): GS-0153

11 11

oily water inlet regulating valve with approved of approved incombustible materials incombustible materials, and made intact from but need meet no deck to deck and to shell requirements relative to or other boundaries the passage of flame pinning 25 psi

11 11

2337 B The teeth of a file may "clog up" with metal filings and scratch binding your work. This condition is known as ________. 2338 D If the input signal at "P4" is 51 psi, and the supply pressure is 50 0 psi psi, then the output pressure at "P1", shown in the illustration will be _______. 2339 C According to Coast Guard regulations (46 CFR), a standard fire test is one ________.

11

which develops a series of many initial operating which is used to tests performed on newly determine the flash point of temperature of various marine fuels relationships in a test commissioned boilers furnace box temperature will continually rise rate at which suction line of the condensation occurs on compressor will be the evaporator coils will abnormally warm increase 2.41 lb/min/ton 2.82 lb/min/ton

in which all emergency firefighting and related safety equipment are tested rate at which condensation occurs within the coils will increase 3.70 lb/min/ton See illustration number(s): RA-0022 RA0023 See illustration number(s): RA-0020

11

2340 C If the superheat value of the thermostatic expansion valve is adjusted too high the _________.

11

2341 D A refrigeration system has an evaporating temperature of 40F, and the liquid is subcooled to 90F. Calculate the weight of refrigerant circulated per minute per ton using the table and the chart shown in the illustrations. 2342 D If the amount of current flow through the operating coils of the various contactors, shown in the illustration, increases above three amps, which of the circuit breakers listed will trip? 2343 C Sawing faster than a rate of 40 to 50 strokes per minute while using a hand held hacksaw will generally ____________. 2344 D In an air conditioning system, moisture is removed from the air by _____________. 2345 D What maintenance may be carried out on a thermostatic expansion valve? 2346 B Which of the valves listed is connected to the suction side of the pump used in conjunction with the device shown in the illustration? 2347 C If the microprocessor shown in the illustration is indicating the fault "Defrost Terminated on Time Limit", which of the following statements indicates the problem and the action taken by the controller?

1.97 lb/min/ton

11

CB2

CB3

CB4

none of the above

11

sharpen the blade

cause the blade to cut faster separators

dull the blade

not change how the blade cuts dehumidifiers The inlet screen may be cleaned. A valve is not required as See illustration number(s): GS-0153 the pump is directly attached to the bottom of the tank. The pneumatic relay main contacts have closed, causing the unit to return to the cooling cycle. See illustration number(s): RA-0020

11 11 11

filters

ducted traps The proportional action may be varied. valve "5"

The thermal bulb may be The rate action may be recharged. increased. valve "4" valve "14"

11

As no electric cycle defrosting has occurred, the microprocessor initiates the hot gas defrost cycle.

The three way valve has not shifted and the microprocessor automatically turns on the electric heater elements.

The microprocessor has terminated the defrost cycle after 45 minutes of elapsed time, not having sensed a coil temperature of 23.9C.

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2348 A As shown in the illustration, an increase in pressure in the equalizing line tends to ________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


close the expansion valve increase the delivery of refrigerant to the evaporator No special tools are required as long as the solid state circuit control panels are functioning properly. coincide with a decrease adversely affect the in the suction line operation of the system temperature This procedure is done at the factory with tools not available to a mariner. An accurate thermometer and suction pressure gage are essential to this process.

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): RA-0018

11

2349 D Which statement about calibrating a newly installed thermostatic The procedure requires a expansion valve is correct? refrigeration wrench and a digital thermometer to measure box temperature.

11 11

2350 B Which of the files listed can be used for sharpening a tool?

A double cut file.

A single cut file. 1.97 cubic ft/min/ton

Any bastard cut file. 2.93 cubic ft/min/ton

2351 C A refrigeration system has an evaporator temperature of 40F and 0.79 cubic ft/min/ton a refrigerant circulation rate of 3.7 lbs/ min/ ton. Using the table shown in the illustration, determine the volume of gas being compressed. 2352 C Which of the listed procedures can be carried out to insure that the modulation valve, shown in the illustration, is opened completely? The jacking device not shown is utilized to achieve this desired effect when the device appears to be malfunctioning. 10 to 20 strokes per minute changing the air filter

Only a double bastard cut file. 3.70 cubic ft/min/ton

See illustration number(s): RA-0023

11

When the lift button is depressed the valve is held open due to the action of the indented cam assembly.

The valve may be opened by opening the circuit breaker labeled CB1.

See illustration The head of the number(s): RA-0020 modulation valve must be removed in order to prevent its residual magnetism from drawing the valve into a closed position. 70 to 80 strokes per minute renewing container vacuum at the mid-horizontal level of a vertically run tail coil Wave

11 11

2353 C When using a hand held hacksaw the correct maximum rate of speed for cutting should be ________. 2354 A Routine maintenance on a Central Control Room hermetically sealed air conditioning unit should include _____________.

80 to 100 strokes per minute recharging the system

40 to 50 strokes per minute changing compressor lubricant on the tail end of the condenser outlet pipe Raker

11

2355 A When a thermostatic expansion valve is installed in a container outside of the cooled air in the cooled air stream refrigeration system, the sensing bulb may not require insulation if stream the bulb is installed _______________. 2356 C The type of tooth set on a hacksaw blade where every third tooth Alternate remains straight, while the other two are alternately set is known as __________. 2357 B The valve labeled "5", in the device shown in the illustration is pump suction valve the _______. 2358 B Which of the following alarms and instrumentation is not required Pitch indicator for a vessel incorporating a controllable pitch propeller in its main propulsion system? 2359 D Each pressure vessel containing refrigerants, which may be isolated, shall be ___________. (46 CFR) subject to annual hyrdrostatic tests to be performed in the presence of a marine inspector Double alternate

11

11 11

oily water inlet valve Low oil temperature

flow control valve High oil pressure

oil discharge regulating valve Low oil pressure

See illustration number(s): GS-0153

11

protected by a relief valve set to relieve at a pressure not exceeding 110 percent of the maximum allowable working pressure of the vessel Double alternate

stored in an upright position in addition to being secured so as to prevent accidental release of the refrigerant within a confined space

protected by a relief valve set to relieve at a pressure not exceeding the maximum allowable working pressure of the vessel

11

2360 B The type of tooth set on a hacksaw blade where two adjoining Alternate teeth are staggered to the right, then two to the left, and continue to alternate in this manner is known as ________.

Racker

Wave

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2361 D The liquid refrigerant in the condenser is subcooled to 90F with an evaporator temperature of 40F. Using the table shown in the illustration, determine the amount of heat absorbed by the liquid flashing to gas. 2362 A If the microprocessor shown in the illustration indicates a fault code representing "Microprocessor Faulty", which of the following conditions is indicated and what corrective action should be taken? 5.23 BTU/lb

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


6.67 BTU/lb 7.33 BTU/lb 11.7 BTU/lb

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): RA-0023

11

The self checking feature of the microprocessor locates a malfunction due to a circuit or component failure, necessitating the replacement of the microprocessor.

If the unit initiates such an alarm, the unit is obviously functioning correctly and just needs to be reset.

This fault code does not None of the above. exist and this situation will never occur due to standard manufacturing criteria.

See illustration number(s): RA-0020

11

2363 D Expansion valve maintenance should include which of the following procedures?

Cleaning of in-line filters. Ensuring that the thermal Checking that the thermal bulb is in the bulb is in good contact proper location. with the suction line. broken valve springs tight drive belts high line voltage

All of the above.

11

2364 A In an air conditioning system, low head pressure associated with a reciprocating compressor can be the result of __________. 2365 B Which of the installation steps listed is necessary for the proper operation of the thermostatic expansion valve?

air in the system

11

Clean outlet pipe and Clean off oxidation from secure bulb tangential to the surface of the suction line and sensing bulb the flow of refrigerant. with fine abrasive cloth. A propeller may not be changed with one of a different pitch unless stress evaluations are supplied and permission is granted by a Marine Surveyor. When steel propellers are used, zinc anodes are to be fitted on the aftermost strut bearing housing and on the forward most section of the rudder assembly.

Remove excess lengths of the sensing bulb capillary tube from the device to increase sensitivity. The exposed steel of the shaft is to be protected from the action of the water by filling all spaces between the cap, hub and shaft with a suitable material.

Heat shrink insulating material around the device once the bulb has been properly secured. Ultrasonic examinations of the propeller may be performed in lieu of required drydocking periods, provided certified copies are distributed to the proper regulatory bodies.

11

2366 C Which of the following statements is correct concerning requirements for propellers?

11

2367 A When the oily water separator, shown in the illustration, is in operation and processing clear bilge water, what should be the internal water level?

The water level should be located in the upper section of the tank.

The water level should be located in the lower section of the tank as controlled by flow control valve "14".

The water level in the tank should be slightly above the upper coalescer bed "9".

No water level is maintained in the tank.

See illustration number(s): GS-0153

11

2368 D Concerning the device shown in the illustration, which of the valves, items "4" and "5" weir, item "7" listed components would be removed or disconnected last during cleaning and inspection of the tank internals? 2369 B The differential height of the left hand side of the tube from the 4.32 psia zero mark to the open end for device "C" is 4.4". If the barometric pressure is 14.7 psia, and the "U" tube contains mercury, what minimum pressure applied to "A" would just force the liquid out of the tube? 4.32 psig

coalescer bed, item "9"

coalescer bed, item "12" See illustration number(s): GS-0153 2.16 psig See illustration number(s): GS-0154

11

29.92 psia

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2370 A Which of the following statements is correct concerning the regulations (46 CFR) regarding internal combustion engine exhausts, boiler and galley uptakes, and similar sources of ignition?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


They shall be kept clear of and suitably insulated from any woodwork or other combustible matter. All exhausts and uptakes shall run as close as possible to the vertical and shall exit the machinery space at a point above the highest load line. "B" The general construction of the vessel shall be such as to minimize smoke hazards insofar as is reasonable and practicable. This protection shall be such as to be capable of preventing an excessive temperature rise in the space containing the emergency source of electric power. "D"

General Knowledge

11

2371 C The locking plates shown in the illustration are used in many "A" marine applications. Which figure indicates the improper method for using these devices?

"C"

See illustration number(s): GS-0156 See illustration number(s): RA-0020

11

2372 A The compressor contactor assembly shown in the illustration has Low line voltage supplied Twenty amperes of to the system controller. current flowing through burnt out. If all safety devices are operating correctly, which of relay contact "K7". the following conditions could be a probable cause? 2373 A Regarding the device shown in the illustration, what would be the most probable cause if item "1" indicated an unusually high vacuum while the oily water separator was operating in the processing mode? An unusually high vacuum indicates a restriction in the inlet piping. An unusually high vacuum is the result of the flow control valve "# 14" being excessively throttled.

Excessive refrigerant in Steady, continuous running for periods of 12 system. hours or more. An unusually high vacuum is the result of the coalescer beds being installed in reverse order. This type of oily-water separator always operates with an unusually high vacuum. dry point carefully coat the device with silicone sealant to reduce the effects of convective cooling

11

See illustration number(s): GS-0153

11 11

2374 C The latent heat of water vapor in air is dependent upon the dry bulb temperature wet bulb temperature dew point _____________. 2375 B When replacing a thermostatic expansion valve sensing bulb, it is apply a light film of oil to apply a light film of oil to apply a heavy coating of necessary to ________. increase heat transfer prevent oxidation grease to function as a heat sink

11

2376 B You are observing the operation of the oily-water separator shown The unit has just begun the oily-water mixture in the illustration. Item "1" initially indicates a vacuum and a processing mode. moment later indicates a positive pressure. Which of the following statements describes what has occurred? 2378 D A hacksaw blade will break if ________. 2379 B Hydraulic hose assemblies are permitted by 46 CFR to be installed between two points of relative motion ______________. the rate of cutting is too great provided proper releasing mechanisms are available to enable quick disconnect capabilities the air will accumulate in the top of the unit and will be manually vented off using valve "2"

The unit has just begun the oil discharge mode.

The unit is operating The unit is obviously flooded and needs to be incorrectly and must be secured immediately. drained to the proper operating level. too much pressure is all the above applied to the blade to prevent the formation provided the entire of loading stresses length of the device is visible to the operator at all times the air will present no problem to the operation of the unit, it is entrained with the treated water and is pumped overboard The grounding straps help prevent electrolysis by improving the conductivity between the components.

See illustration number(s): GS-0153

11 11

the blade becomes loose in the frame but shall not be subjected to torsional deflection under any conditions of operation the accumulation of air in the top of the unit will be sensed as oil by item "6" and initiates the oil discharge mode These abrasion resistors prevent damage to the surface around the bolt holes when tightening the bolts.

11

2380 B If air is continuously allowed to enter the device shown in the illustration while operating in the processing mode ______________.

the unit will prevent this See illustration as the associated pump number(s): GS-0153 is normally controlled with a level control device The locking plates are used to prevent the fastening devices from vibrating loose. See illustration number(s): GS-0156

11

2381 D What is the primary function of the devices shown in the illustration?

The transit washers transmit the rotary motion of the cap screw to the actuating assembly.

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2382 C The refrigeration system shown in the illustration utilizes a modulation valve, providing suction modulation capacity control, and produces some distinctive operating characteristics. Which of the following statements represents the peculiarities encountered when operating this system?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


The operation of the valve will always cause compressor crankcase frosting, giving the impression of heat loss and operational inefficiencies. 6 hours 48 minutes The discharge pressure will moderate according to the relative movement of the modulation valve to limit excessive head pressure. Suction and discharge pressures may drop below expected normal readings when the unit is in the power limit or modulating cool mode.

General Knowledge
As the modulation valve See illustration closes, the contacts at number(s): RA-0020 PCC close, reducing the speed of the compressor and increasing the overall operating efficiency of the unit. 9 hours 38 minutes

11

2383 C The vessel has received a refrigerated container recently loaded with 9 long tons of ice cream. The current box temperature is 31F with a set point of -10F. Under ideal conditions how long will it take to pull the box temperature down to set point, if the equipment is operating properly? Specific heat of the cargo equals 0.39 BTU/LB/F, with a container heat gain of 6,000 BTU/hr, and a refrigeration system capacity of 3.5 tons. 2384 C Rather than design an infinite variety of valve sizes for use as thermostatic expansion valves, some manufacturers use _____________.

7 hours 58 minutes

8 hours 57 minutes

11

an adjusting cap to meet a flexible diaphragm the various size differences Calibrate the sensing bulb. 2.50 inches

internal restrictors of different sizes Insulate the sensing bulb. 2.75 inches

a feeler bulb with an adjustable pressure line Remove all excess capillary tubing. 3.00 inches See illustration number(s): RA-0007 See illustration number(s): GS-0158

11

2385 C Which of the following statements represents the last step to be Replace all removed followed when replacing the power element of thedevice shown in shrouding. the illustration? 2386 D The ball float shown in the illustration has a circumference of 2.00 inches 18.85" and is used in water with a specific gravity of 1.0. If 16 pounds of force is available at "X", and the effective length of the float arm is 24 inches, what is the length of "L"? 2387 B The device shown in the illustration is a ____________. 2388 C The device shown in the illustration is used to ___________. relief valve

11

11 11

See illustration number(s): GS-0155 maintain proper sanitary provide pressure relief in control flush water flow to inject emergency feed See illustration system operating low pressure systems toilets and urinals water into high pressure number(s): GS-0155 pressure vessels pressure reducer "A" B = 2.1 psig, D = 450" H2O, h = 3" check valve "B" B = 40.9 psig, D = 450" H2O, h = 3" injector "C" and "D" time delay "C" and "E" See illustration number(s): GS-0155 See illustration number(s): GS-0156 See illustration number(s): GS-0154

flush valve

hydro-kineter

back pressure regulator

11 11 11

2390 D The component labeled "H", as shown in the illustration is used as a/an _________. 2391 D Which figure shown in the illustration, is the nut lock improperly used? 2392 C As shown in the illustration, the gage labeled "C" contains mercury and both devices "B" and "D" indicate "zero" units when exposed to atmospheric pressure. If the pressure indicated on "A" is 16.2 psia, the corresponding readings of the gages "B", and "D", and the height "h" for device "C" should be __________. 2394 D Constant superheat is maintained at the evaporator outlet of a refrigeration coil by a _______________. 2396 D Water flow is established through the unit shown in the illustration when ____________.

B = 1.5 psig, D = 41.59" B = 2.1 psig, D = 42" H2O, h = 3" H2O, h = 6"

11 11

solenoid valve "E" is moved from the position shown

low pressure cutout king valve thermal expansion valve switch See illustration "A" is tilted off of its seat total force above "C" is all of the above number(s): GS-0155 reduced below the value of the total force acting beneath "C"

11

2397 A Which of the following statements is correct concerning the operation of the device shown in the illustration?

The tilting of "A" from its Only by releasing "E" will For the unit to be The movement of "E" will See illustration seat releases the the unit be able to shut activated, "A" can only directly push "D" in a number(s): GS-0155 pressure from above "C". itself off. be moved initially in line smooth vertical motion. with the axis of the unit.

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2398 C Edges on objects not visible in the view shown are represented in blueprints by ___________________. 2399 C If water continues to flow excessively from the device shown in the illustration, the problem is most likely due to ____. a thick solid line

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


dashed line having alternating long and short dashes dashed lines having approxiamately equal length dashes Hidden edges are not represented because they are "hidden". a hole developing in "B"

General Knowledge

11

"E" being stuck or held in a hole being formed in item "H" being fouled or a position other than the outboard edge of "C" plugged indicated in the illustration "E" being stuck or held in a problem with "H" that a position other allows continuous low horizontal flow across the device Flat locks are no longer used in the marine industry and should be replaced during the next maintenance procedure. When torque values of 25 foot pounds or greater are being used, replacement with spring washers is mandatory. "A" being cocked into a fully open position

See illustration number(s): GS-0155

11

2400 D If water continues to trickle into the toilet bowl after the device shown in the illustration has apparently closed, the problem is likely due to ____________. 2401 D When should the nut lock shown in the illustration, be replaced with standard lock washers or other similar devices used in the industry?

"C" having developed a warp or ripple at the seating surface

See illustration number(s): GS-0155

11

See illustration Bellvue washers are the Replacement with number(s): GS-0156 ideal substitute for these another nut locking locking devices provided device is unnecessary. a thread locking adhesive is used.

11

2402 A The pressure applied to the instruments via port "A", as shown in B = 1.3 psig D = 36 inches of H2O the illustration, is 16 psia. What will be the equivalent pressure readings for "B" and "D"? 2403 C During the operation of a large multi-box refrigeration system, using a fixed capacity compressor, only two of the five boxes are in the process of actively being cooled. If two additional boxes were to be brought into the cooling process simultaneously, the __________________. high side pressure would drop by 25 psi at the beginning of the cooling period

B = 16 psig D = 63 inches of H2O

B = 17.4 psig D = 42 inches of H2O

B = 14.7 psig D = 32 inches of H2O low side pressure would remain the same as before the additional boxes came on line short cycling on the low pressure cutout

See illustration number(s): GS-0154

11

amount of subcooling via low side pressure would the condenser would temporarily increase by increase by at least 1 psi approximately 5F higher than normal compressor head pressure increased system operating efficiency

11

2404 B If a refrigeration system is overcharged with refrigerant, one result low suction pressure will be ____________. 2405 A Which of the listed statements describes the method used to determine the amount of superheat to be developed in the evaporator coil? Note the evaporator pressure, determine corresponding saturation temperature, and subtract it from the temperature measured at the thermostatic expansion valve sensing bulb.

11

Multiply the travel of the Determine the suction/ expansion valve stem by discharge temperature differential and multiply the conversion factor. by the constant of .0967.

Subtract the temperature See illustration of the gas after the unit number(s): RA-0016 has been pumped down from its operating temperature as determined by the evaporator test gage during normal operation.

11

remain the same, with a increase, while remain the same with an increase, with an 2406 D During the operation of a five box refrigeration system, using a maintaining the previous increase in suction increase in suction fixed capacity compressor, two additional boxes came on line with decrease in suction pressure suction pressure pressure pressure the two boxes already in the active cooling process. At the beginning of the cooling period for the two additional boxes, the operating conditions of the system would require the quantity (flow rate) of refrigerant to the compressor suction to ______________. 2407 A The device shown in the illustration is used as a/an ______________________. refrigeration compressor air conditioning capacity unloading proportional-plus-reset, mechanism humidity/ temperature ratio controller B multi-box back pressure combined box regulator with temperature thermostat accumulator and thermal expansion device X J See illustration number(s): RA-0013

11

11

2408 B The compressor crankcase (suction pressure) is sensed through D the port, shown in the illustration, is indicated as ________.

See illustration number(s): RA-0013

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2409 A A liquid is being transferred by a centrifugal pump. As the liquid passes through the volute, its velocity decreases and ______________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


its pressure increases its pressure decreases the potential energy decreases close the suction valve, secure the compressor, and then replace the shaft seal the kinetic energy increases tighten the shaft seal packing to reduce leakage, slow the compressor, and operate the expansion valves by hand until repairs can be made 5" (nominal size) schedule 60

General Knowledge

11

2410 A The watch engineer finds the cargo refrigeration compressor has secure the compressor blown the shaft seal. In this situation, he should __________. at once and close the suction and discharge valves

pump the system down and isolate the leak

11

2411 C It is necessary to replace a branch suction section of bilge system 2" (nominal size) piping within the machinery space. The machinery space is 100' schedule 40 in length and 85' in breadth. The molded depth of the bulkhead deck is 25'. Which of the listed pipe sizes should be used? 2412 A If "A" were open to the atmosphere, as shown in the illustration, D = 407.6 inches of the pressure gage would read zero and the levels in the "U" tube water would be equalized. If "D" is manufactured to indicate inches of water, what will be indicated reading of the diaphragm gage if the atmospheric pressure is 14.7 psia? 2413 A Protective equipment to be used while carrying out oxyacetylene goggles welding should always include ____________. 2414 B When the refrigeration system compressor suction pressure corresponds to an elevation in coil temperature, a low pressure cutout switch is set to automatically start the compressor. The normal stopping point of the compressor is set by adjusting the _____________. 2415 B Which of the following statements represents the information obtained by the indication on the gage shown in the illustration? cut-in point of the low pressure cutout switch

3" (nominal size) schedule 80

4" (nominal size) schedule 80

11

D = 0.0 inches of water

D = 14.76 inches of water

D = 27.73 inches of water

See illustration number(s): GS-0154

11

ear plugs

non-sparking tools

steel toe safety shoes

11

low pressure cutout switch differential

cutout point of the high pressure cutout switch

high pressure cutout switch differential

11

The absolute pressure of the refrigerant corresponding to the saturation temperature.

The corresponding saturation temperature of the refrigerant to the indicated gage pressure. rapson slide Radiography

The pressure of the refrigerant and the corresponding superheat temperature. follow-up gear Ultrasonic

The indicated pressure See illustration of the refrigerant and the number(s): RA-0016 saturation temperature of water. receiver unit Dye penetrant

11 11

2416 A In an emergency, the electro-hydraulic steering units can be trick wheel directly controlled by the _____________. 2417 B Which nondestructive testing method is suitable for use in Magnetic particle detecting and identifying a diameter subsurface void in a six inch diameter stainless steel shaft? 2418 B One function of the thermal expansion valve is to _________. act as a pilot from the solenoid valve

11

regulate the amount of regulate the water flow refrigerant flow to the coil heavy coil springs swing check valve Schedule 80

turn the compressor off and on tack welding on the sides piston check valve Schedule 160 See illustration number(s): GS-0056

11 11 11

2419 C The safety heads of most large reciprocating compressors are held in place by _____________. 2420 C The device shown in the illustration is a ______.

discharge pressure in the large teflon gaskets safety return line ball check valve lift check valve Schedule 60

2421 C If it is necessary to replace a section of bilge piping passing Schedule 40 through a fuel oil double bottom tank not using a pipe tunnel, what schedule of pipe should be used? 2422 B Dry bulk material transfer to an offshore drilling rig has just begun complete the discharge when you discover air leaks at the P-tank manhole cover. You before attempting any must ________. repairs

11

de-pressurize the tank, reduce the P-tank inspect, clean and reseat pressure to 25-30 psi to the gasket complete the transfer

place a burlap bag around the leaking manhole flange

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11 2423 C Regarding the hrdraulic transmission illustrated, the "A" end is a _________. 2424 C The presence of gas in the liquid line is undesirable and can be eliminated by _____________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


variable stroke motor increasing the distance between the evaporator and condenser The filter drier needs to be changed to increase the suction pressure. fixed displacement pump variable stroke pump using a larger expansion subcooling the liquid valve

General Knowledge
fixed displacement motor See illustration number(s): GS-0057 installing the evaporator at a higher level than the condenser The liquid line strainer is See illustration obviously fouled and number(s): RA-0016 needs to be cleaned.

11

2425 C The coil temperature measured at the expansion valve sensing bulb of an operating system is 33F. The coil pressure gage, similar to the device shown in the illustration, indicates 25 psig. What adjustments or changes, if any, should be made to the system?

The evaporator coils need to be steam cleaned or high pressure washed.

The expansion valve should not be adjusted, as the degree of superheat is within the accepted range.

11

2426 D If the valve installed parallel to the shaft on the pump illustrated is packing will tend to wear pump may loose suction shaft may become excessively worn closed the ___________. rapidly if the suction is from below the pump 2427 C In hydraulics, the graphic symbol illustrated in Fig. A is used to variable resistor represent a/an ________. 2428 D What is the reading of the vernier micrometer caliper scale shown 0.8158 inch in figure "A" in the illustration? Figure A 2429 A The reading indicated on a vernier micrometer caliper scale is .8388 inches. Which of the figures illustrated represents this reading? 2430 C While cleaning out a P-tank ________. provide a gas mask when using petroleum based solvents for cleaning of schedule 40 pipe expansion joint 0.8228 inch Figure C spring 0.8358 inch Figure D

All of the above.

See illustration number(s): GS-0070

11 11 11

flexible mount 0.8388 inch Figure F

See illustration number(s): GS-0068 See illustration number(s): GS-0091 See illustration number(s): GS-0091

11

standard tank safety precautions are unnecessary if the manway hatch is off fitted with return valves at the bilge manifolds

provide properly use a combustible gas grounded and electrically indicator when working in safe portable lighting the tank coated with coal tar epoxy, or similar corrosion resistant substance The existing draft gage indicates a pressure equal to atmospheric pressure. fitted with nonreturn valves at the bilge suctions The mechanical draft gage is indicating an error incorrect by 55 percent of the true measured value. See illustration number(s): GS-0154

11

2431 D According to Coast Guard Regulations 46 CFR, bilge lines led through tanks without a pipe tunnel must be _______________.

11

2432 D A pressure gage, similar to device "D" shown in the illustration, is installed on the vessel's ventilation system. The gage is indicating 30 inches of water (7.465 kPa), but the accuracy of the gage is in doubt. Using a piece of clear hose, you construct a simple U tube mercury manometer, similar to device "C" illustrated. Once installed, the distance between the levels is 12.7 centimeters. How inaccurate is the existing draft gage? 2433 D In the illustrated device, what is the function of the short sensing element attached to "S" in figure "A"?

The gage reads slightly lower, but the inaccuracy is too insignificant to be concerned.

The draft gage is correct when acknowledging the effects of absolute pressure on the system.

11

It senses temperature for It is used to maintain use in the temperature liquid level one inch control circuit. below the wier plate. corrosive liquid The amount of superheat will always be greater during transient load conditions. flammable gas This condition will exist if the suction pressure should become greater than the coil pressure.

Both sensing elements are anodes used to provide the tank with corrosion protection. odorless gas The corresponding saturation temperature of the refrigerant being used will prevent this situation from happening. Figure E

It is used to control the oil discharge mode.

See illustration number(s): GS-0113

11 11

2434 C At ambient temperature and atmospheric pressure, R-12 is a/an _____________. 2435 D Which of the following statements represents the condition where the numerical value of the evaporator superheat will be greater than the associated box temperature being cooled?

superheated liquid This situation will occur in a box being maintained at or near the 0F setpoint temperature. Figure F See illustration number(s): GS-0091

11

2436 A The reading indicated on a vernier micrometer caliper scale is .2928 inches. Which of the figures in the illustration represents this reading?

Figure B

Figure C

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11 11 11 11 2437 D The reading on the micrometer scale shown in figure "II" in the illustration is ____________. 2438 B What is the reading of the vernier caliper scale shown in figure "F" in the illustration? 2439 C Which of the ilustrated figures represents the use of a right hand roughing tool? 2440 D Which chemical symbol represents ammonia? 2441 D If a vessel is not provided with duplicate service systems, which of the systems listed will satisfy the regulations if serviced by two pumps? (46 CFR) 2442 A Determine the values of "A", "B", and "C" in the table accompanying the chart shown in the illustration. 2443 A A centrifugal pump gradually develops insufficient discharge pressure. What corrective action is required? 2444 B The low pressure cutout switch will cause the compressor in a refrigeration system to short cycle if the ________. 0.321 inch 1.7212 inch Figure P

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


0.350 inch 1.7230 inch Figure S AMn3 Fuel oil service 0.351 inch 2.7230 inch Figure T NM3 Lube oil service 0.371 inch 3.7230 inch Figure V NH3 All of the above

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): GS-0095 See illustration number(s): GS-0092 See illustration number(s): GS-0090

AM3 Main condensate

11

A = 71.2F, B = 62.5F, C = 35.0 BTU/lb Replace the wearing rings.

A = 90.0F, B = 62.5F, C = 27.0 BTU/lb Throttle in on the discharge valve.

A = 40.0F, B = 71.2F, C = 35.0 BTU/lb

A = 72.1F, B = 65.2F, C = 37.0 BTU/lb

See illustration number(s): RA-0021

11

Replace the wearing Throttle in on the suction rings, shaft, and impeller. valve. expansion valve freezes refrigerant has too much in the closed position oil in circulation

11

expansion valve thermal differential pressure bulb loses its charge between the cut-in pressure and cutout pressure is too small speed output of the "B" end would increase in proportion as the tilting box angle would approach zero available horsepower at the "B" end would increase in proportion as the tilting box angle would approach zero stroke Monel

11

2445 A If the "B" end of the hydraulic transmission illustrated, were provided with a variable position tilting box, and the "A: end displacement were to be constant, the ________.

speed output of the "B" end would increase in proportion to increasing the "B" end tilting box angle

available horsepower at See illustration number(s): GS-0057 the "B" end would increase in proportion to decreasing the angle of the "B" end tilting box towards zero Copper

11

2446 A Which piping material is recommended to be used in extra heavy Steel duty sizes in ammonia refrigeration system construction? 2447 D When cleaning out a P-tank ________. it will be necessary to use approved petroleum base solvents and a gas mask

Bronze

11

a combustible gas indicator must be in use during the cleaning process

standard tank safety precautions are not necessary when the manway is open to provide light and ventilation 5.8050 inch flush the affected area with water Ammonia The system should be tested at a pressure of 1 1/2 times the maximum allowable pressure.

provide a safety harness that permits an unconcious person to be pulled out through the manway 6.3700 inch remove all necessary clothing Brine All necessary repairs must approved by the Chief Engineer of the vessel. See illustration number(s): GS-0092

11 11 11 11

2448 B What is the reading of the vernier caliper scale shown in figure "B" in the illustration? 2449 C If your skin comes in contact with liquid ammonia refrigerant, you should immediately _________. 2450 C Which of the refrigerants listed has a boiling point of -28F at atmospheric pressure? 2451 C It is necessary to test the hydraulic system of a controllable pitch propeller. According to 46 CFR what should be done?

3.7850 inch

5.3700 inch

contact physicians health apply an antibacterial care ointment Methyl Chloride Sulfur Dioxide The vessel must be drydocked and the propeller removed when performing this test. The system pressure should be prevented from exceeding the maximum allowable operating pressure set forth by the manufacturer.

11

2452 C Using the information given, solve for "H", "I", and "J" in the table H = 33.0 BTU/lb, I = 15.5 H = 33.0 BTU/lb, I = H = 34.0 BTU/lb, I = H = 35.0 BTU/lb, I = accompanying the psychrometric chart shown in the illustration. cubic ft/lb, J = .0127 13.97 cubic ft/lb, J = 88.0 13.97 cubic ft/lb, J = 88.0 14.97 cubic ft./lb, J = lbs/lb grains/lb grains/lb 88.0 grains/lb 2453 C Which materials should be used for ammonia refrigeration system Copper tubing with evaporator cooling coil construction? copper fins Copper tubing with aluminum fins Aluminum tubing with copper fins All of the above may be used.

See illustration number(s): RA-0021

11

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2454 D When checking the oil level in a refrigeration compressor, the most accurate reading is obtained ____________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


immediately after purging immediately after charging after being secured for 3 immediately after hours with the sump shutdown following a heater secured prolonged period of operation hypo-allergenic cleaning all of the above solution system of minimum importance during venting procedures it is not required to use standard tank safety procedures determine the temperature at which vapors are produced, ignited, and extinguished lower near the deck of an enclosed space an explosimeter must be provided to test the tank atmosphere

General Knowledge

11

2455 B If an evaporator or condenser coil of a container refrigeration system becomes dirty and requires cleaning, one of the suggested methods is to use the ________. 2456 D Ammonia is lighter than air and if a leak should occur its concentration will be _____. 2457 A When cleaning a P-tank ________.

"Binks" gun with electric high pressure wash solvent system lower near the top of an enclosed space dependent upon available free hydrogen ions

11

11

wear a dust mask to filter only use approved out mud and cement petroleum based particles solvents force a uniformly heated sample of oil by applied pressure, through the bottom orifice with in a specified time allow a uniformly heated 60 c.c. sample of oil to gravitate through the bottom orifice, using the time as a measurement viscosity 4 to 7 psig Ammonia 2.00F

11

2458 B The illustrated device is used to ________.

measure the volatility of See illustration number(s): GS-0069 an oil sample, by determining the resulting pressure as the volume of vapor is continually increased 0 psia Sulfur Dioxide 1.50F See illustration number(s): RA-0021

11 11 11

2459 D The pressure in a high pressure refrigeration system about to be opened for repair should be _____________. 2460 B Which refrigerant listed has the highest latent heat per pound? 2462 D The relative humidity is 90% and the dry bulb temperature is 50F. Using the information shown in the illustration, determine the difference between the dew point and wet bulb temperature.

1 to 2 psig R-22 19.5F

11 to 12 psig R-134 1.90F

11

2463 D The unit shown in the illustration has just been internally cleaned. retighten all the An inspection was carried out and the unit found to be properly capscrews on the lid lined up, although item "1" indicates an unusually high vacuum. Your next step should be to _______. 2464 C The temperature in a refrigerated space is controlled by adjusting suction line solenoid the thermostat connected to the _____________. 2465 C Standard driers used in many container type refrigeration systems activated charcoal or may contain ________________. silica gel 2466 C If the temperature of the ammonia gas in the discharge piping and the condenser of a refrigeration system remains above 266F, the _________. 2467 B The flame of a sulphur candle in the presence of an ammonia leak will turn ________. 2468 B When manually cleaning a P-tank _______. refrigeration effect increases pink the worker must be provided with an OBA

reseat the relief valve, item "2"

close off control valve, item "14"

check the bilge water inlet strainer

See illustration number(s): GS-0153

11 11

thermostatic expansion liquid line box solenoid valve special chemicals to activated alumina or increase adsorbtion rates silica gel unit will begin to subcool vapor will cease to condense white have a person standing by on deck yellow a short length of rope should be worn around the waist to pull the worker to safety butt weld

low pressure cutout switch all of the above may be used process of sublimation will begin blue an explosimeter must be provided to test the tank atmosphere

11

11 11

11

2469 C The type of welded joint illustrated is referred to as a/an ________.

socket weld

edge weld

annulus weld

See illustration number(s): GS-0078

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


unfired pressure vessel in which energy is stored under high pressure in the form of a gas or a gas and a hydraulic fluid. Sample 2 industry accepted term for the equipment which is used to collect oily bilge liquids test procedure in which the relieving capacity of the safety valves are verified

General Knowledge

2471 B According to Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) an accumulator device in which bilge is a/an ____________. water may be stored prior to being pumped ashore

11

2472 B Sample #5 in the table shown in the illustration indicates a relative Sample 1 humidity of 90%. Using the accompanying psychrometric chart, determine which of the samples contains the greatest amount of moisture per pound of dry air.

Sample 3

None of the above are See illustration correct, as it is number(s): RA-0021 contradictory to measure moisture on a weight per pound of "dry" air basis. All of the above are recommended. sensing line from the tail coil 15 parts per million All of the above are correct. prevents liquid refrigerant from slugging to the compressor available horsepower at See illustration the "B" would increase in number(s): GS-0057 proportion to the increasing angle of the "B" end tilting box angle See illustration number(s): GS-0070

11 11 11 11 11

2473 A Which of the following devices is the safest to use when locating ammonia leaks? 2474 B The water regulating valve installed in a refrigeration system is operated by the _______________. 2475 D The maximum level of moisture permitted in an operating refrigeration system is ______________. 2476 B Which of the following refrigerants will normally require water cooled compressor components? 2477 A The receiver used in a refrigeration system _________.

Litmus paper compressor discharge temperature 5 parts per million R-134 stores liquid refrigerant

Sulphur candle compressor discharge pressure 8 parts per million Ammonia

Halide torch solenoid 10 parts per million R-22

collects noncondensable allows refrigerant to be gases subcooled

11

2478 D If the "B" end of the hydraulic transmission illustrated were provided with a variable position tilting box, and the "A" end displacement were to be constant, the ________.

speed output of the "B" end would decrease in proportion as the tilting box would approach zero stroke recirculation will not be available at low flow

available horsepower at the "B" end would increase in proportion as the tilting box would approach zero stroke

speed output of the "B" would increase in proportion to increasing the "B" end tilting box angle

11

2479 C If "A" shown on the illustrated pump is closed, __________.

the interval of replacing All of the above. satisfactory venting of the pump casing should the packing will become more frequent have already been provided 130 and 170 psig fitted with return valves at the bilge manifolds 140 and 180 psig coated with coal tar epoxy, or similar corrosion resistant substance 150 and 190 psig fitted with nonreturn valves at the bilge suctions Dry bulb 63.4F, Wet bulb 59.5F.

11 11

2480 D Average condensing pressures of an ammonia refrigeration 120 and 160 psig system range between __________. 2481 D Bilge lines led through tanks, without using a pipe tunnel must be of schedule 40 pipe ___________.

11

Dry bulb 72F, Dew point Dry bulb 63.0F, Relative Dry bulb 69.0F, Heat 2482 D Using the psychrometric chart, which of the air samples listed humidity 60%. content 23.25 BTU/lb. below has the identical specific volume to an air sample having a 33.5F. dry bulb temperature of 70F, and a moisture content of 11 grains per pound of dry air? 2483 D An ammonia leak will turn moistened pink litmus paper _____. 2484 D The thermal expansion valve reacts directly to the _____________. 2486 A Under normal conditions ammonia refrigerants should be added at the ___________. orange red purple

See illustration number(s): RA-0021

11 11

blue

temperature in the space liquid refrigerant pressure drop across the refrigerant gas superheat being cooled pressure at the solenoid evaporator coils at the coil outlet valve high side of the system suction service connection discharge service connection expansion valve sideport connection

11

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2488 B To service a 60 ton air conditioning package, the easiest way to determine the type of refrigerant used is to _________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


use your service gage look at the unit name set and refrigeration card plate 45 lbs. ask the Chief Engineer look on the top of the TXV 90 lbs.

General Knowledge

11

2489 C If a block and tackle arrangement were rigged as shown in figure 34 lbs. "D" in the illustration, the amount of force "P" required to hold the 225 pound load stationary would be _______________. 2490 C Pure anhydrous ammonia is considered noncorrosive to ______. iron only 2491 D If auxiliary machinery vital to the main propulsion system is not Main condensate provided with independent duplicate systems, which of the systems listed would satisfy regulations if serviced by two pumps? (46 CFR) 2492 D The introduction of outside air to the air conditioning system is 90F with a relative humidity of 60%. The air has been conditioned to 56F with a relative humidity of 80%. Using the psychrometric chart, shown in the illustration, determine the quantity of moisture removed from one pound of the conditioned air. 44 grains

75 lbs.

See illustration number(s): GS-0110

11 11

steel only Lube oil service

copper-bearing metals Fuel oil service

None of the above are correct. All of the above

11

54 grains

64 grains

74 grains

See illustration number(s): RA-0021

11 11

2493 B When used as a refrigerant, ammonia containing moisture will act steel components as a corrosive mixture to __________. 2494 C When hot gas defrosting a refrigeration system, one way to subcooler overcome the possibility of a large slug of liquid refrigerant entering the compressor suction is to use the installed _____________. 2495 B If the combination moisture indicator and sight glass indicates an Secure the system, accumulation of moisture within the system, which of the listed disassemble and de-ice procedures would be the most practical to follow? the thermostatic expansion valve.

brass and bronze metals stainless steel components liquid extractors re-evaporator

All of the above are correct. drain lines

11

Close the king valve, pump down the system, isolate the drier, remove and replace with new drier element.

Purge the entire system to the atmosphere, replace the drier, and add freon.

Using a vacuum pump, draw the system down to 1,270 microns for a period of three hours.

11

2496 C While the illustrated oily-water seperator is operating in the processing mode, if item "1" indicates a low vacuum, what is the probable cause? 2497 D Which of the listed valves should be closed when adding ammonia to a refrigeration system? 2498 B Which refrigeration system will require the use of an oil trap? 2499 B The distillate pump for a 10000 GPD evaporator, should be rated at a minimum of _____________. 2500 B Axial movement of the pump shaft illustrated is nearly eliminated by ________. 2501 D For most refrigeration split systems that use one sight glass, a good location for the sight glass is just ________. 2502 D A machinery space supply fan is delivering 5000 cubic feet of air per minute. The temperature of the air is 71F, with a relative humidity of 38%. How many pounds of air are delivered to the space in a 24 hour period?

The bilge suction is completely flooded. Master valve Brine 5.9 gpm a balancing piston before the compressor suction line 22,222.22 lbs/day

The flow control valve The coalescer beads are There is minor air "14" is completely open. severely fouled. leakage into the separator. Suction service Ammonia 6.9 gpm equalizing holes after the compressor discharge 67,500.00 lbs/day Discharge service Methyl Chloride 208.3 gpm tapered thrust bearings upstream of the condenser 432,000.00 lbs/day King valve All of the above. 416.7 gpm an equalizing line upstream of the liquid metering device 533,333.33 lbs/day

See illustration number(s): GS-0153

11 11 11 11 11

See illustration number(s): GS-0070

11

See illustration number(s): RA-0021

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions

General Knowledge
stand the flange on end See illustration vertically position the number(s): GS-0078 pipe on the flange, tack weld, then lay flat to complete the fabrication equalize system pressure for compressor cycling 4.3750 inch 0.355 inch class of fit 3 2 and 3 can only recover liquid refrigerant See illustration number(s): GS-0092 See illustration number(s): GS-0013 See illustration number(s): GS-0037 See illustration number(s): GS-0059

2503 A The best method in assisting the proper alignment and welding of insert a temporary sleeve tack weld flat iron straps slip a temporary sleeve the flange and pipe shown in the illustration is to ________. into the pipe for from the flange to the around the pipe alignment pipe to complete the fabrication

11

2504 C A flapper valve, also known as a beam valve, is frequently used in feed discharge pressure aid in hot gas defrosting pass liquid slugs refrigeration compressor discharge valves, and is designed to to the suction line _____________. 2505 A What is the reading of the vernier caliper scale shown in figure 3.3750 inch 3.3500 inch 3.4750 inch "C" in the illustration? 2506 A The reading on the micrometer scale shown in figure "G" in the 0.327 inch 0.350 inch 0.352 inch illustration is ____________. thread series class of finish 2507 B In the illustration shown, the letters "UNC" used in the notation 1/4-thread profile 20 UNC-2 indicates the ____________. 2508 A Oil is returned to the illustrated radial piston hydraulic pump 1 2 piston(s) numbered as ________. 2509 B Refrigerant recovery equipment that is considered as being must have its own power recovers refrigerant with are portable units system dependent __________. source the aid of components in the system 2510 C If a block and tackle arrangement were rigged as shown in figure 35 lbs. "D" in the illustration, the amount of force "P" required to hold the 233 pound load stationary would be _______________. 2511 A A P-tank system, as used on oilfield supply boats _________. must be kept free of moisture and water 47 lbs. 78 lbs.

11 11 11 11 11

11

93 lbs.

See illustration number(s): GS-0110

11

is designed to transfer viscous liquids

is capable of pumping chunks of cement that find their way into the system 140.0 grains

answers B and C above

11

2512 A The preconditioned air temperature is 90F with a relative 62.00 grains humidity of 66%. After the air has been conditioned, its temperature has been reduced to 60F and is saturated. Using the psychrometric chart shown in the illustration, calculate the number of grains of moisture removed from one pound of the air. 2513 D Which of the situations listed can cause item "1" to indicate a low vacuum while the oily-water separator, shown in the illustration, is operating in the processing mode? This type of oily-water separator always operates with a low vacuum, and is never adversely effects the separation process. pressure acting on a bellows

78.00 grains

218.0 grains

See illustration number(s): RA-0021

11

A low vacuum will only A low vacuum will only exist when the inlet valve exist when the oil discharge valve "4" is "5" is fully opened. fully opened.

A low vacuum may be See illustration caused by the improper number(s): GS-0153 setting of the flow control valve, item "14".

11

2514 A The suction pressure switch controlling the refrigeration compressor operation is actuated by _____________. 2515 D What function is provided by the holes located at the bottom of the loop within the item "20" shown in the illustration?

temperature acting on a temperature acting on a pressure acting on bellows thermal element compressor suction valves The holes are provided to allow for any expansion of ice which may form when the unit is secured. Figures V/L Superheated vapor The holes aid in the See illustration return of the refrigeration number(s): RA-0018 oil to the compressor.

11

The holes permit The holes are not holes draining of the loop when at all, but rather an the unit is secured. indication of gas bubbles flowing through the system. Figures L/P Sub-cooled liquid Figures L/U Sub-cooled vapor

11 11

2516 C Which of the listed illustrated figures represents the correct use of a lathe threading tool? 2517 C Refrigerant entering the compressor of a refrigeration system should be in which of the following conditions?

Figures V/P Liquid

See illustration number(s): GS-0090

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2519 A The petcock installed on the illustrated pump is used to __________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


vent the casing at startup supply sealing water to the stuffing box loss of concentration O2 21.2 BTU provide recirculation at low flow cardiac arrhythmia's O3 22.5 BTU

General Knowledge
provide a sensing signal See illustration to control the pump number(s): GS-0070 discharge rate all of the above Oz 64.9 BTU See illustration number(s): RA-0021

11 11 11

2520 D Inhalation of high concentrations of CFCs may have which of the drowsiness following effects? 2521 C The chemical formula for ozone is represented as ________. O 2522 C Using the psychrometric chart shown in the illustration, determine 12.2 BTU the quantity of heat removed from one pound of air as it is cooled from 85F at 80% relative humidity to 57F at 70% relative humidity? 2523 C The device illustrated is used as a _________. 2524 D R-12 has been a suitable refrigerant for use in high temperature applications with _____________. 2525 A What is the function of the device shown in the illustration? refrigeration system packless valve reciprocating compressors The device determines whether the unit will be in the cooling, or heating and defrost modes of operation.

11 11 11

quick closing valve rotary compressors

pressure reducing valve high pressure diesel engine air start valve centrifugal compressors all of the above

See illustration number(s): GS-0054

The device is used to The device is used to ensure that all returns go provide flow through the pilot solenoid. to the compressor discharge.

The device is utilized to See illustration number(s): RA-0017 reduce the amount of blowback occurring in the condenser due to propagated wave fronts.

11

2527 B The function of the device illustrated is to _________.

control steam input to a heat exchanger

control condensate output from a heat exchanger the pressure and temperature reading is required as the refrigerant is probably subcooled

provide on/off control of drain pump

provide air purging of low See illustration pressure refrigeration or number(s): GS-0048 air conditioning systems is unimportant as accurate readings at this location can not be obtained

11

2528 C When taking readings at the suction service valve of an operating refrigeration compressor __________.

the pressure, or temperature reading is only required, as the refrigerant is saturated

the pressure and temperature reading is required as the refrigerant is superheated

11 11

2529 C Refrigerant leaving the metering device in a refrigeraton system is sub-cooled liquid sub-cooled vapor a _________. 2530 A The four most commonly used refrigerants listed in order, from R-11, R-12, R-502 and R- R-22, R-12, R-11 and Rthe most damaging to the least damaging to the ozone layer 22 502 are________. 2531 C Operating pressure on a P-tank system should be _________. the same pressure required for repressurization and cleaning the system a constantly maintained range of 15 to 18 psi

saturated liquid/vapor saturated liquid mixture R-502, R-12, R-22 and R- R-11, R-12, R-22 and R11 502 slightly below the pilot unloading valve setting slightly below the safety valve setting

11

11

2532 D The quarters steam heating system warms the outside air from 28.7 BTU, 26% relative 30F at 80% relative humidity to 105F. Additional humidification humidity is not provided and the air feels very dry. Using the psychrometric chart, determine the amount of heat added to each pound of air and its approximate relative humidity after being heated. 2533 C If you know that a refrigeration system is leaking refrigerant, you recover the refrigerant would first___________. 2534 D Which of the devices listed will indicate the proper operation of a Dryer sensing bulb refrigeration system dryer?

14.8 BTU, 6% relative humidity

10.3 BTU, 16% relative humidity

18.4 BTU, 6% relative Humidity

See illustration number(s): RA-0021

11 11

charge the system Mcleod gage

look for traces of oil Particulate test

evacuate the system Moisture indicator

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2535 B The pilot solenoid valve used in conjunction with item #5 shown in the illustration is __________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


in the open position when the unit is in the heating mode and the solenoid is de-energized a normally closed valve energized only during the when the unit is in the defrost mode cooling mode and the solenoid is de-energized A decrease in the processing ability may be caused by a worn pump internals. The throughput of the separator may be reduced if the inlet valve "4" remains open during processing mode.

General Knowledge
normally open if the unit See illustration is in the defrost and number(s): RA-0018 heating mode and the solenoid is de-energized The throughput of the See illustration separator varies while in number(s): GS-0153 the processing mode as determined by the quantity of oil in the emulsion.

11

2536 B What will cause the throughput of the oily-water separator shown The flow control valve in the illustration to decrease when operating in the processing "14" is open excessively mode? wide and permitting an excessive amount of bilge water to enter the separator, resulting in an overload.

11 11

2537 D Which of the following base oils cannot be refined without developing a change in chemical composition? 2538 A The function of the illustrated device is to _______.

animal relieve compressed air from the intercooler after the compressor has cycled off vapor recovery

vegetable relieve compressed air directly from the low pressure cyllinder after the compressor has cycled off liquid recovery

mineral provide variable discharge air flow to the compressed air system depending on the load on the system inital recovery

both A and B direct compressed air from the air receiver directly to the low pressure cyclinder unloading device vapor-liquid recovery See illustration number(s): GS-0034

11

2539 A Which recovery phase will reduce the loss of oil during the recovery of refrigerants from small appliances such as a water cooler? 2540 B The device illustrated would be best used as a ________.

11 11

variable capacity pump

2541 C Large quantities of halogenated floro-carbons when released from bathosphere refrigeration systems, will contribute to ozone depletion in the _________. 2542 B If the "B" end were driven by an electric motor and the "A" end mooring winch were disconnected from the line terminals of the motor controller, the unit illustrated could then be used as a ___________. 2543 D Which can be considered as a drop-in replacement refrigerant? 2544 B In a multi-evaporator refrigeration system, a solenoid valve is installed in the liquid line before _____________. 2545 C When the device shown in the illustration is aligned in the cooling mode of operation, which of the following statements describes the direction the piston and valve assembly will have shifted? R-500 the receiver The valve and piston initially shifts to the right, but is eventually pneumatically balanced in a centered position.

variable or constant speed motor ionosphere

power take-off driven lube oil pump stratosphere

hydraulic hatch supply pump troposphere

See illustration number(s): GS-0058

11

variable ouptut alternator fixed output alternator

hydraulic crane power supply

See illustration number(s): GS-0057

11 11 11

R-123 each expansion valve

R-134a the condenser

none of the above the oil separator

The valve and piston will The valve and piston will See illustration The piston and its have shifted to the left. have shifted to the right. number(s): RA-0017 associated cylinder barrel is allocated ample space for movement, thereby enabling the valve stem contact surface to separate and move to the left.

11

2546 B The device "F" shown in the illustration is best used to ________. provide an alternative to assist in securing a a close nipple coupling half to its shaft 2547 C What is the reading of the vernier micrometer caliper scale shown 0.9253 inch in figure "D" in the illustration? 0.9403 inch

fasten pump casing flanges together 0.9453 inch

provide an alternative to See illustration the use tapered pins number(s): GS-0080 0.9553 inch See illustration number(s): GS-0091

11

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


Refrigerant is the working fluid and is required for cooling. 25 pounds (11.4 kg) The main purpose of the All of the above oil is to lubricate the compressor. 40 pounds (18.1 kg) 50 pounds (22.6 kg)

General Knowledge

2548 D Which of the following statements regarding refrigeration systems In any refrigeration is/are true? system, oil and refrigerant are always present. 2549 D Industrial process and commercial refrigeration equipment with annual leak rates of 35%, require leak repair of the system containing refrigerant of more than __________. 2550 A Which of the listed welded joints represents the least amount of preparation? 2551 A A light dust trail from the storage tank vent, plus a fluctuating Ptank pressure and constant movement of the material discharge hoses indicates ___________. 2552 C A boiler forced draft pressure gage indicates nine (9) inches of water. This corresponds to a pressure of ____________. 2553 B What is the reading of the vernier micrometer caliper scale shown in figure "B" in the illustration? 2554 B The liquid line, thermostatically controlled, solenoid valve is operated in response to the ____________. 2555 D When the device shown in the illustration is in the defrost mode, the _______________. 15 pounds (6.8 kg)

11

11 11

1B

3A

3B

4A

See illustration number(s): GS-0077

satisfactory movement of a clogged discharge line chunks of material are inadequate fluidizing of weight material moving through the the weight material system and transfer will stop momentarily .216 psi .228 psi .324 psi .433 psi

11

11 11 11

0.2228 inch superheat in the tail coil

0.2928 inch temperature of the box

0.3008 inch

0.3028 inch

See illustration number(s): GS-0091

compressor suction pressure condenser pressure acts compressor discharge solenoid valve is deon the back of the valve energized and the valve pressure acts on the forcing it to move assembly moves to the right side of the piston right causing it to move to the towards the left left ammonia and carbon dioxide If the valve disk is damaged, the entire valve unit must be replaced. ammonia and ethane The plug, located in the upper left portion of the valve body can be removed to install a feedback pipe line if the valve is to be used as a pilot choke. amount of torque required to position this rudder methane and sulfur dioxide The cap determines the height of lift of the swinging valve disk.

compressor discharge pressure the solenoid valve is See illustration energized and the valve number(s): RA-0017 assembly is moved to the right ethane and methane The valve disk alone can See illustration number(s): GS-0056 be removed for replacement or reconditioning.

11 11

2557 D Most refrigerants are originated primarily from which of the following base molecules? 2558 D Which of the following statements regarding the illustrated device is true?

11

2559 B The greatest drawback in the use of the device illustrated on large ocean going vessels is the ________. 2560 D If solenoid "B" illustrated is energized, the ________.

use of a skeg for mounting

positioning, directly aft of necessity to construct the See illustration the propeller rudder in one large number(s): GS-0101 casting pump should discharge directly to the resevoir halogen 56 lbs. cylinder should retract See illustration number(s): GS-0041

11

pump should reverse the cylinder should extend direction of flow chlorine 53 lbs.

11 11

2561 B Which of the listed chemicals will eventually reach the fluorine stratosphere and react unfavorably with ozone? 2562 D If a block and tackle arrangement were rigged as shown in figure 40 lbs. "D" in the illustration, the amount of force "P" required to hold the 266 pound load stationary would be _______________. 2563 B To protect a recovery or recycling machine when removing refrigerant from a burned out system, a filter drier should be installed in ________. the system liquid line

carbon 89 lbs. See illustration number(s): GS-0110

11

the machine inlet

the system suction line

the container inlet

11

2564 B In a refrigeration system, the condenser cooling water regulating temperature of the valve is directly controlled by the ____________. cooling water

compressor discharge pressure

amount of refrigerant in the system

temperature of the refrigerant after expansion

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2565 A If the solenoid valve used to control the device shown in the illustration becomes obstructed, the unit will ________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


not enter the defrost mode remain in the defrost mode not remain in the cool mode

General Knowledge
remain in whatever mode See illustration it was operating in prior number(s): RA-0017 to the formation of the obstruction solenoid valve See illustration number(s): GS-0047

11 11 11 11

2566 A In a refrigeration system with a TXV, the component installed after the metering device is the ___________. 2567 D What type of valve is shown in the illustration? 2568 D Refrigerant recovery cylinders are color coded__________. 2569 B The purpose of nozzles in a liquid mud system is to_________.

evaporator

receiver

compressor

Globe valve - rising stem Gate valve - rising stem gray top and yellow lower gray top and light blue body lower body aerate the mud to insure maintain the quality of proper oxygen content the mud air pressure in the diesel phosphates in boiler engine starting circuit water a clogged discharge line improper movement of the weight material

Globe valve - rising disk Gate valve - rising gate light blue top and yellow yellow top and gray body lower body clean the mud from the Prevent barate from bottom of the tanks damaging the pump tank fluid level micro ohms in condensate

11

2570 C A pneumercator is an instrument used to indicate __________.

11

2571 D Movement of the material discharge hoses, fluctuating P-tank air pressure and a light dust trail from the receiving tank vent indicates _________.

chunks of material are in satisfactory operation of the system and will stop the system the flow momentarily GS-0045 To reduce the amount of free communication therefore, reducing the center of gravity of the OSV. compressor suction pressure The condenser bypass check valve allows the pressure to drop permitting the spring force to maintain the valve position. GS-0051 To prevent list and stability problems when receiving half a load of fluid from the rig. heat transferred from the saturated liquid in the evaporator The forces developed by See illustration the fluid action of the gas number(s): RA-0017 passing the valve stem acts to maintain its position. See illustration number(s): GS-0034

11 11

2572 A In order for the illustrated device to properly carry out its GS-0029 GS-0043 operation, it should be used in conjunction with _______. 2573 D Why do OSV's with a liquid mud system generally have more than To increase the quantity The pumps are unable to two tanks? of mud carried. handle the greater quantity of mud carried by one or two tanks. 2574 B Pressure in the control tubing of a thermostatic expansion valve depends directly upon the _____________. 2575 B When the device shown in the illustration is operating in the cooling mode, which of the actions described maintains the position of the piston and valve assembly? temperature in the box superheat in the tail coil

11

11

Spring force is the solitary cause for the device to remain in the extreme left side position.

The high pressure gas acting on the right side of the piston causes it to remain in that position.

11

more liquid mud will be 2576 B In a liquid mud system, the sea valve must be tightly secured and a leaking sea valve any leakage can destroy leaking oil-base mud not leak because___________. decreases stability of the the product being creates an enviromental discharged to the MODU than ordered OSV transported hazard according to Coast Guard regulations (33 CFR) 2577 A Which of the following steps should be taken before taking on a load of liquid mud for transport to a MODU? Inspect tanks to insure they are clean and dry. Test a sample to insure that the emulsifying amines do not exceed a STEL of 25 ppm. Flood the tanks with carbon dioxide and test product with an explosimeter (gas detector). All of the above.

11

11

2578 A It is important to circulate the liquid mud on an OSV at regular intervals to___________.

keep the mud ingredients reduce the free surface in suspension and retain effect and increase the weight properties metacentric height (GM) during transport

increase the free surface minimize the release of effect and reduce the explosive gases during metacentric height (GM) transport during transport

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2579 C It is important to circulate liquid mud on an OSV to_______.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


insure that the liquid mud reduce damage to the maintains a weight of mud due to salt water less than 8.3 lbs/gal. contamination ensure that the pump reduce corrosion suctions remain damage due to the acidic unplugged and keep the nature of zinc bromide liquid mud in good condition fifteen minutes every six hours with a small pump, or diesel pump at half throttle

General Knowledge

11

2580 D Unless told otherwise by the mud dock representative, the recomended circulation time and rate for most new water based liquid mud for each tank is___________.

once a day for three hours with a diesel powered mud pump at half throttle

thirty to sixty minutes one day circulating, three every twelve hours with a days off with a small diesel powered pump at electric mud pump full throttle or by a high capacity electric mud pump relieve compressed air directly from the low pressure cylinder after the compressor has cycled off provide variable discharge air flow to the compressed air system depending upon the load on the system 0.0751 inch returned to the system

11

2581 D The function of the device, shown in the illustration, once the compressor has been started, is to ___________.

relieve compressed air from the intercooler during the normal running operation

seal off valve "B" and maintain air pressure within the intercooler, thereby keeping the compressor loaded 1.001 inch must be destroyed, as it can no longer be used chatter

See illustration number(s): GS-0034

11 11

2582 C The reading on the micrometer scale shown in figure "A" in the 0.301 inch 0.0750 inch illustration is ____________. 2583 C HCFC-22 has been recovered from a refrigeration system during recycled into a system reclaimed as a low replacement of the condenser. The refrigerant can be _____. that had used HCFC-11 pressure system refrigerant 2584 C A multiple evaporator coil unit is equipped with a suctionpressure regulating valve. This valve must be bypassed when pumping down the system for repairs because reduction of suction pressure would cause the valve to _____________. rupture open

See illustration number(s): GS-0093

11

close

11

create a pressure drop to assist in the defrosting of force the remaining liquid 2585 C When the system shown in the illustration is operating in the the equalizing line out of the receiver and defrost or heating mode, the majority of the gas flows through the increase all flow defrost pan heater. A small quantity of the remaining gas is used velocities into the system to _______. 2586 B The reading on the micrometer scale shown in figure "3" in the illustration is ____________. 2587 A The refrigerants referred to as CFC's are __________. 2588 D A micrometer scale reading is indicated as 0.438 inches and is represented in the illustration by ____________. 2589 A All refrigerant recovered from burned out small appliances must be __________. 0.133 inch fully halogenated Figure A sent to a designated reclaimation facility for processing 0.178 inch partially halogenated Figure C contained in a refillable cylinder R-134a left-cut, side-facing tool 0.193 inch not halogenated at all Figure G

See illustration reduce the chances of number(s): RA-0018 any thermo-hydraulic lock occurring during the defrost cycle 0.250 inch completely filled with hydrogen atoms Figure H See illustration number(s): GS-0094

11 11 11 11

See illustration number(s): GS-0013

destroyed although it can used to clean out burnbe reused outs R-12 right hand turning tool R-123 universal turning tool damage the air compressor at a saturated temperature See illustration number(s): GS-0090

11 11 11

2591 D Which of the following refrigerants is an interim retrofit R-500 replacement for R-11? 2592 B The lathe tool shown as figure "Q" in the illustration is commonly cutting-off tool known as a/an ____________. 2593 A Excess pressure used in a P-tank system will more than likely rupture the P-tank ________. 2594 B In preparing to remove the air from a refrigeration condenser for a at a superheated large multibox water cooled type III system, all of the refrigerant in temperature the system should be ____________.

discharge the material at plug up the fixed an excessive rate discharge line with weight material pumped to the receiver pumped to the evaporator

11

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2595 D If the three way valve shown in the illustration malfunctions while at sea, which of the following procedures can be carried out to correct the situation?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


The unit should be bypassed to insure the system always operates in the cooling mode. 0.325 inch 75% The pilot solenoid valve should be changed out even if it appears to be operating satisfactory. 0.349 inch 80% The device may be removed from the unit using swaging tools. The device may be rebuilt using the proper rebuild kit if provided.

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): RA-0017

11 11

2596 B The reading on the micrometer scale shown in figure "C" in the illustration is ____________. 2597 C When recovering R-12 from a small appliance with a working compressor, using a recovery device manufactured after November 15, 1993, what percentage of the remaining charge must be removed from the system? 2598 C Technicians servicing small refrigeration appliances can employ what type of recovery equipment? Which of the following types of refrigerants could experience fractionation? 2600 D Which of the following represents a low-pressure refrigerant as defined by EPA regulation? 2601 B What differentiates "system-dependent" and "self-contained" recovery devices in refrigeration systems? 2599 d

0.361 inch 90%

0.453 inch 99%

See illustration number(s): GS-0013

11

passive only

active only

either active or passive

do not need to recover the refrigerant both b and c R-123

11 11 11

azeotropic R-12 self-contained recovery devices can only be used on large CGC and HCFC units

near-azeotropic R-22 self-contained recovery devices usually contain a compressor, systemdependent recovery devices do not

zeotropic R-502

the system compressor there is no difference must be working to use between the devices system dependent devices, the system compressor may or may not be operational when self-contained devices are used

11

2602 C When the air compressor is running and discharging compressed "D" forced to the right, air to the receiver, the illustrated device should have ________. "B" seated, and "C" venting off to the atmosphere 2603 C Overfilling a refrigerant container is extremely dangerous because vapor pressure of the of the high pressures generated. The generation of pressure is refrigerant the_________. 2604 C The reading indicated on a vernier micrometer caliper scale is .3107 inches. Which of the figures in the illustration represents this reading? 2605 A How do the modulating valves, found in some container refrigeration systems, differ in operation from solenoid valves found in the same system? Figure B

"D" forced to the left, "B" unseated, and "C" venting off to the atmosphere

"D" forced to the left, "B" seated, and no air flow to the atmosphere through "C"

See illustration "D" forced to the right, "B" unseated, and "C" is number(s): GS-0034 venting off to the atmosphere discharge pressure from the recovery cylinder Figure F See illustration number(s): GS-0091

11

discharge pressure of hydrostatic pressure of the recovery compressor the expanding liquid Figure C Figure E

11

11

An unenergized solenoid An unenergized An unenergized modulation valve is in the modulation valve is in the valve is in the normally open position. normally open position. completely closed position.

All modulation valves have the identical operating characteristics as solenoid valves used in refrigeration systems. volumetric efficiency will See illustration initially increase by 15% number(s): GS-0034 then decrease to 99% of the manufacturer's original specifications

11

2606 A If the copper tubing line at the bottom left of the diaphragm "D" should become disconnected or severed, the __________.

compressor will continue compressed air receiver intercooler relief valve to operate as designed relief valve will open and will open close intermittently before the compressor cycles off at the normal cut-out pressure

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11 11 2607 C All refrigeration systems must be protected with a ________. 2608 A The hydraulic graphic symbol illustrated in Fig. B is used to represent a/an ________. 2609 C If passive recovery is used on a refrigeration unit with a nonoperating compressor, the recovery should be made through____________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


high pressure cut-out variable orifice high side only refrigerant receiver piloted choke low side only pressure relief device belle ville spring high and low side low pressure cut-out check valve venting to atmosphere, cannot be recovered recovering

General Knowledge

See illustration number(s): GS-0068

11

2610 D The process of removing refrigerant from a system and storing it reclaiming without testing or processing is known as ___________. 2611 C Figure "D" in the illustration is an improperly installed hose with a restriction developed at the ________. 2612 C Which of the following is not part of the high side of a refrigeration system? 2613 B Refillable tanks used to ship CFC and HCFC refrigerants or used to recover these refrigerants must meet the standards of ____________. 2614 C If you find an extremely large refrigerant leak while using a halide torch, your flame will _______________. 2615 B How does a refrigeration solenoid valve differ from a modulating valve? right hand fitting being smaller than required condenser

recouping

recycling

11 11 11

severe bend in loop receiver

sharp bend formed at the indicated radial twist left accumulator liquid line Underwriters Laboratories probably go out Solenoid valves are only used in low voltage refrigeration control systems, while modulation valves are used in high voltage applications. the Enviromental Protection Agency stay blue Both valves operate in exactly the same manner, only the manufacturer's terminology is the differentiating factor.

See illustration number(s): GS-0063

the United States Coast the United States Guard Department of Transportation change from blue to "flare up" and remain orange lighted A solenoid valve can only A liquid line solenoid valve is either completely be installed in liquid opened or closed, lines. whereas a modulation valve is positioned according to the strength of the applied electrical signal.

11 11

11 11 11

2616 D A "drop-in" long term replacement for R-22 in a small refrigeration appliance is _________. 2617 C A micrometer scale reading is indicated as 0.148 inches and is represented in the illustration by ____________. 2618 A When the air compressor is idle, the illustrated device should have ________.

R-123 Figure D "D" forced to the right, "B" unseated, and "C" venting off compressed air to the atmosphere $5,000

R-134a Figure E

R-502 Figure F

none of the above Figure I

See illustration number(s): GS-0013 "D" forced to the left, "B" See illustration "D" forced to the left, "B" "D" forced to the right, number(s): GS-0034 "B" seated, and there is unseated, and "C" unseated, and "C" venting compressed air venting off compressed no air flow to the atmosphere through "C" to the atmosphere air to the atmosphere $10,000 $25,000 $50,000

11

2619 C Within the territorial limits fo the United States violations of the Clean Air Act of 1990, that includes the intentional release of R11, R-12, R-22 and other related class I or class II substances may result in fines for each violation per day of ___________. 2620 C The reading on the micrometer scale shown in figure "B" in the 0.402 inch illustration is ____________. 2621 C With regards to the illustrated rudder, item "B" is refered to as the rudder stock __________. 2623 D Operating a P-tank system with excessive pressure in the tank will damage to the air most likely cause _______. compressor 2624 B Which of the following instruments can be used to measure the rate of air flow? Thermometer

11 11 11

0.410 inch rudder horn the dry bulk material to be discharged at an excessive rate Anemometer

0.412 inch fair water

0.415 inch gudgeon

See illustration number(s): GS-0093 See illustration number(s): GS-0131

the discharge to plug up damage to the slope with weight material sheets Psychrometer Areometer

11

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2625 C When current to a refrigeration system modulating valve is increased, the _________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


valve is moving to a more open position temperature of the box is suction pressure of the increasing compressor will decrease schedule 80 heavy iron pipe level indicator double bevel R-142 amount of air flowing through the condenser is decreased 3/4-10 NC threaded stock regulator double J R-152a

General Knowledge

11 11 11 11 11

2626 B The illustrated thread form would be used with a/an _______.

pump shaft coupling nut lathe lead screw blue top K R-221 speed would decrease, horsepower and torque would increase the system's manufacturer 94 lbs.

See illustration number(s): GS-0088

2627 D When using nitrogen to pressure leak test a system, the nitrogen cut off valve tank should always have a __________. 2628 D The weld type illustrated and indicated as "5B" is known as a/an X ________. 2629 D Which of the refrigerants listed is considered to be clorine free? R-12 2630 C If the flow rate and pressurized oil from a variable capacity pump speed would increase, were supplied to the device illustrated, the ________. horsepower and torque would decrease 2631 B Consultation should be made prior to beginning the conversion of an existing CFC-12 system to HFC-134a with________. the Environmental Protection Agency

See illustration number(s): GS-0077

horsepower, torque, and horsepower, torque, and See illustration number(s): GS-0058 speed would decrease speed would increase proportionally proportionally the United States Coast the owner of the system Guard 113 lbs. 114 lbs. See illustration number(s): GS-0110

11

11

2632 B If a block and tackle arrangement were rigged as shown in figure 42 lbs. "D" in the illustration, the amount of force "P" required to hold the 283 pound load stationary would be _______________. 104 lbs. 2633 A If a block and tackle arrangement were rigged as illustrated in figure "D", the amount of force "P" required to hold the 283 pound load stationary would be _______________. 2634 D When air is at its dew point it is at its ______________.

11

107 lbs.

124 lbs.

125 lbs.

See illustration number(s): GS-0110

11 11

lowest absolute humidity lowest relative humidity

2635 D The movement of the armature within a modulating valve as used pressure of the flash gas vacuum formed as the on some refrigeration systems is opposed by the ________. developed refrigerant flows through the valve 2636 B A simplex pump making 60 pumping strokes per minute has a 10 1,339 GPH inch stroke and a 6 inch diameter water cylinder, which is 75% full for each stroke. How many gallons of water are discharged per hour? 2637 B Which of the refrigerants listed is considered as a suitable R-22 replacement for R-11? 2638 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 61 gpm 100 strokes/minute with 6" diameter cylinder, and an 11" stroke with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2639 A Under what conditions would the oily-water separator, shown in the illustration, fail to effectively process a mixture of oily-water? When the oily-water mixture is an emulsion the effectiveness of the separator is greatly reduced. A Type II technician R-22 3,305 GPH

highest absolute humidity weight of the armature

highest relative humidity spring force

11

4,208 GPH

6,610 GPH

11 11

R-123 121 gpm

R-134a 242 gpm

R-227 407 gpm

11

Without detergents the effectiveness of the separator is greatly reduced.

When there are small air leaks in the discharge piping, the effectiveness of the separator will greatly reduced. D Type I or Universal technician R-134a

When the oily-water separator is in the process mode it will effectively handle emulsions. E All of the above R-227

See illustration number(s): GS-0153

11 11 11

2640 D Which of the illustrated lathe tools would be used to produce figure V? 2641 C Persons recovering refrigerant from small appliances must be certified as a __________. 2642 B Which of the refrigerants listed is considered as a suitable and limited ozone producing alternative for R-11?

B Type III technician R-123

See illustration number(s): GS-0009

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


remove bulk material dust from the discharge lines decrease check the pilot unloader assit in delivering operation moisture free air remain unchanged be greatest at dew point

General Knowledge

2643 D The air compressor for a P-tank unit should be operated for assist in unloading the several minutes with its discharge valves open to the atmosphere compressor during its to _________. start up 2644 B As the amount of moisture in the air increases, the difference between the dry bulb and wet bulb temperatures will ____________. 2645 A As the electric current flow to a modulating suction valve increases, the _________. increase

11

11

compressive forces against the spring will increase

suction pressure of the compressor will rise

evaporator coil pressure amount of superheat will decrease formed will increase pressure from "E" has failed to bleed off when "J" is placed in the operating position R-143a do not have to and are not required to be repaired 0.692 inch 14.514 inches See illustration number(s): GS-0095 See illustration number(s): GS-0108 See illustration number(s): GS-0160

11

2646 B In the hydraulic anchor windlass system illustrated, if the power to replenishing pump the electric motor is on, but the wildcat turns slowly or not at all, coupling is broken even without a load being applied, and nearly normal pressure is indicated on the high side of the system, the probable cause is the __________. 2647 A Alkylbenzene ISO 32 cST refrigerant oil is miscible and suitable to use with___________. 2649 D Refrigerant leaks in a small shipboard water cooler _______. R-22 must be repaired within 30 days

relief valve is not closing manual transfer valve is in the wrong position for the main pump being operated R-32 R-134a

11 11

must be repaired if the must be repaired if the annual leak rate is 35% annual leak rate is 15% of the total charge above of the total charge 50 lbs 0.642 inch 10.786 inches 0.687 inch 12.252 inches

11 11

2650 C The reading on the micrometer scale shown in figure "III" in the illustration is ____________. 2651 C As shown in the illustration, a section of standard weight, seamless steel pipe, has an external diameter of 7.8 inches. When the pipe, is bent into a 90 degree turn, the length of the outside edge of the curve "A-B" will exceed the length of the inside edge of the curve "C-D" by __________. 2652 A The intentional venting of class I and II refrigerants to the atmosphere within the territorial limits of the United States became unlawful on ___________. 2653 D On a CFC-12 system, the evaporator pressure is 29.4 psia and the temperature of the refrigerant leaving the evaporator is 35F. How much superheat was picked up in the evaporator? 2654 D The speed of a belt driven ventilation fan can be increased without changing the motor speed by using a _____________. 2655 B If the electric coil to a refrigeration system modulation valve develops an open, the valve will _______________.

0.631 inch 8.626 inches

11

01-Jul-92

01-Jul-94

14-Nov-94

14-Nov-99

11

10F

15F

20F

25F

See illustration number(s): RA-0023

11

smaller diameter fan

smaller diameter drive pulley move to the open position due to the spring pressure acting upon the armature

larger diameter fan

larger diameter drive pulley

11

move to the open position due to the flow of refrigerant across the valve orifice

tend to move to a remain in whatever position it was in prior to centered position, thereby maintaining box developing the open temperature The throughput of the separator may be reduced if the inlet valve "V-4" remains open during processing mode. The throughput of the See illustration separator varies while in number(s): GS-0113 the processing mode as determined by the quantity of oil in the emulsion.

11

2656 B What will cause the throughput of the oily-water separator illustrated to decrease when operating in the processing mode?

The flow control valve "V- A decrease in the 3" is open excessively processing ability may be wide and permitting an caused by worn pump excessive amount of internals. bilge water to enter the separator, resulting in an overload.

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2657 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 160 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 85% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2658 C With a service gage manifold connected to a refrigerant compressor as illustrated, which arrangement of the gage manifold valves and compressor service valves would allow for the reading of the compressor suction pressure? 2659 D A flat piece of sheet metal can be fastened to the device illustrated and would require the use of which listed type of fastener? 2660 B The approximate quantity of hydraulic oil available to the system can be determined by __________. 104 gpm

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


52 gpm 26 gpm 91 gpm

General Knowledge

11

Valves "A" and "B" open, valves "C" and "D" closed on their front seats. pop rivet

Valves "A" and "B" Valve "A" closed and Valves "A" and "B" open, See illustration closed, valves "C" and valve "D" just off its back valves "C" and "D" open number(s): RA-0003 "D" open just off the back seat. in mid- position. seats. flat head countersunk machine screw observing the color change of the column in "J" and its comparative height D carriage bolt cap screw See illustration number(s): GS-0036

11

11

removing "G" and measuring the level in the sump with a "dip stick"

removing the cap from See illustration removing "D" and number(s): GS-0118 measuring the height of "A" and measuring the the remaining liquid with height of the hydraulic oil a float stick E All of the above See illustration number(s): GS-0126

11

2661 D When the devices shown in the illustration are used in piping A systems as primary differential pressure flow elements, pipe tap installations are required to be made at the side of the conduit for figure _____. 2662 A The device illustrated is referred to as a/an _________. 2663 C All shipboard personnel responsible for the maintenance and repair of air conditioning systems while in the territorial limits of the United States must be certified through an approved Enviromental Protection Agency (EPA) program by ________. inverted bucket trap 14-Jul-92

11 11

upright bucket trap 01-Jul-94

"P" type trap 14-Nov-94

none of the above 14-Nov-99

See illustration number(s): GS-0048

11

A liquid line service valve 2664 C A particular space is air conditioned by a 25 ton water cooled system. While troubleshooting, the space is found to be too warm, is partially closed. and the compressor is not operating. A service check determines the compressor suction pressure to be above the normal cut-in point, with a normal head pressure, and high evaporator superheat. Which of the problems listed is the cause for the conditions stated above? 2665 C Solenoid valves used in refrigeration systems may be classified as ______________. 2666 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 160 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 96% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2668 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 180 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? normally open, deenergized 183 gpm

The expansion valve feeler bulb is loosely clamped to the suction line.

The suction pressure control contacts are stuck open.

A suction line is kinked or partially obstructed and blocking refrigerant circulation.

11 11

normally closed, energized 91 gpm

normally open or normally closed 128 gpm

normally energized or normally de-energized 46 gpm

11

54 gpm

81 gpm

27 gpm

108 gpm

11

2669 B Small appliances with less than three pounds of refrigerant should liquid charged be __________. 2670 A Which of the figures in the fastener illustration GS-0080 would be figure A used with figure "A" in illustration GS-0015?

vapor charged

either vapor or liquid charged figure G

initially liquid charged and then topped with a vapor charge figure L See illustration number(s): GS-0080 GS0015

11

figure H

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


considered by inspection societies to be more dependable than the more conventional units due to the use of the vane motor dry out fixed discharge piping and hoses increasing chilled water flow through the cooler The solenoid valve directs high pressure gas to the underside of the unloading piston, causing it to rise and allowing the recirculating ports to be opened. designed to be of lesser all of the above are weight and size when correct compared with conventional units producing the same torque assist in producing water all of the above free compressed air subcooling the refrigerant in the condenser When the solenoid valve becomes energized, the valve ports become closed, allowing discharge pressure to build up above the piston, shifting it and causing it to unload. superheating the refrigerant in the compressor The solenoid valve allows the refrigerant to pass from the suction chamber to the top of the unloader piston, causing the piston to lift and unload the cylinder.

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): GS-0116

2672 C The steering gear shown in the illustration, when compared to the less likely to sustain oil more conventional linear actuator ram units is/are ___________. leaks

11

2673 D The air compressor for a P-tank unit should be operated for discharge moisture several minutes with its discharge valves open to the atmosphere formed during the to _________. compression process 2674 C In a chilled water air conditioning unit using a reciprocating increasing refrigerant compressor, the refrigerating effect of the primary refrigerant can pressure in the coil be increased by _____________. 2675 D In a refrigeration system, which of the following statements describes the actions occurring when a solenoid valve, used in conjunction with an unloader head, is energized? The solenoid valve directs high pressure gas to the valve lifting device raising the suction valve off its seat and causing one specific cylinder to become unloaded.

11

11

11

2676 B A flat piece of sheet metal can be fastened to the device illustrated and would require the use of which listed type of fastener? 2677 D Moisture is removed from CFC-12 using a recycler by __________.

countersunk flat head, phillip screw bleeding noncondensables off

round head machine screw

fitted or body bolt

molly screw

See illustration number(s): GS-0036

11

opening a drain petcock condensing the water in using a dehydrator on the oil separator the condenser cartridge II only Both I and II Neither I nor II See illustration number(s): SG-0001

11

2678 B The type of heat indicated in section "2" in the illustration is known I only as _________. I. latent heat of fission II. latent heat of fusion one-eighth inch righthand national coarse 2681 B Of the four refrigerants CFC-11, CFC-12, HFC-134a, and HCFC- lowest system pressure 22; HCFC-22 operates at the __________. with the lowest boiling point 2682 C A micrometer scale reading is indicated as 0.327 inches and is represented in the illustration by ____________. 2683 A Disposable refrigerant cylinders may contain a maximum amount of refrigerant of ____________. 2684 D The expansion valve used in a refrigeration system regulates the _____________. 2685 A The carbon ring of a refrigeration compressor crankshaft mechanical seal is held in position against the stationary ring by using a/an _______________. 2686 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 160 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 10" stroke and operating with 75% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? Figure B 50 pounds superheat of the gas leaving the compressor spring 2680 D The thread machined on the device illustrated is a/an _____.

11 11

one inch, right-hand national coarse highest system pressure with the lowest boiling point Figure C 40 pounds back pressure in the evaporator elliptical retaining assembly 33 gpm

one-eighth inch, lefthand national coarse lowest system pressure with the highest boiling point Figure G 30 pounds temperature in the refrigerated space belleville spring

one inch, left-hand See illustration national coarse number(s): GS-0038 highest system pressure with the highest boiling point Figure H 20 pounds degree of superheat of the gas leaving the evaporator thrust washer See illustration number(s): GS-0013

11 11 11

11

11

131 gpm

65 gpm

163 gpm

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2687 B If oil under pressure is supplied between "N" and "I" in the illustration _____________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


"O" will be hydraulically locked in place even though oil is returned to the main pump from the left side of "N" and the area to the right of "P" 10.263 inches "O" will rotate clockwise as oil is returned from the left side of vane "N" and the area located to the right of "P" "O" will rotate counterclockwise as oil is returned from the area between "N" and the vane located at "P" "Q" will rotate counterclockwise as oil is returned from the area between "N" and the vane located at "P"

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): GS-0116

11

2688 B As shown in the illustration, a section of standard weight, seamless steel pipe, has an external diameter of 7.3 inches. When the pipe, is bent into a 90 degree turn, the length of the outside edge of the curve "A-B" will exceed the length of the inside edge of the curve "C-D" by __________. 2690 D An untagged refrigerant cylinder is found in your storage area. It is light (sky) blue, and the refrigerant it contains is __________.

11.467 inches

13.886 inches

16.467 inches

See illustration number(s): GS-0108

11

CFC-12

CFC-11

HCFC-22

HFC-134a

11

I only 2691 A The heat removed from a fluid as indicated by line "3" in the illustration is known as _________. I. subcooling II. latent heat of condensation 2692 B In the illustration, the item labeled as "31" is _________. I. used to vent off air from the stuffing box II. used to supply sealing water to the stuffing box I only

II only

Both I and II

Neither I nor II

See illustration number(s): SG-0001 See illustration number(s): GS-0012

11

II only

Both I and II

Neither I nor II

11

2693 A Begining August 12, 1993, anyone using recovery equipment to equipment capable of remove refrigerant from small appliances must certify to the EPA removing 90% of the that they have __________. refrigerant when the compressor is operating or achieving a 4 inch vacuum under conditions of ARI 740-1993 2694 B In a refrigeration system, the bulb for the thermal expansion valve in the middle of the is always located _____________. evaporator coils 2695 B When installing a mechanical shaft seal on a refrigeration compressor, extreme care must be taken to prevent _________. any lubricant from contacting the carbon surface that would cause the expulsion of the saturated teflon film

equipment capable of removing 80% of the refrigerant or achieving a 2 inch vacuum under conditions of ARI 7401993

equipment capable of achieving a 23 inch vacuum under conditions of ARI 7401993

none of the above

11

near the evaporator coil outlet dirt and foreign particles from coming in contact with the highly polished sealing surfaces

near the evaporator coil inlet the teflon film from being damaged by the corrosive effects of excessive handling

at the begining of the bottom row of the evaporator coils shaft scoring due to improper use of the installation tools provided with the seal kits

11

11

2697 B What would be the result of throttling the suction valve to the point I only where the flow was less than that recommended by a centrifugal pump manufacturer? I. The designed discharge head would be reduced. II. The packing life would be greatly reduced. 2698 C In order to maximize the performance of an operating centrifuge, you can adjust the fuel oil _______. I. viscosity II. through put 2699 C Why should the refrigerant stored in a recovery cylinder be allowed to equalize with room temperature? I only

II only

Both I and II

Neither I nor II

11

II only

Both I and II

Neither I nor II

11

to prevent the rupture disk from blowing

this is a way to check refrigerant level in the cylinder 0.245 inch

this is the only way to the recovery cylinder read refrigerant pressure could explode if the accurately temperature rose too quickly 0.254 inch 0.279 inch See illustration number(s): GS-0013

11

2700 C The reading on the micrometer scale shown in figure "D" in the illustration is ____________.

0.204 inch

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2701 B The type of thread illustrated is a/an ________. acme thread

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


national coarse thread square thread can not be determined from information provided

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): GS-0038

11

2702 B What will cause the throughput of the oily-water separator shown The flow control valve "V- A decrease in the in the illustration to decrease when operating in the processing 3" is open excessively processing ability may be mode? wide and permitting an caused by worn pump excessive amount of internals. bilge water to enter the separator, resulting in an overload.

The throughput of the separator may be reduced if the inlet valve "V-4" remains open during processing mode.

The throughput of the See illustration separator varies while in number(s): GS-0113 the processing mode as determined by the quantity of oil in the emulsion.

11

2703 B P-tank dry bulk material discharge hoses must be connected ________. 2704 C Refrigeration systems using forced air circulation evaporators have a tendency to cause rapid dehydration of foods unless _______________.

after opening the jet air before admitting after admitting compressed air to the P- compressed air to the Ptank tank a complete change of air foods are packaged in takes place within each corrugated storage 30 second interval boxes the air is circulated slowly with a minimum temperature change carbonization resulting from air in the system

before the P-tank is loaded a humidifier is installed within the refrigeration system gasket breakdown

11

11

copper plating caused by bearing wear or piston 2705 C The color of the refrigeration oil can indicate various operating scoring conditions of the compressor/ refrigeration system in which it is moisture in the system used. Black oil can be an indication of _____________________. 2706 C Potable and nonpotable water systems aboard ship _________. may be temporarily connected with a removable spool are permanently connected through a double stop valve 126 gpm

11

may never be crossmay be connected if they connected by any means are used only for wash water 251 gpm 31 gpm

11

63 gpm 2708 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 190 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2710 C Which of the figures in the fastener illustration GS-0080 would be figure B used with figure "B" in illustration GS-0124? 2711 C HCFC-123 presents health threats to service technicians, which flammability as a liquid may include its ___________. 2712 C The type of heat indicated in section "4" in the illustration is known I only as _________. I. latent heat of condensation II. latent heat of vaporization 2714 A The valve shown in the illustration is installed on the suction side "E" is the inlet. of the compressor in a refrigeration system. Which of the following statements about this valve is correct? 2715 D The oil observed in the sight glass of an operating refrigeration compressor appears to be brownish in color. This is indicative of ______________.

11

figure C

figure F

figure G

See illustration number(s): GS-0080 GS0124

11 11

freezing in the compressor II only

toxic threat Both I and II

being caustic and strong offensive odor Neither I nor II See illustration number(s): SG-0001 All of the above. See illustration number(s): RA-0008

11

"D" is the back seat.

The valve is of the packless type.

11

carbonization caused by bearing wear or piston air in the system scoring

head gasket breakdown copper plating caused by moisture in the system C moisture D acids See illustration number(s): GS-0118

11 11

2716 A In a hydraulic system using the device illustrated, the high A B pressure return is provided by _______. 2717 A In addition to the recovery of refrigerant, recovery machines not non-condensable gases oil necessarily able to pull a vacuum can also evacuate a system of __________. 2718 B If a block and tackle arrangement were rigged as shown in figure 52 lbs. "D" in the illustration, the amount of force "P" required to hold the 346 pound load stationary would be _______________. 115 lbs.

11

129 lbs.

138 lbs.

See illustration number(s): GS-0110

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2719 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 100 strokes/minute with a 6" diameter cylinder, and a 10" stroke at an 80% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 98 gpm

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


196 gpm 49 gpm 272 gpm

General Knowledge

11

2720 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 38 gpm 120 strokes/minute with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke, and operating with a 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2721 C CFC refrigerants exposed to high temperture or direct flame, will decompose and may produce ___________. 2722 C When operating the oily-water separator shown in the illustration, why is it necessary to avoid detergents mixing with the bilge water? methyl chloride The detergent will aggitate within the seperator and cause it to explode.

30 gpm

61 gpm

15 gpm

11 11

ammonia The detergent will damage the special protective coating in the inside of the unit.

hydrofluoric acid The detergents may cause the oil and water to become an emulsion which this unit is not capable of separating. fill the P-tank

ozone The detergent will foam causing the main bilge pump to become airbound. See illustration number(s): GS-0153

11

2723 B The purpose of the jet air line in a P-tank system is to _________. blast bulk material out of fluidize dry material in the fill line by using high the material discharge line air pressure 2724 C Which of the lettered components shown in the illustration indicates the high pressure cutout? 2725 A The color of the oil observed in the sight glass of an operating refrigeration compressor experiencing bearing wear or piston scoring would appear _______________. 2726 B A shot of anchor chain is equal to __________. 2727 A A purge cycle is required on all low pressure chillers because __________. E gray or metallic B black

pressure the P-tank

11 11

See illustration number(s): RA-0005

clear, because the as a light blue-green heavier particles would gravitate to the bottom of the sump

11 11

one chain link such a chiller can operate at a pressure below atmospheric pressure

one - 90 foot segment 90 fathoms one - 15 foot segment evacuation of all air from chillers are often opened because of the a chiller is not possible for mainatenance refrigerant's low boiling point 23 gpm 40 gpm 46 gpm

11

11 gpm 2728 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 200 strokes/minute with 3" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke, and operating with a 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 105 gpm 2729 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 100 strokes/minute with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke, operating with a 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2730 B The reading on the micrometer scale shown in figure "E" in the 0.112 inch illustration is ____________. 2731 B CFC-11 at 9.5 inches of mercury will boil at approximately 50F __________. 22 gpm 2732 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 100 strokes/minute with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke, operating with a 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2733 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 267 gpm 110 strokes/minute with a 7" diameter cylinder, a 8" stroke, operating with a 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

11

39 gpm

77 gpm

107 gpm

11 11 11

0.137 inch 56F 20 gpm

0.148 inch 65F 88 gpm

0.151 inch 70F 44 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0013

11

67 gpm

133 gpm

152 gpm

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2735 B Which of the listed statements describes the reason why oil foaming occurs when starting a refrigeration compressor?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


If the oil level is not initially high, this condition is the result of agitation created by the movement of the mechanical components. This condition is the This will occur only if result of the sudden low crankcase heaters are pressure created in the used. crankcase at start up causing the release of refrigerant accumulated within the oil. 13.635 inches 16.153 inches This phenomenon is inherent only in hermetically sealed units and is always provisional.

General Knowledge

11

2736 A As shown in the illustration, a section of standard weight seamless steel pipe, has an external diameter of 7.1 inches. When the pipe, is bent into a 90 degree turn, the length of the outside edge of the curve "A-B" will exceed the length of the inside edge of the curve "C-D" by __________. 2737 D What is the cooling water source for most recovery unit condensing coils aboard ship? 2738 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 190 strokes/minute with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke, and operating with an 88% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

11.153 inches

20.106 inches

See illustration number(s): GS-0108

11 11

condenser water vapor at the outlet 102 gpm

potable water supply 85 gpm

chiller water taken at inlet 51 gpm

distilled water 205 gpm

11

2739 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 55 gpm 100 strokes/minute with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke, and operating with a 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2740 C When a horizontal type centrifugal pump is used for dewatering the engine room bilges, you would ________. I. use a rotary, liquid piston type pump to obtain a prime II. partially open the sea suction valve, then gradually switch over to the required engine room bilge suction valve 2741 C The most cost-effective method of recovering refrigerant from a chiller with more than 5 lbs of refrigerant, to meet EPA requirements is to use a __________. 2742 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 100 strokes/minute with a 7" diameter cylinder, a 9" stroke, and operating at a 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2743 D The bitter end is the __________. I only

110 gpm

38 gpm

28 gpm

11

II only

Either I or II

Neither I nor II

11

liquid pump

vapor recovery machine liquid followed by vapor recovery 135 gpm 67 gpm

vapor followed by liquid recovery 270 gpm

11

233 gpm

11

looped end of a mooring end of the chain cable shackled to the anchor

fixed end of the mooring end of the anchor chain cable fastened to the fastened to the vessel mooring winch drum Ammonia Carbon dioxide

11

2744 B Which of the listed refrigerants has been more suitable than the others for use in a centrifugal refrigeration compressor? 2745 C A notch may be provided in the valve seat, or a metering hole is placed within the valve body of a thermostatic expansion valve. Which of the following statements describes the utilization of these methods?

R-12

R-11

11

These arrangements are rarely used because the high superheat temperature produced within the coil during the defrost mode causes the valve to thermostatically open wide.

The notch or metering hole allows by-passing of the refrigerant should the expansion valve freeze closed due to excessive moisture within the system.

Either of these methods will permit hot gas to force the liquid from the receiver through the expansion valve during the hot gas defrost cycle.

The notch or metering hole reduces most diminutive flow variations across the device.

See illustration number(s): RA-0018

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11 11 2746 D P-tanks on board a supply boat are filled through the _____.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


jet air or purge line discharge line purging 330 gpm fill line by gravity charging 407 gpm pressurized fill line normal operation 82 gpm

General Knowledge

2747 D An estimated 15% of all refrigerant emissions from chillers occur servicing during __________. 2748 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 165 gpm 100 strokes/minute with a 7" diameter cylinder, an 11" stroke, and operating with a 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2749 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 90 gpm 100 strokes/minute with a 7" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke, and operating with a 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2750 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 100 strokes/minute with 7" diameter cylinder, and a 13" stroke with a 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 390 gpm

11

180 gpm

360 gpm

529 gpm

11

97 gpm

672 gpm

195 gpm

11 11

2751 A In refrigeration systems, which type of contamination will the mixed refrigerants reclamation process be unable to separate? 2752 B In the hydraulic anchor windlass system illustrated, if the power to replenishing pump coupling is broken the electric motor is on, but the wildcat does not turn, and pressure can not be developed on either side of the system, the probable cause is the __________. 2753 C What is the maximum volume to which refillable refrigeration cylinders should be filled? 2754 B In addition to moisture, a refrigerant dehydrator charged with silica gel is designed to absorb _____________. 2755 D The device shown in the illustration is in the defrost mode. Normally, the thermal expansion valve, sensing a relatively warm temperature at the coil outlet, would cause the expansion valve to open wider. If this operation is correct, why is it necessary for notches or metering holes to be provided within the valve body? 60% full refrigerant During defrost, the expansion valve will not open due to the pressure acting upon the upper area of the valve disc being greater than the pressure acting on the bottom of the valve.

acid

moisture

air See illustration number(s): GS-0160

relief valve is not closing manual transfer valve is spring set point for "I" is in the wrong position for too low the main pump being operated 70% full acids During defrost, the expansion valve will open, due to the net effect of the increase in sensing bulb temperature, creating an atypical latent heat gain. 80% full noncondensable gases During defrost, the rapid flow through the equalizing line creates a pressure drop, permitting the expansion valve to open wider. 90% full refrigerant oil During defrost, the increase in pressure at the tail coil end is fed back through the equalizing line to overcome the forces generated by the diaphragm of the power element.

11 11 11

See illustration number(s): RA-0018

11

2756 B In checking the level of a tank, three pneumercator readings have excessive charging air been taken. If each reading is higher than the last, this indicates was supplied that _____________. 2757 A In a refrigeration system, The push-pull technique can be used for both liquid and vapor the recovery of __________. 2758 A All of the links in the next to the last inboard shot of chain are painted __________. 2759 C A rupture disc on a recovery tank for low pressure refrigerants relieves at __________. 2760 C The reading on the micrometer scale shown in figure "F" in the illustration is ____________. 2761 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 100 strokes/minute with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 14" stroke with a 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? yellow 1 psig 0.120 inch 154 gpm

insufficient charging air has been supplied liquid only

the relief valve is sticking the tubing between the tank and the gauge has a leak vapor only should never be used with low pressure systems orange 25 psig 0.173 inch 308 gpm See illustration number(s): GS-0013

11

11 11 11 11

white 10 psig 0.137 inch 840 gpm

red 15 psig 0.148 inch 77 gpm

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2762 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 100 strokes/minute with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke, at 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 143 gpm

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


286 gpm 672 gpm 72 gpm

General Knowledge

11

2763 C When removing the primary refrigerant from a system using water Insure that the water as a secondary refrigerant, it is important to follow which doesn't become procedure(s) to safeguard the equipment? contaminated with oil in the direct contact heat exchanger.

Insure that the water and Insure that the water is refrigerant separator is drained or continually functioning properly. circulating to avoid freeze-up.

Leave some refrigerant in the system to prevent the water from contaminating the referigerant if there is a leak.

11

2764 A In a vapor compression refrigeration system with a freeze, dairy, immediately before each on the inlet side of the and thaw box, a solenoid valve should be installed ___________. expansion valve receiver 2765 A Which of the listed components of the refrigeration system shown The accumulator, device The condenser, device "20". "6". in the illustration provides the functions similar to an evaporator during the heating cycle of the unit? 2766 B P-tanks are filled through the _________. discharge line pressurized fill line

in the liquid line in the vapor line bypassing the expansion bypassing the oil valve separator The evaporator, device "18". fill line by gravity The defrost pan heater, device "26". the hatch or manway in the top of the tank by gravity orange 529 gpm See illustration number(s): RA-0018

11

11

11 11

2767 C All of the links in the last shot of anchor chain are painted yellow __________. 66 gpm 2768 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 100 strokes/minute with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke with a volumetric efficiency of 90%, what is the capacity of this pump? 2769 B The rupture disc on a low pressure centrifugal unit relieves economizer pressure directly from the __________. 2770 D If a block and tackle arrangement were rigged as shown in figure 79 lbs. "D" in the illustration, the amount of force "P" required to hold the 396 pound load stationary would be _______________. 2771 B Inspection of the water-sides of chillers and condensers for leaking tubes should be conducted on a regular basis. How frequently on a minimum basis should these inspections be conducted? once a month

white 132 gpm

red 264 gpm

11 11

chiller 98 lbs.

condenser 118 lbs.

compressor 132 lbs. See illustration number(s): GS-0110

11

once every six months

once a year

once every other year

11

2772 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 100 82 gpm strokes/minute with a 7" diameter cylinder, an 11" stroke and operating at a 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2773 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 100 360 gpm strokes/minute, with a 7" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2774 D The thermostat controlling the operation of the solenoid valve to a evaporator coil inlet refrigerated box senses _____________. temperature 2775 D Which of the listed item numbers represents the drip pan heater used in the refrigeration system shown in the illustration? 2777 B Charging liquid CFC-11 into a system under a heavy vacuum could cause __________.

165 gpm

330 gpm

407 gpm

11

90 gpm

180 gpm

529 gpm

11 11

evaporator coil outlet temperature 6 8

compressor discharge temperature 18

the refrigerated box temperature 26 See illustration number(s): RA-0018

11

the purge unit to operate system secondary refrigerant to freeze

air and moisture to enter rupture disk to rupture the reciever

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2779 D As shown in the illustration, a section of standard weight 6.189 inches seamless steel pipe, has an external diameter of 6.1 inches. When the pipe, is bent into a 90 degree turn, the length of the out side edge of the curve "A-B" will exceed the length of the inside edge of the curve "C-D" by __________. 2780 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 100 157 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 14" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


7.291 inches 9.006 inches 9.582 inches

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): GS-0108

11

77 gpm

308 gpm

840 gpm

11 11

2781 C The EPA allows a large low pressure system to be pressurized adding excess refrigerant adding nitrogen during repairs by __________. 143 gpm 2782 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 100 72 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2783 A In order to recognize the amount of anchor chain paid out, specific portions of the chain are color coded and wrapped with wire. A red painted detachable line would be found between the __________. 2785 D Which of the listed item numbers represents the low pressure cutout of the refrigeration system shown in the illustration? 2786 B Dust covers or plugs must be placed on all dry material fill and discharge lines P-tanks to __________. 2787 C The high pressure cut-out switch used on refrigeration units for low pressure systems is set to shut off the compressor at ___________. maintain good seamanship 1 psig

adding heat with controlled hot water 286 gpm

adding CFC-22 672 gpm

11

number 1 and 2 shots of number 2 and 3 shots of number 3 and 4 shots of all of the above chain chain chain

11

24

28

29

30 See illustration number(s): RA-0018 prevent accidental filling of the tank 15 psig

11 11

prevent moisture from entering the tank 5 psig

prevent accidental discharge on deck 10 psig

11 11

2788 B A micrometer scale reading is indicated as 0.361 inches and is Figure A represented in the illustration by ____________. 2789 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 100 529 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2790 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 100 242 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2791 B The inlet of the purge units used with some compressors in low pressure refrigeration systems is connected to the __________. 2792 D Which illustrated device would be best suited for measuring the flow rate of wet gases using a primary, differential pressure, flow element? economizer

Figure B 66 gpm

Figure C 132 gpm

Figure G 264 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0013

11

407 gpm

61 gpm

121 gpm

11

condenser

compressor

evaporator

11

Figure A

Figure D

Figure E

All of the above

See illustration number(s): GS-0126

11

2793 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 100 98 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 10" stroke and operating with 80% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2794 C A properly adjusted thermostatic expansion valve will have a constant valve opening under a condition of constant _____________. 2795 B Which of the listed item numbers represents the device termed the "heat exchanger" of the refrigeration system shown in the illustration? supply pressure

49 gpm

196 gpm

272 gpm

11

suction pressure

refrigerant superheat

compressor speed

11

13

18

26 See illustration number(s): RA-0018

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2796 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 150 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 97% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2797 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 200 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 77% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2798 B In order to recognize the amount of anchor chain paid out, specific portions of the chain are color coded and wrapped with wire. The third shot of chain should have __________. 49 gpm

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


99 gpm 25 gpm 32 gpm

General Knowledge

11

92 gpm

180 pm

183 gpm

46 gpm

11

three turns of wire wrapped around the detachable link

three turns of wire wrapped around the stud of the third link on each side of the detachable link 50% 60%

three turns of wire wrapped around the stud of the link on each side of the detachabale link 70%

one turn of wire wrapped around the stud of the third link on each side of the detachable link 75%

11

2799 C Liquid recovery alone will typically remove the total refrigerant charge from a low pressure system up to ______. 2800 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 120 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 81% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 25 gpm

11

50 pm

59 gpm

96 gpm

11

61 gpm 2801 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 100 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 529 gpm 2802 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 100 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2803 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 120 15 gpm strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2804 D Hot gas bypass is one of the methods used to _____________. relieve excessive compressor head pressure 22

242 gpm

407 gpm

121 gpm

11

132 gpm

264 gpm

66 gpm

11

38 gpm

61 gpm

30 gpm

11

produce flash gas at the reduce flooding of the expansion valve receiver at low loads 27 29

defrost the evaporator coils 30 See illustration number(s): RA-0018 red on the detachable link

11

2805 C Which of the listed item numbers represents the liquid line solenoid valve for the refrigeration system shown in the illustration? 2806 C In order to recognize the amount of anchor chain paid out, specific portions of the chain are color coded and wrapped with wire. The second shot of the chain is painted __________.

11

white on the detachable red for two links on either white for two links on link side of the detachable either side of the link detachable line 5 psig Figure D 156 lbs. 10 psig Figure F 169 lbs.

11 11 11

2807 D The rupture disc used on low pressure refrigerant containers is 1 psig set for __________. 2808 D A micrometer scale reading is indicated as 0.246 inches and is Figure C represented in the illustration by ____________. 2809 A If a block and tackle arrangement were rigged as shown in figure 141 lbs. "D" in the illustration, the amount of force "P" required to hold the 423 pound load stationary would be _______________. 2810 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 200 23 gpm strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

15 psig Figure I 185 lbs. See illustration number(s): GS-0013 See illustration number(s): GS-0110

11

11 gpm

40 gpm

46 gpm

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2811 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 100 39 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2812 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 110 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2813 D In order to recognize the amount of anchor chain paid out, specific portions of the chain are color coded and wrapped with wire. The first shot of chain is painted __________. 51 gpm

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


77 gpm 154 gpm 105 gpm

General Knowledge

11

61 gpm

31 gpm

123 gpm

11

white on the detachable link and red on each link to either side of the detachable link

white on the detachable link and white on each link to either side of the detachable link

red on the detachable link and red on each link to either side of the detachable link Set the high pressure cutout on manual to prevent automatic starting.

red on the detachable link and white on each link to either side of the detachable link Use the hot gas defrost line to remove frost on coils.

11

2814 A Which of the precautions listed should be taken before opening any part of a refrigeration system?

Find the leaks in the Make certain that a positive pressure exists system with a Halide in the system to prevent torch. entrance of moisture. 8 12

11

2815 D Which of the item numbers listed represents the accumulator of the refrigeration system shown in the illustration? 2816 B During normal operation, how is most of the refrigerant released to the atmosphere from low pressure systems? 2817 C A short weighted hose is attached to the end of the P-tank fixed discharge line on board a supply boat to __________. 2818 C The reading on the micrometer scale shown in figure "H" in the illustration is ____________. 2819 B A high reading is only indicated at the salinity cell labeled "6" shown in the illustration. This would be the probable result of __________. 2820 A As shown in the illustration, a section of standard weight seamless steel pipe, has an external diameter of 6.6 inches. When the pipe, is bent into a 90 degree turn, the length of the outside edge of the curve "A-B" will exceed the length of the inside edge of the curve "C-D" by __________. 2823 A Minor repairs may be performed on low pressure refrigerant systems without recovering the refrigerant charge if the pressure in the system is raised to atmospheric. How may this be accomplished? through water-side systems prevent accidental back flow of dry bulk material 0.154 inch a minor tube leak in the distillate condenser in item "III" 10.367 inches

13

20 See illustration number(s): RA-0018

11 11

through a leaking rupture through the compressor disk shaft seal maintain a non-vibrating prevent dry material from All of the above delivery rate being discharged on deck 0.413 inch a faulty cell at this location 0.438 inch the compensating temperature is set too low for this cell location 15.367 inches 0.450 inch All of the above See illustration number(s): GS-0013 See illustration number(s): GS-0053

through the purge unit

11 11

11

13.006 inches

19.059 inches

See illustration number(s): GS-0108

11

heat the refrigerant

pressurize the system with nitrogen

charge the system until it open the system vent to is completely filled with the atmosphere and liquid refrigerant allow the pressure to equalize washed with an ammonia and alcohol solution 14 29 grounded to the compressor 30 See illustration number(s): RA-0018

11

2824 B Before charging a refrigeration unit, the refrigerant charging lines flushed with clean should be _____________. refrigerant oil 2825 A Which of the numbers listed represents the main component of the refrigeration system, shown in the illustration, used to determine whether the unit is to operate in the cooling or heating mode? 5

purged with the refrigerant

11

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2826 A Under what conditions would the oily-water separator system illustrated fail to effectively process a mixture of oily-water?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


When the oily-water mixture is an emulsion the effectiveness of the separator is greatly reduced. Without detergents the effectiveness of the separator is greatly reduced. When there are small air leaks in the discharge piping, the effectiveness of the separator will greatly reduced. system leaks When the oily-water separator is in the process mode it will effectively handle emulsions. high ambient temperature 55 gpm

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): GS-0113

11

2827 C In a low pressure refrigeration system, excessive running of the purge system generally indicates which probable condition?

faulty purge system vent overcharged system valve 110 gpm

11

2828 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 100 28 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? I only 2829 D A graphite additive type grease would be effectively used for lubricating ________. I. a topping lift winch bearing II. a fuel oil service pump bearing 2830 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 100 44 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 8" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2831 A Design characteristics of lubricating oil sump tanks include _____________. installation of baffles to prevent excessive sloshing of oil

38 gpm

11

II only

Both I and II

Neither I nor II

11

88 gpm

157 gpm

176 gpm

11

cooling coils made of sufficient capacity to contain all the lube oil in welded seamless steel the system except for pipe the contents of the gravity tank low efficiency purge unit dryer core needs replacement 127 lbs. 140 lbs.

insuring the bottom of the sump is integral with the shell plating

11

2832 A Excessive moisture being collected in the purge unit of a low pressure refrigeration system could indicate which probable condition?

leaking condenser or chiller tubes

improper charging of refrigerant 150 lbs. See illustration number(s): GS-0110

11

2833 D If a block and tackle arrangement were rigged as shown in figure 118 lbs. "D" in the illustration, the amount of force "P" required to hold the 423 pound load stationary would be _______________. 2834 B Low side passive charging of a refrigeration system may be speeded up by _____________. warming the service cylinder with a torch

11

warming the service cylinder with hot water

inverting the service cylinder

inclining the service cylinder

11 11

2835 C Which of the numbers listed represents the equalizing line shown 4 11 16 19 See illustration in the illustration? number(s): RA-0018 2836 B In a refrigeration system, what is meant by the term "high Those purge units which Those purge units which Those purge units which Those purge units which draw very little electrical need the least amount of discharge very little efficiency purge unit?" discharge the highest power. on-going maintenance. percentage of refrigerant refrigerant with the air being removed. with the air being removed. 2837 A A short, weighted hose is attached to the end of the P-tank fixed discharge line on board a supply boat to ___________. keep the end of the hose maintain a low discharge keep the end of the fixed All of the above under water and prevent flow rate discharge line from excessively vibrating dust from blowing on the boat 3.9 tons 195 gpm 3.1 tons 970 gpm 3.3 tons 390 gpm

11

11 11

2838 A If your vessel burns 5 tons of fuel per hour at 23 knots, how many 2.4 tons tons per hour will it burn at 18 knots? 2839 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 672 gpm 100 strokes/minute, with a 7" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2840 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 308 gpm 100 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 14" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2841 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 143 gpm 100 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2842 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 150 25 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


154 gpm 77 gpm 840 pm

General Knowledge

11

286 gpm

726 gpm

672 gpm

11

59 gpm

50 gpm

99 gpm

11

2843 B What must be done to use standard leak detection methods on a lower the pressure in the raise the pressure in the cool the refrigerant system above low pressure refrigeration system? system below atmospheric atmospheric 2844 C When using the test set up shown in the illustrated to find a leak in an evaporator coil, it is important to remember that _____________. 2845 A Which of the item numbers listed represents the device used to activate the three way valve of the refrigeration system shown in the illustration? 2846 B The reading on the micrometer scale shown in figure "I" in the 0.220 inch illustration is ____________. 105 gpm 2847 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 180 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 89% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? the flame will turn blue in a large flame is more sensitive than a small the presence of a flame refrigerant 24 27

add HCFC-22 to the system See illustration number(s): RA-0004

11

The refrigerant is heavier all of the above than air and will be detected below the leak 29

11

30 See illustration number(s): RA-0018 0.253 inch 209 gpm See illustration number(s): GS-0013

11 11

0.246 inch 314 gpm

0.250 inch 52 gpm

11

2848 D While the illustrated system is operated at sea the strainer in line a significant reduction in pump "K" becoming "4" becomes fouled, this will result in _____________. distillate production vapor bound 2851 D Which of the figures in the fastener illustration GS-0080 would be figure A used with figure "C" in illustration GS-0015? 2852 B What would be the result of throttling the suction valve to the point I only where the flow was less than that recommended by a centrifugal pump manufacture? I. The discharge head would be reduced. II. The pump would begin to cavitate. 2853 B As shown in the illustration, a section of standard weight, seamless steel pipe, has an external diameter of 5.2 inches. When the pipe, is bent into a 90 degree turn, the length of the outside edge of the curve "A-B" will exceed the length of the inside edge of the curve "C-D" by __________. 2854 C A quick method used to test a water cooled condenser for refrigerant leaks is to test the _____________. 2855 B Which of the item numbers listed represents the device used to prevent refrigerant flow into the "drip pan heater" during normal cooling periods of the refrigeration system shown in the illustration? 7.980 inches figure D

the temperature regulated by "L" difficult to maintain figure F

nothing unusual for the area of operation indicated figure K

See illustration number(s): GS-0053 See illustration number(s): GS-0080 GS0015

11

11

II only

Both I and II

Neither I nor II

11

8.168 inches

13.168 inches

16.127 inches

See illustration number(s): GS-0108

11

cooling water for proper pH 24

receiver for water content air vents on the condenser tubes condenser heads with a hydrostatically halide torch 27 29 30 See illustration number(s): RA-0018

11

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2856 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 150 25 gpm strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 97% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


99 gpm 32 gpm 49 gpm

General Knowledge

11

2857 C Why is a short, weighted hose attached and secured to the end of To keep the end of the To keep down the the fixed discharge line from a supply boat P-tank? hose from lifting off the discharge flow rate. deck of the supply boat. 2858 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 200 92 gpm strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 77% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2859 C If your vessel burns 6 tons of fuel per hour at 22 knots, how many 4.6 tons tons per hour will it burn at 17 knots? 98 gpm 2860 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 100 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 10" stroke and operating with 80% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2861 A All watertight doors and watertight hatches on small passenger vessels of less than 100 gross tons are required to be marked in letters __________. of at least 1-inch, "watertight door-close in an emergency" or "watertight hatch-close in emergency" 59 gpm 46 gpm

To prevent injury when pressurized air discharges from the open end of the hose 180 gpm

All of the above

11

183 gpm

11 11

3.9 tons 272 gpm

2.8 tons 196 gpm

1.7 tons 49 gpm

11

of at least 1-inch, not to exceed 1-inch "watertight door-close in "emergency exit, keep clear" emergency" or "watertight hatch-close in emergency" 25 gpm 50 gpm

not to exceed 1-inch, "emergency exit, keep clear"

11

2862 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 150 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

99 gpm

11

2863 B If valve "4", shown in the illustration, does not open when the oily- Backflush water would water separator shifts into the oil discharge mode, which of the cause the oil following statements describes what would occur? accumulated in the upper section of the tank to be forced back into the bilge spaces. 2864 C Which of the processes listed would be the most satisfactory Cooling the air to a method to use to lower the humidity of the air being circulated by temperature just above an air conditioning system? dew point. 2865 D Which of the listed pairs of numbered items provide the same function in the refrigeration system shown in the illustration? 2866 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 170 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 96% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2867 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 150 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 97% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2868 A If the discharge valves on a refrigeration compressor are leaking slightly, the compressor will ___________. 24 & 30

The separator operation would stall as a result of oil remaining on the lower probe of item "6".

The separator operation would stall do to the presence of water at the upper probe of item "6".

The separator operation See illustration would continue as valve number(s): GS-0153 "4" is only used during the remote manual mode.

11

Heating the air to a point Cooling the air to a point Heating the air and then at which moisture will below dew point, then cooling it to a point below boil off, then recooling it. reheating it. dew point. 18 & 26 2 & 23 3 & 21 See illustration number(s): RA-0018

11

11

107 gpm

53 gpm

80 gpm

27 gpm

11

49 gpm

99 gpm

32 gpm

25 gpm

11

run continuously

not start

short cycle on the water short cycle on the high low pressure switch pressure switch Both I and II Neither I nor II See illustration number(s): GS-0012

11

2869 A In the illustration, the item labeled as "27" is _________. I. I only used to vent off air from the casing II. to supply sealing water to the stuffing box

II only

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2870 B If a block and tackle arrangement were rigged as shown in figure 12 lbs. "G" in the illustration, the amount of force "P" required to hold the 236 pound load stationary would be _______________. 2871 D All escape hatches and other emergency exits on small passenger vessels of less than 100 gross tons shall be marked on ___________. 2872 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 200 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 77% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2873 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 120 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 81% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


59 lbs. 79 lbs. 94 lbs.

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): GS-0110

11

exterior side, in less than exterior side only, in at 2-inch letters "watertight least 2-inch letters openning- keep clear" "emergency exit-keep clear" 46 gpm 92 gpm

both sides, in at least 2- both sides, in at least 2inch letters "watertight inch letters "emergency door-close in exit-keep clear" emergency" 183 gpm 180 gpm

11

11

25 gpm

59 gpm

50 gpm

99 gpm

11

2874 B A cargo hold has been determined to have a relative humidity of decrease 80% and a dry bulb temperature of 85F. When the hold is sealed and the dry bulb temperature decreases, the relative humidity in the space will ____________. 2875 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 200 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2876 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 100 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2877 B The hydraulic tubing installation shown as figure D is INCORRECT and will probably leak when in operation because the tubing _____________. 11 gpm

increase

decrease to zero

remain unchanged

11

46 gpm

23 gpm

40 gpm

11

39 gpm

77 gpm

157 gpm

105 gpm

11

will contract in diameter and expand in length under pressure

has no provision for eliminating strain by absorbing vibration

will stretch and overstress the male threads on the fitting

See illustration cannot flex at right number(s): GS-0065 angles to the pressure applied by the fluid because it is not properly twisted increase to 35-37 psi 10.1 tons 38 gpm

11 11 11

2878 C When a P-tank has been properly emptied, the tank pressure will increase to 3-5 psi immediately __________. 2879 B If your vessel burns 8 tons of fuel per hour at 15 knots, how many 12.8 tons tons per hour will it burn at 19 knots? 110 gpm 2880 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 100 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2881 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 110 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2882 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 100 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 31 gpm

decrease to 35-37 psi 16.3 tons 28 gpm

decrease to 3-5 psi 10.6 tons 55 gpm

11

123 gpm

61 gpm

51 gpm

11

22 gpm

44 gpm

88 gpm

20 gpm

11

2883 C If your vessel burns 8 tons of fuel per hour at 15 knots, how many 11.7 tons tons per hour will it burn at 20 knots?

10.7 tons

19.0 tons

14.2 tons

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


reduction in condenser fully closed discharge air flow (dirty condenser) service valve

General Knowledge

2884 C The compressor used in an air-cooled air conditioning system is loosely fitted compressor partially opened liquid short cycling. A service check determines the suction pressure is drive belt service valve above the normal cut-in point with an exceptionally high head pressure and high superheat at the evaporator. This is probably the result of a _____________. 2885 D When repairing a refrigeration system, a swedge would be used to carry out which of the following operations? Swedges are used to remove any sweated edges formed on the tubing while soldering. Swedges are used during the breaking-in of refrigeration compressors and drive motors. 67 gpm

11

A swedge is no longer used with repairing refrigeration systems due to progressive changes in the tool industry. 135 gpm

Swedges can be used to expand an end of one tube to fit onto a tube of the same external diameter. 223 gpm

11

2886 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 100 strokes/minute, with a 7" diameter cylinder, a 9" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

270 gpm

11

82 gpm 2887 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 100 strokes/minute, with a 7" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2888 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 90 gpm 100 strokes/minute, with a 7" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2889 D One of the primary steps in assisting someone who has been loosen all clothing overcome by ammonia vapors is to _____________. 2890 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 120 25 gpm strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 81% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2891 A The lubrication of a precision high speed bearing depends upon a adequate quantity at system that produces ________. sufficient pressure 94 gpm 2892 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 110 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 10" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2893 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 140 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2894 C In a two stage centrifugal air conditioning system, the liquid refrigerant passes through the condenser directly to the _____________. 2895 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 120 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 36 gpm

330 gpm

165 gpm

407 gpm

11

180 gpm

360 gpm

529 gpm

11 11

provide the victim with smelling salts 99 gpm

rinse the affected area with water 59 gpm

give the patient plenty of fresh air 50 gpm

11 11

high detergent oil with pressure additives 47 gpm

constant viscosity lubrication 187 gpm

a minimum of 15 psi to all parts of the system 206 gpm

11

45 gpm

18 gpm

72 gpm

11

evaporator

chiller

economizer

expansion valve

11

14 gpm

28 gpm

19 gpm

7 gpm

11

2896 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 43 gpm 110 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and opperating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2897 D If a refrigeration compressor were short cycling on the low pressure cutout switch, the cause might be that the ____________.

86 gpm

100 gpm

172 gpm

11

system was overcharged system was low on oil with refrigerant

suction valves were leaking slightly

system was low on refrigerant

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11 2898 C When all of the dry bulk material has been delivered from a Ptank, it should be blown out by repressurizing to ______. 2899 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 110 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2900 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 110 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 5-10 psi 51 gpm

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


10-15 psi 31 gpm 25-30 psi 61 gpm 40-50 psi 123 gpm

General Knowledge

11

33 gpm

49 gpm

25 gpm

98 gpm

11 11

2901 A Considering equal capacities, which refrigeration system can Ammonia employ the smallest compressor? 2902 C If a block and tackle arrangement were rigged as shown in figure 13 lbs. "G" in the illustration, the amount of force "P" required to hold the 254 pound load stationary would be _______________. 2903 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 130 strokes/minute, with 5" diameter cylinder, a 8" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 82 gpm

Carbon Dioxide 43 lbs.

Dichlorodifluoromethane Monochlorodifluorometh ane 64 lbs. 102 lbs. See illustration number(s): GS-0110

11

132 gpm

164 gpm

41 gpm

11

2904 C The primary purpose of the thermostatic expansion valve as used regulate refrigerant in most refrigeration plants is to _____________. passage through the solenoid valve

ensure that liquid refrigerant returning to the compressor has the proper superheat

maintain constant maintain a constant degree of superheat at evaporator coil pressure the evaporator coil outlet independent of suction pressure variations open the discharge valve service port by closing the service valve approximately 1/4 to 1/2 of a turn 193 gpm open only the valve connected to the discharge service fitting on the outlet of the king valve 300 gpm

11

2905 C In a refigeration system, once the compound gage manifold lines open the discharge valve continue to backseat the discharge service valve are attached to the service connections, you should ascertain that service port by closing the service valve by turning it clockwise the valves on the gage manifold are closed, and then __________. 2906 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 110 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 9" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 75 gpm 150 gpm

11

11

2907 D If R-502, which is mixture comprised of 48.8% R-22 and 51.2% R- either R-22 or R-115 115, is recovered from a refrigeration system, it must be placed in a recovery tank having containing _________. 2908 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 110 strokes/minute, with a 8" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2909 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 110 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2910 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 110 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2911 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 110 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 14" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 240 gpm

R-22 only

R-115 only

R-502 only

11

120 gpm

329 gpm

479 gpm

11

113 gpm

225 gpm

56 gpm

270 gpm

11

159 gpm

345 gpm

319 gpm

80 gpm

11

86 gpm

172 gpm

343 gpm

400 gpm

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2912 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 110 strokes/minute, with a 7" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2913 C Which of the following refrigerants is considered to be the oldest in use? 2914 C The primary purpose of the thermostatic expansion valve in a typical multi-box shipboard refrigeration system is to _____________. 2915 C When purging a gage manifold, which of the fittings listed is normally tightened last? 217 gpm

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


108 gpm 403 gpm 434 gpm

General Knowledge

11 11

Methyl Chloride control the refrigerated space temperature The hose fitting at the discharge valve is tightened last after purging the low pressure line.

Sulphur Dioxide

Ammonia

Carbon Dioxide control the refrigerant temperature entering the evaporator The low pressure hose fitting at the gage manifold is the only fitting that is connected first and tightened last.

regulate the compressor regulate the amount of suction pressure refrigerant superheat leaving the evaporator The fittings at the discharge and suction valves of the compressor are both closed simultaneously to prevent objective cross flows. 204 gpm The hose fitting at the suction service valve is tightened last after purging the center connection.

11

11

2917 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 110 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2918 B As soon as all of the pulverized material has been discharged from a P-tank, the tank should be _________.

102 gpm

51 gpm

245 gpm

11

vented and depressurized

repressurized and blown repressurize and blown out with the discharge out with the discharge hoses connected hoses disconnected reclaimed recycled

allowed to stand empty, but pressurized until refilled destroyed

11

2919 A The prohibition against the venting of halogenated floro-carbon recovered refrigerants to the atmosphere requires that, at a minimum, the refrigerant must be __________. 2920 D A micrometer scale reading is indicated as 0.254 inches and is Figure C represented in the illustration by ____________. 2922 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 110 120 gpm strokes/minute, with a 8" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2923 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 120 113 gpm strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2924 C One benefit of proper air circulation in a refrigerated cargo space is _____________. 2925 D Valve "10" in the refrigeration system shown in the illustration is known to close effectively. The low side of the system is pumped down and the compressor is off. The suction pressure gage initially indicates a vacuum, but slowly increases to "0" psig. Which of the following statements describes the probable cause? 2926 C As shown in the illustration, a section of standard weight, seamless steel pipe, has an external diameter of 4.6 inches. When the pipe, is bent into a 90 degree turn, the length of the outside edge of the curve "A-B" will exceed the length of the inside edge of the curve "C-D" by __________. 2927 B If solenoid "A" illustrated is energized, the ________. more temperature differential Compressor discharge valves are not sealing properly.

11 11

Figure D 329 gpm

Figure G 479 gpm

Figure I 240 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0013

11

56 gpm

225 gpm

270 gpm

11 11

increased moisture reduced slime and mold content Condenser check valve, Heat exchanger, item item "7" has a defective "13" has an internal leak. valve seat.

increased density of the air There is a small leak at See illustration number(s): RA-0018 the dehydrator fittings indicated by the presence of minute quantities of oil. 7.435 inches See illustration number(s): GS-0108

11

5.246 inches

6.113 inches

7.226 inches

11

pump should reverse the cylinder should extend direction of flow

pump should discharge directly to the resevoir

cylinder should retract

See illustration number(s): GS-0041

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2928 A If a block and tackle arrangement were rigged as shown in figure 74 lbs. "G" in the illustration, the amount of force "P" required to hold the 294 pound load stationary would be _______________. 2929 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 110 80 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2930 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 110 86 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 14" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2931 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 110 108 gpm strokes/minute, with a 7" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2932 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 110 102 gpm strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2934 C Which of the lettered items correctly identifies the parts of the refrigeration valve shown in the illustration?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


90 lbs. 98 lbs. 118 lbs.

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): GS-0110

11

159 gpm

319 gpm

345 gpm

11

343 gpm

172 gpm

400 gpm

11

434 gpm

403 gpm

217 gpm

11

51 gpm

204 gpm

245 gpm

11

A-front seat, C-back seat, and D-seal cap

D-front seat, E-normal outlet, and G-valve packing The system contains excessive refrigerant.

A-seal cap, D-front seat, B-valve stem, C-front and F-gage connection seat, and F-packing gland Check valve, item "27" has acquired foreign matter preventing it from closing. Dehydrator, item "12" is clogged and requires changing.

See illustration number(s): RA-0008 See illustration number(s): RA-0018

11

2935 C The refrigeration system shown in the illustration is pumped down There is a discernible hole in the suction and the compressor is cycled off. The compressor suction and discharge valves and valve "10" have been checked and found to piping. be in good order. Which of the problems listed is indicated if the suction pressure rises rapidly from a vacuum to above atmospheric pressure? 2936 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 110 67 gpm strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 10" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2937 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 110 47 gpm strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 10" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2938 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 170 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2939 A An example of a small refrigeration appliance identified as TYPE I, is _________. 27 gpm

11

135 gpm

270 gpm

245 gpm

11

187 gpm

94 gpm

206 gpm

11

107 gpm

80 gpm

53 gpm

11

A water cooler with four pounds of refrigerant

a cargo container refrigerant system containing 4.9 lbs of refrigerant. 39 gpm

a 25 ton air conditioning each of the above plant provided it does not answers is correct meet the criteria for a TYPE II appliance. 49 gpm 98 gpm

11

2940 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 170 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 85% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2941 C The purpose of nozzles in a liquid mud system is to_________.

25 gpm

11

aerate the mud to insure clean the mud from the proper oxygen content bottom of the tank

circulate the mud to prevent barite from settling

Prevent barite from damaging the pump

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2942 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 110 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 79% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 52 gpm

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


26 gpm 72 gpm 103 gpm

General Knowledge

11

2943 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 79 gpm 130 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2944 D The high pressure cutout switch will stop the refrigeration centrifugal compressor when there is _____________.

237 gpm

158 gpm

39 gpm

11

a stoppage of condenser fouled condenser tubes cooling water flow

excessive air in the system

all of the above

11

Solenoid valve, item "24" Three way valve, item "5" See illustration Check valve, item "27" is Drip pan heater, item 2945 D The refrigeration system shown in the illustration has been leaking. "26" is no longer melting is operating correctly and is not seating properly. number(s): RA-0018 operating in the cooling mode for twenty minutes and has not is opened. ice. entered the programmed defrost period. Which of the following is indicated if the line marked "25" feels hot, even though the box temperature has been gradually decreasing? 89 gpm 2946 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 160 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2947 A What three (3) types of drilling fluids can be transported by an OSV? 2948 B The operation of a P-tank depends upon _________. water based mud, oil based mud and completion fluids liquifying the dry bulk material 266 gpm 178 gpm 44 gpm

11

11

salt water mud, fresh water mud and correction fluids directing the bulk material to a central discharge point within the pressure vessel Figure B

offshore mud, inland mud and dry chemicals

barite, oil and zinc bromide

11

providing a central All of the above suction point to the liquid mud pump Figure C Figure G See illustration number(s): GS-0013

11 11

2949 C A micrometer scale reading is indicated as 0.349 inches and is represented in the illustration by ____________. 2952 C Which of the following steps should be taken before taking on a load of liquid mud for transport to a MODU?

Figure A Flood the tanks with carbon dioxide and test product with an explosimeter (gas detector)

Test a sample to insure Insure that the sea chest All of the above. that the emulsifying valve is closed and not amines do not exceed a leaking. STEL of 25 ppm. 61 lbs. 77 lbs. 84 lbs. See illustration number(s): GS-0110

11

2953 D If a block and tackle arrangement were rigged as shown in figure 54 lbs. "G" in the illustration, the amount of force "P" required to hold the 334 pound load stationary would be _______________. (See illustration GS-0110) 2954 D An economizer, or heat interchanger, is installed in a refrigeration reduce the possibility of system to _____________. sweating of the suction line

11

reduce the temperature reduce the possibility of all of the above of liquid refrigerant prior liquid refrigerant flooding back to the compressor to entering the expansion valve There is a restriction at The condenser check the pilot valve controlling valve is not operating the three way valve. correctly causing the condenser coils to become flooded. 52 gpm 105 gpm There is a restriction in the liquid line. See illustration number(s): RA-0018

11

2955 D The refrigeration system shown in the illustration is operating in the cooling mode. The discharge head pressure is slightly above normal and the suction pressure is lower than normal, with the ball in the sight glass floating high. Which of the following indicates the probable cause? 2956 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 180 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 89% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

There is a restriction at the three way valve.

11

209 gpm

314 gpm

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2957 B Federal regulations permit refrigerant to be released to the atmosphere under which conditions? 2958 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 140 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 83% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


When testing a system When release is When adding oil to a for leaks using R-12 and considered "De Minimis". compressor. nitrogen. 59 gpm 71 gpm 30 gpm During replacement of a compressor. 119 gpm

General Knowledge

11

11

2959 D If it is necessary to prevent the rudder from moving while a repair screw in the locking pin, tighten the locking is made on the steering system using the illustrated actuator item "J" screws in item "S" ___________.

tighten the locking pins, secure the valves in the item "H" at each position supply and return lines of item "I" to keep the rudder from swinging The separator operation would stall do to the presence of water at the shorter probe of item "S".

See illustration number(s): GS-0116

11

2960 B If valve "V2A" in the illustration does not open when the oily-water Backflush water would separator shifts into the oil discharge mode, which of the following cause the oil accumulated in the upper statements describes what would occur? section of the tank to be forced back into the bilge spaces. 2961 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 180 59 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 96% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2962 B In the hydraulic schematic illustrated, the pump symbol indicates the use of a ________. 2964 C The amount of refrigerant in a storage cylinder is measured by _____________. 2965 D Which of the conditions listed would indicate the refrigeration system shown in the illustration is insufficiently charged? constant flow gear type pump pressure

The separator operation would stall as a result of oil remaining on the longer probe of item "S".

The separator operation See illustration would continue as valve number(s): GS-0113 "V4" is only used during the remote manual mode. 47 gpm

11

24 gpm

94 gpm

11 11 11

constant flow pump of indefinite construction volume

constant flow screw type bi-directional rotating pump constant flow pump weight temperature The existence of, or the ability to develop, a 150 psi head pressure. All of the above.

See illustration number(s): GS-0041

The position of the A suction pressure floating ball in the whose saturation receiver tank sight glass. temperature is equal to the existing box temperature. 134 gpm

See illustration number(s): RA-0018

11

2966 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 180 626 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 14" stroke and operating with 87% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2967 D Newly developed refrigerants, used to reduce stratospheric ozone will condense at a depletion, are sometimes refered to as azeotropic. This means temperature lower than that the resulting liquid_________. the boiling point of the componant withthe lowest boiling point

268 gpm

537 gpm

11

boils at a temperature equal to the boiling point of the component with the lowest boiling point

will condense at a temperature equal to the highest condensation point of the component with a condensation point equal to any one of the components directing the material to the air outlet a gauge reading of zero when the control handle is in the purge position

boils at a temperature independent of any individual components in the mixture

11 11

fluidizing the dry bulk material 2969 A When checking the level of a fuel oil tank using a pneumercator, repeating the process the initial reading obtained can be quickly verified by and getting the same _____________. reading again

2968 A The operation of a P-tank depends upon _________.

creating a liquified barite slurry sounding the tank with a tape coated with a fuel indicating paste

All of the above a gauge reading equal to supply air pressure when the control handle is in the purge position 270 gpm

11

2970 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 67 gpm 110 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 10" stroke and operating with 83% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

135 gpm

247 gpm

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2971 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 130 30 gpm strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


9 gpm 36 gpm 18 gpm

General Knowledge

11

2973 C If solenoid "A" of the valve illustrated is energized, the cylinder will extend with rate of ________. movement controlled 2974 B Dehydrators are usually located in the liquid line of refrigeration systems in order to _____________. 2975 D The suction pressure of the refrigeration system shown in the illustration is abnormally low, with a normal discharge pressure. Which of the following statements describes the probable cause and corrective action? remove oil from the refrigerant

retract with rate of movement controlled prevent icing of the expansion valve

extend with rate of movement uncontrolled reduce compressor discharge line sweating Compressor check valves are leaking; replace only the damaged valves. 4.712 inches

retract with rate of movement uncontrolled prevent liquid slugging in the suction line

See illustration number(s): GS-0041

11

11

Excessive refrigerant is Filter drier is too large for circulating within the the system; replace with system; bleed excess to proper size. the atmosphere. 1.571 inches

Moisture is frozen in the See illustration expansion valve; thaw number(s): RA-0018 valve and replace drier.

11

1.097 inches 2976 D As shown in the illustration, a section of standard weight, seamless steel pipe, has an external diameterof 3.8 inches. When the pipe, is bent into a 90 degree turn, the length of the outside edge of the curve "A-B" will exceed the length of the inside edgeof the curve "C-D" by __________. 2977 D With regards to the illustrated rudder, the pivot point and rudder stock connection to the vessel is provided by __________. 2978 B The compressor in figure 4, if permitted to operate as illustrated lose its volumetric will _______________. efficiency

5.969 inches

See illustration number(s): GS-0108

11 11

stern post damage the bearings of the motor

clevis post trip the breaker when being restarted for the first time after replacing the belts control valve (item #1)

gudgeon and pintle result in a constant enlargement of the clearance expansion volume manual control valve (item #10) components labeled 4 and 5

See illustration number(s): GS-0131 See illustration number(s): GS-0159

11

2979 D The cab and boom unit of the hydraulic crane circuit illustrated can rotate. The direction and rate of rotation is controlled by the ____________. 2980 D The wire rope drum used in the illustrated hydraulic crane circuit is prevented from accidentally paying out by ____________.

variable stroke pump (item #3)

main pump (item #13)

See illustration number(s): GS-0161 See illustration number(s): GS-0161

11

slightly shifting the hoist the installation of a valve into position "I" to braking valve in line "K" hold the load in a steady to the hydraulic motor position retract with rate of movement controlled 91 lbs.

the use of a spring set, electric solenoid released brake

11

2981 B If solenoid "B" of the valve illustrated is energized, the cylinder will extend with rate of ________. movement controlled 2982 B If a block and tackle arrangement were rigged as shown in figure 88 lbs. "G" in the illustration, the amount of force "P" required to hold the 362 pound load stationary would be _______________. 2983 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 130 42 gpm strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 96% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2984 B A liquid line solenoid valve controls refrigerant flow to the evaporator by _____________. 2985 A Which of the following conditions would indicate that the drier of the refrigeration system shown in the illustration became restricted and required replacement? throttling the refrigerant

extend with rate of movement uncontrolled 121 lbs.

retract with rate of movement uncontrolled 145 lbs.

See illustration number(s): GS-0041 See illustration number(s): GS-0110

11

11

34 gpm

21 gpm

85 gpm

11

fully opening or closing

sensing the superheat in sensing the temperature in the liquid line the tail coil Suction pressure low See illustration with a normal discharge number(s): RA-0018 pressure.

11

Normal discharge pressure with an abnormally low suction pressure.

Frosting at the outlet of Frosting at the outlet of the drier and an the drier and frosting at excessively high suction the three way valve. pressure.

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 2986 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 204 gpm 110 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2987 A The check valve and variable orifice shown in the illustration are restrictor valve provided as a single unit and is typically known as a ________. 2988 C The operation of a P-tank depends upon __________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


102 gpm 245 gpm 51 gpm

General Knowledge

11

counter balance valve

unloading valve

sequence valve

See illustration number(s): GS-0041

11

moving the dry barite with a liquid mud pump

using nozzles to recirculate the dry bulk material 28 gpm

aerating the barite

All of the above

11

2989 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 180 21 gpm strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 97% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2990 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 190 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2991 C The amount of HCFC-123 in a storage cylinder is measured by __________. 2992 C The discharge valve to pump "O" in the system illustrated is only opened by 25%, this will result in _____________. 126 gpm

11 gpm

43 gpm

11

63 gpm

251 gpm

31 gpm

11 11

saturation pressure a reduction in distillate purity

volume the pump becoming vapor bound

weight

saturation temperture See illustration number(s): GS-0053

valve "S" being actuated nothing unusual for the type of operation and dumping to the bilges after a few hours indicated of operation "O" will rotate counterclockwise as oil is returned from the area between "M" and "I" "Q" will rotate counterclockwise as oil is returned from the area between "M" and "I"

11

2993 C If oil under pressure is supplied to the area noted as "N" on the vane in the illustration ___________.

"O" will be hydraulically locked in place even though oil is returned to the main pump from the area between "M" and "I" reduce absorption of refrigerant by the oil The oil p.p.m. sensor, device "30" would initiate an electronic signal.

"O" will rotate clockwise as oil is returned from the area between "M" and "I"

See illustration number(s): GS-0116

11 11

2994 A The lubrication oil in the sump of a secured refrigeration compressor is heated to _____________. 2995 B An excessive amount of oil is circulating throughout the refrigeration system shown in the illustration. Which of the following statements would indicate this improper operating condition?

prevent refrigerant vaporization The suction pressure would be low, with the discharge pressure normal and an associated lack of space cooling.

remove entrained water All pressures would be normal, but the box temperature would be above setpoint.

remove wax and gum The three way valve and See illustration the thermostatic number(s): RA-0018 expansion valve would each have a tendency to operate more efficiently due to the reduction of internal frictional forces.

11

2996 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 150 119 gpm strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 2999 A In the circle illustrated, the circumference is 56.52 inches. What 23.1 square inches is the area of the shaded portion? 3000 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 140 45 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

85 gpm

42 gpm

170 gpm

11 11

27.6 square inches 36 gpm

21.7 square inches 18 gpm

43.3 square inches 72 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0134

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3001 D When the insulation breaks down within a metal encased, portable, electric tool, _____________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


added safety features care should be taken to are built into the insert the plug correctly receptacle to allow when energizing the tool continued use of the tool I only II only you should stand on a grounded deck plate before energizing the tool Both I and II line voltage may be placed on the tool casing making it dangerous to operate Neither I nor II

General Knowledge

11

3002 D In order to maximize the performance of a centrifuge, you can adjust the _______. I. number of disks in the stack II. frequency shooting the bowl 3004 B The individual box temperatures of a multibox refrigeration system are controlled by _____________. 3005 C A refrigeration container is fitted with a cooling system similar to the one shown in the illustration. The suction pressure drops rapidly just after the compressor is started. Although the evaporator coil is warm, frost is forming at the expansion valve outlet. Which of the following statements describes the most probable cause and the corrective action to be taken?

11 11

expansion valves There is a shortage of refrigerant requiring an immediate charge.

solenoid valves

regulation of the cooling water These start-up See illustration The three way valve has The power element of number(s): RA-0018 become lodged in the the expansion valve has characteristics are lost its charge due to a normal and no additional mid position requiring actions are necessary. prompt disassembly and break in the capillary tube; therefore, it is cleaning. necessary to change the power element. slightest shock could cause an explosion

back-pressure valves

11

3006 D Acetylene should never be used at pressures in excess of 15 psig acetylene cylinders have fusible plug will blow out relief valve will lift because the ____________. a maximum allowable pressure of 15 psig 3007 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 170 84 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 97% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 50 gpm 101 gpm

11

202 gpm

11 11

3010 D In the circle illustrated, the circumference is 157.6 inches. What 394.0 square inches 168.5 square inches is the area of the shaded portion? 3011 C Oil is supplied to the illustrated steering gear __________. through flexible hydraulic via the connections hoses via the connection indicated as "J" ports located in the top surface of "O" 3012 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 120 19 gpm strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3013 A A "P-tank", as used aboard oilfield supply boats is _______. a pressurized vessel designed to carry dry pulverized materials 7 gpm

337.0 square inches

See illustration number(s): GS-0134 via hydraulic hoses See illustration through high pressure connected to the orifices number(s): GS-0116 piping at "A" and then internal ports provided in in "B" the housing assembly "U" 28 gpm

179.6 square inches

11

14 gpm

11

a tank which is used to store compressed air at 100 psi compressor discharge temperature

a pneumatically operated All of the above tank used to transport liquid drill mud compressor discharge pressure condenser discharge temperature

11

3014 C Water regulating valves are installed to vary the water flow compressor speed through the water cooled refrigeration condensers in response to ____________.

11

3015 D The three way valve of the refrigeration system shown in the Low discharge pressure Higher than normal illustration leaks internally while the system is in the cooling with an associated low condenser air outlet mode. Which of the following statements indicates this condition? suction pressure. temperature with a higher than normal suction temperature. 3016 A If a block and tackle arrangement were rigged as shown in figure 95 lbs. "G" in the illustration, the amount of force "P" required to hold the 378 pound load stationary would be _______________. 119 lbs.

The inability of the unit to Low discharge pressure See illustration properly pump down the and a normal or high number(s): RA-0018 high side. suction pressure.

11

126 lbs.

151 lbs.

See illustration number(s): GS-0110

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3017 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 150 23 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


35 gpm 46 gpm 70 gpm

General Knowledge

11

3018 C The wire rope drum used in the illustrated hydraulic crane circuit using a bi-directional, a counter balance valve the use of a spring set, is prevented from accidentally paying out by ____________. variable stroke, hydraulic similar to that used in the hydraulically released motor boom circuit brake and a braking valve 3019 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 150 47 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3022 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 190 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 75% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3023 C In the circle illustrated, the circumference is 125.6 inches. What is the area of the shaded portion? 3024 D A typical shipboard domestic multi-box refrigeration system operates with one compressor and condenser. What is the purpose of the sensing line connected to the thermal bulb at the evaporator coil outlet? 3025 D If the suction line of the refrigeration system shown in the illustration sweats excessively during operation, the expansion valve may be stuck open. Which of the following statements would indicate the most probable cause of this situation? 73 gpm 35 gpm 140 gpm

barely shifting valve #8 into envelope #"1"

See illustration number(s): GS-0161

11

70 gpm

11

291 gpm

145 gpm

349 gpm

11 11

234.0 square inches To open or close the solenoid valve when the box temperature increases or decreases. The power element and sensing bulb have lost their charge.

107.0 square inches To open the backpressure regulating valve when evaporator coil pressure increases. The equalizing line has become clogged with wax and ice.

114.1 square inches To direct evaporator outlet pressure to the lower part of the solenoid bellows. The box door is open creating excessive thermal loading.

214.0 square inches To transmit the pressure (proportional to the coil superheat) to the thermal expansion valve. The sensing bulb has become detached from the suction line.

See illustration number(s): GS-0134

11

See illustration number(s): RA-0018

11

3026 B Which of the following listed pressures is the maximum acetylene 10 psi gas pressure that can be safely used in gas welding? 3027 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 110 100 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3028 D In the illustration, line "K" is a ____________. dimension line

15 psi

25 psi

35 psi

11

43 gpm

172 gpm

86 gpm

11 11

leader line 7.812 inches

cutting plane line 8.000 inches

phantom line 10.00 inches

6.000 inches 3029 A The illustrated shaft has an overall length of 42 inches. If the diameter of "E" = 4.750" and "F" = 6", with an indicated radius of "R" = .125" and the taper per foot, "L" = 1.5"; then the tapered length "X" is _____________. 3030 B In the illustrated 8,000 GPD evaporator the salt water feed pump produce the designed and pump "N" are identically constructed. If the vapor pressure quantity of distillate in chamber "II" is 2.1 psia, with a feed temperature of 170F; operating pump "N" with the discharge valve 100% open will ___________. 3031 D The function of item "7" shown in the illustration is to ____________.

See illustration number(s): GS-0006 See illustration number(s): GS-0133

11

contribute to chamber "II" increase the purity of the produce a higher than See illustration and "III" operating at the distillate normal brine concentrate number(s): GS-0053 same absolute pressure

11

direct the flow of the oily- support the tank access allow the oil accumulated prevent separated oil water mixture against the panel to exit the device, while from mixing with the coalescer bed remaining separated incoming bilge water from the liquid

See illustration number(s): GS-0153

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3032 A The illustrated shaft has an overall length of 15 inches. If the diameter of "E" = 2.5" and "F" = 3.5", with an indicated radius of "R" = .125" and the length of the tapered section "X" is to be 5"; then the amount of tailstock offset should be _____? 0.750"

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


0.833" 1.250" 1.500"

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): GS-0133

11

3033 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 130 39 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3034 B Thermostatic expansion valves are opened ______________. by spring pressure and closed by refrigerant pressure Initiate the defrost cycle and ascertain the proper operation of the three way valve.

30 gpm

118 gpm

59 gpm

11

by refrigerant pressure and closed by spring pressure Add freon to the unit to establish an operating discharge pressure of 150 psig.

and closed by spring pressure Change the rotation of the condenser fans.

and closed by refrigerant pressure Using an "amp clamp", determine if the electric drip pan heaters are ungrounded and operating correctly. acetone fire See illustration number(s): RA-0018

11

3035 A The refrigeration system shown in the illustration has a frosted and frozen suction line and the surrounding air has a high relative humidity. The box temperature is 10F above setpoint, with the unit operating in the cool mode. Which of the listed actions should be taken? 3036 A When gas welding or burning, the acetylene working pressure must be kept below 15 psi to prevent a possible ___________.

11

explosion

torch backfire

torch flameout

11

3037 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 170 106 gpm strokes/minute, with a 8" diameter cylinder, a 8" stroke and operating with 89% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3038 B In the circle illustrated, the circumference is 75.36 inches. What 65.0 square inches is the area of the shaded portion? 3039 A The valve in the line, labeled "C" in the illustrated system, should when filling the tank be opened ________.

170 gpm

53 gpm

213 gpm

11 11

41.1 square inches

38.5 square inches

77.0 square inches

after the tank is full to when discharging the pulverized material after check the level of bulk it has been fluidized and material aerated. 1.522 inches socket weld flange They have a relatively high power loss due to friction. 1.749 inches expansion flange

See illustration number(s): GS-0134 when the tank is empty See illustration to prevent condensation number(s): GS-0163 from accumulating See illustration number(s): GS-0008 See illustration number(s): GS-0018

11 11 11

3041 C The maximum diameter of the device illustrated is _________.

1.275 inches

3.752 inches threaded flange

3042 B The section of flange illustrated and indicated as "D" is a van stone flange __________. 3044 C Which of the following statements describes the characteristics of They are not capable of precision manufactured roller bearings? maintaining alignment over long periods of time.

They are well adapted to Their lubrication is variable speed operation. complicated and requires constant attention. water in the system 99 lbs. proper cooling taking place 131 lbs.

11 11

3045 B Concerning the operation of refrigeration systems, frosting or high surrounding relative a refrigerant line sweating of a liquid line is usually indicative of _____. humidity restriction 3046 C If a block and tackle arrangement were rigged as shown in figure 70 lbs. 82 lbs. "G" in the illustration, the amount of force "P" required to hold the 394 pound load stationary would be _______________. 3048 A The pump in a hydraulic system mounted on the unit in the illustration may begin to cavitate if ___________. "D" is not kept clean "A" is allowed to remain open

See illustration number(s): GS-0110

11

"B" is over tightened

"H" were to be removed See illustration and the system operated number(s): GS-0118 for thirty minutes without it being replaced

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3049 D Which of the listed conditions will occur if valve "14" of the unit shown in the illustration is secured while the unit is operating in the processing mode?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


The water in the bilges will continue to be discharged. The water in the bilges will rise until probe "6" activates the separator. The water in the bilges will rise until probe "6" causes the automatically operated valve "5" to open.

General Knowledge
The water in the bilges See illustration will continue to rise if no number(s): GS-0153 other pump is operated because the pump suction valve has been secured. 135 gpm

11

3050 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 120 68 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3051 A The backlash of the gear illustrated is represented by _______. 3052 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 110 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? G 33 gpm

56 gpm

34 gpm

11 11

M 50 gpm

N 67 gpm

O 17 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0111

11

3053 D In the illustrated 8,000 GPD evaporator the salt water feed pump produce the designed and pump "N" are identically constructed. If the vapor pressure in quantity of distillate chamber "II" is 2.1 psia, with a feed temperature of 170F; operating pump "N" with the discharge valve only 75% open, this will ___________. 3054 A Immediately before the actual charging process is started, refrigerant oil charging lines should be loosely connected and _____________. 3055 C A noisy compressor in the system shown in the illustration may be caused by _____________. flushed with clean refrigerant oil a normal pressure differential between the suction and discharge valve assemblies

contribute to chamber "II" increase the purity of the decrease the purity of the See illustration distillate number(s): GS-0053 and "III" operating at the distillate same absolute pressure

11

purged with refrigerant gas retightened compressor foundation bolts

washed with an ammonia and alcohol solution an excessive amount of oil in the crankcase

grounded to the compressor all of the above are correct See illustration number(s): RA-0018

11

11

3058 A In the illustration, the item labeled as "30" is _________. I. I only used to prime the pump at start-up II. to supply sealing water to the stuffing box 277 gpm 3059 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 150 strokes/minute, with a 7" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3060 C In the hydraulic anchor windlass system illustrated, pressure relief of the main pressure piping is provided by ______. 3062 C A "P-tank" as used aboard oilfield supply boats is ________. D

II only

Both I and II

Neither I nor II

See illustration number(s): GS-0012

11

491 gpm

453 gpm

113 gpm

11

See illustration number(s): GS-0160

11

a pressure vessel designed to transport liquid drill mud

a pneumatically operated a pneumatically operated All of the above tank used transfer liquid tank used to transfer dry, drill mud pulverized drilling materials separation between the oil exiting the device and the oily-water mixture entering through valve "4" separation between the oily-water mixture entering the unit and the oil that is being discharged during the processing mode segregation between the See illustration separated oil and the number(s): GS-0153 incoming oily-water mixture

11

3063 D Item "7" shown in the illustration is used to maintain __________. separation between the baffle plate and the upper coalescer bed

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3064 B With a service gage manifold connected to a refrigerant compressor as illustrated, which arrangement of the gage manifold valves and compressor service valves would allow for simultaneous reading of the compressor suction and discharge pressures?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


Valves "A" and "B" open, valves "C" and "D" closed on their front seats. Valves "A" and "B" closed, valves "C" and "D" open just off the back seats. the thermostatic expansion valve being restrained in a closed position break line 347 gpm

General Knowledge

Valves "A" and "B" Valves "A" and "B" open, See illustration closed and, back seated valves "C" and "D" open number(s): RA-0003 valves "C" and "D" back in mid- position. seated. the formation of wax at the thermostatic expansion valve all of the above are correct See illustration number(s): RA-0018

11

3065 D A noisy compressor, in a system similar to the installation shown the formation of ice at in the illustration exhibits a high discharge pressure. This may be the expansion valve due caused by _____________. to the presence of moisture in the system 3066 B In the illustration, line "F" is a/an ____________. assembly line

11 11

cutting plane line 267 gpm

phantom line 67 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0006

134 gpm 3067 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 130 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3068 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 170 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 97% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3069 D In the diagram, items "2A and 2B" represent the overboard discharge valves of the ballast system illustrated. Which of the following statements is correct if the length between perpendiculars is 500 feet, and the through hull opening is four feet above the summer loadline? 3070 A If a hole were to form in the division plate between stages of a flash type evaporator _________. I. vaporization of the feed water would continue II. efficiency of the unit would only be moderately affected 3071 A Figure "I" shown in the illustration is a diagram of a valve handwheel, with S=10 inches and T=50 lbs. When an 48 inch cheater bar is used instead, and V=50 lbs., as shown in Figure "II", how much does the torque on the valve stem increase with the use of the cheater bar? 4.750 inches 3072 A The illustrated shaft has an overall length of 42 inches. If the diameter of "F" = 6" and "X" = 6", with an indicated radius of "R" = .125" and a taper per foot of "L" = 1.5"; then the small diameter "E" is _____________. 3073 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 110 33 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3074 C A V-belt that is too tight will cause excessive wear of both the belt and the _____________. 3075 C A refrigeration system similar to the one shown in the illustration will only operate correctly in the cooling mode. Which of the following statements indicates the most probable cause? 196 gpm

11

98 gpm

137 gpm

49 gpm

11

Valve 2A must be positive closing, in addition to the indicated automatic non-return valve. I only

Valve 2B must be positive closing, in addition to the indicated automatic non-return valve. II only

Both valves must be positive closing, in addition to the ability to provide automatic nonreturn. Both I and II

See illustration Only one valve is number(s): GS-0125 required, but must be positive closing and of the automatic non-return type. Neither I nor II

11

11

480%

102%

4900%

500% See illustration number(s): GS-0109

11

6.000 inches

6.333 inches

7.812 inches

See illustration number(s): GS-0133

11

49 gpm

49 gpm

98 gpm

11 11

shaft of the prime mover compressor slave pulley main bearing of the compressor The pilot valve solenoid The thermostatic A very large pressure has failed to become expansion valve is drop is apparent improperly adjusted. between the condenser energized due to an and the evaporator. open in the electrical circuit. 111 lbs. 115 lbs.

prime mover drive pulley An excessive amount of See illustration compressor surge due to number(s): RA-0018 an overcharge of refrigerant. 120 lbs. See illustration number(s): GS-0110

11

3076 D If a block and tackle arrangement were rigged as shown in figure 82 lbs. "G" in the illustration, the amount of force "P" required to hold the 478 pound load stationary would be _______________.

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3078 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 207 gpm 130 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 14" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3079 C In the circle illustrated, the circumference is 35.84 feet. What is 2.7 square feet the area of the shaded portion? 3080 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 244 gpm 150 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 14" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3081 D A valve connected to the vent line labeled "C" in the illustration should be opened ________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


483 gpm 104 gpm 414 gpm

General Knowledge

11 11

0.5 square feet 570 gpm

9.3 square feet 122 gpm

17.4 square feet 488 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0134

11

when flushing the pressure tank with firemain water

by a pressure relief valve when the pressure exceeds the preset level, usually 42 psig (2.98 kg/cm2) F

at all times, except when the tank is pressurized for discharging or aerating the bulk material

when filling the tank or to See illustration insure that the tank is not number(s): GS-0163 pressurized prior to entering for cleaning and inspection K See illustration number(s): GS-0160

11

3082 A In the hydraulic anchor windlass system illustrated, pressurized A fluid flow to provide rotation of the wildcat is produced by ______. 3083 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 110 152 gpm strokes/minute, with a 7" diameter cylinder, a 8" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3084 B To test for a suspected large refrigerant leak from a refrigeration apply liquid ammonia to system in an enclosed area, you should ____________. the suspected leak 3085 D A low oil level maintained in an operating compressor, similar to an internal leak within the unit shown in the illustration, may be caused by the heat exchanger _____________. 3086 D When arc welding, you can reduce the chance of a dangerous electric shock by _____________. 3087 B The letter "H" of the illustrated gear, represents the _______.

11

67 gpm

133 gpm

267 gpm

11

apply a soap solution to the area of the suspected leak an improperly operating filter/ drier

a halide leak detector to apply a hydrostatic test all piping joints with water a properly operating filter/ drier avoiding wet or damp areas while using arc welding equipment bottom land 0.349 inch 347 gpm a worn piston or cylinder See illustration sleeve number(s): RA-0018 all of the above

11

11

using insulated electrode wearing dry welding holders gloves tooth profile tooth fillet 0.324 inch 134 gpm

11 11 11

top land 0.351 inch 67 gpm

3088 C The reading on the micrometer scale shown in figure "C" in the 0.301 inch illustration is ____________. 267 gpm 3089 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 130 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3090 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 170 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 97% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3091 A The illustrated shaft has an overall length of 42 inches. If the diameter of "E" = 4.75" and "F" = 6", with an indicated radius of "R" = .125" and the length of "X" = 8"; then the TPF (taper per foot) is _____________. 81 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0111 See illustration number(s): GS-0013

11

54 gpm

161 gpm

40 gpm

11

1.125 TPF

1.250 TPF

1.500 TPF

1.875 TPF

See illustration number(s): GS-0133

11 11

3092 B Operating pressure range for an oilfield supply boat "P-tank" 5-15 psi generally varies from _________. 3093 C In the hydraulic crane illustrated, the hydraulic motor shows signs item #5 is not opening of rotating with difficulty and is rising in temperature. The probable cause is the __________.

15-40 psi

50-100 psi

100-150 psi hydraulic pump is producing a higher than designed flow rate See illustration number(s): GS-0161

item #4 does not actuate drain line from the and prevents the brake hydraulic motor casing from releasing has become blocked

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3094 B Which of the fluids listed is normally used to condense the Air or Nitrogen. primary refrigerant in a shipboard central air conditioning system? 3095 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 110 193 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 9" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3096 B Before welding is permitted on a fuel tank, it must be certified or declared _____________. 3098 A In the hydraulic anchor windlass system illustrated, pressurized fluid flow is provided to the main system for automatic replenisment and to __________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


Seawater or Fresh water. Sodium Nitrate brine. Calcium Sulfate brine.

General Knowledge

11

75 gpm

300 gpm

150 gpm

11 11

safe for personnel release the spring set brake

safe for hot work provide fluid flow to the servo control unit

not safe for personnel shift valve "L" to line up the fluid motor relief valve

not safe for hot work move stored oil across the indicated filter to maintain the oil in a water free condition 26.2 square feet Neither I nor II See illustration number(s): GS-0160

11 11

3099 B In the circle illustrated, the circumference is 43.96 feet. What is the area of the shaded portion? 3100 A If a hole were to form in the division plate between stages of a flash type evaporator _________. I. vaporization of the feed water would continue at second stage designed saturation conditions II. all of the distillate produced would be certain to be contaminated by salt water carry over

10.5 square feet I only

14.0 square feet II only

2.4 square feet Both I and II

See illustration number(s): GS-0134

11

3102 A If a block and tackle arrangement were rigged as shown in figure 149 lbs. "G" in the illustration, the amount of force "P" required to hold the 594 pound load stationary would be _______________. 3103 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 270 99 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 75% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3104 D A room humidistat initiates the lowering of the humidity of the conditioned supply air to a space, while the actual process is accomplished by ____________. 3105 A The physical feature indicated for each of the smallest diameter ends of the device illustrated is that they are __________. 3106 D Safe welding practice requires _____________. raising the cooling coil temperature and lowering the reheater temperature threaded

160 lbs.

198 lbs.

238 lbs.

See illustration number(s): GS-0110

11

66 gpm

33 gpm

132 gpm

11

raising both the cooling lowering both the cooling lowering the cooling coil coil temperature and the coil temperature and the temperature and raising reheater temperature reheater temperature the reheater temperature smooth surfaced with smoothed surfaced only threaded with opposing opposing machined flats machined flats checking for explosive gases four 15.1 square feet 345 gpm all of the above See illustration number(s): GS-0008

11

11

checking the area for that a fire watch be items that may catch fire posted three 38.5 square feet 159 gpm

11 11 11

3107 D As shown in the illustration, the total number of materials one indicated is ____________. 3108 A In the circle illustrated, the circumference is 62.8 feet. What is the 28.5 square feet area of the shaded portion? 3109 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 319 gpm 110 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3111 D What would be the probable cause if a pump were unable to I only maintain necessary discharge pressure to a system? I. failure of the coupling used on a close-coupled pump II. fracture of one packing gland bolt

five 53.5 square feet 80 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0018 See illustration number(s): GS-0134

11

II only

Both I and II

Neither I nor II

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3112 C In a typical hydraulic system, a baffle is installed in the reservoir to I only _______. I. insure proper lubrication of the hydraulic pump II. assist in the removal of solid contaminants entrained in the returning oil 3113 B Supply air pressure to an oilfield supply boat "P-tank" system should generally not be above ________. 3114 D Which of the following methods is normally used to control the temperature of air distributed from individual cooling coils in an air conditioning system using a chilled water circulation system? 15 psi

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


II only Both I and II Neither I and II

General Knowledge

11 11

50 psi

100 psi

150 psi

A room thermostat Varying the number of activates an electric passes the air makes heater at each individual across the coils. chilled air outlet when necessary. 11 gpm

Varying the temperature Varying the quantity of of the water through the water flowing through the coils. coils.

11

3115 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 150 35 gpm strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3116 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 180 104 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 87% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3117 D In the unit illustrated, the feedwater temperature is required to be I increased to 165F or greater and must exist at this temperature when leaving _________. 3118 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 220 29 gpm strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 87% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3119 A Salinity cells are strategically installed in distilling units to indicate I only the ___________. I. location of a saltwater leak II. size of the leak 3120 C In the diagram, items "2A and 2B" represent the overboard discharge valves of the ballast system illustrated. Which of the following statements is correct if the length between perpendiculars is 500 feet, and the through hull opening is eleven feet above the summer loadline? Valve 2A must be positive closing, in addition to the indicated automatic non-return valve.

21 gpm

42 gpm

11

60 gpm

30 gpm

119 gpm

11

III

IV

See illustration number(s): GS-0053

11

49 gpm

59 gpm

15 gpm

11

II only

Both I and II

Neither I nor II

11

Only one automatic non- Both valves are correct Valve 2B must be return valve is required. as indicated in the positive closing, in illustration. addition to the indicated automatic non-return valve. relief valve control shuttle has shifted to the wrong postion during windlass operation 6.000 inches

See illustration number(s): GS-0125

11

3121 C In the hydraulic anchor windlass system illustrated, the main replenishing pump pressure relief valve opens as the load increases its strain on the discharge check valves system. The probable cause is the __________. are continously open

manual transfer valve is spring set point "I" is set See illustration in the wrong postion for too high for normal loads number(s): GS-0160 the main pump being operated 8.000 inches 10.00 inches See illustration number(s): GS-0133

11

5.000 inches 3122 B The illustrated shaft has an overall length of 42 inches. If the diameter of "E" = 2.500" and "F" = 3.750", with an indicated radius of "R" = .125" and the taper per foot, "L" = 1.5"; then the tapered length "X" is _____________. 3123 A The gear clearance of the illustrated gear is represented by _______. 3124 C The thermostatic expansion valve is designed to maintain constant _____________. 3125 C A valve attached to line "H" in the illustration, should be opened _______. B refrigerant flow

11 11 11

D box temperature

G outlet superheat

M coil pressure

See illustration number(s): GS-0111

to backflush the pressure as a gravity discharge for to drain moisture and dirt vessel with jet air the fluidized material if from the bottom of the the discharge line tank becomes clogged

to precharge the bottom See illustration of the pressure vessel number(s): GS-0163 with dry nitrogen prior to discharging bulk material

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


It is fire resistant and reduces fire hazards. Neither I nor II

General Knowledge

3126 A Which statement describes the function of the filler material used It reduces the danger of It chemically reacts with It neutralizes the gas to in acetylene cylinders? explosion. acetone to produce render it harmless. acetylene. 3127 C What would be the probable cause if a pump were unable to I only maintain necessary discharge pressure to a system? I. failure of the internal parts of the pump II. failure of the system relief valve 3128 A An air compressor is equipped with an intercooler to _____________. I. increase the efficiency of the compressor II. reduce the cylinder operating temperature I only II only Both I and II

11

11

II only

Both I and II

Neither I nor II

11

3129 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 172 gpm 110 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 14" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3130 B The pitch radius of the gear illustrated is represented by _______. D 3131 D A compressor operating with an accumulation of dust and grease I only on the surfaces of an intercooler would result in _________. I. a decrease in volumetric efficiency of the compressor II. higher volume of air to be discharged to the receiver 3132 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 230 120 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 78% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3133 C In the illustration, the area identified by 7/8" is an example of a ______. 3134 C In multi-box refrigeration systems, the sensing bulb of the thermostatic expansion valves used on refrigerated boxes with elevated temperatures should be located _____________. 3135 B When the helm angle position is changed, the series of corresponding events of the steering gear will include __________. I. rate of steering gear ram movement will be proportional to amount of helm angle input II. degree of tilting plate (box) angle will be proportional to the amount of helm angle input uniform diameter

343 gpm

400 gpm

86 gpm

11 11

E II only

L Both I and II

P Neither I nor II

See illustration number(s): GS-0111

11

34 gpm

137 gpm

68 gpm

11 11

radius

taper

chamfer

See illustration number(s): GS-0016

in the diffuser fan inlet air in the diffuser fan outlet stream air stream

before the back pressure after the back pressure regulating valve regulating valve

11

I only

II only

Both I and II

Neither I nor II

11

3136 A A compressor operating with an accumulation of dust and grease I only on the surfaces of an intercooler would result in _________. I. a high consumption of lube oil II. higher than normal air pressure in the receiver 3137 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 120 54 gpm strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 89% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3138 B A set point adjustment to a bourdon tube pressure gage is accomplished by ___________. I. adjusting the effective moment arm length between the end of the bourdon tube and the quadrant gear fulcrum II. adjusting the pointer position relative to the pinion shaft upon which it is mounted I only

II only

Both I and II

Neither I nor II

11

65 gpm

274 gpm

109 gpm

11

II only

Both I and II

Neither I nor II

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3140 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 217 gpm 110 strokes/minute, with a 7" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3141 A If your ship burns 8 tons of fuel per hour at 15 knots, how many 13.8 tons tons per hour will it burn at 18 knots? 3142 B Salinity cells are strategically installed in distilling units to indicate I only the ___________. I. purity of the distillate produced II. quality of the distillate produced

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


403 gpm 434 gpm 108 gpm

General Knowledge

11 11

9.6 tons II only

11.5 tons Both I and II

9.5 tons Neither I nor II

11 11

is designed to transfer thick viscous liquids 3144 C Vapor seals used in the insulation on refrigerated spaces serve to prevent Freon vapor _____________. from saturating the insulation 3145 B If a block and tackle arrangement were rigged as shown in figure 132 lbs. "G" in the illustration, the amount of force "P" required to hold the 642 pound load stationary would be _______________. 3146 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 210 62 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 77% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3147 A The following results were obtained when an uncalibrated bourdon tube pressure gage was compared to a test pressure gage. Which adjustment(s) is/are necessary? True Pressure Indicated Pressure 20 35 30 45 40 55 50 65 I. set point adjustment II. proportional band (range) adjustment I only

3143 C A P-tank system __________.

is designed to pump chunks of cement hold water vapor on the cold side of the insulation

must be kept free of foreign objects reduce the possibility of moisture laden warm air entering the insulation 214 lbs.

answers B and C above reduce the possibility of moisture laden cold air from entering the insulation 257 lbs. See illustration number(s): GS-0110

11

161 lbs.

11

108 gpm

31 gpm

123 gpm

11

II only

Both I and II

Neither I nor II

11

37 gpm 3148 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 130 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 10" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3149 B In a typical hydraulic system, a baffle is installed in the reservoir to I only _______. I. provide a critical reduction in free surface effect hydraulic pump II. assist in retaining the hydraulic oil to provide heat removal 3150 C The unloading of an air compressor may be provided by _________. I. holding the intake valve off of its seat II. temporarily relieving the the intercooler to the atmosphere I only

74 gpm

123 gpm

18 gpm

11

II only

Both I and II

Neither I and II

11

II only

Both I and II

Neither I nor II

11

3151 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 170 80 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 96% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3152 B Your ship has steamed 1786 miles at 17 knots using 515 tons of 902 tons fuel oil. The distance remaining to your next port is 1922 miles. If you increase speed to 20 knots, how much fuel will be used to reach that port? 3154 D Which of the design features listed for a refrigeration valve are used to reduce the possibility of loss of refrigerant from the system? Back seating

27 gpm

107 gpm

53 gpm

11

767 tons

858 tons

652 tons

11

Valve caps

Packless diaphragms

All of the above.

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3155 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 180 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3156 C The effective temperature of air is dependent upon _______. I. relative humidity II. air velocity 3157 A The illustrated shaft has an overall length of 42 inches. If the diameter of "F" = 3.75" and "X" = 6", with an indicated radius of "R" = .125" and a taper per foot, of "L" = 1.5"; then the small diameter "E" is _____________. 3159 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 100 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 82% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 27 gpm

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


108 gpm 54 gpm 81 gpm

General Knowledge

11 11

I only 2.500 inches

II only 4.333 inches

Both I and II 5.333 inches

Neither I nor II 10.00 inches See illustration number(s): GS-0133

11

31 gpm

55 gpm

62 gpm

16 gpm

11

3160 D Salinity cells are strategically installed in flash type distilling units I only to indicate the ___________. I. presence of leaks in the flash chambers II. quantity of the distillate produced 3161 B Figure "I" shown in the illustration is a diagram of a valve handwheel, with S=12 inches and T=50 lbs. When an 30 inch cheater bar is used instead, and V=50 lbs., as shown in Figure "II", how much does the torque on the valve stem increase with the use of the cheater bar? 3162 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 145 gpm 190 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 75% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3163 A The compressor in figure 4, if permitted to operate as illustrated damage the bearings of will _______________. the compressor 150%

II only

Both I and II

Neither I nor II

11

250%

4000%

600% See illustration number(s): GS-0109

11

349 gpm

291 gpm

73 gpm

11

lose a percentage of its volumetric efficiency

trip the breaker when being restarted for the first time after replacing the belts high pressure cutout switch 16.3 tons 134 gpm

result in a constant enlargement of the clearance expansion volume relief valve bypass

See illustration number(s): GS-0159

11

3164 C The device which normally stops the refrigeration compressor before the relief valve starts to open is the _____________.

low pressure cutout switch

back pressure cutout switch 12.8 tons 80 gpm

11 11

3165 C If your ship burns 8 tons of fuel per hour at 15 knots, how many 10.1 tons tons per hour will it burn at 19 knots? 40 gpm 3166 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 170 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 10" stroke and operating with 77% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3167 A When the helm angle position is changed, the series of corresponding events of the steering gear will include __________. I. length of time the steering gear pump remains on stroke is proportional to helm angle input II. system pressure being higher for a 20 rudder than for a 5 rudder angle angle input I only

10.5tons 20 gpm

11

II only

Both I and II

Neither I nor II

11

3168 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 170 49 gpm strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 85% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3169 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 206 gpm 180 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 85% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

39 gpm

25 gpm

98 gpm

11

378 gpm

103 gpm

412 gpm

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3170 A A compressor operating with an accumulation of dust and grease I only on the surfaces of an intercooler would result in _________. I. the motor to run warmer than usual II. lower density air discharged to the receiver 3171 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 150 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3172 B If high relative humidity is maintained in a cargo hold, there is a significant possibility that ________. I. there will be an accumulation of static electricity II. mold will grow and contaminate the cargo 3173 A The proper valve alignment for circulating mud in the starboard forward tank in the illustration, is for valves ___________. 21 gpm

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


II only Both I and II Neither I nor II

General Knowledge

11

35 gpm

11 gpm

42 gpm

11

I only

II only

Both I and II

Neither I nor II

11

"E", "F", "J" and "K" open, and all other valves closed

"E", "F", "A", "B" and "D" See illustration "E", "R", "J", "K" and "S" "E", "F", "B" and "D" number(s): GS-0162 open and all other valves open. all other valves open and a weighted closed closed hose connecting "R" and "S" raise the refrigerant saturation temperature in the evaporator Neither I nor II

11

3174 A An economizer or heat exchanger in a refrigeration system, using reduce the possibility of raise the temperature of cool the suction vapor a reciprocating compressor, functions to ____________. liquid refrigerant slugging liquid refrigerant returning to the compressor the compressor 3175 C In a direct expansion condensing unit type refrigeration system, the thermal expansion valve is to be adjusted to respond to the ___________. I. starvation of the evaporator coil II. constant hunting of the TXV and pressure surging at the compressor suction I only II only Both I and II

11

11

260 gpm 3176 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 190 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 14" stroke and operating with 80% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3177 D Your ship has steamed 1856 miles at 18 knots using 545 tons of 1060 tons fuel oil. The distance remaining to your next port is 1978 miles. If you increase speed to 22 knots, how much fuel will be used to reach that port? 3178 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 160 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 85% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3179 A A proportional band or range adjustment to a bourdon tube pressure gage is accomplished by ___________. I. adjusting the effective moment arm length between the end of the bourdon tube and the quadrant gear fulcrum II. adjusting the pointer position relative to the pinion shaft upon which it is mounted 3180 B The following results were obtained when an uncalibrated bourdon tube pressure gage was compared to a test pressure gage. Which adjustment(s) is/are necessary? True Pressure Indicated Pressure 30 30 40 50 50 70 60 90 I. set point adjustment II. proportional band (range) adjustment 3182 D The unit shown in the illustration is known as a/an _______. 52 gpm

608 gpm

521 gpm

130 gpm

11

690 tons

710 tons

868 tons

11

91 gpm

104 gpm

26 gpm

11

I only

II only

Both I and II

Neither I nor II

11

I only

II only

Both I and II

Neither I nor II

11

bilge water conditioner

sludge processor

oily-water conditioner

oily-water separator

See illustration number(s): GS-0153

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3183 D In order to achieve greater dehumidification, you would adjust the I only air conditioning system by __________. I. reducing the chill water flow through the cooling coil II. increasing the preheater temperature 3184 D A refrigerant used in a mechanical refrigeration system should have which of the following characteristics? 3185 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 150 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3186 B A large evaporator coil has been determined to have a pressure drop of 5 psig and can be compensated for by __________. I. adjusting the TXV spring compression and raising the super heat value II. installing an externally equalized TXV 3187 A If your ship burns 8 tons of fuel per hour at 15 knots, how many tons per hour will it burn at 20 knots? 3188 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 220 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 87% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


II only Both I and II Neither I nor II

General Knowledge

11 11

High boiling point 104 gpm

High freezing point 52 gpm

Low specific heat 91 gpm

Low boiling point 26 gpm

11

I only

II only

Both I and II

Neither I nor II

11 11

19.0 tons 29 gpm

10.7 tons 49 gpm

14.2 tons 15 gpm

11.7 tons 59 gpm

11

3191 C It is necessary to replace the defective thermal expansion valve in I only a refrigeration system. If the valve is improperly sized, this could result in ___________. I. starvation of the evaporator coil II. constant hunting of the TXV and pressure surging 3192 B Your ship has steamed 1940 miles at 21 knots using 635 tons of 1012 tons fuel oil. The distance remaining to your next port is 1833 miles. If you increase speed to 25 knots, how much fuel will be used to reach that port? 3194 C Which of the listed substances is used as an absorbing agent in the shipboard dehydration of refrigeration systems? Ethylene glycol

II only

Both I and II

Neither I nor II

11

850 tons

455 tons

714 tons

11

Sodium bromide

Silica gel

Methyl glycol

11

3195 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 180 50 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 85% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3196 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 180 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 87% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3197 C In the illustration, line "B" is a/an ____________. 3198 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 190 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 75% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 80 gpm

75 gpm

37 gpm

150 gpm

11

160 gpm

96 gpm

40 gpm

11 11

hidden line 109 gpm

sectioning line 54 gpm

outline 95 gpm

phantom line 27 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0006

11

3199 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 180 81 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

27 gpm

54 gpm

108 gpm

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3200 A The following results were obtained when an uncalibrated bourdon tube pressure gage was compared to a test pressure gage. Which adjustment(s) is/are necessary? True Pressure Indicated Pressure 20 35 30 50 40 65 50 80 I. set point adjustment II. proportional band (range) adjustment 3201 C The illustrated shaft has an overall length of 42 inches. If the diameter of "E" = 2.5" and "F" = 6", with an indicated radius of "R" = .125" and the length of "X" = 8"; then the TPF (taper per foot) is _____________. I only

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


II only Both I and II Neither I nor II

General Knowledge

11

0.125 TPF

1.250 TPF

1.500 TPF

1.875 TPF

See illustration number(s): GS-0133

11

3202 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 190 141 gpm strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 9" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3203 D The base radius of the gear illustrated is represented by _______. D 3204 B An evaporator pressure regulating valve (back pressure prevent compressor regulator) is installed in the evaporator coils of some refrigeration overload systems to _____________. 3206 B Subcooling of the refrigerant to reduce the percent of flash gas is I only accomplished ___________. I. as the refrigerant passes through the expansion valve II. in most water cooled condensers 3207 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 180 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 96% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3208 B If your ship burns 8 tons of fuel per hour at 15 knots, how many tons per hour will it burn at 21 knots? 3210 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 140 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3211 D The proper valve alignment for discharging liquid mud from the starboard forward tank, in the illustrated system, is for valves ___________. 47 gpm

24 gpm

94 gpm

47 gpm

11 11

E maintain a minimum evaporator pressure II only

L control liquid refrigerant pressure Both I and II

P regulate refrigerant outlet superheat Neither I nor II

See illustration number(s): GS-0111

11

11

94 gpm

59 gpm

24 gpm

11 11

11.2 tons 64 gpm

22.0 tons 129 gpm

15.7 tons 77 gpm

12.9 tons 32 gpm

11

"E", "F", "J", "K" and "S" open, and all other valves closed

"E", "R", "J", "K" and "S" "A", "B" and "D" open to open with the discharge pressure the tank with hose connected to "S" the discharge valve "R" open and the discharge hose connected to "R", and all other valves closed II only Both I and II

See illustration "B", "D", "E" and "S" open with the discharge number(s): GS-0162 hose connected at "S", and all other valves closed

11

3212 C Following the withdrawal of the tail shaft, which non-destructive test could be used to locate cracks? I. liquid penetrant dye II. magnetic flux

I only

Neither I nor II

11

94 gpm 3213 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 110 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 10" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3214 A In a large refrigeration system having more than one evaporator, just after the receiver a king solenoid valve should be installed and located ____________. 3215 D A partially fouled liquid line strainer in the refrigeration system will I only cause ___________. I. an increase in the percent of flash gas II. desireable subcooling of the liquid

206 gpm

47 gpm

187 gpm

11

before the condenser

between the condenser and receiver Both I and II

before the back pressure regulating valve Neither I nor II

11

II only

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3216 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 190 608 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 14" stroke and operating with 80% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3218 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 180 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 97% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 21 gpm

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


260 gpm 130 gpm 521 gpm

General Knowledge

11

28 gpm

43 gpm

11 gpm

11

3219 C Your ship has steamed 1651 miles at 20 knots using 580 tons of 327 tons fuel oil. The distance remaining to your next port is 1790 miles. If you increase speed to 20 knots, how much fuel will be used to reach that port? 3220 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 180 108 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 85% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3222 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 130 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3223 C The presence of flash gas in the high pressure lines of a refrigeration system is undesireable because ___________. I. erosion of the TXV valve seat can be increased II. refrigeration system capacity will be reduced 3224 B The thermostat controlling a refrigerated cargo box two-way solenoid valve senses _______________. 3225 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 250 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3226 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 170 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 87% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3228 C In the illustration shown, the last numeral in the notation 1/4-20 NC-2 indicates the ______. 3229 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 130 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3230 D If your ship burns 8 tons of fuel per hour at 15 knots, how many tons per hour will it burn at 22 knots? 3231 C In order to achieve greater dehumidification with an air conditioning system, you should _________. I. reduce the cooling coil temperature II. increase the reheater temperature 18 gpm

1422 tons

384 tons

452 tons

11

352 gpm

54 gpm

216 gpm

11

30 gpm

36 gpm

9 gpm

11

I only

II only

Both I and II

Neither I nor II

11 11

evaporator coil inlet temperature 114 gpm

the refrigerated box temperature 57 gpm

evaporator coil outlet temperature 86 gpm

degree of refrigerant superheat 29 gpm

11

327 gpm

163 gpm

82 gpm

425 gpm

11 11

thread is right hand 104 gpm

thread is left hand 121 gpm

class of thread fit 52 gpm

class of thread finish 207 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0036

11 11

11.7 tons I only

17.2 tons II only

14.2 tons Both I and II

25.2 tons Neither I nor II

11

3232 C A partially fouled liquid line strainer in the refrigeration system will I only cause ___________. I. a loss of refrigeration effect II. the strainer outlet piping to be cooler than the inlet

II only

Both I and II

Neither I nor II

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3233 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 170 249 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 89% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3234 D The output capacity of a centrifugal refrigeration compressor may be controlled manually by _____________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


91 gpm 45 gpm 181 gpm

General Knowledge

11

controlling the compressor speed

throttling the compressor reducing condenser suction water flow 59 lbs. 66 lbs.

all of the above methods

11

3235 C If a block and tackle arrangement were rigged as shown in figure 52.lbs. "F" in the illustration, the amount of force "P" required to hold the 262 pound load stationary would be _______________. 3236 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 150 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3237 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 170 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 85% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3238 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 180 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 75% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 85 gpm

87 lbs.

See illustration number(s): GS-0110

11

119 gpm

42 gpm

170 gpm

11

49 gpm

98 gpm

39 gpm

25 gpm

11

91 gpm

45 gpm

167 gpm

23 gpm

11 11

3239 C The reading on the micrometer scale shown in figure "1" in the 0.800 inch illustration is ____________. 3240 A The reading on a vernier caliper scale is indicated as 1.500 Figure A inches. Which of the figures shown in the illustration represents this reading? 3241 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 150 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 140 gpm

0.820 inch Figure D

0.850 inch Figure F

0.875 inch Figure G

See illustration number(s): GS-0094 See illustration number(s): GS-0082

11

87 gpm

73 gpm

44 gpm

11

3242 A Your ship has steamed 1945 miles at 21 knots using 635 tons of 332 tons fuel oil. The distance remaining to your next port is 1750 miles. If you decrease speed to 16 knots, how much fuel will be used to reach that port? 3243 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 170 strokes/minute, with a 8" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 89% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3244 D A thermostatic expansion valve is designed to respond to _____________. 856 gpm

253 tons

1662 tons

435 tons

11

428 gpm

214 gpm

695 gpm

11

refrigerated space temperature

compressor suction pressure air should be directed through the jet air line

vapor discharge pressure in the cooling coils air pressure should be increased beyond the safety valve 84 gpm

superheat in the tail coil

11

3245 A If the fixed material discharge piping between the P-tank and the piping must be flushed on-deck outlet of the supply boat becomes clogged and cannot with water be cleared using normal system air pressure, the _________. 3246 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 170 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 97% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3247 D The chordal addendum of the illustrated gear is represented by _______. 202 gpm

piping must be disassembled and cleaned by hand 50 gpm

11

101 gpm

11

See illustration number(s): GS-0111

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3248 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 110 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 79% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3249 D Which of the screwdriver tips listed will fit screws with a fourway or cross type slot? 3250 B What is the distinguishing difference between the Phillips and the Reed and Prince type screwdrivers? 3251 D A large evaporator coil has been determined to have a pressure drop of 5 psig and can be compensated for by __________. I. doing nothing as this is typical of refrigeration systems II. throttling the suction of the compressor to prevent the occurance of the pressure drop 3252 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 160 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 96% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 72 gpm

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


26 gpm 52 gpm 103 gpm

General Knowledge

11 11 11

Standard screwdriver The diameter of the shanks. I only

Phillips screwdriver The angle of the tip flukes. II only

Reed and Prince Both B and C are correct screwdriver The overall length of the None of the above. screwdriver. Both I and II Neither I nor II

11

94 gpm

188 gpm

78 gpm

47 gpm

11

412 gpm 3253 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 180 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke kand operating with 85% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3255 B If your ship burns 5 tons of fuel per hour at 23 knots, how many tons per hour will it burn at 18 knots? 3256 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 180 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 98% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3258 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 270 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 75% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3259 A Which of the following statements best describes the filtering ability of a fine mesh metal lube oil strainer? 3.9 tons 108 gpm

206 gpm

378 gpm

103 gpm

11 11

2.4 tons 216 gpm

3.1 tons 90 gpm

3.3 tons 54 gpm

11

15 gpm

62 gpm

31 gpm

52 gpm

11

A 200 mesh screen will prevent passage of smaller particles than a 100 mesh wire cloth.

A 200 mesh screen has finer wires than a 100 mesh wire cloth.

A 100 mesh wire cloth will prevent passage of smaller particles than 200 mesh screen.

A 200 mesh screen and a 100 mesh wire cloth prevent passage of the same size particles, but each allows a different number of particles to pass through.

11

3260 C Why is a covering applied to a welding electrode, rather than using a bare electrode?

Protect the welder from electric shock.

Prevent arc blow.

Shield the arc during the Stabilize the electron welding process to emission rate and prevent oxidation. produce uniform temperatures in the heat affected zone. introduce inert gas to all See illustration areas of the tank to number(s): GS-0162 prevent vapors from exceeding the lower explosive level CFC-11, CFC-114 and CFC-502

11

3261 B The components labeled "T" in the illustration are arranged to _________.

take suction from all areas of the tank

never point at the bottom prevent barite that settles of the tank to the bottom of the tank from re-entering the system and preserving the weight of the mud CFC-11, CFC-113 and HCFC-123 CFC-11, CFC-114 and HCFC-123

11

3262 B Three of the refrigerants covered under the low pressure system regulations are_________.

CFC-11, CFC-113 and CFC-114

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3263 C The device shown in the illustration is used to _________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


process sludge found on process sludge found on process oily-water motor vessels steam vessels mixtures present in the bilge water swaging tool 59 gpm stretcher 71 gpm flaring tool 30 gpm

General Knowledge
condition reduction gear See illustration lube oil by removing the number(s): GS-0153 water spreader 119 gpm

11 11

3265 C The tool used to prepare copper tubing for the installation of fittings is called a _____________. 3266 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 140 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 79% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3267 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 130 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3268 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 170 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 97% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

11

59 gpm

39 gpm

118 gpm

30 gpm

11

98 gpm

196 gpm

137 gpm

49 gpm

11

3269 C Your ship has steamed 2014 miles at 22 knots using 680 tons of 327 tons fuel oil. The distance remaining to your next port is 1766 miles. If you decrease speed to 18 knots, how much fuel will be used to reach that port? 3270 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 140 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3271 D The depth of fuel oil in a double bottom tank is measured through the _____________. 3272 A When in the completely opened position, which of the listed types of valve will offer the least resistance to flow? 3273 C If used for regulating fluid flow through a piping system, which of the valves listed could be damaged? 3274 D Which of the operations listed may be accomplished using connection "E" shown in the illustration? 3275 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 140 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3276 C The difference between the pressure at a point being measured and that of a perfect vacuum is known as _________. 64 gpm

1220 tons

399 tons

488 tons

11

43 gpm

129 gpm

32 gpm

11 11 11 11 11

vent line gate valve Plug valve Purging 72 gpm

depth gage globe valve Globe valve Charging 36 gpm

manhole cover

sounding tube

double-seat poppet valve reed valve Gate valve Adding oil 45 gpm Needle valve All of the above 18 gpm See illustration number(s): RA-0003

11

internal pressure

gauge pressure

absolute pressure

external pressure

11 11

3277 A The root opening of the weld, shown in the illustration, is indicated not more than 1/8" to be ______________. 29 gpm 3278 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 140 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 8" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3279 D If your ship burns 6 tons of fuel per hour at 22 knots, how many tons per hour will it burn at 17 knots? 3280 B In the system illustrated, valve "D" is used for _______. 3281 C Which of the valves listed below permits flow in only one direction? 4.6 tons load counter balance control Gate valve

a 60 minimum 57 gpm

0 to 1/16" 115 gpm

not specified 230 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0076

11 11 11

3.9 tons normal unloading of the hydraulic system Globe valve

1.7 tons sequential operation of the load Check valve

2.8 tons the excess pressure relief of the system Plug cock See illustration number(s): GS-0049

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3282 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 160 strokes/minute, with a 7" diameter cylinder, a 8" stroke and operating with 97% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3283 A Which of the listed welded joints represents the least amount of preparation? 3284 B When adding oil to a refrigeration system, precautions must be taken to ensure that _____________. 207 gpm

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


236 gpm 103 gpm 414 gpm

General Knowledge

11 11

1B the compressor suction pressure is not too high

3A

3B

4A

See illustration number(s): GS-0077

all air is purged from the the high pressure cutout the condenser is pump and charging switch is held open to completely shutdown first fittings prevent accidental starting flying sparks 105 gpm electric shock 52 gpm all of the above 147 gpm

11 11

3285 D A hazard associated with electric arc welding is _____________. the effects of radiation from the arc 210 gpm 3286 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 180 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 98% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3287 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 120 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3288 D In order to minimize distortion in a weldment due to shrinkage, you should ____________. 14 gpm

11

28 gpm

19 gpm

7 gpm

11

all of the above make fewer passes with use restraining forces use intermittent welds such as clamps, jigs, and larger electrodes as rather than continuous fixtures welds wherever possible opposed to a great number of passes with small electrodes 118 gpm 59 gpm 133 gpm 30 gpm

11

3289 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 130 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 9" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

11 11

3290 A The tooth profile of the illustrated gear is represented by _______. F 3291 A Your ship has steamed 2061 miles at 24 knots using 850 tons of 425 tons fuel oil. The distance remaining to your next port is 1645 miles. If you decrease speed to 19 knots, how much fuel will be used to reach that port? 3292 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 180 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 9" stroke and operating with 89% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3293 C Figure "I" shown in the illustration is a diagram of a valve handwheel, with S=8 inches and T=50 lbs. When an 24 inch cheaterbar is used instead, and V=50 lbs., as shown in Figure "II", how much does the torque on the valve stem increase with the use of the cheater bar? 3294 B The discharge valves used in a refrigeration compressor are leaking badly and _____________. 157 gpm

H 337 tons

I 989 tons

J 537 tons

See illustration number(s): GS-0111

11

78 gpm

176 gpm

39 gpm

11

108%

3700%

300%

400% See illustration number(s): GS-0109

11

the reeds should be reground

the reeds should be replaced

should continue to operate at minimum efficiency Gate 54 gpm

the high pressure cut-out should be readjusted to operate efficiently Butterfly 40 gpm

11 11

3295 B Which of the valves listed below is best suited for throttling service? 3296 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 170 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 97% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

Plug 161 gpm

Globe 81 gpm

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


Figure V take suction 12" to 14" above the bottom of the tank

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): GS-0090 See illustration number(s): GS-0162

3297 A Which of the listed illustrated figures represents the use of a lathe Figure P Figure S Figure T finishing tool? 3298 A The branch circuits labeled "T" in the illustration are designed to equalize mud flow flush all parts of the tank comply with oil pollution __________. through all of the nozzles with seawater during prevention regulations washdown 3299 C The valve illustrated is to be constructed so that the ________. operating lever is parallel to the pipe center line when closed and perpendicular to the pipe center line when open valve can have additional turns of packing added when there is pressure on either side of the valve disk

11

operating lever is parallel valve seat can regrinded See illustration to the flow when open number(s): GS-0055 and perpendicular to the flow when closed

11

3300 C Which of the following statements is correct if the length of the vessel between perpendiculars is 500 feet, and the through hull opening is five feet above the summer loadline for the overboard discharge of the system illustrated?

The inboard valve only need be positive closing, in addition to being of the automatic non-return valve type.

The outboard valve only Only one shutoff valve is need be positive closing, required. in addition to being of the automatic non-return valve type. 1.8 tons B 2.3 tons C

Two valves are required, See illustration and each must be of the number(s): GS-0125 automatic non-return type. 5.3 tons G See illustration number(s): GS-0009 damaged and should not See illustration be used number(s): GS-0153

11 11 11

3301 B If your ship burns 4 tons of fuel per hour at 21 knots, how many 3.0 tons tons per hour will it burn at 16 knots? 3302 B Which single illustrated lathe tool could be used to turn down the A stock in figure II? 3303 A If item "1" shown in the illustration is a compound gage indicating not turned on zero psig and the water level in the bilges is one foot high, the unit is _________.

in the oil discharge mode processing the bilge water primary air temperature 249 gpm

11 11

3304 D A reheater, as used in an air conditioning system, is designed to chilled water temperature dew point temperature control the _____________. 3305 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 113 gpm 226 gpm 130 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 48 gpm 3306 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 150 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3307 C The reading on a vernier caliper scale is indicated as 2.505 Figure A inches. Which of the figures shown in the illustration represents this reading? 3308 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 270 31 gpm strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 75% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3309 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 110 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3310 D Gate valves should not be used for throttling as __________. 86 gpm 96 gpm

dry bulb temperature 57 gpm

11

176 gpm

24 gpm

11

Figure B

Figure F

Figure G

See illustration number(s): GS-0082

11

52 gpm

15 gpm

62 gpm

11

100 gpm

172 gpm

43 gpm

11

the pressure drop will be air binding will develop excessive 525 tons

the installation of an equalizing line will be necessary 797 tons

wire drawing of the disc will result 664 tons

11

3311 C Your ship has steamed 1951 miles at 20 knots using 580 tons of 956 tons fuel oil. The distance remaining to your next port is 1861 miles. If you increase speed to 24 knots, how much fuel will be used to reach that port?

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3312 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 110 27 gpm strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 97% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


16 gpm 8 gpm 33 gpm

General Knowledge

11 11

3313 A Which of the figures illustrated would not be suitable for use as a figure A set screw? 3314 A If the air temperature increases while atmospheric pressure have a greater capacity remains constant, the air will _____________. to absorb moisture 3315 A The lathe tool shown in the illustration as figure "P" is a round nose tool ____________. 3316 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 48 gpm 140 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3317 B The device shown in the illustration is a/an _____________. diesel engine motor mount

figure F absorb less free atmospheric moisture universal tool 193 gpm

figure G become supersaturated at high relative humidity parting tool 97 gpm

figure L give up moisture as condensation right hand facing tool 24 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0080

11 11

See illustration number(s): GS-0090

11

vane type steering gear

oil scraper ring stuffing box for a crosshead engine Figure E

mechanical shaft seal

See illustration number(s): GS-0116 See illustration number(s): GS-0082

11

Figure B 3318 A The reading on a vernier caliper scale is indicated as 3.380 inches. Which of the figures shown in the illustration represents this reading? 3319 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 180 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 87% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 60 gpm

Figure D

Figure F

11

104 gpm

119 gpm

30 gpm

11

3320 B In the illustrated mud tank system, valve "A" should be opened to provide cooling for the __________. diesel driven pump 3321 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 110 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 123 gpm

clean tanks once they are empty 61 gpm

thin the mud because the fill tanks to improve See illustration weight is excessive stability by reducing free number(s): GS-0162 surface effect 51 gpm 31 gpm

11

11

3322 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 170 137 gpm strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 97% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3323 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 120 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3324 A The main purpose of the thermostatic expansion valve shown in the illustration is to _____________. 68 gpm

98 gpm

49 gpm

196 gpm

11

56 gpm

34 gpm

134 gpm

11

maintain a constant degree of superheat in the gas leaving the evaporator coil

regulate refrigerant condensation rate

control the quantity of control the operation of liquid refrigerant leaving the solenoid valve the coil trip the breaker when being restarted for the first time after replacing the belts 6.2 tons 97 gpm permit the new belts to slip off

See illustration number(s): RA-0007

11

3325 D The compressor in figure 5, if permitted to operate as illustrated severely damage the V- displace the crankshaft will _______________. grooves of the pulley and increase the side thrust on the pistons 3326 D If your ship burns 2.9 tons of fuel per hour at 20 knots, how many 2.2 tons tons per hour will it burn at 15 knots? 3327 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 187 gpm 180 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 10" stroke and operating with 85% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 1.6 tons 312 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0159

11 11

1.2 tons 375 gpm

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3328 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 100 67 gpm strokes/minute, with a 7" diameter cylinder, a 9" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3329 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 160 91 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 85% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3330 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 170 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 9" stroke and operating with 87% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3331 A The tool shown in the illustration is called a ____________. 3332 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 150 strokes/minute, with a 7" diameter cylinder, a 9" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3333 A If your ship burns 3 tons of fuel per hour at 19 knots, how many tons per hour will it burn at 15 knots? 3334 C Which of the statements listed is applicable to the thermostatic expansion valve shown in the illustration? 226 gpm

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


223 gpm 135 gpm 270 gpm

General Knowledge

11

26 gpm

52 gpm

104 gpm

11

113 gpm

204 gpm

57 gpm

11 11

center gage 214 gpm

thread gage 275 gpm

crotch center 107 gpm

drill gage 427 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0072

11 11

1.5 tons It regulates the amount of superheat at the solenoid valve.

2.4 tons It regulates the temperature of the refrigerated space. 186 gpm

1.9 tons The control bulb is located on the evaporator outlet coil. 70 gpm

5.3 tons The external equalizing See illustration pipe is connected to the number(s): RA-0007 liquid receiver. 279 gpm

11

3335 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 150 140 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 8" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 163 gpm 3336 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 170 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 87% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3337 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 120 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3338 D If you have a simplex double acting reciprocating pump making 140 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3339 B Which of the figures illustrated is not suitable for use as a hexhead set screw? 3340 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 150 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 85% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3341 B Item "J" in the pump illustration _________. 135 gpm

11

425 gpm

327 gpm

82 gpm

11

68 gpm

56 gpm

34 gpm

11

10 gpm

39 gpm

61 gpm

123 gpm

11 11

figure C 119 gpm

figure D 262 gpm

figure G 60 gpm

figure L 238 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0080

11

should be replaced by a will need to be piped to a grease fitting for semifitting installed in place of annual lubrication the plug (in area "C") when the pump is used for hot water circulation

will need to be piped to a is provided to vent the fitting installed in place of pump of collected nonthe plug (in area "C") condensible gases when the the pump is used for cool potatable water

See illustration number(s): GS-0129

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3342 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 150 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 35 gpm

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


140 gpm 70 gpm 47 gpm

General Knowledge

11

3343 B The operation of the device shown in the illustration is dependent all items, similar to "I" all items, similar to "N" both "I" and "N" move as neither "I" nor "N" move upon _____________. move as the rudder stock move as the rudder stock the rudder stock rotates as the rudder stock rotates rotates rotates 3344 B Refrigeration isolation valves are of the double seated type in order to ______________. 3345 D The illustrated valve is _____________. allow for operation as a suction or discharge valve permit repacking under pressure conserve space allow for removal or replacement without shutting down

See illustration number(s): GS-0116

11

11

opened or closed by required to be closed by quickly opened when the quickly opened by See illustration moving the control lever moving the control control lever is rotated moving the control lever number(s): GS-0055 through one or more handle counter clockwise one full turn by one-quarter of a turn complete turns 453 gpm 227 gpm 491 gpm 113 gpm

11

3347 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 150 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

11

3348 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 170 426 gpm strokes/minute, with a 7" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 87% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3349 B If you have a simplex double acting reciprocating pump making 140 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 10" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3350 B If you have a simplex double acting reciprocating pump making 110 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 97% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 81 gpm

271 gpm

136 gpm

542 gpm

11

161 gpm

268 gpm

322 gpm

11

33 gpm

27 gpm

16 gpm

8 gpm

11

3351 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 130 133 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 9" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3352 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 150 91 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3353 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 110 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 49 gpm

59 gpm

30 gpm

118 gpm

11

26 gpm

104 gpm

52 gpm

11

98 gpm

33 gpm

25 gpm

11

3354 A The purpose of the water failure switch in a refrigeration system is stopping the compressor bypassing refrigerant to to react to a loss of cooling water by __________. the receiver 3355 B If a block and tackle arrangement were rigged as shown in figure 95 lbs. "F" in the illustration, the amount of force "P" required to hold the 398 pound load stationary would be _______________. (See illustration GS-0110) 3356 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 160 266 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 85% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 100 lbs.

closing the high pressure opening the high cutout switch pressure cutout switch 133 lbs. 159 lbs. See illustration number(s): GS-0110

11

11

89 gpm

44 gpm

178 gpm

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


arc blow will burn your face 214 gpm the fumes are highly toxic 428 gpm slag and metal splatter will get in your eyes 856 gpm

General Knowledge

3357 A You should never watch the arc generated during electric arc serious flash burns will welder with the naked eye because _____________. result 3358 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 170 695 gpm strokes/minute, with a 8" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 89% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3359 D What is the reading of the vernier micrometer caliper scale shown in figure "A" in the illustration? 3360 A The valve labeled "A" in the illustrated system should be opened to___________. (See illustration GS-0162) 3361 B If you have a simplex double acting reciprocating pump making 110 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3362 A The lathe tool shown as figure "U" in the illustration is commonly known as a/an ____________. 3364 A Evaporators and condensers are two forms of _____________. 0.2513 inch clean tanks once they are empty 71 gpm

11 11 11

0.2517 inch

0.2610 inch

0.2613 inch all the above 18 gpm

thin the mud to reduce its provide cooling for the weight diesel driven pump 36 gpm 28 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0083 See illustration number(s): GS-0162

11 11 11

cutting-off tool heat exchangers

left cut side-facing tool liquid receivers 469 gpm

right side end facing tool universal turning tool storage receptacles 170 gpm flow inhibitors 682 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0090

3365 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 160 341 gpm strokes/minute, with a 8" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 89% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3366 D Which of the listed illustrated figures represents the use of a cutting off tool? 3367 A Which of the illustrated lathe tools would be used to produce a smooth finish cut for figure I? 3368 A The lathe tool shown as figure "A" in the illustration is called a ____________. 3369 C The lathe tool shown as figure "R" in the illustration is commonly known as a/an ____________. 3370 C Which of the illustrated lathe tools would be used to produce a rough cut for figure I? 3371 D Which of the listed illustrated figures represents the lathe tool used for facing figure VI? 3372 D Which of the listed illustrated figures represents the lathe tool used for facing figure VI? 3373 D The lathe tool shown as figure "S" in the illustration is commonly known as a/an ____________. 3374 B A secondary refrigerant commonly used in shipboard air conditioning systems is _____________. 3375 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 110 strokes/minute, with a 7" diameter cylinder, a 8" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3376 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 140 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? Figure N A left cut finishing tool right-cut roughing tool B A A right-cut roughing tool methyl chloride 133 gpm

11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11

Figure O D round nose turning tool left-cut side-facing tool C B B left-cut side-facing tool water 152 gpm

Figure P F right hand facing tool

Figure U G right hand turning tool

right-cut side-facing tool left-cut roughing tool F C C G F F

right-cut side-facing tool left-cut roughing tool carbon dioxide 267 gpm trichloroethylene 67 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0090 See illustration number(s): GS-0009 See illustration number(s): GS-0009 See illustration number(s): GS-0090 See illustration number(s): GS-0009 See illustration number(s): GS-0009 See illustration number(s): GS-0009 See illustration number(s): GS-0090

11

39 gpm

157 gpm

78 gpm

110 gpm

11 11

3377 D While carrying out electric arc welding, there is always the danger developing burns to the of _____________. retina of the eye 3378 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 150 262 gpm strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 85% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

fire 60 gpm

electric shock 119 gpm

all of the above 238 gpm

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11 3380 C Which of the illustrated lathe tools would be used to produce a rough cut for figure I? 3381 D A lubricating oil with a high viscosity index number is most effectively used ____________. 3382 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 180 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 85% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? B

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


C F G where a wide range of temperature variations exist 54 gpm

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): GS-0009

in only very high as an additive to depress as an additive to slow temperature installations pour point oxidation 216 gpm 108 gpm 352 gpm

11

11

3383 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 120 38 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 83% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3384 C The dehydrating agent normally used in a refrigeration system is slaked lime ______________. 3385 B If a block and tackle arrangement were rigged as shown in figure 97.8 lbs. "F" in the illustration, the amount of force "P" required to hold the 398 pound load stationary would be _______________. 3386 D Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) require small electric storage 210C tank-type hot water boilers, rated at no more than 600 volts, must be fitted with a temperature limiting device to prevent the water in the upper 25% of the tank from attaining a temperature higher than ___________. 3387 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 150 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 35 gpm

76 gpm

66 gpm

19 gpm

11 11

sodium chloride 99.5 lbs.

activated alumina 104.5 lbs.

calcium chloride 109.5 lbs. See illustration number(s): GS-0110

11

166C

125C

99C

11

44 gpm

87 gpm

73 gpm

11 11

3388 D Which of the illustrated lathe tools would be used to produce a C rough cut to the left for the stock in figure IV? 91 gpm 3389 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 180 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 75% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3390 C The component labeled "B" in the illustration is the ________. suction line

D 45 gpm

E 167 gpm

F 23 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0009

11

vent

fill line

fresh water sprinkler for fluidizing of pulverized material 92.00 inches

See illustration number(s): GS-0163 See illustration number(s): GS-0007

11

3391 C The illustration is drawn to a scale of 1/16 inch = 1 inch. What is the full size dimension of "X", if the scale lengths for "E" = 5/8", "F" = 1 3/8", "G" = 2 1/8", and "H" = 5 3/4"? 3392 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 110 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 9" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

1.625 inches

0.359 inches

26.00 inches

11

150 gpm

193 gpm

75 gpm

300 gpm

11

3393 D If item "1" shown in the illustration is a compound gage indicating unit is fouled and should unit is operating correctly unit is in the oil discharge compound gage needs zero psig while processed water is known to be discharging be cleaned mode to be replaced overboard, the ____________. 3394 D Which of the listed components for a refrigeration system is required for a two box system, but not for a one box system? 3395 C The lathe tool shown as figure "L" in the illustration is commonly known as a/an ____________. Hand expansion valve Automatic expansion valve external threading tool High pressure cutout switch internal threading tool Liquid line solenoid valve

See illustration number(s): GS-0153

11

11

boring tool

universal turning tool

See illustration number(s): GS-0090

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3396 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 190 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 77% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3397 D If the distilling plant first stage absolute pressure is higher than normal, while the second stage absolute pressure remains satisfactory, the probable fault is due to ________. 3398 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 140 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 25 gpm

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


98 gpm 49 gpm 181 gpm

General Knowledge

11

loss of the distillate loop priming in the second seal between the stages stage

failure of the brine pump an air leak through a vacuum gage line in the first stage 32 gpm 43 gpm

11

129 gpm

64 gpm

11

109 gpm 3399 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 170 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 87% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3400 D Which of the illustrated lathe tools would be used to produce a C rough cut to the left for the stock in figure IV? 3401 C The lathe tool shown as figure "R" in the illustration is commonly right-cut roughing tool known as a/an ____________. 3402 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 160 163 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 10" stroke and operating with 75% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3403 A The lathe tool shown as figure "T" in the illustration is commonly known as a/an ____________. 3404 A The purpose of heating the oil in the sump of a secured refrigeration compressor is to _____________. right-cut roughing tool

54 gpm

217 gpm

27 gpm

11 11 11

D left-cut side-facing tool 33 gpm

right-cut side-facing tool left-cut roughing tool 131 gpm 65 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0009 See illustration number(s): GS-0090

11 11

left-cut side-facing tool

right-cut side-facing tool left-cut roughing tool remove entrained water remove wax and gum

See illustration number(s): GS-0090

reduce the absorption of prevent acidic pitting refrigerant by the lubricating oil 240 gpm

11

479 gpm 3405 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 110 strokes/minute, with a 8" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3406 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 330 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 96% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3407 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 160 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 96% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3408 A Prior to testing the pyrometer circuit wiring for continuity with a multimeter, you should disconnect the pyrometer because ____________. 78 gpm

329 gpm

120 gpm

11

39 gpm

52 gpm

19 gpm

11

47 gpm

188 gpm

94 gpm

78 gpm

11

the driving voltage of the the pyrometer total meter batteries can resistance can damage damage the circuit meter the ohmmeter

the reactance of the pyrometer will give a false meter reading

meter current running through the pyrometer will permanently magnetize the pyrometer's pointer 103 gpm

11

3409 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 160 strokes/minute, with a7" diameter cylinder, a 8" stroke and operating with 97% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3410 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 180 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 87% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

414 gpm

207 gpm

236 gpm

11

119 gpm

30 gpm

60 gpm

104 gpm

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3411 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 170 12 gpm strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3412 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 120 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 83% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3413 D The illustration is drawn to a scale of 1/8 inch = 1 inch. What is the full size dimension of "X", if the scale lengths for "E" = 5/8", "F" = 1 3/8", "G" = 2 1/8", and "H" = 5 3/4"? 3414 B When the solenoid valves in a refrigeration system have closed, the compressor will be stopped by the _____________. 19 gpm

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


24 gpm 40 gpm 48 gpm

General Knowledge

11

76 gpm

38 gpm

66 gpm

11

1.625 inches

0.719 inches

46.00 inches

13.00 inches

See illustration number(s): GS-0007

11

low water cutout

low pressure cutout

high pressure cutout

spring-loaded relief valve

11

3415 D If a block and tackle arrangement were rigged as shown in figure 103 lbs. "F" in the illustration, the amount of force "P" required to hold the 468 pound load stationary would be _______________. 3416 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 180 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 98% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3417 A The component labeled "F" in the illustration is a ________. 105 gpm

109 lbs.

113 lbs.

117 lbs.

See illustration number(s): GS-0110

11

210 gpm

147 gpm

52 gpm

11 11

differential valve

fill connection 225 gpm

pneumercator 270 gpm

support stanchion 56 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0163

113 gpm 3418 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 120 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3419 A The lathe tools shown as figure "M" in the illustration are commonly known as ____________. 3420 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 140 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 9" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3421 D The lathe tool shown as figure "N" in the illustration is commonly known as a/an ____________. 3422 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 220 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 87% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3423 D The lathe tool shown as figure "O" in the illustration is commonly used for ____________. 3425 C The rudder shown in the illustration is correctly termed a/an __________. 3426 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 190 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 75% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? form tools 18 gpm

11 11

curve cutting tools 72 gpm

parting tools 36 gpm

universal turning tools 109 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0090

11 11

hurling tool 59 gpm

curling tool 15 gpm

furling tool 29 gpm

knurling tool 49 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0090

11 11 11

cutting-off balanced rudder 170 gpm

left hand side facing unbalanced rudder 85 gpm

right hand turning semi-balanced rudder 42 gpm

grooving contra-guided rudder 119 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0090 See illustration number(s): GS-0131

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


Continuing to hold down "E" will hold "A" off of its seat, allowing water to continuously flow from chamber "I" to chamber "III" via chamber "II". Once "A" is reseated, the total force developed in chamber "I" will gradually rise to exceed the total force in chamber "II" and reseat "C" to stop water flow through unit.

General Knowledge
"D" will be physically and See illustration directly raised by the number(s): GS-0155 movement of "E", forcing "C" to become unseated.

3427 C Which of the following statements would apply to the principle of The pressure in chamber operation of the device shown in the illustration? "I" is greater than the pressure in chamber "II", causing part "A" to close off, and force "C" into a closed position.

11

3428 C A P-type trap and drain is used _________.

for all lavatory sink whenever the "gray" installations, as no other water drain system drain type is useable connection is located in the deck 21 gpm 85 gpm

whenever the "gray" as a condensate drain water drain system for superheaters connection is located in a bulkhead 42 gpm 34 gpm

11

3429 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 130 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 96% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3430 C In the diagram, shown in the illustration, the check valve is represented by the item numbered _________. 3431 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 140 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

11 11

1 157 gpm 39 gpm

2 79 gpm

3 217 gpm

4 See illustration number(s): GS-0125

11

3432 D The drains of lavatory sinks are fitted with P-type or S-type traps reduce water velocity to _______. and minimize erosion

create a strong siphon effect

provide a seal against provide a cushion of water to reduce the sewer gas rising into the effects of water hammer compartment 59 gpm 119 gpm

11

3433 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 140 71 gpm strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 83% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3434 A Refrigerant flow through a thermostatic expansion valve is greatest when the _____________. 3435 C The illustration is drawn to a scale of 1/4 inch = 1 inch. What is the full size dimension of "X", if the scale lengths for "E" = 5/8", "F" = 1 3/8", "G" = 2 1/8", and "H" = 5 3/4"? 3436 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 190 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 75% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3437 D In the diagram shown in the illustration, item "3" represents a _________. 3438 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 180 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 85% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3439 B The purpose of the component labeled "F" in the illustration is to___________. evaporator is warm and empty of refrigerant 1.625 inches

30 gpm

11

evaporator is cold and empty of refrigerant 2.167 inches

low side and high side pressures are equal 6.500 inches

low side pressure and thermal element pressure equalize 7.667 inches See illustration number(s): GS-0007

11

11

109 gpm

54 gpm

27 gpm

95 gpm

11 11

relief valve 37 gpm

stop valve 150 gpm

gate valve 75 gpm

check valve 50 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0125

11

determine the level of remaining pulverized material

prevent damage to the slope sheets

bleed excess air from the maintain a minimum of top of the tank 15 psia difference between the aeration unit and the top head American Bureau of Shipping Underwriter's Laboratories

See illustration number(s): GS-0163

11

3440 B Sewage treatment systems aboard U.S. inspected vessels must be approved by the ___________.

Environmental Protection U.S. Coast Guard Agency

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3441 C A constant pressure range is maintained in the potable water system of many vessels by using ________. 3442 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 150 strokes/minute, with a 7" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3443 D Which of the illustrated lathe tools should be used to produce the groove in the stock in figure VII? 3444 C Prior to making repairs on an evaporator located in a large, multibox refrigeration system, you should remove the refrigerant by _____________. 3445 B What type of valve is shown in the illustration?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


constant speed supply pumps 570 gpm variable speed supply pumps 285 gpm an air cushion in the hydro-pneumatic tank 142 gpm a pressure regulator in the pressure tank discharge piping 488 gpm

General Knowledge

11

11 11

See illustration number(s): GS-0009

pumping it from the draining the system system to a clean empty through the purge valve drum connection Globe valve Gate valve 108 gpm

pumping all refrigerant to exhausting it to the the receiver atmosphere Check valve 10 gpm Butterfly valve 39 gpm See illustration number(s): GS-0047

11 11

3446 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 140 20 gpm strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? steam trap 3447 C A vacuum differential is maintained in the distillate circuit between any two stages of a multiple stage distilling plant by the use of a/an ____________. 3448 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 180 147 gpm strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 98% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3449 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 120 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 83% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3450 D Sacrificial zinc anodes are used on the saltwater side of heat exchangers to _________________. 297 gpm

11

butterfly valve

loop seal

adjustable controller

11

105 gpm

52 gpm

210 gpm

11

149 gpm

273 gpm

74 gpm

11

keep heat transfer prevent rapid surfaces shiny and clean accumulation of marine growth

provide a protective coating on heat exchanger surfaces evaporator absolute pressure could eventually equalize in both stages to that of the second stage .20 gpg

reduce electrolytic action on heat exchanger metals salt water feed heater absolute pressure would increase to that of the evaporator second stage .25 gpg

11

3451 C If the orifice in the loop seal of a flash evaporator were to become distillate produced in the evaporator absolute significantly enlarged through erosion, the ________. second stage would flow pressure would towards the first stage eventually equalize in both stages to that of the first stage 3452 D An automatic solenoid dump valve should be set to trip if the evaporator produces distillate with salt content exceeding ___________. 3453 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 140 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3454 D In a refrigeration system, air is purged at the __________. 3455 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 180 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 85% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3456 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 140 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? .05 gpg .15 gpg

11

11

105 gpm

52 gpm

227 gpm

26 gpm

11 11

expansion valve 75 gpm

filter/drier 150 gpm

evaporator 50 gpm

condenser 37 gpm

11

32 gpm

129 gpm

64 gpm

77 gpm

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


The unit is operating in the bilge water removal mode separating the oil from the water as it flows through the unit. 352 gpm The unit is operating in the purge mode and is only removing air from the upper level of the tank. 216 gpm

General Knowledge
The unit is operating in See illustration the backflush mode number(s): GS-0153 causing any oil or air to be discharged to the oil slop tank. 54 gpm

3457 D Regarding the oily water separator shown in the illustration, The unit is operating in what mode of operation is occurring if item "1" indicates a positive the processing mode and pressure? is currently separating emulsified bilge water.

11

3458 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 108 gpm 180 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 85% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3459 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 150 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3460 C The function of item "6", as shown in the illustration, is to _____________. 42 gpm

11

170 gpm

85 gpm

119 gpm

11

terminate the oil discharge mode

determine when backflushing is necessary

initiate the oil discharge mode

sense discharge temperature to control the operation of the internal heater all of the above

See illustration number(s): GS-0153

11

3461 B Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) for bilge and ballast piping require that ________.

all oil and water tanks be the bilge pumping system be operable connected to the bilge under all practicable system conditions 30 gpm 120 gpm

peak tanks and chain lockers have separate electric pumps 60 gpm

11

3462 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 120 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 10" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3463 B The illustration is drawn to a scale of 3/16 inch = 1 inch. What is the full size dimension of "X", if the scale lengths for "E" = 5/8", "F" = 1 3/8", "G" = 2 1/8", and "H" = 5 3/4"? 3464 C The safest and quickest method of adding refrigerant to a refrigeration system is to add the refrigerant through the _____________. 3465 B The component labeled "E" in the illustration is a _______.

150 gpm

11

1.078 inches

8.667 inches

30.667 inches

1.625 inches

See illustration number(s): GS-0007

11

discharge service valve as a vapor high level alarm/shutdown

suction service valves as charging valve as a liquid condenser relief valve as a liquid a vapor equalization line with filter fresh water inlet to differential safety line fluidize the pulverized with a pressure regulating valve set for material approximately 10.5 psig 93 gpm 302 gpm See illustration number(s): GS-0163

11

11

3466 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 140 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3467 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 250 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 79% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3468 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 330 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 96% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3469 B A solenoid operated distillate bypass valve is installed in the discharge line between a distilling plant and the potable water tanks to prevent ____________.

186 gpm

47 gpm

11

75 gpm

132 gpm

150 gpm

38 gpm

11

39 gpm

52 gpm

19 gpm

78 gpm

11

excessively warm distillate from entering the potable tanks

salty distillate from reaching the potable tanks

overfilling and overflowing the potable tanks

contaminated water from leaving the potable tanks

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3470 D If the distillate temperature is 150F and the distillate salinity is 0.35 grains per gallon, the three-way solenoid trip valve should direct the distillate to the ____________. 3471 B Which of the following statements represents the basic principle of operation of an electrical salinity indicator? 3472 D In a submerged tube evaporator, the automatic solenoid dump valve will trip if the salinity exceeds ____________. 3473 C The compound gage shown in the illustration and labeled as item "1" indicates a slight vacuum while the unit is in the oil discharge mode. The separator is __________________. freshwater tanks

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


reserve feed tank distilled water tank bilge

General Knowledge

11

Measures the hydrogen ion concentration. 0.10 grains per gallon

Measures the electrical resistance of the water. 0.15 grains per gallon

Determines the conductivity of the dissolved oxygen. 0.20 grains per gallon operating correctly, but requires the gage to be replaced

Measures the voltage of the chloride ions. 0.25 grains per gallon not operating correctly See illustration and also needs the gage number(s): GS-0153 to be replaced

11 11

operating correctly fouled and needs without the need for any cleaning modification

11

3474 B The best time to check the oil level in the compressor in a typical oil has had time to mix properly with the refrigeration system is when the compressor is stopped after a refrigerant long period of running. This is because the ____________. 3475 C In the operation of a two-stage flash-type distilling plant, which of Condenser circulating water pump the pumps listed should be vented to the second stage shell in order to remove vapors from the pump suction? 3476 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 180 206 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 85% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3477 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 150 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 291 gpm

refrigerant has had time oil trap has been able to oil heaters are secured; to separate from the oil return sufficient oil to the thereby, ensuring that a false level is not read sump Feedwater heater drain pump Distillate pump Air ejector condenser drain pump

11

11

378 gpm

103 gpm

412 gpm

11

145 gpm

73 gpm

349 gpm

11

3478 B The first stage feedwater temperature and shell absolute pressure equal to the second in a multistage flash evaporator is _____________. stage feedwater temperature and shell absolute pressure

higher than the second stage feedwater temperature and shell absolute pressure

lower than the feedwater temperature and shell absolute pressure in the second stage

higher than the second stage feedwater temperature but at a lower shell absolute pressure

11

3479 D In a two stage flash evaporator, operating conditions in the second stage, as compared to the first stage, are _________. 3480 D In a flash evaporator, heated water under pressure is converted into vapor by suddenly ____________. 3481 D Vapor is produced in a flash evaporator by introducing _______________. 3482 A Feedwater supplied to a flash type distilling plant will flash to vapor in the first-stage due to the flash chamber _________________.

higher temperature and higher temperature and lower temperature and lower temperature and higher absolute pressure lower absolute pressure higher absolute pressure lower absolute pressure increasing its temperature steam through heating coils pressure being lower than the saturation pressure corresponding to the feedwater temperature I only increasing its velocity steam through cooling coils temperature being higher than the evaporation temperature of the supplied feedwater decreasing its density heated water into a high pressure area heat exchange surfaces being directly in the path of the entering feedwater decreasing its pressure heated water into a low pressure area orifices finely atomizing the heated feedwater entering the flash chamber

11 11 11

11

3483 A A flash type distilling plant is more efficient than a high pressure evaporator as _________. I. vaporization of the feed water occurs in a vacuum II. boiling of feed water occurs only once on the tube surfaces 3484 B When one belt of a multiple V-belt compressor drive requires replacement, all of the belts must be replaced, because _____________.

II only

Both I and II

Neither I nor II

11

the old belts would otherwise carry all the load

new belts are shorter than old belts

new belts have a tendency to slip

all the above

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11 3485 A The average salinity of normal seawater, when expressed as 1/32nd brine density is equivalent to _____________. 3486 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 180 388 gpm strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 75% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3487 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 160 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 38 gpm

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


1.5/32nds 149 gpm 2/32nds 75 gpm 3/32nds 298 gpm

General Knowledge

11

19 gpm

9 gpm

25 gpm

11

3488 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 140 217 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3489 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 110 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3490 B In a double-effect submerged tube evaporator, the brine density should be prevented from falling below 1.5/32nds to minimize ____________. 3491 B In a double-effect submerged tube evaporator, the brine density should be prevented from falling below 1.5/32nds to minimize ____________. 3492 D In the operation of a two-stage flash type distilling plant, the rate of scale formation is greatly reduced by _________. 67 gpm

39 gpm

157 gpm

79 gpm

11

33 gpm

50 gpm

17 gpm

11

scale formation on the tube nests scale formation on the tube nests operating the unit at its rated capacity

loss in capacity and economy

corrosion in the evaporator

carryover in the evaporator carryover in the evaporator the fact that no boiling occurs on heat transfer surfaces anywhere in the unit

11

loss in capacity and corrosion in the maintain plant efficiency evaporator maintaining a relatively high feedwater temperature maintaining a relatively high feedwater temperature water faulty cells at each location 57 gpm the fact that the firststage regulator keeps the heater shell at a constant pressure

11

11

3493 C The rate of scale formation in a flash type distilling plant is greatly operating the unit at its reduced by _____________. rated capacity

water flashing into vapor operating the first-stage rather than boiling on the regulator to maintain a heat transfer surfaces constant shell pressure nitrogen erosion of item "2" Carrene carryover from "III" See illustration number(s): GS-0053

11 11

3494 B A common secondary refrigerant used in air conditioning systems R-123 aboard ship is _____________. 3495 D A high reading is indicated at the salinity cells labeled "Y", "Q", a leak in item"I" and "6" shown in the illustration. This would be the probable result of __________. 3496 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 190 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 75% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 113 gpm

11

28 gpm

246 gpm

11

3497 B A high reading is only indicated at the salinity cells labeled "W" a tube leak in item "IV", and "6" shown in the illustration. This would be the probable result which contributes to a of __________. surging absolute pressure in "III" 3498 D Scale accumulation on evaporator heating surfaces will cause immediate loss of ___________. vacuum 3499 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 150 285 gpm strokes/minute, with a 7" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

a faulty cell at location "6" and a tube leak in item "I" increased distillate quality 488 gpm

erosion of item "3" or the carryover from "III" valve opened too wide if used immediate tube failure 142 gpm reduced evaporator capacity 570 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0053

11 11

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3500 D If the rated distillate production of a submerged tube type evaporator cannot be maintained with the supplied maximum steam flow rate, the evaporator ______________. 3501 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 120 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3502 D The purpose of the component labeled "E" in the illustration is to ________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


chemical feed must be increased has a serious brine leak temperature switch is defective heating surfaces are scaled

General Knowledge

11

189 gpm

95 gpm

110 gpm

47 gpm

11

determine the level of pulverized material

relieve pressure if the equalize the pressure equalize pressure on compressed air flow rate between the top of the either side of the slope exceeds 600 CFM tank and the aeration sheet when filling tank device when discharging material 164 gpm 82 gpm 55 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0163

11

3503 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 190 41 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 88% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3504 B If atmospheric pressure decreases while the air temperature remains constant, the air will ______________. give up moisture as condensation

11

have greater capacity to become supersaturated absorb moisture at high relative humidity capacity increases 141 gpm scale formation increases 281 gpm

absorb less free atmospheric moisture distillate purity increases 70 gpm

11 11

3505 C When any low pressure distilling plant is operated at less than the heat level drops designed vacuum, the _____________. 3506 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 281 gpm 190 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 10" stroke and operating with 87% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3507 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 150 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 85% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3508 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 160 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3509 A If the gap between the top of "B" and the facing area of "E" were to be reduced to half of the proper setting, the trap illustrated would tend to __________. 3510 A While the illustrated system is operated using the steam supply through "F" the strainer in line "4" becomes fouled, this will result in _____________. 60 gpm

11

238 gpm

119 gpm

262 gpm

11

167 gpm

42 gpm

83 gpm

229 gpm

11

remain closed for a longer period of time a reduction in distillate production

close slower than with the full gap pump "K" becoming vapor bound

remain open for a longer open quicker than with period of time full gap the temperature regulated by "L" difficult to maintain

See illustration number(s): GS-0002

11

nothing unusual for the See illustration number(s): GS-0053 type of operation indicated as this line was unnecessary in the installation 105 gpm

11

3511 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 140 227 gpm strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3512 C An excessively high brine level in a flash evaporator can be caused by ___________. 3513 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 120 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 83% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? excessive brine pump motor speed 19 gpm

52 gpm

26 gpm

11 11

an excessive brine blowdown rate 38 gpm

failure of the brine pump excessive distillate pump speed 66 gpm 76 gpm

11

3514 D The refrigeration system valve shown in the illustration is used to box temperature control the ___________.

coil back pressure

"on-off" cycle of the compressor

superheat at the coil outlet

See illustration number(s): RA-0007

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3515 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 120 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3516 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 230 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 78% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 34 gpm

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


135 gpm 68 gpm 56 gpm

General Knowledge

11

34 gpm

137 gpm

68 gpm

120 gpm

11

3517 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 45 gpm 170 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 89% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3518 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 180 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 10" stroke and operating with 85% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 375 gpm

181 gpm

91 gpm

249 gpm

11

187 gpm

94 gpm

312 gpm

11 11

3519 D In a shell-and-tube type heat exchanger, the most common cause loose tube bundle baffle failure of the baffle plate rupture of the tube of decreased performance is _____________. plates bundle 428 gpm 856 gpm 695 gpm 3520 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 170 strokes/minute, with a 8" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 89% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3521 D Demulsibility of lube oil is defined as _____________. the temperature at which a measure of the water oil flows rapidly in a lube oil system 113 gpm

fouling on the seawater side 214 gpm

11

an emulsion of grades of the ability of oil to oil separate from an oil and water emulsion 226 gpm 451 gpm

11

3522 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 140 526 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 14" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3523 C What precaution should be taken when transporting oil based mud, with the system illustrated, as compared to water based mud? 3524 A In a refrigeration system, the thermal expansion valve sensing bulb is located _____________. 3525 D Some of the hazards of working with electric power tools may be avoided if the operator insures that _____________. 3526 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 190 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 75% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? The recirulation nozzles "T" need to be changed over to oil based nozzles. near the evaporator coil outlet they are properly grounded 85 gpm

11

The seachest valve "A" should be closed to prevent the oil from entering the water. near the evaporator coil inlet eye shields and gloves are worn 170 gpm

A spill containment area The tank must be must be provided under provided with a the tank vent. protective coating no less than 20 mil thick. on the liquid line strainer at the solenoid valve outlet loose clothing and all of the above jewelry are not worn 119 gpm 42 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0162

11 11

11

11

3527 C If a bolt or stud were to break off flush at the surface, which of the Tap the bolt with a Heat the bolt with an listed actions must be done to begin its removal? starting punch extractor. oxyacetylene torch. 3528 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 180 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 9" stroke and operating with 89% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3529 A When using a portable droplight, you should always insure that _____________. 157 gpm 78 gpm

Drill a hole in the center of the broken stud. 176 gpm

Use a screw extractor only. 39 gpm

11

11

the bulb is protected by a the extension cord is shield or guard yellow and clearly marked

the bulb capacity does not exceed 75 watts

all of the above

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3530 C To properly use a lathe crotch center to drill an oil hole in a bushing, you would mount the crotch center in the ________________. 3531 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 120 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? compound rest

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


headstock tailstock chuck

General Knowledge

11

108 gpm

27 gpm

54 gpm

36 gpm

11

3532 B When machining a long piece of work between centers, you must make sure that the lathe correct for expansion of ________________. dog is securely jammed the work by readjusting in the slot of the face the tailstock center plate 3533 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 140 302 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3534 C In a direct expansion evaporator, the coils are ___________. 3535 C To ensure the stock is running true in a lathe, you should use a ____________. 3536 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 180 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 98% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? covered with insulation center gage 216 gpm 47 gpm

make sure that the work make sure the tailstock is is only supported by the tight against the work headstock center 186 gpm 93 gpm

11

11 11 11

half covered with insulation gage block 108 gpm

surrounded by air dial indicator 54 gpm

surrounded by water micrometer 90 gpm

11

160 gpm 3537 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 190 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3538 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 160 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 9" stroke and operating with 85% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 75 gpm

352 gpm

320 gpm

80 gpm

11

300 gpm

150 gpm

225 gpm

11

3539 A To properly cut even numbered threads using the lathe thread dial any line on the dial indicator shown in the illustration, you should close the lathe split or half-nut on ________________. 3540 B To properly cut an odd numbered thread with a lathe using the any line on the dial thread dial indicator illustrated, you should close the lathe split, or half-nut on ____________. 3541 D When using a wheel dressing tool to true up a grinding wheel, you should always _____________. 3542 C The operation of machining a uniformly roughened or checked surface on round stock in a lathe is called _____________. 3543 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 140 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 8" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? lubricate the dressing tool checkering

even numbered lines only any numbered line on the dial operate the grinder in neutral crosshatching

odd numbered lines only any unnumbered half line See illustration number(s): GS-0084 odd numbered lines only even numbered lines only remove the tool rest from wear goggles to protect the grinder your eyes knurling swaging See illustration number(s): GS-0084

11

11 11

11

115 gpm

57 gpm

29 gpm

115 gpm

11

3544 B A device used to hold open the refrigeration compressor suction discharge line bypass valve that normally draws gas from the suction manifold, but returns it to the suction line without compressing it is called a _____________. 3545 B If the point angle of a drill is less than 59, the _______________. hole will be drilled too large

cylinder unloader

suction line bypass

relief valve

11

hole will take longer to drill

drill will not center properly

drill will cut undersized

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3546 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 150 145 gpm strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3547 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 190 246 gpm strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 75% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3548 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 160 strokes/minute, with a 8" diameter cylinder, a 9" stroke and operating with 89% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3549 B As the drill bit is being fed into a metal work piece, a squeaking sound from the tip of the bit indicates _____________. 3550 A In the illustration, line "D" is a/an ____________. 682 gpm

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


349 gpm 73 gpm 291 gpm

General Knowledge

11

28 gpm

113 gpm

57 gpm

11

341 gpm

170 gpm

469 gpm

See illustration number(s): -

11

the bit is too large for the the bit tip has not been hole properly ground hidden line sectioning line 64 gpm

insufficient force has a continuous chip is been applied on the drill being taken by the drill bit bit outline 77 gpm phantom line 129 gpm See illustration number(s): GS-0006

11 11

3551 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 140 32 gpm strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3552 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 190 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 88% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3553 D What does "G" represent in the illustration? 3554 C The refrigeration piping component shown in the illustration is primarily used to __________. 164 gpm

11

82 gpm

55 gpm

41 gpm

11 11

The type of material used A dimension tabulated for the piece. elsewhere. prevent vibration of the connect refrigeration compressor machinery and associated piping when there is a misalignment problem

A reference note shown The surfaces to be elsewhere. ground. all of the above reduce noise and vibration from traveling along the piping which could ultimately damage distant downstream equipment Improper clearance angle 113 gpm All of the above 204 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0017 See illustration number(s): RA-0002

11 11

3555 D Which of the following problems will cause a twist drill to cut improperly? 3556 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 170 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 9" stroke and operating with 87% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3557 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 170 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3558 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 120 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 9" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3559 C A dimension line, as used in a drawing or blueprint, is represented by which of the figures shown in the illustration?

Improper lip clearance 226 gpm

Improper cutting angle 57 gpm

11

48 gpm

40 gpm

24 gpm

12 gpm

11

169 gpm

84 gpm

152 gpm

42 gpm

11

See illustration number(s): GS-0031

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3560 B The illustrated shaft has an overall length of 18 inches. If the diameter of "E" = 2.5" and "F" = 3.5", with an indicated radius of "R" = .125" and the length of the tapered section "X" is to be 8"; then the amount of tailstock offset should be _____? 0.111"

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


0.506" 0.625" 1.125"

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): GS-0133

11

3561 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 140 270 gpm strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3562 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 170 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 85% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3564 B Which of the fluids listed is suitable for use as a secondary refrigerant? 3566 C The crosshatch design on the end of piece "3" in the illustration shown indicates that ____________. 3567 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 170 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 295 gpm

246 gpm

123 gpm

62 gpm

11

147 gpm

354 gpm

74 gpm

11 11 11

Methyl alcohol

Brine

Carbon dioxide

Cuprous chloride piece #3 is made of stainless steel 104 gpm See illustration number(s): GS-0020

the piece is screwed into the piece is made of mild piece #3 is knurled in piece #2 carbon steel that area 30 gpm 119 gpm 60 gpm

11

3568 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 140 268 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 10" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3569 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 180 45 gpm strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 75% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3570 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 120 strokes/minute, with a 6 diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3571 B Baffles are provided in the main lube oil sump tank of the pressurized lube oil system, shown in the illustration, to _________. 74 gpm

81 gpm

161 gpm

322 gpm

11

167 gpm

23 gpm

91 gpm

11

297 gpm

149 gpm

273 gpm

11

create a dam effect to concentrate heavily contaminated oil in one area making it much easier to clean

remove all water maintain a constant See illustration allow more time for particulate matter to entrained in the returning viscosity source of oil at number(s): SE-0011 the pump suction settle out of the oil before oil stream being pumped 170 gpm 85 gpm 119 gpm

11

3572 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 190 42 gpm strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 75% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3573 C What precaution should be taken when transporting oil based mud, with the system illustrated, when compared to water based mud?

11

The recirulation nozzles All tank cleaning and "T" need to be changed disposal must be done at an approved disposal pit. over to oil based nozzles. condenser The line indicated by letter "A" only. dehydrator The line indicated by letter "B" only.

The seal cage line valve The tank must be coated See illustration "C" must be shifted to with a protective covering number(s): GS-0162 no less than 20 mil thick. fresh water to prevent damage to the pump seal. liquid strainer The lines indicated by the letters "B" and "D". hygrometer The lines indicated by the letters "A" and "D". See illustration number(s): GS-0033

11 11

3574 B In a refrigeration system, silica gel is used in the __________________. 3575 D In the illustration shown, which of the lines are considered as "visible lines" in blueprint reading?

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3576 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 160 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 89% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3577 D Hidden edges in objects are represented in blueprints by ___________________. 3578 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 100 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 82% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3579 D In the illustration which of the pair of letters represent the same physical features of the device shown? 3580 D Line "C" as shown in the illustration represents ________. 113 gpm

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


453 gpm 227 gpm 491 gpm

General Knowledge

11

a thin solid line

a thick solid line

dashed lines having alternating long and short dashes 55 gpm

dashed lines having approximately equal length dashes 16 gpm

11

62 gpm

31 gpm

11 11

B and C the diameter of the hole

A and D

A and B

B and D the center of the items illustrated

a mechanical connection a hidden line between the two items illustrated 75 gpm 149 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0033 See illustration number(s): GS-0033

11

3581 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 180 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 75% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3582 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 130 strokes/minute, with a 4 diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3583 D When two or more components in a schematic drawing are indicated as being located in a single mechanical enclosure, which line should be used? 3584 A The primary purpose of a thermostatic controlled solenoid valve used in a multi-box refrigeration system is to _____________.

298 gpm

388 gpm

11

158 gpm

39 gpm

79 gpm

237 gpm

11

See illustration number(s): GS-0031

11

control the refrigerated compartment temperature rod with a conventional break 526 gpm

bypass refrigerant flow to maintain the proper the evaporator refrigerant superheat

stop the compressor when the evaporator reaches the proper temperature bar with a sawn out section 614 gpm See illustration number(s): GS-0028

11 11

3585 A The illustration shown represents a blueprint of a metal _____________. 3586 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 160 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 14" stroke and operating with 96% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3587 D In the illustration which of the pair of letters represent the same physical features of the device shown? 3588 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 170 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3589 B A "centerline" depicted in a drawing or blueprint is represented by which of the figures shown in the illustration? 3590 B Cracks may be prevented from developing at the corners of welded plating inserts by ___________. 3591 B The exploded drawing shown in the illustration is intended to show the ___________.

tube with a broken out section 132 gpm

pipe with a missing center section 263 gpm

11 11

B and C 12 gpm

A and D 48 gpm

A and B 24 gpm

B and D 40 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0033

11

See illustration number(s): GS-0031

11 11

squaring the corners total number of parts in the assembled component

rounding the corners parts aligned for the correct order of reassembly

plug welding the corners slot welding the corners disassembled parts without using component in a one point hidden lines perspective view See illustration number(s): GS-0025

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3592 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 57 gpm 190 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 75% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3593 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 190 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 320 gpm

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


113 gpm 246 gpm 28 gpm

General Knowledge

11

160 gpm

80 gpm

352 gpm

11

3594 B The purpose of running a refrigeration compressor motor in short allow refrigerant vapor intermittent spurts when starting the system after a prolonged cycling time shutdown is to _____________. 3595 A The definition of superheat refers to the amount of heat necessary I only to raise the temperature of a fluid and applies to _________. I. vapors II. liquids 3596 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 160 strokes/minute, with a 7" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 87% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3597 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 120 strokes/minute, with a 4 diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3598 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 170 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3599 D A hidden line in a drawing, or blueprint is represented in the illustration by which of the labeled lines? 3600 D The letter "B" shown in the illustration represents _______. 603 gpm

insure proper operation of the compressor II only

let the refrigerated compartment cool gradually Both I and II

determine actual compressor oil level Neither I nor II

11

11

301 gpm

151 gpm

560 gpm

11

156 gpm

339 gpm

78 gpm

254 gpm

11

119 gpm

30 gpm

60 gpm

104 gpm

11 11

A the minor diameter of threads to be machined dimension line 109 gpm

B a blind hole

a continuous square hole only hidden lines

See illustration number(s): GS-0031 See illustration number(s): GS-0033 See illustration number(s): GS-0006

11 11

3601 A In the illustration, line "C" is a ____________. 3602 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 120 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 89% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

leader line 54 gpm

cutting plane line 27 gpm

phantom line 65 gpm

11 11

3603 D By which of the listed methods may heat be transferred from one Radiation body to another? 3604 C If only the chill box solenoid valve remains open, the refrigeration chill box thermostatic compressor will eventually be stopped by ______________. temperature switch 3606 D Careful handling of compressed gas bottles should include _____________. stowing, to avoid them from crashing into one another

Convection low water cutout switch

Conduction low pressure cutout switch

All of the above high pressure cutout switch all of the above

11

keeping them away from keeping the valve flame, high heat, and protection caps in place direct sunlight convection 144 BTU's 427 gpm radiation 180 BTU's 214 gpm

11 11 11

3607 D Heat may be transferred by _____________. conduction 3608 C How many BTUs must be added to one pound of water at 32F to 16 BTU's raise the temperature to 212F? 3609 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 107 gpm 150 strokes/minute, with a 7" diameter cylinder, a 9" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

all of the above 970 BTU's 275 gpm

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3610 D The action of water being circulated within a natural circulation boiler, is an example of what form of heat transfer? 3611 A While reaming a hole, the reamer should not be turned backwards if the hole has not been fully reamed because _______________. 3612 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 120 strokes/minute, with a 6 diameter cylinder, a 14" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3613 B If your vessel burns 8 tons of fuel per hour at 15 knots, how many tons per hour will it burn at 18 knots? 3614 B When two refrigerated spaces in a refrigeration system are served by a single compressor and condenser, yet are maintained at different temperatures, a back pressure regulating valve serves to provide ____________. 3615 C Which of the following conditions must be carried out before the superheating of saturated vapor can occur? Radiation

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


Conduction Forced convection Natural convection

General Knowledge

11

the cutting edges may be turning in the wrong damaged direction will cause chatter 378 gpm 189 gpm

the shank will loosen in the tap wrench 441 gpm

reverse rotation will make the hole oversize 95 gpm

11

11 11

9.6 tons a higher pressure in the evaporator coil in the colder box The evaporation rate must be increased.

13.8 tons a higher pressure in the evaporator coil in the warmer box The flow of liquid to the unfired pressure vessel must be increased.

9.5 tons a lower pressure in the evaporator coil in the warmer box

11.5 tons equal pressures in the evaporator coils of both boxes

11

The vapor must be The operating pressure must be raised. removed from contact with the liquid from which it was generated.

11

3616 C Which of the following practices is considered to be safe for the handling and use of compressed gas cylinders?

Using oxygen as a substitute for compressed air for pneumatic tools.

Cracking the valve on a Routinely greasing or The storage of the hydrogen cylinder to lubricating the valves on cylinders in a well oxygen cylinders. ventilated compartment. clear dust and dirt.

11

3617 D After a piece of pipe has been cut, a good shop practice to ream out the burr left in the pipe. This is done to _______________. 3618 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 180 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 8" stroke and operating with 87% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3619 A An eroded globe valve disk can be repaired by _____________. 3620 B A graphite additive type grease is best suited for ________. I. low temperature applications II. high temperature applications

make a taper for starting make the taper required remove tool marks which prevent the burr from the threading die for pipe threads could interfere with flow restricting flow in the pipe 106 gpm 170 gpm 213 gpm 53 gpm

11

11 11

taking a light cut in a lathe I only

sandblasting with light weight grit II only

dressing the seat with crocus cloth Both I and II

scraping with a bastard file Neither I nor II

11

3621 A If a block and tackle arrangement were rigged as shown in figure 127 lbs. "F" in the illustration, the amount of force "P" required to hold the 508 pound load stationary would be _______________. 3622 B The proper tool used for cutting new external threads is called a thread _____________. 3623 C Which of the figures illustrated is known as an Allen head set screw? 3624 D In a vapor compression type refrigeration cycle, the refrigerant temperature decreases the most in the _________. 3625 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 120 strokes/minute, with a 8 diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? chaser figure B evaporator

145 lbs.

169 lbs.

203 lbs.

See illustration number(s): GS-0110

11 11 11

die figure C condenser

broach figure F compressor

tap figure G expansion valve See illustration number(s): GS-0080

11

156 gpm

625 gpm

312 gpm

507 gpm

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3626 A Oxygen and acetylene cylinders should always be stored _____________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


upright with the cylinder caps screwed on horizontal with the upright with the cylinder cylinder caps screwed on caps off plug tap bottoming tap horizontal with the cylinder caps off finishing tap

General Knowledge

11

3627 A When internal threading for piping where the work permits the tap taper tap to be run entirely through you can begin and end the tapping of the hole by using a ____________. 3628 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 190 352 gpm strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3629 A After a piece of pipe is cut, the opening in the end should be cleaned out with a _____________. 3630 D When refering to greases, penetration number is____________. pipe reamer

11

80 gpm

320 gpm

160 gpm

11 11

pipe cleaner

taper tool

hole cleaner the depth to which a cone would penetrate a sample of grease in 5 seconds

how many seconds was the temperature at which the temperature at which the grease would a cone would begin to required for a cone to become sufficiently fluid penetrate the sample penetrate the sample to fill the voids of a standard ball bearing B provide an interference fit for the impeller lubricate the packing C

11 11

3631 A The working depth of the gear illustrated is represented by A _______. 3632 D The purpose of the wearing ring used in the illustrated pump is to support the suction end _____________. of the impeller 3633 D The function of seal cages, or lantern rings installed in the centrifugal pump stuffing boxes, is to ______________. 3634 D If the compressor is heard to knock while pumping down the low side for repairs, this is an indication of ____________. cool the shaft

provide a replaceable provide a replaceable wear surface for the shaft wear surface for the pump housing seal air from entering along the shaft air being introduced to the system distribute the sealing liquid within the stuffing box foaming of the crankcase oil

See illustration number(s): GS-0111 See illustration number(s): GS-0012

11

11

worn piston rings

faulty bearings

11 11 11

3635 C Internal pipe threads are cut with _____________. dies 3636 D Pressure-relief devices on gas welding cylinders are located in the cylinder valve ___________. 3637 C When using a hand die to cut threads on brass stock, the threads graphite and oil can be dry cut or may be lubricated with __________. 3638 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 180 282 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 80% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3639 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 120 strokes/minute, with a 4 diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3640 D When pipe is properly screwed into a tapped hole, it will give the correct fit when ______________. 3641 D A centrifugal pump designed to handle a liquid with a temperature of 250F or greater must be provided with ___________. 144 gpm

reamers the shoulder of the cylinder white lead

taps tap drills the bottom of the cylinder all of the above lard oil kerosene

11

94 gpm

47 gpm

188 gpm

11

36 gpm

72 gpm

216 gpm

11 11

the pipe cannot be turned a semi-mechanical seal

all the threads are covered helical grooved wearing rings 336 gpm

half of the threads are covered self adjusting packing

all but two or three threads are covered a liquid seal line

11

3642 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 190 103 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 77% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3643 B The primary function of a centrifugal pump volute is to _____________. develop a high velocity liquid

52 gpm

207 gpm

11

convert velocity to pressure

limit hydraulic end thrust initiate flow

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3644 A In the refrigeration system shown in the illustration, which of the valves indicated should be used to purge the system? 3645 A A centrifugal pump with a double volute casing operated at greater than design capacity, will ________. A

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


B C D

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): RA-0012

11

be less susceptible to shaft deflection than a similar pump with a single volute casing operated under the same conditions

be more susceptible to develop excessive radial develop excessive radial shaft deflection than a thrust and resultant shaft thrust and resultant similar pump with a deflection impeller deflection single volute casing operated under the same conditions 113 gpm 227 gpm 453 gpm

11

3646 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 160 491 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 89% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3647 C In the illustration, a hole in the block is represented by 3/4R. The blind hole with a 3/4" shape of the hole is indicated as a _________. depth

11

tapered hole

fully bored hole with a 3/4" radius

hole layed out for boring, See illustration but not completed until number(s): GS-0021 needed 71 gpm

11

3648 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 110 28 gpm strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3649 B When repacking a reciprocating pump with more than four rings of packing, the packing is cut square, installed with the ends abutted, and each succeeding ring staggered with the butted ends _____________. 45 apart

18 gpm

36 gpm

11

90 apart

120 apart

180 apart

11

3650 B Which of the following problems will occur when the suction valve The pump will is throttled on a centrifugal pump not designed to operate in this immediately overheat manner? and seize. 3651 D If you heard a "crackling" sound occuring within a centrifugal pump, the most probable source of the noise would be the ______________. shaft sleeves

Pump efficiency is reduced and cavitation will be induced. discharge volutes

The pump packing will fail causing irrepairable damage to the pump shaft. wearing rings

Pump capacity is reduced and overall efficiency will be increased. pump suction

11

11

3652 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 120 273 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6 diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3653 D If the flow of water from a centrifugal pump is allowed to be relief valve will open stopped by closing the discharge valve while the pump continues to run for an indefinite period, the ____________. 3654 B Which of the valves listed is normally closed when charging the refrigeration system through the high side? 3655 C The illustrated device is in operation when _________. Dehydrator inlet valve the output at "B" is providing negative feedback of the manipulated variable to the pressure differential relay

74 gpm

149 gpm

297 gpm

11

water pressure will lower water pressure will tend continually to shut off to rise continuously head Liquid line king valve the output at "B" is providing positive feedback of the manipulated variable to the force balance relay 39 gpm Suction line valve

liquid may overheat and vaporize

11 11

Thermal expansion valve

suction of the transferred suction of the transferred See illustration liquid occurs at "G" and liquid occurs at "B" and number(s): GS-0061 discharge at "B" discharge at "G"

11

3656 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 140 110 gpm strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

157 gpm

78 gpm

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3658 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 160 614 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 14" stroke and operating with 96% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3659 B One of the functions of the component labeled "E" shown in the illustration is to ________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


132 gpm 526 gpm 263 gpm

General Knowledge

11

act as a cyclonic oil separator

separate oil from separate the oil-water provide storage for discharged compressed emulsions removed from compressed cryogenic air the bilges gases the modulation of the opening of a butterfly valve located in the air intake to maintain a tank level where there exists a variable vapor pressure atmosphere

See illustration number(s): GS-0119

11

3660 B As demand on the device shown in the illustration fluctuates in the complete shut down until pressure range of 100 to 110 psi, the output of the unit is the lower pressure limit controlled by _________. is reached causing it to restart 3661 B Referring to the device shown in the illustration, the coiled to maintain a level in a sensing lines "A" and "B", are used simultaneously when the pilot tank vented to the atmosphere, is used _________. pressurized, or operating under a vacuum 3662 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 130 237 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4 diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3663 D If a centrifugal pump is driven by a constant speed prime mover and produces a flow rate less than the designed specifications, the cause could be _____________.

change in control proportional modulation See illustration pressure to modulate the of the compressor speed number(s): GS-0119 discharge of compressed air to the atmosphere as a square root extractor when variable ratios are present in the processing system See illustration to maintain a constant flow differential across a number(s): GS-0052 turbine- driven, centrifugal pump

11

11

39 gpm

158 gpm

79 gpm

11

suction absolute excessive suction head pressure greatly exceeds corresponding vapor pressure of liquid being pumped Valves "A" and "B" closed, valves "C" and "D" open just off the back seats

pump packing gland misalignment

worn wearing rings

11

3664 A With a service gage manifold connected to a refrigeration compressor as illustrated, which arrangement of gage manifold valves and compressor service valves will allow compressor suction and discharge pressures to be read simultaneously? 3665 A You suspect a problem with the centrifugal fire pump on your ship, and begin to slowly close the discharge valve. Your suspicion is confirmed when the ______________.

Valves "A" and "B" open, Valves "A" and "B" open Valves "A" and "B" open, See illustration and back seated, valves valves "C" and "D" open number(s): RA-0003 valves "C" and "D" "C" and "D" back seated in the midposition closed on their front seats suction valve is closed off, and the discharge pressure begins to decrease 151 gpm suction valve is closed off, yet the relief valve does not lift 603 gpm

11

discharge valve is closed discharge valve is 80% closed and the relief off and there is no change in the discharge valve lifts pressure 560 gpm

11

3666 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 160 301 gpm strokes/minute, with a 7" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 87% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3667 A The reset process control mode is also considered to be the same as _________. I. proportional speed floating control II. derivative control I only

11

II only

Both I and II

Neither I nor II

11

3668 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 160 94 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 96% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3669 D The heat of compression is partially removed from compressed air by ____________. 3670 A In the operation of a proportional-plus-reset controller, the proportional action _________. I. aids the reset action during increasing error transients II. and the reset action are completely independent of one another intercoolers I only

78 gpm

47 gpm

188 gpm

11 11

aftercoolers II only

compressor water jackets Both I and II

all of the above Neither I nor II

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3671 B The working components of a Bourdon tube pressure gage are shown in the illustration. When pressure is applied, the tube element will _____________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


curl towards the center uncurl from the center expand only in a linear direction 27 gpm contract along its linear axis 109 gpm

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): GS-0114

11

3672 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 170 217 gpm strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 87% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3673 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 120 78 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4 diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3674 D When one belt of a multiple V-belt drive requires replacing, it will be necessary to _____________. 3675 D Intercooling of a multistage air compressor provides the advantages of reducing the work of compression on the succeeding stages, and ____________. ensure the proper belt dressing is applied condensing part of the original water vapor content

54 gpm

11

254 gpm

39 gpm

156 gpm

11

ensure the seasoned belts are reinstalled in their proper sequence reducing the maximum piston loads rotaing "A" counterclockwise

season the new belt prior replace the entire belt set to installation increasing the volumetric all of the above efficiency changing out the cover gasket none of the methods listed normal running time will be decreased 129 gpm See illustration number(s): GS-0005

11

11

3676 D The regulation of the quantity of condensate passing through the rotating "A" clockwise illustrated steam trap can be obtained by ___________. 3677 B If the intercooler of a low pressure air compressor becomes fouled either internally or externally, the _______________. total capacity will be reduced

11

volumetric efficiency will discharge pressure will be decreased decrease 64 gpm 32 gpm

11

3678 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 140 43 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3679 A As a general rule of thumb, the reservoir used in a hydraulic system should have a capacity, when at the normal level, approximately equal to ____________. 3680 D Hydraulic system reservoirs should be maintained at recommended normal levels to reduce ___________. 3681 B The approximate quantity of hydraulic oil available to the system can be determined by __________.

11

two to three times the the flow rate through the ten times the flow rate normal flow rate through system through the system the system condensation on inside walls removing "G" and measuring the level in the sump 519 gpm heat retention of working fluid observing the color change of "J" frequency of fluid changeover removing "D" and measuring the height of the remaining liquid 259 gpm

the pump gpm

11 11

all of the above removing the cap from See illustration "A" and measuring the number(s): GS-0118 height of the hydraulic oil 605 gpm

11

3682 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 170 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 14" stroke and operating with 89% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3683 B One of the functions of the component labeled "E", shown in the illustration, is to _________________.

130 gpm

11

act solely as a heat exchanger

act as a lube oil sump

provide storage for compressed cryogenic gases E 95 gpm

act as a cyclonic oil separator G 378 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0119 See illustration number(s): RA-0008

11 11

3684 B The refrigeration system valve illustrated has a "back seat", B indicated by the part labeled "____." 3685 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 120 441 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6 diameter cylinder, a 14" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3686 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 160 229 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 87% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

C 189 gpm

11

42 gpm

83 gpm

167 gpm

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


work of isothermal air indicated horsepower compression to the brake from indicator cards to horsepower of the motor the brake horsepower input actual amount of air discharged by the compressor, to the theoretical volume swept by the movement of the compressor piston 141 gpm

General Knowledge

3687 D The volumetric efficiency of a reciprocating air compressor, is the adiabatic work of ratio of the _________________. compression to the indicated horsepower

11

3688 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 160 236 gpm strokes/minute, with a 7" diameter cylinder, a 8" stroke and operating with 97% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3689 A The trap illustrated operates as a ____________.

103 gpm

207 gpm

11

thermostatic bellows type thermodynamic bellows steam trap type steam trap adjusting screw "G" force exerted on the adjusting spring "F" and the auxiliary valve "D" only

thermostatic bi-metalic bellows type steam trap amount of high pressure steam admitted beneath the diaphragm "E" by the auxiliary valve "D"

thermodynamic float type See illustration number(s): GS-0005 steam trap type steam trap See illustration equalizing pressures exerted on auxiliary valve number(s): GS-0044 "D" by high pressure steam and reduced pressure steam flow Neither I and II

11

downward force of the 3690 A The position of the controlling diaphragm "E", shown in the illustration of the spring-loaded reducing valve, is determined by adjusting spring "F" and the upward force of the the ____________. reduced steam pressure acting on diaphragm "E" 3691 A In a typical hydraulic system, return lines to the reservoir are terminated below the normal oil level to prevent _______. I. foaming of the oil II. condensation of warm oil vapors upon return 3692 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 140 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 85% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3693 C The valve shown in the illustration is typically used for temperature control of a liquid being heated. Which of the following changes to this unit would be useful in converting the valve for use in controlling the temperature of a cooling system? 3694 C In an atmosphere of 100% relative humidity, the wet bulb thermometer would register a temperature _____________. I only

11

II only

Both I and II

11

91 gpm

45 gpm

79 gpm

23 gpm

11

Change out parts "B" and "J."

Remove parts "D" and "I."

Exchange part "L" for one that is upward seated.

Exchange part "G" for a heavier force.

See illustration number(s): GS-0043

11

above the dry bulb temperature

below the dry bulb temperature

the same as the dry bulb above the dry bulb temperature temperature, but below the saturation temperature Both I and II Neither I and II

11

3695 B In a typical hydraulic system, return lines to the reservoir are I only ___________. I. terminated at or just above the normal level II. placed as far from the pump suction as possible 3696 D When pressure is released from a Bourdon tube-type pressure pressure on the arc AB gage, it will begin to recoil. The reason for this action is due to the __________. 3697 A The mandatory operating characteristic of a pure amplifier is the _______. I. form of the input and output energy must be the same II. ratio of the output change to input change must be a value greater than 1 (one) I only

II only

11

pressure on the arc DC

indicated spring tension

resiliancy of the tube material Neither I nor II

See illustration number(s): GS-0114

11

II only

Both I and II

11

3698 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 120 507 gpm strokes/minute, with a 8-inch diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3699 A The characteristic of "offset" is inherent with which mode of control? I. proportional control II. reset control I only

156 gpm

312 gpm

625 gpm

11

II only

Both I and II

Neither I nor II

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3700 B In the operation of a proportional-plus-reset controller, the proportional action _________. I. and the reset action are completely independent of one another II. opposes reset action during decreasing error transients I only

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


II only Both I and II Neither I nor II

General Knowledge

11 11

3701 A A pneumercator measures the liquid level in a tank by sensing I only ___________. I. head pressure II. liquid density 3702 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 140 109 gpm strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 9" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3703 C In the operation of a proportional-plus-reset controller, the proportional action _________. I. opposes the reset action during decreasing error transients II. aids the reset action during increasing error transients 3704 A Which of the methods listed is most frequently used to control evaporator refrigerant flow rate in a shipboard refrigeration system? 3705 C Reset control is considered to be the same as _________. I. proportional speed floating control II. integral control 3706 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 250 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 89% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3708 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 190 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 9" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3709 D A compound Bourdon tube type pressure gage is capable of measuring ______________. 3710 A To ensure an accurate pneumercator reading, you should _____________. I only

II only 18 gpm

both I and II 72 gpm

neither I nor II 36 gpm

11

II only

Both I and II

Neither I nor II

11

Direct expansion with constant superheat I only 17 gpm

Indirect expansion with constant superheat II only 68 gpm

Low side float control

High side float control

11 11

Both I and II 34 gpm

Neither I nor II 57 gpm

11

94 gpm

47 gpm

24 gpm

141 gpm

11 11

temperature and pressure purge the balance chamber to remove any liquid

wet bulb and dry bulb temperatures read the bottom of the mercury meniscus 36 gpm

humidity and pressure and vacuum temperature take the reading with the make certain the tank operating cock in the has been bled of air vent position 144 gpm 72 gpm

11

3711 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 120 216 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4-inch diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3712 D The illustrated device is to __________. control the flow rate of liquid being removed from the tank

11

control the flow rate of liquid being discharged to the tank

regulate the pressure of provide a remote reading See illustration the liquid being stored in of the liquid stored in the number(s): GS-0066 the tank tank have the horizontal be increased in length submerged section of the and have the width suction line lengthed narrowed mixed charged cross charged See illustration number(s): GS-0118

11

3713 B In order for the hydraulic system to reject contaminents from the system's operating fluid, the illustrated device should ___________.

be increased in height have a baffle installed, with all other dimensions such as the one shown remaining the same in the illustration straight charged

11

3714 D When the sensing bulb of a thermostatic expansion valve is blended charged charged with a fluid different from the charge used in the system, it is said to be _____________.

11 11

3715 A Energy imparted to the hydraulic fluid in an operating hydraulic accumulator actuator system is stored in the ____________. 3716 D The baffle plate used in the reservoir of a hydraulic system serves reduce fluid turbulence at minimize the amount of to _____________. the pump suction contamination deposited from return lines entering the system

ram

reservoir

minimize the entrance of all of the above entrained air through the pump inlet line

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


be arranged to develop a maximum vacuum of approximately 10" of mercury be arranged to develop the theoretically maximum attainable vacuum be provided with three to five 1/2 inch holes in the vertical, suction line to prevent pump starvation should the strainer become fouled 26 gpm

General Knowledge

3717 B In order for the hydraulic pump installed in a constant flow system be taken directly off the to maintain adequate flow, the pump suction should reservoir bottom without ___________. regard to filters or strainers

11

3718 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 105 gpm 140 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3719 D The instrument used to indicate the level of a fluid in a tank is called a _______________. 3720 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 210 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 77% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3721 B Figure "C" in the illustration, is an improperly installed hose, with the restriction developed at the ________. 3722 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 250 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 79% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3723 A A hydraulic accumulator, used in a hydraulic system aboard a MODU, is designed to _________________. fluid meter 123 gpm

52 gpm

227 gpm

11 11

calorimeter 31 gpm

viscosimeter 62 gpm

pneumercator 108 gpm

11 11

right hand fitting being small than required 150 gpm

center of the hose 75 gpm

sharp bend formed at the 90 bend as required of left the installation 132 gpm 38 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0063

11

store fluid under pressure

act as the main fluid reservoir

provide the only means of overpressure relief

act as the singular source of fluid replenishment to a system normal discharge 273 gpm See illustration number(s): RA-0008

11 11

3724 A Regarding the refrigeration valve illlustrated, part "C" is the back seat _____________. 3725 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 120 149 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 226 gpm 3726 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 140 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 14" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3727 B The component used in a hydraulic system to store potential energy in the form of hydraulic fluid under pressure, is the _______________. 3728 D A reservoir is used in a hydraulic system to _____________. ram

front seat 273 gpm

seal cap 149 gpm

11

451 gpm

526 gpm

113 gpm

11

accumulator

piping

pump

11

store fluid until required by the system Unloading valve Counterbalance valve three-position valve 93 gpm

provide a place for air to provide a place for separate out of the fluid contaminants to settle out Counterbalance valve Detented position valve

all of the above

11 11 11 11

3729 C Which of the devices listed is considered to be a hydraulic system directional control valve? 3730 B Which of the devices listed would be considered a hydraulic system directional control valve? 3731 A Which of the devices listed would be considered a hydraulic system directional control valve? 3732 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 140 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

Sequencing valve Unloading valve counterbalance valve 47 gpm

Offset, two position valve Sequencing valve sequencing valve 302 gpm unloading valve 186 gpm

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11 11 11 3733 C A valve installed in a hydraulic system to manipulate the reversal of fluid flow, is called a _____________. 3734 D Which of the lettered components shown in the illustration indicates a thermostatic control switch? 3735 C A valve installed in a hydraulic system to control the reversal of fluid flow is called a _____________. 3736 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 160 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 87% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? relief valve H relief valve 83 gpm

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


reservoir valve I reservoir valve 229 gpm directional control valve J directional control valve 167 gpm regenative valve K power valve 42 gpm

General Knowledge

See illustration number(s): RA-0005

11

3737 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 120 150 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 10" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3738 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 190 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 88% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3739 D Which of the valves listed is not considered to be a hydraulic system directional control valve? 3740 D If the operator releases the handle of the illustrated device while the system output is in motion, the valve will _____________. 205 gpm

60 gpm

30 gpm

120 gpm

11

102 gpm

85 gpm

51 gpm

11 11

Two-position valve drift to an extreme position and the output speed will increase to maximum

Three-position valve drift to an extreme position and the output speed will drop to zero

Detented-position valve

Counterbalance valve See illustration number(s): GS-0032

return to its centered return to its centered position and the output position and the output will increase to maximum speed will drop to zero infinite-position, directional control valve 52 gpm two-position, directional control valve 15 gpm

11

3741 D The device shown in the illustration is typically called a/an ___________. 3742 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 270 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 75% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3743 A Regarding the device shown in the illustration, if the operator releases the handle while the system output is in motion, the _______________.

three-position, directional variable-position, control valve directional control valve 31 gpm 62 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0024

11

11

valve will remain in position with the output remaining unchanged

valve will remain in position with the system output steadily decreasing Rotary

valve will drift to the center position stopping any further output of the system Screw

See illustration valve will drift to the number(s): GS-0035 opposite position changing the direction of output motion of the system Centrifugal

11 11

3744 D Which of the listed types of refrigeration compressors can be designed with short large diameter suction lines? 3745 A The device shown in the illustrated is known as a/an ________________.

Reciprocating

three-position, detented, three-position, springdirectional control valve centered, directional control valve 16 gpm

rotary, directional control offset, directional control See illustration valve valve number(s): GS-0035 62 gpm 31 gpm

11

3746 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 100 55 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 82% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3747 D A hydraulic fluid flow control circuit, controlling linear actuator speed, with the pump operating below maximum operating pressure is known as the ____________. metered-in circuit

11

metered-out circuit

bleed-in circuit

bleed-off circuit

11 11

3748 A A hydraulic system flow-control circuit is shown in the illustration metered-in circuit and is known as a _______________. 3749 B A hydraulic system flow-control circuit is shown in the illustration metered-in circuit and is known as a _______________.

metered-out circuit metered-out circuit

bleed-off circuit bleed-in circuit

bleed-in circuit bleed-off circuit

See illustration number(s): GS-0105 See illustration number(s): GS-0106

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3750 A A hydraulic fluid flow control circuit, controlling linear actuator speed during extension, with the pump operating at system pressure, is known as a ____________. 3751 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 250 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3752 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 170 strokes/minute, with a 7" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 87% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3753 B A hydraulic fluid flow control circuit, used to control linear actuator speed during retraction, with the pump operating at above maximum pressure, is known as a ________. 3754 D A dehydrator installed in a refrigeration system is used to remove _____________. 3755 B Which of the statements is true concerning the illustrated hydraulic circuit when the directional control valve is centered?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


metered-in circuit metered-out circuit bleed-off circuit bleed-in circuit

General Knowledge

11

114 gpm

57 gpm

38 gpm

86 gpm

11

136 gpm

542 gpm

271 gpm

426 gpm

11

metered-in circuit

metered-out circuit

bleed-in circuit

bleed-off circuit

11 11

noncondensable gases and vapors The oil pressure will equalize at both ends of the actuator and the pump will discharge through the reducing valve to the sump.

oil from the refrigerant

refrigerant from the oil

moisture from the system

See illustration Oil pressure to both The load on the actuator A pressure differential may cause a difference will exist between the two sides of the actuator will number(s): GS-0105 ends of the actuator, with be equal as the pump in pressure to exist discharge flow is directed between the rod and cap pump discharge lower end, and oil discharging than normal due to flow across the relief valve. to the sump across the across the unloading relief valve with the pump valve. operating.

11

3756 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 160 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 96% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

183 gpm

91 gpm

128 gpm

46 gpm

11 11

3757 D Directional control valves used in hydraulic systems may be manually positioned ____________. 3758 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 180 312 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 10" stroke and operating with 85% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3759 C Valve "D" indicated in the illustration is referred to as a/an ________. 3760 B Which of the listed pressure-control valves would be used in a hydraulic system to temporarily divert some, or all of the pump discharge until the additional flow was required? relief valve counterbalance valve

mechanically 94 gpm

electrically 187 gpm

all of the above 375 gpm

11 11

sequence valve unloading valve

unloading valve compound, pressurerelief valve braided layer 205 gpm

counter balance valve sequence valve

See illustration number(s): GS-0049

11 11

3761 C The determining factor for the strength of a flexible rubber external cover hydraulic hose is the _____________. 3762 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 190 85 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 88% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

synthetic rubber inner tube 51 gpm

teflon sleeve 102 gpm

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3763 A Which of the following statements will be true if the position of the manual control lever, shown in the illustration, remains unchanged after the pump is placed on stroke.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


Although oil will leak past part "B," the amount of pump stroke will be maintained until the control handle position is changed. Regardless of the control handle position, the pump will gradually return to neutral stroke. Regardless of the control handle position, the pump will gradually move to full stroke.

General Knowledge
Although the control See illustration handle position was set, number(s): GS-0039 the pump displacement will fluctuate from zero to maximum flow rate until the handle is placed in its neutral position.

11 11

3764 D Which of the listed materials can be used as a desiccant in a Silica gel refrigeration system? 3765 B A bent axis, variable stroke, axial piston pump produces a greater piston diameters are smaller capacity than a comparable tilting box-type axial piston pump, because the ___________. 3766 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 180 90 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 98% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3767 D Both the direction of flow and fluid flow rate of a variable displacement radial piston pump are determined by the relative positions of the ____________. 3768 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 170 strokes/minute, with a 5 diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3769 B A hydraulic cylinder is fitted with a cushioning device. The piston abruptly slows towards the end of its stroke, then continues to creep to the completion of its stroke. Which of the following represents the probable cause? 3770 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 190 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 14" stroke and operating with 80% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3771 D With an increase in temperature, the volume of hydraulic fluid ___________. 3772 A When normal operating pressure is applied to the hydraulic oil in a high-pressure system, the oil ____________. 3773 B Overheating of the hydraulic fluid in an electro-hydraulic anchor windlass, may indicate pump cavitation caused by _____________. pump shaft and central valve 101 gpm

Activated alumina length of stroke is greater 108 gpm

Anhydrous calcium sulfate RPM is doubled

All of the above discharge/return line diameter are arranged differently 216 gpm

11

54 gpm

11

pump shaft and horizontal ports 50 gpm

floating ring and pump shaft 40 gpm

floating ring and cylinder body 25 gpm

11

11

The cushion adjustment The cushion adjustment The exhaust oil is flowing The rod wiper is jammed needle valve is open too needle valve is not open freely through the in the cushion spear. far. sufficiantly. cushion nose. 521 gpm 260 gpm 608 gpm 130 gpm

11

11 11 11

contracts viscosity will increase overload of the pump motor

remains the same viscosity will decrease low oil level in the reservoir deliver cooled air to all areas of the compartment an increase in the number of the hydraulic fluid film layers 38 gpm

remains constant if pressure decreases volume will increase

increases floc point will increase

low fluid viscosity high oil level in the sump existing only around the shaft seal prevent air from being cooled below the dew point insufficient external pump slippage eliminate all noxious odors in the compartment fluctuating pump discharge pressure in response to normal load variations 150 gpm

11

3774 B Cold storage compartments used for frozen or chilled foods, may prevent shrinkage and be equipped with medium velocity air coolers to establish rapid drying of stored foods convection and to __________. 3775 A Overheating of the oil in a hydraulic system can be caused by _____________. continuous, unnecessary, and excessive pump discharge pressure

11

11

3776 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 160 50 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 96% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

75 gpm

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3777 C Coast Guard Regulations require that OSV's under 100 GT must have a steering system that is capable of moving the ruddder __________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


by a required auxiliary steering system under emergency conditions when duplicated main steering power systems are provided by design at one-half astern speed without damage. from 35 degrees on one side to 30 degrees on the other side in no more than 28 seconds from 15 degrees on one side to 15 degrees to the other side in 30 seconds at 7 knots or one-half the maximum service speed

General Knowledge

11

3778 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 519 gpm 170 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 14" stroke and operating with 89% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3779 B In order to properly regulate the high side pressure of a refrigerating system, using the device shown in the illustration, adjustment should be carried out by rotating the component labeled as _______. 3781 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 130 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? I

259 gpm

605 gpm

130 gpm

11

See illustration number(s): RA-0015

11

22 gpm

89 gpm

45 gpm

78 gpm

11

3782 D In order to reduce the operating head pressure of a refrigerating "I" and rotate it counter system using the device shown in the illustration, you should use clockwise (out) component ___________. 3783 C In order to raise the operating head pressure of a refrigerating system using the device shown in the illustration, component ________.

"O" and rotate it clockwise (up)

"N" and rotate it counter "M" and rotate it counter See illustration clockwise (up) clockwise (down) number(s): RA-0015 "I" should be rotated clockwise (up) opened until the motor is connected across the line at full voltage and current drawn is up to full load current king valve will open See illustration number(s): RA-0015

11

"O" should be rotated "N" should be rotated "M" should be rotated counter clockwise (down) counter clockwise (down) clockwise (up) opened until the motor is connected across the line at full voltage and current drawn is below full load current closed until the motor is connected across the line at full voltage and current drawn is below full load current compressor will shutdown 129 gpm

11

3784 C To prevent motor overload during start-up of a hermetically sealed closed until the motor is centrifugal refrigeration system, the compressor suction gas connected across the variable inlet guide vanes remain _____________. line at full voltage and current drawn is up to full load current 3785 C In a refrigeration system, if the cooling water to the condenser fails, the __________.

11

box temperature expansion valve will solenoid valve will close close 31 gpm

11

3786 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 190 124 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 8" stroke and operating with 75% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

62 gpm

11

3787 A The item, labeled "F" shown in the illustration, will begin to lift to a the total force above "H" the working pressure in higher position if _____________. is reduced "N" is decreased 3788 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 190 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 8" stroke and operating with 75% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3789 A If a hydraulic pump is overheating, the cause may be ____________. 62 gpm 124 gpm

the spring force controlled by "I" is reduced 170 gpm

component "C" becomes See illustration fully seated number(s): RA-0015 31 gpm

11

11

excessive internal slippage in the pump

low discharge pressure and fluid flow 73 gpm

excessive fluid level in the hydraulic reservoir 145 gpm

operation of the pump at 100% efficiency 291 gpm

11

3790 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 190 349 gpm strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operation with 75% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3791 D Capacity control of a centrifugal refrigeration compressor can be accomplished by _____________.

11

varying the speed of the varying the suction compressor pressure

varying condenser water all of the above flow rate

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3792 A During the operation of a multi-box refrigeration system using a capacity controlled compressor, only one box is actively being cooled. Under this operating condition, the compressor lube oil pressure should be _________________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


the lowest normal pressure in the midrange pressure the highest normal pressure of no consequence as the compressor lube oil pressure is not used in the operation of the capacity unloading system. 83 gpm

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): RA-0013

11

3793 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 160 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 85% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3794 B A solenoid valve is operated by magnetic action through _____________. 3795 D A refrigeration compressor is used in a multi-box refrigeration system, having six of its eight cylinders controlled for variable load conditions. If all of the reefer boxes are recently activated, what percentage of the total number of compressor cylinders will be unloaded?

139 gpm

35 gpm

69 gpm

11 11

suction pressure at the an electrically energized superheat at the a vacuum operated compressor coil evaporator outlet coil bellows 100% 50% 25%

0% See illustration number(s): RA-0013

11

3796 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 160 150 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 9" stroke and operating with 85% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3798 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 190 251 gpm strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3799 A If it is necessary to increase the operating head pressure of the refrigeration system using the device shown in the illustration, component ________. 3800 B The function of the device shown in the illustration is to control ____________. "A" should be turned to compress the spring

225 gpm

75 gpm

300 gpm

11

31 gpm

63 gpm

126 gpm

11

"A" should be turned to "D" should be rotated to relax the compression of compress the enclosed the spring bellows high side pressure of a refrigeration system flow rate of secondary refrigerant in a chilled water air conditioning system 25 gpm

"G" should be See illustration exchanged for a larger number(s): RA-0014 cross-sectional diameter the amount of low See illustration pressure gas entering number(s): RA-0015 the compressor suction 98 gpm

11

flow of refrigerant into the evaporator coils

11

49 gpm 3802 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 190 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 77% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

181 gpm

11

3803 B If "E" is moved closer to the top of "B" as shown in the illustration, efficiency of the heat point of condensation will the __________. exchanger operation will be moved closer to the be increased steam inlet of the heat exchanger suction valves 3804 B When multiple refrigerated boxes are maintaining individual temperatures and supplied by a single refrigeration compressor, the individual box temperatures are controlled by the _____________. 3805 D A fluid power system is considered to be fail-safe if a component continuous operation of failure will result in ____________. (46 CFR) the system solenoid valves

point of condensation will steam pressure set point See illustration number(s): GS-0002 be moved closer to the will automatically be condensate outlet of the increased heat exchanger expansion valves compressor speed

11

11

a safety interlock producing a regulated shutdown of the system 273 gpm

the guaranteed safe and a slow and controlled efficient operation of the release of the loading so system at all times as not to endanger personnel 297 gpm 74 gpm

11

3806 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 149 gpm 120 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3807 C The devices labeled "C" in the illustration, are used as __________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


pressure regulating valves to insure excessive pressure does not damage the manifold nozzles mud by-pass valves that protects a pump that fails when both pumps are on line 560 gpm

General Knowledge

pressure relief valves to a sealing water supply to See illustration protect the pump in the the pump lantern gland number(s): GS-0162 event of a clog in the discharge line 603 gpm 151 gpm

11

3808 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 301 gpm 160 strokes/minute, with a 7" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 87% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3809 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 110 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 10" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 67 gpm

11

135 gpm

247 gpm

270 gpm

11

3810 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 170 425 gpm strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 87% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3811 B In order to properly regulate the high side pressure of a refrigerating system, using the device shown in the illustration, adjustment should be carried out by rotating the component labeled as _______. I

163 gpm

82 gpm

327 gpm

11

See illustration number(s): RA-0015

11

3812 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 180 314 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 89% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3813 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 190 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 88% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 164 gpm

52 gpm

209 gpm

105 gpm

11

82 gpm

55 gpm

41 gpm

11

3814 A Which of the following statements best describes the operation of Turning the adjustment The sensor bulb detects the refrigeration valve shown in the illustration? screw counterclockwise, changes in box temperature. as viewed from the bottom, results in an increase in evaporator superheat setting. 3815 C Which segment of the graph shown in the illustration represents line 4 the latent heat of fusion? 3816 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 250 34 gpm strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 89% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3817 D The part labeled "C" of the illustrated bearing is called the thrust ring ___________. 3818 D The lowest temperature at which fuel oil gives off sufficient vapor burning temperature to burn continuously when ignited is defined as the _____________. 3819 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 72 gpm 120 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? Line 3 57 gpm

The temperature of the refrigerant passing through the device is colder at the inlet than at the outlet.

See illustration Refrigerant pressure acting through the number(s): RA-0007 external equalizer connection is always acting to close the valve.

11 11

Line 2 17 gpm

Line 1 68 gpm

See illustration number(s): SG-0001

11 11

outer race

inner race

cage fire point

See illustration number(s): MO-0001

autoignition temperature flash point

11

216 gpm

36 gpm

144 gpm

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3820 A The flash point of bunker fuel is defined as the __________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


lowest temperature at which the fuel oil will give off enough vapor to momentarily flash into flame when ignited Figure A 134 gpm lowest temperature at temperature the fuel oil which the fuel oil will give must be heated to for off enough vapor to proper atomization continue to burn once ignited Figure C 537 gpm Figure G 268 gpm temperature at which the fuel oil will burn in a boiler furnace

General Knowledge

11 11

3821 A A micrometer scale reading is indicated as 0.453 inches and is represented in the illustration by ____________. 3822 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 180 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 14" stroke and operating with 87% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

Figure H 626 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0013

11

3823 B When a refrigeration compressor is in the "off" cycle, the thermal always be wide open expansion valve will_________. when the compressor restarts

continue to operate as if remain open until evaporator pressure the system were in equalizes, then close operation until the compressor restarts is always completely closed is open only until evaporator pressure is equalized

always be completely closed until the compressor restarts

11

3824 D When a refrigeration compressor is in the "off" cycle, the thermal expansion valve _____________.

is always wide open

operates as if the system were in operation

11

3825 D Some "hot gas" defrost systems reheat the refrigerant just prior to increase the circulation its returning to the compressor to _____________. of liquid refrigerant 3826 D The lowest temperature at which fuel oil gives off sufficient vapor burning temperature to momentarily flash into flame when ignited is defined as the ____________. 3827 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 83 gpm 270 strokes/minute with 4" diameter cylinder, and a 7" stroke with 81% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3828 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 542 gpm 170 strokes/minute, with a 7" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 87% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3829 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 130 121 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3830 C The tendency of a flamable liquid to vaporize is indicated by its ____________. 3831 D When using a chisel, you should ___________. fire point wear gloves

prevent chill shocking the improve the efficiency of reduce the damaging the expansion valve effects of liquid slugging compressor suction valves ignition temperature fire point flash point

11

11

167 gpm

146 gpm

42 gpm

11

271 gpm

426 gpm

136 gpm

11

104 gpm

52 gpm

207 gpm

11 11 11 11

pour point hold the tool lightly 0.310 inch 52 gpm

flash point be certain it is a nonsparking type 0.325 inch 21 gpm

boiling point wear safety glasses 0.335 inch 83 gpm See illustration number(s): GS-0081

3832 D The reading on the micrometer scale shown in figure "C" in the 0.301 inch illustration is ____________. 3833 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 160 41 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3834 D The pressure in a low pressure refrigeration system about to be opened for repair should be _____________. 3835 B When adding oil to a refrigeration system, precautions must be taken to ensure that _____________. 10 to 12 psig the compressor suction pressure is not too high

11 11

4 to 7 psig

0 to 1 psig

25 inches of hg vacuum

all air is purged from the the high pressure cutout the condenser is pump and charging switch is held open to completely shutdown first fittings prevent accidental starting

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3836 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 250 132 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 79% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3837 C The normal operation of a refrigeration compressor should be to cycle on _____________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


75 gpm 38 gpm 150 gpm

General Knowledge

11

in response to the low pressure cutout switch and off in response to the high pressure cutout switch 176 gpm

in response to the high pressure cutout switch and off in response to the low pressure cutout switch 44 gpm

and off in response to the low pressure cutout switch

and off in response to the high pressure cutout switch

11

3838 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 100 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 8" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

88 gpm

157 gpm

11

3839 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 170 204 gpm strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 9" stroke and operating with 87% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3841 C If a block and tackle arrangement were rigged as shown in figure 83.33 lbs. "C" in the illustration, the amount of force "P" required to hold the 250 pound load stationary would be _______________. (See illustration GS-0110) 3842 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 268 gpm 180 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 14" stroke and operating with 87% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3843 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 230 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 78% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3844 C Loss of refrigerant during the purging process can be kept to a minimum by ____________. 68 gpm

57 gpm

113 gpm

226 gpm

11

104.16 lbs.

125.00 lbs.

250.00 lbs.

See illustration number(s): GS-0110

11

626 gpm

134 gpm

537 gpm

11

120 gpm

34 gpm

137 gpm

11

operating the dehydrator purging through the continuously discharge service valve 19 gpm

cracking the purge valve closing the liquid line briefly king valve 9 gpm 38 gpm

11

3845 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 160 25 gpm strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 97% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3846 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 170 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 10" stroke and operating with 77% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3847 B The lathe tool shown as figure "Q" in the illustration is commonly known as a/an ____________. 3848 D The reading indicated on the micrometer scale in the illustration is .4815 inches. Which illustration represents this reading? 80 gpm

11

40 gpm

20 gpm

134 gpm

11 11

right-cut roughing tool Figure A

left-cut side-facing tool Figure B

right-cut side-facing tool left-cut roughing tool Figure C Figure D

See illustration number(s): GS-0090 See illustration number(s): GS-0081

11

3849 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 14 gpm 120 strokes/minute with 3" diameter cylinder, and a 4" stroke with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3851 A If you turn the handwheel clockwise of a spring-loaded, internal pilot, reducing valve, you will ____________. compress the adjusting spring against the diaphragm

28 gpm

19 gpm

7 gpm

11

release spring tension from the diaphragm

increase steam pressure decrease spring tension See illustration to the reducing valve in the main valve number(s): GS-0044

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3852 B What can happen to oil based mud when contaminated with salt water?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


Nothing, as salt water is Small amounts can an ingredient of oil based cause thickening of the mud. oil based fluid as well as a reduction in density. 388 gpm Small amounts react with gel particles in the mud causing them to flocculate. 75 gpm The water will collect at the bottom of the tank and can not be stripped overboard. 298 gpm

General Knowledge

11

3853 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 149 gpm 180 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 75% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3854 C To add refrigerant to the high side of an air conditioning system, discharge service valve you should introduce the refrigerant through the _____________. as a vapor 3855 B If a block and tackle arrangement were rigged as shown in figure 43 lbs. "F" in the illustration, the amount of force "P" required to hold the 250 pound load stationary would be _______________. (See illustration GS-0110) 3856 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 250 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 89% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 34 gpm

11

suction service valve as charging valve as a liquid condenser purge valve a liquid as a vapor 63 lbs. 83 lbs. 100 lbs. See illustration number(s): GS-0110

11

11

57 gpm

17 gpm

68 gpm

11

3857 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 120 110 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3858 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 170 54 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 97% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3859 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 140 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 14" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3860 B The lathe tool shown as figure "Q" in the illustration is commonly used for ____________. 3861 C Frost appearing on the evaporator coils of a multi-box direct expansion refrigeration system _____________. 113 gpm

47 gpm

95 gpm

189 gpm

11

40 gpm

81 gpm

161 gpm

11

451 gpm

226 gpm

526 gpm

11 11

cutting-off is best removed by means of an ice pick

left hand rough side facing will increase the refrigeration effect

right hand rough turning machining a smooth See illustration surface number(s): GS-0090 can be removed by can be quickly removed passing hot vapors by simply shutting down through the coils the coils high discharge pressure short cycling of the compressor on the water failure switch 295 gpm 74 gpm

11

3862 A If a refrigeration system were short of refrigerant, the condition would result in ____________.

continuous running of the high suction pressure compressor 354 gpm

11

147 gpm 3863 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 170 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 85% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3864 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 210 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 77% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 123 gpm

11

62 gpm

108 gpm

31 gpm

11

3866 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 130 62 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

37 gpm

148 gpm

74 gpm

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3867 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 113 gpm 160 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 89% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3868 D Figure "I" shown in the illustration is a diagram of a valve handwheel, with S=5 inches and T=50 lbs. When an 18 inch cheater bar is used instead, and V=50 lbs., as shown in Figure "II", how much does the torque on the valve stem increase with the use of the cheater bar? 3870 D If a block and tackle arrangement were rigged as shown in figure 57 lbs. "F" in the illustration, the amount of force "P" required to hold the 348 pound load stationary would be _______________. (See illustration GS-0110) 3871 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 170 259 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 14" stroke and operating with 89% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 98 gpm 3872 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 100 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 10" stroke and operating with 80% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3873 B A "barrel" is defined as a unit of liquid, measured at 60F, and is equivalent to ____________. 3874 B On the refrigeration valve shown in the illustration, the part labeled "D" is the ___________. 3875 D If your vessel burns 4 tons of fuel per hour at 21 knots, how many tons per hour will it burn at 16 knots? 3876 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 160 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3877 B Which of the statements listed concerning heat transfer is correct?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


453 gpm 227 gpm 491 gpm

General Knowledge

11

115%

154%

250%

360% See illustration number(s): GS-0109

11

66 lbs.

79 lbs.

87 lbs.

See illustration number(s): GS-0110

11

605 gpm

130 gpm

519 gpm

11

196 gpm

272 gpm

49 gpm

11 11 11 11

31.5 U.S. gallons back disc 3.0 tons 50 gpm

42.0 U.S. gallons front disc 5.3 tons 101 gpm

55.0 U.S. gallons seal cap 2.3 tons 76 gpm

60.0 U.S. gallons normal discharge 1.8 tons 25 gpm See illustration number(s): RA-0008

11

Heat is always Heat transfer rate transferred at a constant increases as rate. temperature difference increases. capillary tube

The rate of heat transfer The high temperature is not affected by region is known as a temperature difference. heat sink.

11

3878 B In a small appliance using HFC-134a you would expect to see the evaporator greatest temperature drop across the __________. 3879 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 120 54 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3880 A Temperature measurement is an indication of the ___________. level of heat intensity

compressor

receiver

11

36 gpm

27 gpm

108 gpm

11

total heat of a substance rate of heat transfer from total heat contained in one substance to any closed energy another system 217 gpm 27 gpm 109 gpm

11

3881 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 54 gpm 170 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 87% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3882 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 190 181 gpm strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 77% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

11

49 gpm

25 gpm

98 gpm

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3883 D The reading indicated on a vernier micrometer caliper scale is .3128 inches. Which of the figures in the illustration represents this reading? 3884 A When adding oil to a refrigeration system, you must be certain that _____________. 3885 A Immediately before the actual charging process is started, refrigerant oil charging lines should be loosely connected and _____________. 3886 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 160 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 96% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3887 A After a refrigeration plant has been open for repairs, it is advisable to purge air from the system by _____________. Figure B

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


Figure C Figure E Figure F

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): GS-0091

11

all air is removed from the pump and fittings flushed with clean refrigerant oil 91 gpm

the suction strainer is not the discharge pressure is the condenser is secured blocked not too high purged with refrigerant gas 128 gpm washed with an ammonia and alcohol solution 183 pm grounded to the compressor 46 gpm

11

11

11

slightly opening the purge valve on the condenser 78 gpm

cracking the valve bonnet assembly on the thermostatic expansion valve 39 gpm

loosening the purge turning over the compressor flywheel with connection attached to the receiver head the suction line valve open 52 gpm 19 gpm

11

3888 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 330 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 96% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

11

3889 B Which of the statements describes the "driving force" behind heat The conductivity of the transfer by conduction? heat transfer mechanism. 3890 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 130 132 gpm strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 8" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3891 D Which practices should be followed at all times when using an electric grinding machine? 3892 D Safety glasses should be worn when _____________. 3893 A When a refrigeration system is being charged through the low side, the _____________. 3894 C Which of the following statements is correct concerning the testing of an R-12 refrigeration system for leaks in an enclosed compartment? Wear goggles or face shield. using a hand portable grinder refrigerant should be added as a vapor To gain sensitivity, the largest possible flame should be used with the halide torch.

The temperature difference between hot and cold regions. 82 gpm

The size of the heat sink The amount of heat for absorbing heat. available in the heat source. 41 gpm 164 gpm

11

11

Be certain that the frame Be properly trained in the Each of the above is properly grounded. use of this tool. practices. scraping paint with a hand scraper suction service valve must be back seated using a hammer and chisel discharge service valve must be front seated all of the above refrigerant drum should be turned upside down

11 11

11

The flame of a halide Halide torches are useful Rapid leak testing is torch will turn blue in the in locating very small R- possible with the halide presence of R-12. 12 leaks. torch since there is no time lag between the time air enters the exploring tube until it hits the reactor plate. temperature-pressure relief valve audible high water level alarm

11

3895 C Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) require that a small manually controlled manual temperature electrically heated hot water supply boiler, must be fitted with a/an regulating valve to be set regulator ___________. at 212F temperature limiter 3896 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 180 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 98% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 108 gpm 90 gpm

11

54 pm

216 gpm

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


are automatically reset when the temperature drops below 90C (194F) 50 gpm open a secondary power prevent the water from supply to the heater attaining a temperature elements only of more than 90 (194F)

General Knowledge

3897 A Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) for electric storage tank-type prevent the water in the hot water heaters, required temperature limit controls to upper 25% of the tank _____________. from attaining a temperature higher than 99C (210F) 3898 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 160 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 96% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 75 gpm

11

38 gpm

150 gpm

11 11 11

3899 B The instrument always used in conjunction with a salinometer is a pyrometer _____________. 3900 C The flash point of a petroleum product is an indication of its viscosity _____________. 3901 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 120 152 gpm strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 9" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3902 B The temperature, in degrees Fahrenheit, at which a liquid gives off a flammable vapor when heated in an open cup tester is called the _____________. 3903 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 190 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 77% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? fire point

thermometer pour point 42 gpm

hygrometer volatility 84 gpm

hydrometer lower explosive limit 169 gpm

11

flash point

vaporization temperature ignition temperature

11

207 gpm

103 gpm

52 gpm

336 gpm

11

3904 A During the initial pull down of the box temperatures in a Suction pressure hold refrigeration system, which of the devices listed is used to prevent back valve excessive gas pressure at the compressor suction? 3905 A The flash point of a liquid refers to the temperature ____________. 3906 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 190 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 88% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3907 C The flash point of a liquid is the _____________.

High pressure cutout

Solenoid valve

Low pressure cutout

11

at which a liquid will give at which a liquid will burn at which a liquid will off inflammable vapors steadily explode 205 gpm 102 gpm 85 pm

that a liquid must reach before it will flow readily 51 gpm

11

11

temperature at which it burns freely

temperature at which paraffin wax begins to crystallize out of the solution

lowest temperature at which it vaporizes enough to form an explosive air/vapor mixture

ability of a fuel to ignite upon injection into a diesel engine cylinder

11

3908 D The lowest temperature at which the vapors of a flammable liquid autoignition temperature vaporization temperature flash point will ignite and cause self-sustained combustion in the presence of a spark or flame is the _____________. 3909 D Oils are usually graded by their service classification and fire point _____________. 3910 B During operating temperature changes, the ability of a lubricating API number oil to resist viscosity changes is indicated by a/an ____________. 3911 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 180 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 80% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 188 gpm flash point viscosity index number neutralization number seconds Saybolt Furol number 282 gpm

fire point

11 11

viscosity seconds Saybolt Universal number 47 gpm

11

94 gpm

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3912 C The general service pump is to be used to remove clean water Four from the No. 4 port aft cargo hold and discharged through the ballast overboard. What are the minimum number of valves that must be opened on both the suction and discharge to accomplish this task? 3913 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 254 gpm 120 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3914 B Copper piping has been used in refrigeration systems because _____________. 3915 D Additives commonly found in turbine lubricating oil include _____________. 3916 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 150 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3917 D What is the harmful effect of sulfur in a fuel?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


Five Six Seven

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): GS-0042

11

39 gpm

156 gpm

78 gpm

11 11 11

it is creep resistant at low it offers less internal temperatures friction antifoaming agents oxidation inhibitors 70 gpm 140 gpm

iron is corroded by R-12 leaks are more easily detected in copper extreme pressure all of the above additives 47 pm 35 gpm

11

It doesn't readily burn It causes excessive smoking and soot at low when combined with oxygen. firing rates.

It clogs fuel oil strainers more often.

It forms a corrosive acid when mixed with water or water vapor. eccentric in the bearing

11

3918 D A journal rotating in its bearing relies on hydrodynamic principles at bearing bottom center concentric in the bearing at bearing top center for lubrication. Under steady load conditions, the journal rotating in the bearing will assume a position _____________. 3919 A Which letter represents the gear tooth working depth of the gear set illustrated? 3920 A Which of the following lube oil filters would be considered acceptable for use with today's high detergent additive type oils? A B C

11 11

See illustration number(s): GS-0111

Cotton waste packed in Cylindrical elements perforated metal containing fullers earth containers or cylindrical combined with cellulose. cartridges. Extended area membrane filter 167 gpm Cloth bag extractor 83 gpm

Foamed polyurethane of Chemically treated paper the impingement type and waste in cartridges. supported on perforated metal rings. Absorbent filter 42 gpm Adsorbent filter 146 gpm

11 11

3921 D Which of the filters listed will deplete the additives in lubricating oil? 3922 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 270 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 81% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

11 11 11

3923 C When securing a steam reciprocating pump, which of the valves Steam supply valve listed should remain open? 3924 C The device used to limit the passage of moisture through a humidifier refrigeration system is the _____________. 3925 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 378 gpm 120 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 14" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3926 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 170 strokes/minute, with a 8" diameter cylinder, a 8" stroke and operating with 89% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3927 A An automatic temperature controller, with a net output pressure of 15 psi and a full scale range of 15F, would have a sensitivity ratio of _______________. 263 gpm

Steam exhaust valve aerator 189 gpm

Steam cylinder drain valve dehydrator 441 gpm

Water cylinder drain valve trap 95 gpm

11

363 gpm

527 gpm

132 gpm

11

1.0 psi/F

3.9 psi/F

10.0 psi/F

12.25 psi/F

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3928 B Some auxiliaries are not designed to handle auxiliary steam at An orifice boiler pressure. Which of the devices listed is usually fitted in the branch line to deliver steam at the correct pressure? 3929 C A mechanical and/or hydraulic action preventing the overcorrection of the fuel supply, while producing transient speed droop is called _______________. 3930 C A pyrometer is capable of producing a voltage by __________. 3931 D Coast Guard Regulations require that prior to departure on a three-day voyage, the steering gear, whistle, and communications system between the bridge and engine room must be tested prior to departure no earlier than _____. stability

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


A steam pressure reducing valve A nozzle valve A constant quantity regulating valve

General Knowledge

11

hunting

compensation

sensitivity

11 11

chemical reaction 1 hour

light striking a photo sensitive substance 4 hours

heating a junction of two squeezing crystals of dissimilar metals certain substances 8 hours 12 hours

11

means of communication fire pump relief valve 3932 A Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) require that any tankship making a voyage "of over a 48 hour duration" must have certain between the bridge and engineroom tests conducted not more than 12 hours prior to leaving port. Meeting this requirement includes the testing of the ____________. not be critical until the 3933 B Pillar cross-sections of "I", "H", or circular are used in ship construction in locations where there are large expanses, void of vertical angle approaches 15 intermediate decks and bulkheads, such as in cargo holds and engine rooms. A supporting pillar which becomes bent out of vertical will ____________. 3934 B The back pressure regulating valve used in a refrigeration system maintain a constant serves to _____________. pressure in the suction line heat exchanger 3935 B The probability of sulfide stress cracking in the presence of hydrogen sulfide is greatest for ____________. 3936 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 190 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 9" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? low strength steel 47 gpm

watertight door to the shaft alley

emergency lighting system

11

not pose any problem, loose practically all of its most likely experience strength as a support shear stress failure if not provided there are no cracked welds reinforced immediately connecting it to any adjoining strength members limit the minimum pressure in the evaporator high strength steel 141 gpm limit the maximum pressure in the suction line heat exchanger maintain a minimum discharge head on the compressor

11

11 11

rubber sealing elements aluminum 24 gpm 94 gpm

11

312 gpm 3937 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 120 strokes/minute, with a 8" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3938 C The helicopter deck on an offshore drilling unit is required to be fitted with perimeter lights in alternating colors of ________________. red and white

625 gpm

507 gpm

156 gpm

11

yellow and white

yellow and blue

yellow and red

11

3939 A Each drilling unit equipped with helicopter fuel storage tanks must landing area and sources main deck have the tanks installed as far as practicable from the of vapor ignition _____________. 3940 D On all mobile offshore drilling units, the deckhead of each accommodation space must be located above _____________. 3941 C Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) require watertight doors in cargo vessels to be _____________. 3942 C The minimum firefighting equipment to be maintained onboard a tank vessel, can be determined from the ____________. the operating draft the survival draft

engine room

drill floor

11

the transit draft

the deepest load line

11

electrically controlled from a remote location

hydraulically powered only for closing

tested at each inspection tested within 12 hours for certification after leaving port vessel's current articles

11

U.S.C.G. Firefighting U.S.C.G. Equipment List vessel's Certificate of Manual for Tank Vessels Inspection

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


official ship's paper upright, sensing temperature of the box, and upstream of the thermal expansion valve hull certificate upright, sensing temperature of the box, and downstream of the thermal expansion valve Certificate of Inspection upright, sensing superheat of the tail coil, and upstream of the thermal expansion valve

General Knowledge

3943 D The vessel's firefighting equipment is listed on the station bill ____________. 3944 B A solenoid valve used in a refrigeration system should be installed with the axis of the ______________. solenoid horizontal, sensing temperature of the box, and upstream of the thermal expansion valve 3945 A Where would you find a list of the firefighting equipment required Certificate of Inspection on your vessel? 682 gpm 3946 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 160 strokes/minute, with a 8" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 89% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3947 C To determine the number of industrial personnel allowed on a mobile offshore drilling unit, you should check the ______________. 3948 D To determine the number of inflatable liferafts required on a mobile offshore drilling unit, you should check the _______________. station bill

11 11

Station bill 341 gpm

Official logbook 469 gpm

In the captain's desk 170 gpm

11

Safety of Life at Sea Certificate operations manual

Certificate of Inspection

operations manual

11

load line certificate

Stability letter

Certificate of Inspection

11

3949 B According to the regulations for mobile offshore drilling units, the operator's "industrial personnel" are considered to be all persons carried on representative the MODU for the sole purpose of carrying out the industrial business of the unit, except for ____________. 3950 A With regards to shipboard refrigeration systems, after November 14, 1994 it is illegal to ____________.

the crew required by the the galley personnel Certificate of Inspection

the designated person in charge

11

mix R-12 and R-22 intentionally vent class I work on a refrigeration or II refrigerants to the system without atmosphere permission of the Officer in Charge Marine Inspection 29 gpm 57 gpm

produce a class I refrigerant

11

3951 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 250 86 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 70% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3952 D Coast Guard Regulations require that vessels of 500 GT or less, what equipment must be tested weekly?

114 gpm

11

Storage batteries to All vessel internal control Emergency astern operations, regardless of provide all power for the system alarms. vessel location vessel and operated under load for emergency lighting. sea water valve king valve suction valve

Run emergency generator, driven by an internal combustion engine, under load for at least 2 hours. expansion valve

11

3954 C When starting a reciprocating refrigeration compressor that has been shutdown for a period of time, you should manually throttle the _____________.

11 11

3955 C The type of gage most commonly used to measure pressure is bimetallic type the _____________. 3956 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 94 gpm 180 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 80% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3957 C Purging is the process used to _____________. eliminate moisture from the refrigeration system

diaphragm type 188 gpm

bourdon tube type 282 gpm

resistance-temperature type 47 gpm

11

separate refrigerant from remove noncondensable decrease the total oil gases from the amount of refrigerant in refrigeration system the system

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3958 D Gate valves should not be used for throttling as __________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


the pressure drop will be air binding will develop excessive the installation of an equalizing line will be necessary cutting of the disc will result greater than 50 GPM (189.27 L/min) because of increased efficiency

General Knowledge

11

3961 A When new, a rotary pump is designed to have 0.002 inch (0.051 less than 50 GPM mm) clearance between the rotors and the pump casing in order (189.27 L/min) because to develop a 50 GPM (189.27 L/min) flow rate at 300 psi (2068 of increased clearance kPa). After one year of operation, the clearance has increased to 0.008 inch (0.203 mm), with the discharge pressure still indicated at 300 psi (2068 kPa). With the new indicated conditions, the pump capacity will be _______________. 3962 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 170 40 gpm strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 87% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3963 C A purge connection installed on the refrigerant side of a water cooled condenser is used to _____________. free tubes of accumulated scale

50 GPM (189.27 L/min) greater than 50 GPM because the pressure is (189.27 L/min) because unchanged of reduced slippage

11

25 gpm

101 gpm

50 gpm

11

charge the system with refrigerant

remove noncondensable ensure positive air gases circulation

11

discharge pressure 3964 D If two compressors must be operated in parallel in order to maintain the box temperatures, a careful watch should be kept on gauges of both compressors the _____________. 3965 D A gear train is constructed with only two gears: a 2-inch (50.5 6 inches (152.4 mm) mm) diameter driving gear and a driven bull gear to rotate a propeller at 200 rpm. If the speed of the driving gear is 4,800 rpm, what is the diameter of the driven gear? 3966 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 160 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 9" stroke and operating with 85% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3968 D The valve shown in the illustration is designed to seal against positive pressure leaks around the valve stem by the use of ____________. 150 gpm

suction pressure gauges expansion valves of both oil levels in both of both compressors evaporator coils compressor crankcases 12 inches (304.8 mm) 24 inches (609.6 mm) 48 inches (1219.2 mm)

11

11

225 gpm

300 gpm

75 gpm

11

a two piece rotating mechanical seal

rubber "O" rings

an external sealing line

packing rings

See illustration number(s): GS-0047 See illustration number(s): GS-0043 See illustration number(s): GS-0043 See illustration number(s): GS-0043

11

3970 C In order to decrease the set point of the control valve as "K" must be rotated illustrated, used to regulate the output temperature of a hot water clockwise heater, the part labeled __________. 3971 C In order to increase the set point of the control valve as illustrated, used to regulate the output temperature of a lube oil cooler, the part labeled __________. 3972 C In order to increase the set point of the control valve as illustrated, used to regulate the output temperature of a refrigeration condenser, the part labeled __________. "K" must be rotated clockwise "K" must be rotated clockwise

"A" must be rotated counterclockwise "A" must be rotated counterclockwise "A" must be rotated counterclockwise 78 gpm

"A" must be rotated clockwise "A" must be rotated clockwise "A" must be rotated clockwise 22 gpm

"K" must be rotated counterclockwise "K" must be rotated counterclockwise "K" must be rotated counterclockwise 89 gpm

11

11

11

3973 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 130 45 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3974 C When a refrigerated compartment of a multi-box system served expansion valve by one compressor reaches the correct temperature, the temperature control in that one compartment is achieved by a/an _____________. 3975 B In order to decrease the set point of the control valve as illustrated, used to regulate the output temperature of a lube oil cooler, the part labeled __________. "K" must be rotated clockwise

11

back pressure regulating solenoid valve valve

low pressure cutout switch

11

"A" must be rotated counterclockwise

"A" must be rotated clockwise

"K" must be rotated counterclockwise

See illustration number(s): GS-0043

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 3976 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 160 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 96% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3977 B In order to decrease the set point of the control valve as illustrated, used to regulate the output temperature of a refrigeration condenser, the part labeled __________. 3980 D If the evaporator coil horizontal return line of a container refrigeration system is less than 0.874" (2.21 cm) in diameter, the thermostatic expansion valve sensing bulb should be placed __________. 75 gpm

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


50 gpm 38 gpm 150 gpm

General Knowledge

11

"K" must be rotated clockwise

"A" must be rotated counterclockwise

"A" must be rotated clockwise

"K" must be rotated counterclockwise

See illustration number(s): GS-0043

11

on the bottom of the line as close as possible to to enable the bulb to the expansion valve absorb the maximum amount of heat

directly below the point of on the upper surface of maximum heat transfer the line

11 11

3981 A A turbine exhaust pressure of 14.7 psia (101.3 kPa) is equal to 00.000 psig (00.000 kPa) 00.147 psig (102.00 kPa) 01.470 psig (111.47 kPa) 29.400 psig (304.00 kPa) _____________. 3982 B In diagram "A", shown in the illustration, what is the displacement 1000 tons (1016.47 t) 2000 tons (2032.94 t) 3000 tons (3049.41 t) 4000 tons (4065.88 t) See illustration of the vessel when it is at a six foot (1.829 m) draft? number(s): SF-0024 3984 C The thermostatic expansion valve in a refrigeration system opens decreases in the when the pressure _____________. evaporator 3985 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 180 96 gpm strokes/minute with 5" diameter cylinder, and a 6" stroke with 87% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 40 gpm 3986 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 170 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 10" stroke and operating with 77% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 3987 C A reading of 0.250 on a micrometer with a 1 to 2 inch (25.4-50.8 1/4 inch (6.35 mm) mm) range is equal to ___________. 3989 B The disc of a relief valve has an area of 0.75 square inches 206 psi (1420.16 kPa) (483.87 square mm) when seated, and lifts at a set point pressure of 250 psi (1723.50 kPa). When the valve lifts, the area of the disc exposed to pressure increases by 10%. At what pressure does the valve reseat? decreases in the expansion valve control bulb 80 gpm increases above the expansion valve diaphragm 40 gpm increases in the solenoid valve 160 gpm

11

11

11

134 gpm

20 gpm

80 gpm

11 11

1/2 inch (12.70 mm) 227 psi (1564.94 kPa)

1 1/4 inches (31.75 mm) 2 1/4 inches (57.15 mm) 231 psi (1592.51 kPa) 250 psi (1723.50 kPa)

11

3990 D The controller set point of an automatic control system is 150F one-position single-point two-position single-point one-position differential- two-position differentialgap gap (65.5C). The valve closes when the output temperature reaches 160F (71.1C), and reopens when the temperature falls below 140F (60C). The type of positioning action in this controller is known as ________. 3991 C What is the potential energy of an object weighing 10 pounds 10 ft-lb (1.38 kg-m) (4.54 kg) at a height of 10 feet (3.05 m)? 3992 C An 8-inch (203 mm), globe-type, stop-check valve has been the valve will remain installed in the lube-oil cooler water outlet, with the flow coming in completely open from the top of the disk. This means that _____________. 20 ft-lb (2.76 kg-m) the valve will prevent back flow 100 ft-lb (13.83 kg-m) the valve will never permit water flow from the lube oil cooler 1000 ft-lb (138.25 kg-m) the valve will allow the lube oil temperature to be 10F (5.5C) cooler than if the valve were properly installed

11 11

11

3993 B What is the weight of the empty barge shown in the illustration if 10.3 long tons (10.466 t) 22.9 long tons (23.268 t) 102.9 long tons (140.554 205.7 long tons (209.010 See illustration t) t) number(s): GS-0157 it is currently drawing one foot (0.3048 m) of salt water? Its length is 40' (12.192 m), width is 20' (6.096 m), and its height is 10' (3.048 m). 3994 D The pressure in a small appliance refrigeration system about to be opened for repair should be _____________. 15 inches Hg 14.7 psig 1 to 2 psig 4 inches Hg vacuum

11

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11

Marine Engineer Exam Questions

General Knowledge

3995 C The barge shown in the illustration is 40' X 20' X 10' (12.192 m X 19.4 long tons (19.72 t) 49.1 long tons (49.91 t) 91.4 long tons (92.91 t) 94.1 long tons (95.65 t) See illustration 6.096 m X 3.048 m ) and weighs 22.9 long tons (23.28 t) when number(s): GS-0157 empty. It has been loaded to a draft of 5 feet (1.524 m). How many long tons of cargo have been added? 3996 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 160 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 101 gpm 254 gpm 50 gpm 76 gpm

11

11

3997 B The barge shown in the illustration is 40' X 20' X 10' (12.192 m X 149.8 long tons (152.67 182.9 long tons (185.91 228.6 long tons (232.36 243.3 long tons (247.31 See illustration 6.096 m X 3.048 m) and weighs 22.9 long tons (23.28 t) when t) t) t) t) number(s): GS-0157 empty. The maximum amount of machinery and cargo which may be installed or loaded is ______________. 3998 A What is the lowest permissible flashpoint of the oil used in a hydraulic valve actuating system that operates at 145 psi? (46 CFR) 200 F 212 F 300 F 315 F

11

11

60 gpm 3999 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 120 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 10" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4000 D Regarding the device shown in the illustration, what would be the Nothing as this type of most probable cause if item "1" indicated an unusually high oily-water separator normally operates with a vacuum during the processing mode operation? very high vacuum. 4002 A When responding to a "left rudder" command from the amidships "C" and "F" position, which parts of the steering gear system illustrated will be subjected to the highest pressure? 4003 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 160 25 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4004 C The charging of a refrigerating system should be carried out by refrigerant vapor to the adding _____________. receiver only 4005 B Why is a hydraulic linear actuator fitted with a cushioning device? To regulate actuator speed through the entire stroke length.

150 gpm

120 gpm

30 gpm

11

An unusually high vacuum indicates that the coalescer beds are installed upside down. "E" and "B"

An unusually high vacuum indicates that the flow control valve "14" is throttled in too far. "F" and "E"

An unusually high See illustration vacuum indicates the number(s): GS-0153 inlet piping valve may be closed. "B" and "C" See illustration number(s): GS-0137

11

11

50 gpm

101 gpm

76 gpm

11 11

liquid refrigerant to the low side only To slow the action of the piston preventing shock and damage due to hammering effects.

liquid refrigerant to the liquid refrigerant to the high side only high or low side All of the above. To allow the pump to temporarily operate at a pressure 10% above the relief valve setting without lifting the relief valve. Sodium soap grease Lithium soap grease

11

4008 D Which of the listed types of soap grease offers the maximum chemical stability and resistance to separation at temperatures between 250F (121.1C) and 300F (148.8C)? 4009 A When gas welding or burning, the acetylene working pressure must be kept below 15 psi (103.41 kPa) to prevent a possible ___________. 4010 A In the illustrated system, what pressure will be indicated on the gauge if the load (x) is 8000 lbs (3632 kg) and the piston area is 10 sq. in (64.5 sq. cm)?

Lime soap grease

Calcium soap grease

11

explosion

torch backfire

torch flameout

acetone fire

11

800 psi (56.31 kg/cm2)

8,000 psi (563.1 kg/cm2) 80,000 psi (5631.0 kg/cm2)

80 psi (5.63 kg/cm2)

See illustration number(s): GS-0062

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 4011 B In the illustrated system, what pressure will be indicated on the gage if the load (x) is 8000 lbs (3632 kg) and the piston area (y) is 8 sq. in (51.6 sq. cm)?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


640 psi (44.99 kg/cm2) 1,000 psi (70.3 kg.cm2) 64,000 psi (449.2 kg/cm2) 125 psi (8.79 kg/cm2)

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): GS-0062 See illustration number(s): GS-0062

11

4012 C In the illustrated system, what pressure will be indicated on the 10,000 psi (703 kg/cm2) 80,000 psi (5,624 gage if the load (x) is 10,000 lbs (4540 kg) and the piston area (y) kg/cm2) is 8 sq. in (51.6 sq. cm)? 4013 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 270 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 75% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4014 C Leaking discharge reed valves in a refrigeration compressor should be _____________. 4015 C In the illustrated system, what pressure will be indicated on the gage if the load (x) is 702.68 lbs (319.02 kg) and the piston area (y) is 1.117 sq. in (7.21 sq. cm)? 66 gpm 99 gpm

1,250 psi (87.88 kg/cm2) 156.25 psi (10.89 kg/cm2) 33 gpm 132 gpm

11

11 11

reground 785 psi (55.19 kg/cm2)

relapped 353 psi (24.82 kg/cm2)

replaced 629 psi (44.22 kg/cm2)

rewound 283 psi (19.89 kg/cm2) See illustration number(s): GS-0062

11

4016 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 170 74 gpm strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 85% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4017 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 291 gpm 150 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

295 gpm

147 gpm

354 gpm

11

145 gpm

349 gpm

73 gpm

11

4018 D In the illustrated system, what pressure will be indicated on the 10,000 psi (703 kg/cm2) 100,000 psi (7,030 gage if the load (x) is 10,000 lb (4,450 kg) and the piston area (y) kg/cm2) is 10 sq. in (64.5 sq cm.)? 4019 B In the illustrated system, what pressure will be indicated on the gage if the load (x) is 9984 lbs (4532.7 kg) and the piston area is 12 sq. in (77.4 sq. cm)? 291 psi (20.46 kg/cm2) 832 psi (58.49 kg/cm2)

100 psi (7.03 kg/cm2)

1,000 psi (70.30 kg/cm2) See illustration number(s): GS-0062 220 psi (15.47 kg/cm2) See illustration number(s): GS-0062 See illustration number(s): GS-0110

11

628 psi (44.15 kg/cm2)

11

4020 A If a block and tackle arrangement were rigged as shown in figure 127 lbs. "F" in the illustration, the amount of force "P" required to hold the 508 pound load stationary would be _______________. 4021 A In the illustrated system, what pressure will be indicated on the 66.66 psi (4.69 kg/cm2) gage if the load (x) is 2,530 lbs (1,148.48 kg) and the area of the piston (y) is 38 sq. in (244.8 sq. cm)? 4022 A If a block and tackle arrangement were rigged as shown in figure 94 lbs. "F" in the illustration, the amount of force "P" required to hold the 376 pound load stationary would be _______________. 4023 D In the illustrated system, what pressure will be indicated on the gage if the load (x) is 632 lb (286.9 kg) and the piston area (y) is 1.5 sq. in (9.6 sq. cm)? 4024 B What is the color of the flame produced by a halide torch when there is no refrigerant present? 4025 C The reading on the micrometer scale shown in figure "I" in the illustration is ____________. 4027 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 170 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 87% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 255 psi (17.93 kg/cm2)

145 lbs.

169 lbs.

203 lbs.

11

8000 psi (562.4 kg/cm2) 55.55 psi (3.91 kg/cm2)

96000 psi (6,748.8 kg/cm2) 150 lbs.

See illustration number(s): GS-0062 See illustration number(s): GS-0110

11

119 lbs.

125 lbs.

11

565 psi (39.72 kg/cm2)

942 psi (66.22 kg/cm2)

424 psi (29.81 kg/cm2)

See illustration number(s): GS-0062

11 11 11

Orange 0.221 inch 101 gpm

Blue 0.241 inch 50 gpm

Red 0.246 inch 40 gpm

Green 0.296 inch 25 gpm See illustration number(s): GS-0013

11

4028 A In the illustrated system, what pressure will be indicated on the 611 psi (42.95 kg/cm2) gage if the load (x) is 758.7 lbs (344 kg) and the piston area (y) is 1.25 sq. in (8.0 sq. cm)?

471 psi (33.11 kg/cm2)

942 psi (66.22 kg/cm2)

306 psi (921.51 kg/cm2) See illustration number(s): GS-0062

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 4029 B In the illustrated system, what pressure will be indicated on the gage if the load (x) is 500 lbs (227 kg) and the piston area (y) is .63 sq. in (4 sq.cm) 4030 D If you find the pressure of a R-12 refrigeration system to be worked on is 0 psig (0 Kpa), ___________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


318 psi (22.63 kg/cm2) 796 psi (55.96 kg/cm2) 1,263.49 psi (88.8 kg/cm2) 785 psi (55.19 kg/cm2)

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): GS-0062

11

only recover the vapor refrigerant

only recover the liquid refrigerant rounding the corners vertically intensimeter

recover liquid and vapor do not recover the refrigerant and have it refrigerant reclaimed plug welding the corners slot welding the corners transversely lead filter gauge intermittently exposure screen

11 11 11

4032 B Cracks may be prevented from developing at the corners of squaring the corners welded plating inserts by ____________. 4033 C Deck beams on a MODU are generally spaced at equal intervals longitudinally and run ________________. 4034 A In radiographic inspections, the standard test piece included in penetrometer every radiograph provides an effective check on the overall quality and bears a numerical relation to the thickness of the part being tested. This piece is called a/an ____________. 4035 A The safety feature which assists the hydraulic crane circuit illustrated to maintain the required boom angle is a function of item _____________. 4036 C The reading on the micrometer scale shown in figure "I" in the illustration is ____________. 4037 B The reading on the micrometer scale shown in figure "H" in the illustration is ____________. 4038 B According to Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR), all pressure vessels other than unfired steam boilers shall be protected by pressure-relieving devices that prevent the pressure from rising more than __________ above the maximum allowable working pressure. 0.219 inch 0.413 inch 5 percent 18

11

7 See illustration number(s): GS-0161 0.296 inch 0.488 inch 20 percent See illustration number(s): GS-0013 See illustration number(s): GS-0013

11 11 11

0.241 inch 0.438 inch 10 percent

0.246 inch 0.463 inch 15 percent

11 11

4039 C Which of the tolerances listed is allowed on the outside diameter .050 inch of the bushing illustrated? 4040 B The movement of steam piping, as a result of changes in union joints temperature, is best compensated for by the use of _____________. 4041 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 130 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 45 gpm

.003 inch expansion joints

.0005 inch flexitallic gaskets

1.2015 inches rigid brackets

See illustration number(s): GS-0017

11

89 gpm

78 gpm

22 gpm

11

internal combustion one or more oil fired 4042 D Aboard tankers, the term Category "A" Machinery Space, as defined by Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) means any space machinery used for main boilers or oil fuel units propulsion including trunks and ducts to that space containing ____________.

all of the above internal combustion machinery used for purposes other than main propulsion where the total collective power is at least 500 brake horsepower Coalescer bed, item "9" coalescer bed, item "12" See illustration number(s): GS-0153

11

4043 D In the illustration shown, which of the listed components would be Valve, item "5" removed or disconnected last during cleaning and inspection of the tank internals? 4044 B Which of the following conditions is true concerning a radiograph A discontinuity in the taken on a large welded piping repair? form of a crack would appear as a thin light line against the dark background of the film.

Weir, item "7"

11

Porosity, a discontinuity caused by entrapped gas, would occur as various sized round dark spots.

As long as the plane of a All of the above. crack is not in direct alignment with the direction of radiation, detection is certain.

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 4045 A The steam coils in a high pressure evaporator used for saltwater a wire brush service should be descaled with _____________. 4046 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 150 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 85% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4047 D The ash content of a fuel oil is significant to the operating engineer because it _____________. 60 gpm

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


a needle gun a chipping hammer soap and water

General Knowledge

11

238 gpm

119 gpm

262 gpm

11

indicates the quanity of is useful for determining reflects the overall energy released by proper atomization thermal efficiency of the burning a unit amount of temperatures fuel oil service systems fuel bearings will leak oil excessively dirt will cause corrosion of bearing constant viscosity lubrication critical speed grease will become inflammable a minimum of 15 psi to all parts of the system synchronous speed

is an indication of the amount of noncombustble material present in the oil dirt is very abrasive when mixed with grease adequate quanity at sufficient pressure sympathetic speed

11

4048 D Dirt should not be allowed to contaminate a grease lubricant because the ______________.

11 11

4049 D The lubrication of a precision high speed bearing depends upon a high detergent oil with system that produces ________. pressure additives brekaway speed 4050 B When the rotating shaft frequency and the natural vibrating frequency become synchronized at a particular speed, that speed is known as the _____________. 4052 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 160 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 85% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4053 C Which of the following statements represents the last step to be followed when replacing the power element of the device shown in the illustration? 69 gpm

11

83 gpm

139 gpm

35 gpm

11

Shorten the capillary tubing.

Insulate the sensing bulb. soldering spiral bevel type

Test the expansion valve Reset the compresser superheat. cut-in setting. silver brazing zerol type all of the above

See illustration number(s): RA-0007

11 11

4054 D Tubing connections for refrigeration systems may be made by flaring _____________. 4056 A When the pinion axis is offset above or below the gear axis(there hypoid type is no offset shown in the illustrated gear)the gears are identified as ____________. solenoid coil #2 in 4057 D While at normal sea speed the rudder movement stops, but is componet "F" has restored after changing over power units. At the earliest opportunity the faulty power unit is placed in operation with the burned out following results: the rotary actuator is observed to rotate in either direction, a minimum 100 psi differential exsists between the main pump discharge and return, and the variable stroke device is observed to move. The probable failure is the ____________. 4058 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 130 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4059 C While at normal sea speed, rudder movement suddenly stops, but is restored after changing over power units. At the earliest opportunity, the faulty power unit is restarted with the following results: Movement of the helm causes all of the solenoids to energize as required, however the rotary actuator does not rotate. Control of the rudder does not exsist with use of the trckwheel, even though the main pump appears to be operating normally. The probable cause is ___________. 9 gpm

straight-tooth bevel type See illustration number(s): GS-0128 replenishing circuit relief See illustration valve is jammed open number(s): GS-0123

11

stroke control linkage has mechanically failed with "M"

follow-up mechanism has failed

11

36 gpm

18 gpm

30 gpm

11

the failed power unit was pump "G" is unable to left in the "non-follow-up" produce required mode when the steering discharge gear was tested

pump "I" is unable to produce required discharge

leakage of the servo actuators at the main pump

See illustration number(s): GS-0123

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 4060 C Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) permit the interval required for drawing certain tailshafts to be extended by the ______________. 4061 C When metal is tempered, it becomes _____________. 4062 C When metal is tempered, it becomes _____________. 4063 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 160 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4064 A In addition to removing water from a refrigerant, most dehydrators also effectively remove entrapped _____________. 4074 A Which of the devices listed is used to limit frosting of evaporator coils on multiple box installations served by one compressor?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


Vessel Operator's senior Senior ABS surveyor Port Engineer harder harder 41 gpm less tough less flexible 52 gpm Commandat (G-MOC) U.S. Maritime Administration more brittle more brittle 83 gpm

General Knowledge

11 11 11

less brittle less brittle 21 gpm

11

acid

air

dichlorodifluoromethane desiccant

11

Back pressure control valve

Automatic expansion valve 19 gpm

Capillary tube

Solenoid valve

11

38 gpm 4075 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 160 strokes/minute with 3" diameter cylinder, and a 4" stroke with 97% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 91 gpm 4078 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 170 strokes/minute with 4" diameter cylinder, and a 11" stroke with 89% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4084 C When the temperature in a refrigerated space rises above its The thermal expansion normal set point, which of the listed actions should occur FIRST? valve will close. 4086 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 120 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 95 gpm

25 gpm

9 gpm

11

181 gpm

249 gpm

45 gpm

11

The compressor will start. 189 gpm

The solenoid valve will open. 110 gpm

The automatic defrost timer will activate. 47 gpm

11

11

4094 C Unless designed for such operation, two compressors should not operation of two be operated in parallel in a refrigeration system because the compressors will ____________. overload the expansion valve 4097 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 130 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4104 C A thermal expansion valve installed in a refrigeration system is controlled by _____________. 4110 D The stud and nut pictured just below "B" is used to ________. 74 gpm

condenser pressure will be too high causing condenser failure 62 gpm

lubricating oil may be evaporator would fail due transferred from one to low suction pressure compressor to the other 148 gpm 37 gpm

11

11 11

the solenoid valve regulating the king valve energizing coil prevent the shaft sleeve hold the impeller onto the from sliding shaft 87 gpm 73 gpm

a thermal bulb on the evaporator coil maintain the two shaft sections together during rotation 44 gpm

an electrically operated controller hold the packing gland in See illustration place number(s): GS-0129 174 gpm

11

4111 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 150 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

11

4115 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 132 gpm 160 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 14" stroke and operating with 96% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

526 gpm

263 gpm

614 gpm

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 4118 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 100 672 gpm strokes/minute, with a 7" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4120 D If your vessel burns 3 tons of fuel per hour at 19 knots, how many 5.3 tons tons per hour will it burn at 15 knots? 4122 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 108 gpm 120 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4123 C Energy existing in a system as a result of the relative velocities of potential energy two or more objects is termed _______________. 4129 D What is the reading of the vernier micrometer caliper scale shown 0.2997 inch in figure "E" in the illustration? 4130 C The reading on the micrometer scale shown in figure "C" in the 0.301 inch illustration is ____________. 82 gpm 4133 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 130 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 8" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4134 D A compound gage is used for measuring pressures both above and below _______________. 4144 D When you find a small refrigerant leak with a halide torch, the color of the torch flame will be _____________. 4145 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 120 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 9" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4151 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 120 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


97 gpm 390 gpm 195 gpm

General Knowledge

11 11

2.4 tons 54 gpm

1.9 tons 36 gpm

1.5 tons 27 gpm

11

pressure energy

kinetic energy

relative energy

11 11 11

0.3007 inch 0.324 inch 164 gpm

0.3017 inch 0.349 inch 132 gpm

0.3107 inch 0.351 inch 41 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0091 See illustration number(s): GS-0013

11 11 11

absolute pressure orange 84 gpm

latent pressure blue 152 gpm

flow pressure white 169 gpm

atmospheric pressure green 42 gpm

11

61 gpm

30 gpm

38 gpm

15 gpm

11

4153 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 180 78 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 9" stroke and operating with 89% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4154 B The thermal bulbs for expansion valves used in air conditioning fluids other than the systems are charged with _____________. system charge 149 gpm 4155 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 120 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4161 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 160 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 83 gpm

176 gpm

39 gpm

157 gpm

11 11

the same refrigerant as the system 273 gpm

a mixed charge of fluids mercuric sulfate 74 gpm 297 gpm

11

21 gpm

41 gpm

52 gpm

11

4164 D A purge recovery system is used in a centrifugal air conditioning purge lube oil from the or refrigeration system to _____________. liquid refrigerant

recover water purged from the system

separate foul gases from purge noncondensable the receiver gases without losing refrigerant

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 4165 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 110 72 gpm strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 79% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4166 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 158 gpm 130 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4172 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 68 gpm 230 strokes/minute with 4" diameter cylinder, and a 7" stroke with 78% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4173 B A micrometer scale reading is indicated as 0.137 inches and is represented in the illustration by ____________. 4174 C Double trunk pistons are used in some refrigeration compressors to reduce refrigerant boil off by _____________. Figure D

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


52 gpm 26 gpm 103 gpm

General Knowledge

11

79 gpm

237 gpm

39 gpm

11

120 gpm

34 gpm

137 gpm

11 11

Figure E producing higher compression pressures

Figure F

Figure I

See illustration number(s): GS-0013

increasing compressor volumetric efficiency

minimizing free contact eliminating the need for a between refrigerant and shaft seal oil in the crankcase 83 gpm 35 gpm

11

4177 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 160 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 85% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

69 gpm

139 gpm

11

4180 B Which of the figures in the fastener illustration GS-0080 would be figure D used with figure "D" in illustration GS-0015? 4181 A In the circle illustrated, the circumference is 48.62 feet. What is the area of the shaded portion? 4184 B Which of the following statements is true concerning the use of dehydrators in refrigeration systems? 4186 C The shaft shown in illustration GS-0008 needs to be replaced. Which lathe tools in illustration GS-0090 should be used to turn down a piece of stock for this job? 4187 A What is the reading of the vernier caliper scale shown in figure "A" in the illustration? 4188 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 130 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 16.1 square feet Dehydrators must be used continuously. O, T, S, L, and P

figure E

figure J

figure M

See illustration number(s): GS-0080 GS0015 See illustration number(s): GS-0134

11 11

4.2 square feet

32.1 square feet

17.1 square feet

Dehydrators are usually Dehydrators are used Dehydrators are used installed in the liquid line. when pumping down the when purging the system. system. L, S, R, M, and P Q, U, R, P, and V T, Q, P, U, and L See illustration number(s): GS-0090 GS0008 See illustration number(s): GS-0092

11

11 11

3.8900 inch 226 gpm

3.9150 inch 113 gpm

4.2150 inch 57 gpm

4.8900 inch 249 gpm

11

4195 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 150 275 gpm strokes/minute, with a 7" diameter cylinder, a 9" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4196 A The device shown in the illustration is known as a/an _____. 4197 D The rupture disc on a low pressure centrifugal refigeration unit is used as an over pressure protection device for the __________. 4199 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 130 strokes/minute with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 10" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? viscosimeter economizer

214 gpm

107 gpm

427 gpm

11 11

flow meter condenser

reid vapor pressure analyzer compressor

pensky-martens cup chiller barrel

See illustration number(s): GS-0069

11

74 gpm

37 gpm

123 gpm

18 gpm

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 4200 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 150 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 81% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4201 A Regarding the hydraulic hose installation illustrated, the hose _________. 50 gpm

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


25 gpm 59 gpm 99 gpm

General Knowledge

11

will expand under pressure to the left of center with flow from left to right

will expand under is properly installed pressure to the right of center with flow from left to right saturated condensate enters the trap temperature of condensate is approximately 30F below steam supply saturation temperature 227 gpm

can pull away from the See illustration right hand pipe fitting number(s): GS-0064 with flow from left to right temperature of condensate is 30F above saturated temperature 491 gpm See illustration number(s): GS-0002

11

4202 C The small piston valve shown in the illustration will move from the saturated steam enters open to closed position when _____. the trap

11

4203 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 150 113 gpm strokes/minute, with a 7" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4204 A When a refrigerated space reaches the desired temperature in a multi-box refrigeration system, which of the listed actions will occur FIRST? 4205 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 180 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 96% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4208 B Which of the figures illustrated correctly identifies the position of the journal shortly after it has begun to rotate? 4211 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 170 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4213 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 180 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 97% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4214 B In a water-cooled refrigeration system, the condenser cooling water regulating valve is controlled by ___________. The solenoid valve will close. 24 gpm

453 gpm

11

The expansion valve will The low pressure cutout The high pressure cutout switch will stop the open. switch will stop the compressor. compressor. 94 gpm 47 gpm 59 gpm

11

11 11

A 30 gpm

B 55 gpm

C 104 gpm

D 119 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0121

11

43 gpm

11 gpm

21 gpm

28 gpm

11

temperature of the cooling water

refrigerant pressure

amount of refrigerant in the system 227 gpm

temperature of the refrigerant after compression 491 gpm

11

4215 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 150 113 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4220 D The reading indicated on a vernier micrometer caliper scale is .2470 inches. Which of the figures in the illustration represents this reading? Figure A

453 gpm

11

Figure E

Figure F

Figure G

See illustration number(s): GS-0083 See illustration number(s): GS-0083

11 11

4223 D What is the reading of the vernier micrometer caliper scale shown 0.6153 inch 0.6203 inch in figure "F" in the illustration? 4224 C When multiple refrigeration evaporators are served by the same higher than the pressure the same as any compressor and operate at different temperatures, the pressure in in warmest evaporator evaporator in the system the coldest evaporator is ___________. 4225 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 130 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 96% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 207 gpm 104 gpm

0.6253 inch lower than the pressure in the warmest evaporator 52 gpm

0.6383 inch controlled by adjusting the thermal expansion valve 121 gpm

11

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 4233 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 150 122 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 14" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


488 gpm 244 gpm 570 gpm

General Knowledge

11

4234 A Which of the listed conditions would cause the thermal expansion Rise in the gas valve to open? temperature within the cooling coils 4236 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 130 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4244 D Which of the following machinery remote control shutdowns is required to be tested during each regular inspection for certification? 4247 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 130 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 148 gpm

Compressor cutting out

Compressor cutting in

A drop in the temperature of the cooling coils 37 gpm

11

74 gpm

62 gpm

11

Forced draft fan

Induced draft fan

Fuel oil transfer pump

All of the above

11

30 gpm

118 gpm

59 gpm

39 gpm

11

pressure scales for 4254 D In addition to the main outermost scale on the low side compound gage fitted to the portable service manifold, there are different refrigerants often one or more other scales on the face of the gage. These are _____________. 4258 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 150 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 8" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 279 gpm

pressure scales for varying ambient temperatures 70 gpm

temperature scales for varying ambient pressures 140 gpm

temperature scales for different refrigerants

11

186 gpm

11 11

4264 C At which of the following intervals must the cargo pump relief Prior to each fuel valves on tank vessels be tested? discharge operation. 4268 C If a block and tackle arrangement were rigged as shown in figure 57 lbs. "D" in the illustration, the amount of force "P" required to hold the 383 pound load stationary would be _______________. (See illustration GS-0110) 4269 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 130 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 9" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 118 gpm

At least once each voyage. 77 lbs.

At least once a year. 128 lbs.

At each biennial inspection. 153 lbs.

See illustration number(s): GS-0110

11

59 gpm

30 gpm

133 gpm

11

4274 A Watertight doors on cargo vessels must be examined and tested at each inspection for by a Coast Guard inspector _____________. certification

at each cargo gear inspection

within 12 hours prior to at all fire and boat drills any international voyage of 48 hours or more 249 gpm 57 gpm

11

4280 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 130 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

226 gpm

113 gpm

11

4284 D According to Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR), a cargo vessel 1 year operating exclusively in freshwater, shall be drydocked, or hauled out, at intervals not to exceed _____________. 4286 A If a block and tackle arrangement were rigged as shown in figure 81 lbs. "F" in the illustration, the amount of force "P" required to hold the 324 pound load stationary would be _______________. (See illustration GS-0110)

2 years

3 years

5 years

11

108 lbs.

116 lbs.

130 lbs.

See illustration number(s): GS-0110

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 4291 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 140 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4293 A In the circle illustrated, the circumference is 50.24 feet. What is the area of the shaded portion? 4294 D Which of the following intervals do Coast Guard Regulations (46 CFR) require the remote cutout for the fuel oil service pumps to be tested? 4299 A If your vessel burns 2.9 tons of fuel per hour at 20 knots, how many tons per hour will it burn at 15 knots? 4302 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 130 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4303 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 140 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4304 B Which of valves listed is shown in the illustration? 24 gpm

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


97 gpm 48 gpm 193 gpm

General Knowledge

11 11

18.3 square feet Prior to each sailing

18.2 square feet Once each month

5.0 square feet

34.2 square feet

See illustration number(s): GS-0134

At each fire and boat drill At each inspection for certification 1.6 tons 134 gpm 6.2 tons 347 gpm

11 11

1.2 tons 267 gpm

2.2 tons 67 gpm

11

32 gpm

43 gpm

64 gpm

129 gpm

11

An R-12 hand expansion An R-12 back pressure valve regulating valve 70 gpm 279 gpm

A bellows operated expansion valve 140 gpm

A bellows operated king See illustration valve number(s): RA-0006 186 gpm

11

4305 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 150 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 8" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

11

142 gpm 4309 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 150 strokes/minute, with a 7" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4311 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 170 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 97% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4313 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 130 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 14" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 81 gpm

570 gpm

285 gpm

488 gpm

11

101 gpm

162 gpm

202 gpm

11

414 gpm

207 gpm

104 gpm

483 gpm

11

4314 B In refrigeration systems with multiple evaporators, the metering of the king expansion valve individual coil expansion a solenoid valve in the refrigerant to each refrigerated space is accomplished by valves liquid line _____________. 4315 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 190 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 75% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4319 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 140 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 85% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 109 gpm 95 gpm 54 gpm

individual back pressure regulating valves on all but the coldest box 27 gpm

11

11

23 gpm

91 gpm

45 gpm

79 gpm

11

4321 C If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 33 gpm 160 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 10" stroke and operating with 75% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

131 gpm

65 gpm

163 gpm

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11 4324 A In addition to pressure, most refrigerant compound gages are also provided with a scale indicating _____________. 4325 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 130 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4331 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 110 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 97% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4333 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 160 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 96% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4334 C Which of the following statements is correct concerning a halide torch leak detector? saturated gas temperature 267 gpm

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


superheated gas temperature 134 gpm absolute temperature 347 gpm absolute pressure 67 gpm

General Knowledge

11

33gpm

27 gpm

16 gpm

8 gpm

11

47 gpm

188 gpm

94 gpm

78 gpm

11

The probe should be moved rapidly over the area of a suspected leak. 39 gpm

The torch is effective in The flame will turn green A refrigerant gas mask locating large leaks only. in the presence of R-12. must be worn while using the torch. 154 gpm 79 gpm 237 gpm

11

4336 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 130 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

11 11

4344 D In the refrigeration system illustrated, the liquid line strainer is compressor used to keep dirt and scale out of the _____________. 4347 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 130 249 gpm strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4349 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 120 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 89% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4353 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 140 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4354 D Which of the locations listed would be considered as the most common place to install a dryer in a refrigeration system? 4358 C If you have a duplex, single acting, reciprocating pump making 140 strokes/minute with a 3" diameter cylinder, and a 12" stroke with a 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4364 A The primary function of a back pressure regulator installed in a refrigeration system is to _____________. 27 gpm

receiver 113 gpm

back pressure valve 57 gpm

solenoid valve 226 gpm

See illustration number(s): RA-0010

11

54 gpm

65 gpm

109 gpm

11

43 gpm

78 gpm

110 gpm

157 gpm

11

Between the compressor Between the thermal In the suction line. and the condenser. expansion valve and the evaporator. 193 gpm 24 gpm 48 gpm

In the liquid line.

11

97 gpm

11

limit the minimum evaporator pressure to ensure excessively low box temperatures are not reached

maintain a constant compressor suction pressure regardless of load 17.2 tons 67 gpm

maintain an evaporator coil pressure that assures excessively cold coil temperatures 14.2 tons 267 gpm

adjust compressor suction pressure to load demands

11 11

4368 D If your vessel burns 8 tons of fuel per hour at 15 knots, how many 11.7 tons tons per hour will it burn at 22 knots? 4369 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 130 347 gpm strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

25.2 tons 134 gpm

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 4371 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 322 gpm 140 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 10" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4374 B In a refrigeration system, where multiple evaporators are operating at different temperatures, and serviced by a single compressor and condenser, the control of individual coil temperatures should be carried out by adjustment of the ____________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


268 gpm 161 gpm 81 gpm

General Knowledge

11

thermostatic expansion valve

back pressure regulating king valve valve

box temperature solenoid valve

11

4378 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 140 79 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 85% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4380 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 130 207 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 14" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4384 D Excessively tight drive belts installed between a motor and a refrigeration compressor pulley may cause ____________. overheated bearings

23 gpm

91 gpm

45 gpm

11

483 gpm

104 gpm

414 gpm

11

unnecessary motor loading 134 gpm

noisy operation

all of the above

11

4391 B If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 130 347 gpm strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4394 A The primary purpose of the liquid line strainer used in a solenoid and expansion refrigeration system is to prevent dirt and scale from entering the valves ____________. 4396 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 170 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 97% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 50 gpm

67 gpm

267 gpm

11

compressor and receiver condenser and liquid line evaporator coil piping

11

202 gpm

101 gpm

84 gpm

11

4402 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 130 237 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4404 B Cylindrical driers installed in halocarbon refrigerant systems should be arranged _____________. so that the liquid enters at the top and leaves at the bottom when located in the liquid line

39 gpm

79 gpm

158 gpm

11

so that the liquid enters at the bottom and leaves at the top when located in the liquid line 1.500 inches 96 gpm

so that the gas enters at horizontally if the drying the bottom and leaves at agent is calcium oxide the top when located in the suction line 2.150 inches 48 gpm 2.500 inches 176 gpm See illustration number(s): GS-0082

11 11

4405 B The reading on the vernier caliper scale shown in figure "A" in the 1.250 inches illustration is _____________. 24 gpm 4407 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 150 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4413 D If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 130 249 gpm strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4414 A If the flame of a Halide leak detecting torch burns yellow, which of A restricted exploring the problems listed is indicated? tube 4419 A The reading on the vernier caliper scale shown in figure "B" in the 3.38 inches illustration is _____________.

11

57 gpm

226 gpm

113 gpm

11 11

A refrigeration leak 3.48 inches

A faulty reactor plate 3.83 inches

Normal operation 4.45 inches See illustration number(s): GS-0082

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 4420 C The illustrated valve "A" needs to be repaired due to a leak across the valve disk. To repair the valve you should ___________.

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


replace the entire valve bonnet and stem as a unit as provided by the manufacturer remove the handwheel, then remove part #4 and #5, then replace the item #6 and reassemble in the reverse order disassemble the valve and renew the replaceable valve disk seat disassemble and renew the replaceable valve body seat

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): GS-0140

11 11

4422 B What is the reading of the vernier micrometer caliper scale shown 0.3715 inch in figure "C" in the illustration? 4424 B A totally white or yellow colored flame produced by a Halide torch no R-12 leakage being used to test for refrigerant leaks indicates _________. 4428 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 130 37 gpm strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 10" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4431 D As shown in the illustration, a section of standard weight, seamless steel pipe, has an external diameter of 8.5 inches. When the pipe, is bent into a 90 degree turn, the length of the outside edge of the curve "A-B" will exceed the length of the inside edge of the curve "C-D" by ___________. 4432 B All refrigerant recovered from small appliances must be __________. 4433 C The reading on a vernier caliper scale is indicated as 3.360 inches. Which of the figures shown in the illustration represents this reading? 4434 B Air conditioning duct-work begins at the large mixing chamber called the _____________. 4435 C Foot valves are primarily designed to ______. 7.697 inches

0.4715 inch

0.4725 inch

0.4815 inch

See illustration number(s): GS-0091

a partially clogged torch a defective torch reaction a minute quantity of R-12 exploring tube plate leakage 123 gpm 18 gpm 74 gpm

11

11

9.176 inches

11.519 inches

13.352 inches

See illustration number(s): GS-0108

11

sent to a designated reclaim facility for processing Figure B

contained in a refillable recovery cylinder Figure C

destroyed as unusable

used to clean out burnouts Figure F See illustration number(s): GS-0082

11

Figure E

11 11

exhaust chamber give a pump motor or driver positive protection when operating in a shutoff condition

plenum chamber provide a means of supplying sealing fluid for the impeller shaft stuffing box one-half of a turn 104.16 lbs.

intake chamber enable a pump and its suction line to remain primed prior to starting the pump three-fourths of a turn 125.00 lbs.

vapor chamber afford the pumping system protection against water hammer and surging one turn 250.00 lbs. See illustration number(s): GS-0110

11 11

4436 D One revolution at the handwheel of a reach rod operated valve one-fourth of a turn will cause the valve stem to rotate ____________. 4437 C If a block and tackle arrangement were rigged as shown in figure 83.33 lbs. "C" in the illustration, the amount of force "P" required to hold the 250 pound load stationary would be _______________. 4439 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 270 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 75% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 132 gpm

11

33 gpm

66 gpm

99 gpm

11

4443 D In a small appliance using HFC-134a you would expect to see the evaporator greatest temperature drop across the __________. 4444 D When air contains some moisture, but is not saturated, the dew point temperature is _____________. 4447 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 150 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 14" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

receiver

compressor

condenser

11 11

between the wet and dry equal to the total heat of higher than the wet bulb lower than the dry bulb bulb temperatures air temperature temperature 122 gpm 488 gpm 244 gpm 570 gpm

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 4449 C If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 140 193 gpm strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4450 A What is the reading of the vernier caliper scale shown in figure "E" in the illustration? 4452 A What is the reading of the vernier caliper scale shown in figure "D" in the illustration? 4454 C When pumping down an air conditioning system to test the low pressure cutout switch, you should _____________. 4456 D In the diagram, items "2A and 2B" represent the overboard discharge valves of the ballast system illustrated. Which of the following statements is correct if the length between perpendiculars is 500 feet, and the through hull opening is seven feet above the summer loadline? 4457 D If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 100 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 8" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4458 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 150 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 5" stroke and operating with 92% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4459 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 180 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 8" stroke and operating with 87% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4461 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 150 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4463 C The reading on the micrometer scale shown in figure "I" in the illustration is ____________. 4464 D If the people in an air conditioned room complain of being too cool, the trouble might be that the _____________. 4465 B What is the value of the controlled variable that the automatic controller operates to maintain. 4466 B The reading on a vernier caliper scale is indicated as 4.340 inches. Which of the figures shown in the illustration represents this reading? 4470 D If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 150 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 91% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4471 C The reading indicated on a vernier micrometer caliper scale is .9453 inches. Which of the figures in the illustration represents this reading? 4472 A The shaft sleeve for the pump illustrated is identified by the item numbered as ________. 4473 A If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 140 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 9" stroke and operating with 94% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4.112 inch 2.8350 inch

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


24 gpm 48 gpm 97 gpm

General Knowledge

11 11 11 11

4.125 inch 3.3750 inch secure the condenser Valve 2B must be positive closing, in addition to the indicated automatic non-return valve. 88 gpm

5.112 inch 3.8350 inch close the "king" valve Both valves must be positive closing, in addition to the ability to provide automatic nonreturn. 157 gpm

6.112 inch 4.8350 inch stop the circulating pump Both valves are correct as indicated in the illustration.

See illustration number(s): GS-0092 See illustration number(s): GS-0092

stop the compressor Valve 2A must be positive closing, in addition to the indicated automatic non-return valve. 44 gpm

See illustration number(s): GS-0125

11

176 gpm

11

42 gpm

21 gpm

11 gpm

35 gpm

11

53 gpm

213 gpm

106 gpm

170 gpm

11

113 gpm

453 gpm

227 gpm

491 gpm

11 11 11 11

0.455 inch preheater has failed to cutout Set point Figure B

0.500 inch air velocity is too low Control point Figure C

0.505 inch relative humidity is high Deviation Figure D

0.550 inch relative humidity is too low Offset Figure E

See illustration number(s): GS-0095

See illustration number(s): GS-0082

11

104 gpm

52 gpm

91 gpm

26 gpm

11

Figure A

Figure C

Figure D

Figure G

See illustration number(s): GS-0091 68 See illustration number(s): GS-0143

11 11

14 39 gpm 157 gpm

17 79 gpm

27 217 gpm

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 4474 D When air is at its dew point and there is no change in either the temperature or pressure, the air ______________. 4475 C If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 150 strokes/minute, with a 3" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


has a low absolute humidity 24 gpm has the lowest relative humidity 96 gpm cannot give up its moisture 48 gpm will gain no additional moisture 176 gpm

General Knowledge

11

11

4476 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 270 83 gpm strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 7" stroke and operating with 81% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4481 A If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 180 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 6" stroke and operating with 87% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 40 gpm

146 gpm

42 gpm

167 gpm

11

160 gpm

80 gpm

96 gpm

11 11 11

4482 C The reading on the micrometer scale shown in figure "2" in the 0.200 inch illustration is ____________. 4483 B What is the reading of the vernier micrometer caliper scale shown 0.3107 inch in figure "F" in the illustration? 4484 D In a refrigeration system, the amount of superheat absorbed by compressor the refrigerant is adjusted at the ____________. 4487 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 160 strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 97% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4489 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 160 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 12" stroke and operating with 85% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 114 gpm

0.220 inch 0.3128 inch condenser

0.250 inch 0.3220 inch evaporator coil

0.300 inch 0.3228 inch expansion valve

See illustration number(s): GS-0094 See illustration number(s): GS-0091

11

456 gpm

228 gpm

456 gpm

11

44 gpm

178 gpm

89 gpm

266 gpm

11

4490 A If you have a duplex single acting reciprocating pump making 100 44 gpm strokes/minute, with a 6" diameter cylinder, a 4" stroke and operating with 90% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4492 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 113 gpm 130 strokes/minute, with a 5" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 93% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump?

22 gpm

20 gpm

88 gpm

11

226 gpm

249 gpm

57 gpm

11 11

4493 C Which of the following listed illustrated joint preparations correctly 3A 4A depicts a single "J" groove? 4495 D The thermal bulb of an expansion valve that is attached to the installed on the bottom of installed between the evaporator tail coil should be _____________. the suction line suction strainer and compressor 4496 C In the hydraulic anchor windlass system illustrated, if the power to replenishing pump the electric motor is on, but the wildcat does not turn, the pressure coupling is broken developed on either side of the system increases to half of the normal operating pressure regardless of the direction of movement in which the servo control is placed, the probable cause is the __________. 4497 B If you have a simplex single acting reciprocating pump making 150 strokes/minute, with a 7" diameter cylinder, a 13" stroke and operating with 95% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 113 gpm relief valve is not opening

5A insulated before setting the superheat adjusting screw

6A insulated after installation

See illustration number(s): GS-0077

11

manual transfer valve is spring set point for "I" is in the wrong position for too high the main pump being operated

See illustration number(s): GS-0160

11

453 gpm

227 gpm

491 gpm

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

United States Coast Guard


11 11 4498 A Item "B" in the pump illustration is the _________. packing gland

Marine Engineer Exam Questions


stuffing box 181 gpm shaft sleeve 249 gpm wearing ring 45 gpm

General Knowledge
See illustration number(s): GS-0129

4499 B If you have a duplex double acting reciprocating pump making 91 gpm 170 strokes/minute, with a 4" diameter cylinder, a 11" stroke and operating with 89% volumetric efficiency, what is the capacity of this pump? 4500 B The valve shown in the illustration is used to _________. provide the function of compressor unloading

11

regulate refrigerant flow into the evaporator by reacting directly to the evaporator pressure

maintain back pressure A bellows operated in the evaporator coils at condenser water a pressure higher than regulating valve the remaining coils in a multi-box system variable output, single direction flow pump bulb capacity does not exceed 75 watts bi-directional flow pump all of the above

See illustration number(s): RA-0006

11 11

4501 C The hydraulic graphic symbol illustrated as Fig. C is used to depict a/an ________. 4526 A When using a portable droplight, you should always insure that the _____________.

bi-directional rotating motor bulb is protected by a shield or guard

unidirectional rotating motor extension cord is always yellow and clearly marked "FOR DROP LIGHT USE ONLY"

See illustration number(s): GS-0068

11

4536 D Some of the hazards associated with air-operated power tools may be avoided if the operator would _____________.

inspect the hoses for remove jewelry and cracks and other defects loose clothing

bleed air pressure from all of the above the lines before breaking the connections overloading the motor from a short ahead of the direction of flow grounding the plastic case through a short trailing the direction of flow Neoprene bearings are less abrasion resistant than bronze bearings. 6.912 inches See illustration number(s): GS-0018

11 11

4556 A All portable electric tools should have a ground connection to prevent _____________. 4911 D Figure "B" in the illustration is improperly installed. A restriction will develop in this hose ________. 4974 B Which of the following statements represents an operating characteristic of neoprene or rubber stern tube bearings?

electric shock if the tool is shorted at the right hand end, regardless of the direction of flow

burning out the motor from an overload at the left hand end, regardless of the direction of flow

See illustration number(s): GS-0063

11

No stern tube packing is The bearing is lubricated Propeller shaft vibration required. by seawater. will not damage these bearings. 1.050 inches 1.257 inches 2.670 inches

11

5000 D As shown in the illustration, a section of standard weight, seamless steel pipe, has an external diameter of 4.0 inches. When the pipe, is bent into a 90 degree turn, the length of the outside edge of the curve "A-B" will exceed the length of the inside edge of the curve "C-D" by __________. 5001 A The heat added at line #5 shown in the illustration represents ____________. 5106 D Which of the precautions listed should to be observed when working with oxy-acetylene welding equipment?

11 11

the latent heat of fusion only Bottles should be labeled Keep cylinders away air and gas. from exposure to cold temperatures. goggles I only cotton gloves II only

superheat

the latent heat of vaporization Keep oxygen regulators and valves coated with a light film of oil. trousers with deep pockets Both I and II

sublimation Keep gas cylinders supported so that they can not tip over. wool jackets Neither I nor II

See illustration number(s): SG-0001

11 11

5116 A Protective equipment while carrying out oxyacetylene welding should include the use of ____________. 5117 B If high relative humidity is maintained in a cargo hold, there is a significant possibility that ________. I. there will be an accumulation of static electricity II. mold will grow and contaminate the cargo

This document, and more, available for download at Martin's Marine Engineering Page - www.dieselduck.net

You might also like